General Specification NHA Search Easy PDF

v
A
GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN
NATIONAL HIGHWAY AUTHORITY
RTSPCCIFICRTIONS
G€NCR
(DECEMBER- 1998)
Prepared& PresentedBy:
5F|':T1 FFIF<
INTERNATIONAL (PVT) LTD.
Engineering Design, Supervisionand ManagementConsultants
G-568,JoharTown,
Lahore,Pakistan.
FOREWORD
Review and updating of General Specificationsof National Highway Authority (1991)

became essential in light of new responsibilities entrusted by the Honorable Prime
Ministerof Pakistanon this Agency to Construct Motorways and other important highways
on internationalstandards.
In order to assess the new requirementsof General Specifications we arranged series of

meetings with other consultants of the Authority, besides getting the opinions of major
contractors in Highway Industry. We also consulted different Directoratesof the Authority
to know the problems felt by them during execution of highway projects. A seminar was
also arranged to discuss various maters, which attracted representatives of various
clients, consultants and contractors of highway industry in Pakistan.
We have carried out amendments in the current General Specifications looking to the
causes of disputes and reasons of failure of certain roads constructed in various parts of
the country. Addition of new items has also been made in the existing specifications to
cater for future needs of NationalHighway Authority.
Our sincere thanks are due to several agencies, which contributed in compilation of this
important document, however special attention of Contracts and SpecificationsSection of
NationalHighwayAuthority under the guidanceof GhairmanNHA, helped us to complete
the assignment successfully. We hope that this document will iontribute effectively in
improvingthe workmanshipand qualityof highwayconstructionin Pakistan.
For SAMPAK International(Pvt) Ltd.,

(S.M.A.Shirazi)
NAIIONAI, HIGEWAY AI]THOnITY
GEi\TERAI SPECII{CAIIONS
Table of Contents
Item No. Description Page
General G-1- G-39

EARTITVYORKAND ALLIED ACTIVITIES
Item-100 General 100-1- 100-4

101 Clearingand Grubbing. . . 101-1- 101-2
102 Removalof Trees 102-1
103 Stripping 103-1
104 Compactionof NaturalGround 104-1
105 Roadway and Borrow Excavation 105-1- 1054
106 Excavationof Unsuitableor SurplusMaterial 106-1- 106-2
. 107 StructuralExcavationand Backfill 107-1- 107-7
108 Formationof Embankment 108-1- 108-7
109 SubgradePreparation 109-1- 109.4
110 lmprovedsubgrade 110-1-',t104
111 Soil Cement StabilizedSubgrade
- 111-5
111-1
112 Lime StabilizedSubgrade 112-1 -'t12-4
'113 BitumenStabilizedSubgrade .. . . . 1 1 3 - -1 1 1 3 - 3
114 Dressingand Compactionof Berms 114-1- 114-2
115 Reinstatementof Shouldersfrom Brick Kiln Material 1 1 5 - -1 1 1 5 - 3
SUBBASEANp B.{SE
Item -200 General 200-1- 200-3

201 GranularSubbase 201-1- 201-5
202 AggregateBase Course 202-1- 2024
203 AsphalticBase CoursePlant Mix . . 203-1- 203-13
204 SoilCementStabilizedSubbaseand Base 204-1- 204-6
205 Crack-ReliefLayer 205-1- 205-3
206 Water Bound MacadamBase . 206-1- 206-4
207 Deep Patching 207-'l
208 Reinstatementof Road Surface 208-1- 2Og-2

209 Scarification
of ExistingRoad/ Breakingof RoadPavement
Structure 209-1
210 PavementWidening 210-1- 210-2
211 LimeStabilizedAggregateBaseCourse 211-1- 211-4
2 1 2 BitumenStabilizedSub-Baseor Base 212-1- 215-5
zt5 ColdRecyclingof RoadPavementStructure ..... 213-1- 213-4
/ SoilStabilization
2 1 4 AsphalticConcreteBinderCourse 2 1 4 - 1- 2 1 4 - 4
215 Geotextiles 215-1- 215-6
216 SolingStone . 216-1'216-2
2 1 7 Interlocking
ConcretePavingBlocks 2 1 7 - 1- 2 1 7 - 5
SURFACECOURSESAND PAVEIVIENT
Item-300 General 300-1
301 AsphalticMaterials 3 0 1 - 1- 3 0 1 - 3 d
302 BituminousPrimeCoat 302-1- 302-4
,303 BituminousTack Coat
303-1- 303-2
304 BituminousSurfaceTreatmentand Seal Coat 304-1- 304-7
305 AsphalticConcreteWearingCoursePlantMix 305-1- 305-6
306 ShoulderTreatment 306-1- 306-3
307 Bit - Mac 307-1- 307-5
308 Hot Recyclingof AsphaltConcrete 308-1- 308-2
309 ColdMilling 309-1- 309-2
?1n ConcretePavements ...:. 3 1 0 - 1- 3 1 0 - 2 6
? 11 AsphaltConcreteWearingCourse(PlantMix)with
CelluloseFibre 3 ' t1 - 1- 3 11 - 8
312 ProofRolling 312-1
STRUCTURES
Item -400 General 4OO-1- 4OO_2
400(4)Bridgesand Cutverts 400(z\)_1-400(A)_3
401 Concrete 401_j- 401_33
402 Falsework and Centeringfor Bridges 402..1- 402-4
403 Form work 403-1- 403_4
404 SteelReinforcement 404-1- 104-5
105 PrestressedConcreteStructures 4 0 5 - 1- 4 0 5 - 1 0
406 JointsandBearingDevicesfor concreteStructures 406-1- 406-8
407 Piling . 407-1- 407-23
408 Sheet Piling . 408-1- 4A8-3
409 Well Foundation 409-1- 409-6
I
410 BrickMasonry... 410-1- 410-3
411 Randomand DressedUncoursedStone Masonry 411-1- 411-3
412 DressedCoursedStone Masonry 412-1- 412-6
413 SteelStructures
. 413-1- 413-21
DRAINAGEANDEROSIONWORKS
501 ReinforcedConcretePipe Culverts 5 0 1 - 1- 5 0 1 - 7
502 of ConcretepipeCulverts
Beddingor Encasement 502-1- 502-2
503 UnderDrain . 503-1- 503-2
504 Headwalls,
WingWalls,Parapets,
ApproachSlabs,Aprons
andSiphonInlets/ Ouflets 504-'1- 504-3
505 Manholes 505-1- 5054
s06 DroplnletsandCatchBasins 506-1- 506-3
507 Gabions 507-1- 507-g
508 BrickPaving 508-1- 508-2
509 ConcreteSlopeprotection
RipRapandReinforced 509-1- 509-5
5 1 0 Dismantling andStonepitching
of Structures 5 1 0 - 1- 5 1 0 - 3
5 1 1 StonePitching 5 11 - 1- 5 11 - 3
512 DitchLiningandWashChecks 512-1- 512-3
ANCILLARY WORKS
601 ConcreteKerbs,GuttersandChannels. . . 601-1- 601-6
602 AsphaltConcrete
andCementConcrete
SideWalk 602-1- 602-4
603 BrickEdging 603-1
604 MetalBeamGuardRail 604-1- 604-3
605 ConcreteBeamGuardRail . 605-1- 605-2
606 BridgeRailing 606-1- 606-2
607 TrafficRoadSignsandSafetyDevices 607-1- 607-10
' DescriPtion Page
Item No.
608-1- 608-13
608 PavementMarking
609-1 - 609-4
609 Reflectorized Pavement Studs
610-1- 610-2
610 PrecastConcretePosts and Markers
6 1 1 - 1' 6 1 1 - 2
611 Fencing
612-1 - 612-9
612 Furnishingand PlantingTrees,Shrubsand GroundCover
6 1 3 - 1- 6 1 3 - 4
613 Spriggingand Sodding. . .
MISCELLANEOUS
701-1
Item -701 Provrsionof SurveyTeams and Instruments
702 Provide,Equipand MaintainOfficeFacilityand Residence

702-1 - 702-2
for the Engineer(BaseCamp Facility)
for the Project 703-1 '703-2
703 Provide,Equipand MaintainLaboratory
704 Maintenanceof Works for one year after Completion

704-1
(Periodof Maintenance). . '
.''' 705-1'705-2
705 T e m p o r a r y R o a d W o r k s
of Traffic 706-1' 706-2
706 Controland Protection
of Utilities. 707-1
707 Removal/Relocation
Equipments
MajorConstruction M-1- M-4
Recommended
GENERAL
l. Introduction
1.1 Preamble
GeneralSpecifications have been producedfor NationalHighwayAuthority,

keepingin consideration that followingtypes of activitiesare being carried
out in this organization:
of Motorways,new Highways,Bridgesand alliedworks.

i) Construction
and lmprovementof existingroad network.

ii) Rehabilitation
of existingroadsand structures.
iii) Maintenance
All the abovethree aspectsof construction,rehabilitation and maintenance

in
have been covered these General Specifications.Subsequent chapters
would give a list of such items of work with an indicationof their probable
use, in case of the above three categoriesof works.
t.2 Standards
These Specifications describe the requirements and procedures for

executionof work items to achieve requiredworkmanshipand quality.The
materialsto be used shall conform to specificationsand testing procedures
as per AmericanAssociationof State Highwayand Transpo:'tationOfficials
(AASHTO), the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or
British Standard(B.S.) as indicatedin their latest editions.Samples of
materialsfor laboratorytests and their subsequentapprovalshall be utilized
accordingto these references.
1.3 ManDower
Contractorshall also provideskilled manpowerin adequatenumber,who

can perform executionwith quality and workmanshipcontrol in accordance
with the requirementsof the work item.
1.4 Equipment
Nunrberand kind of Equipmentrequiredfor differentitems of work shall be

planned by the contractor keeping in view the workmanshiprequired by a
particularitem and the quantityof finrsheditem requiredto be carried out in
eighthoursshift.The Engineershall approvesuch planningor any cnanges
shall be proposedfor guidance of the Contractor.However this procedure
shall not relieve the Contractor of his contractualobligationspertainingto
performanceand maintenanceof project.
G-1
1.5 AlternativeEquipment
while few of these specifications

may providethat equipmentof a particular
size and type is to be used to perform portionsof the work, it is to be
understoodthat the deploymentand use of new or improvedequipmentis to
be encouraged.
The contractormay request,in writing,permissionfrom the Engineerto use

equipmentof a differentsize or type in place of the equipmentspecifiedor
recommendedin thesechapters.
The Engineer,beforeconsideringor grantingsuch request,may requirethe

contractorto furnish,at his expense,evidenceto satisfythe Engineerthat
the equipmentproposedfor use by the contractoris capableof producing
work equal to or betterin qualitythan, that which can be producedby the
equipmentspecified.
lf such permissionis grantedby the Engineer,it shall be understoodthat

such permissionis grantedfor the purposeof testing the qualityof work
actually produced by such equipment and is subject to continuous
attainmentof resultswhich,in the opinionof the Engineer,are equalto, or
betterthan, that which can be obtainedwith the equipmentspecified. The
Engineershall have the rightto withdrawsuch permissionat any time when
he determinesthat the alternativeequipmentis not producingwork of equal
quality in all respects,to that which can be produced by the equipment
specified. Upon withdrawalof such permission by the Engineer, the
contractor will be requiredto use the equipmentoriginallyspecifiedand
shall,in accordancewith the directionsof the Engineer,removeand dispose
off or othena/seremedy,at his expense,any defectiveor unsatisfactorywork
producedwith the alternative equipment.
Neitherthe Employernor the contractorshall have any claim againstthe

other for either the withholdingor the granting of permissionto use
alternativeequipment,or for the withdrawalof such permission.
Nothingin this clause shall relievethe contractor of his responsibility

for
furnishingmaterialsor producingfinishedwork of the qualityspecifiedin
thesespecifications.
1.6 Storageof Materials
Articles or materialsto be incorporatedin the work shall be stored in such a

manner as to ensure the preservationof their quality and fitness for the
work,and to facilitateinspection.
t.7 DefectiveMaterials
All materialswhich the Engineerhas determinedas not conformingto the

requirementsof the drawingsand specifications
will be rejectedwhetherin
placeor not. They shall be removedimmediatelyfrom the site of the work,
unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. No rejected material,the
defects of which have been subsequenilycorrected,shall be used in the
v-z
work, unless approvalin writing has been given by the Engineer.Upon
failureof the Contractorto complypromptlywith any order of the Engineer
made underthe provisionsin this clause,the Engineershallhaveauthorityto
cause the removalof rejectedmaterialand to deductthe cost thereoffrom
any paymentsdue or to becomedue to the Contractor.
1.8 Ouarry Materials
Quarrymaterialts rock, sand gravel,earth,or other mineralmaterial,other

than local borrow or selected material,obtainedon the project. Quarry
materialdoes not includematerialssuch as cement, lime, marble powder
etc. obtainedfrom establishedcommercialsources.
QuarryMaterialsshall be furnishedby the Contractorfrom any source he

may select,exceptthat when mandatorylocal sourcesof certainmaterials
are designatedin the Special Provisions,the Contractor shall furnish
materialfrom such designatedmandatorysources.
The furnishing of quarry materialsfrom any source is subject to the

and item of Work".
of drawings,Specifications,
provisionsof "Examination
Unlessapprovedin writing by the Engineer,materialSourcesshall not be

excavatedat locationswhere the resultingscars will presentan unsightly
appearancefrom any highway. No payment will be made for material
obtainedin violationof this provision.
The Contractorshall,at his expense,make any arrangementsnecessaryfor

haulingover localpublicand privateroadsfrom any source.
Full compensationfor furnishingall labour,materials,tools,equipment,and

incidentals,and for doing all the work involved in conformingto the
provisionsin this clause,for furnishingand producingmaterialsfrom any
sourceshallbe consideredas includedin the pricepaid for the contractitem
of work involvingsuch materialand no additionalcompensationwill be
allowedtherefor.
1.9 TradeNamesand Alternatives
For conveniencein designationon the plansor in the specifications, certain

articlesor materialsto be incorporatedin the work may be designated under
a trade name or the name of a manufacturerand the catalogueinformation.
The use of an alternativearticleor materialthat is of equalqualityand of the
requiredcharacteristics for the purposeintendedwill be permitted,subjectto
the followingrequirements:
of proofas to qualityand suitabilityof alternativesshallbe

The responsibility
uoon the Contractorand he shall furnrsh all informationnecessaryas
requiredby the Engineer. The Engineershall be the sole judge as to the
of alternativearticlesor materialsand his decisionshall
qualityand suitability
be final.
G-3
Wheneverthe specifications permitthe substitutionof a similaror equivalent
material or article, no tests or action relating to the approvalof such
substitutematerialwill be made untilthe requestfor the substitutionis made
in writingby the contractoraccompaniedby completedata as to the equality
of the materialor articleproposed.such requestshall be made well in time
to permitapprovalwithoutdelayingthe work.
1.10 Frequencyof Tests& TestDesisnation
Frequency of tests for the items of constructionhas been given in

subsequentchapters.Test designationand procedurewill be used ls given
in the latestversionof relativepublication.
l.1l Testing
Unlessotheruvisespecified,all tests shall be performedin accordancewith

the methodsused by AASHTO/ASTMand shall be made by the contractor
underthe supervisionof the Engineeror his designatedrepresentative.
whenever the specificationsprovidean option between two or more tests,

the Engineerwill determinethe test to be used.
whenever a reference is made in the specificationsto a specification

manual,or a test designationeitherof the AmericanSocietyFor Testingand
Materials,the AmericanAssociationof state Highwayand rransportation
officials, FederalHighwayspecification,or any othei recognizednational
organization, and the numberor otheridentification representing the year of
adoptionor latestrevisionis omitted,it shall mean the specificaiion,
manual
or test designation in effect on the day 30 days prior to the date for
submissionof bids.whenever said specification manualor test designation
provides for test reports (such as certified mill test reports) from
the
manufacturer,copiesof such reports,identifiedas to the lot of material,shall
be furnishedto the Engineer.when materialthat cannot be identifiedwith
specifictest reportsis proposedfor use,the Engineermay, at his discretion,
select random samplesfrom the lot for testing.Test specimensfrom the
random samples,includingthose requiredfor retest,shall be preparedin
accordance with the referenced specification and furnished by the
contractorat his expense.The numberof such samplesand test specimens
shall be entirely at the discretionof the Engineer. Unidentifiedmetal
products such as sheet plate, hardware,etc. shall be subject to
the test
requirements prescribedby the Engineer.
when desiredby the Engineer,the contractorshall furnish,withoutcharge,

samplesof all materialsenteringintothe work and no materialshallbe used
prior to approvalby the Engineer.samples of materialfrom local
sources
shall be taken by or in the presenceof the Engineer,otherurrise
the samples
will not be consideredfor testing.
t.L2 ConstructionStakes.Linesand Grades
The Engineer will furnish design survey data and joinfly locate with
contractor,all pointsof intersection
and of tangentsand basic benchmarks.
The plans indicatethe propertiesof horizontaland vertical curves,together
with rates of superelevationwhere required. The contractor shall set
G-4
constructionstakes establishinglines,slopes,and continuousprofile-grade
in roadwork, and centerlineand benchmarksfor bridgework, culvertwork,
protectiveand accessorystructuresand appurtenancesand will furnish the
Engineerwith the originalcopy of the field notestogetherwith all necessary
informationrelatingto lines, slopes and grades.These stakes and marks
shall constitutethe field control by and in accordancewith which the
contractorshallestablishothernecessarycontrolsand performthe work.
lf, in the opinion of the Engineer,modificationof the line or grade is

advisable, before or after stakeout, the Engineer will issue detailed
instructionsto the Contractorfor such modificationand the Contractorwill
revisethe stakeoutfor furtherapproval.No change in bid unit pricewill be
madefor such modifications.
The profilesand cross sectionson the plansindicatethe elevationof the top

of road surface or as otherwisenoted on the plans. The contractorshall be
responsiblefor the preservationof all stakes and marks, and if any of the
constructionstakes or marks has been destroyed or disturbed, the
Contractorwill replacethem at his own expense.
The Contractorshall be responsiblefor the accuracyof all lines, slopes,

grades,and othersurveywork.
1.13 As-Built Drawinss/ShonDrawinss
During construction,the Contractorshall keep an accurate record of all

deviationsof work as actuallyinstalledfrom that shown or indicatedon the
ContractDrawingsor revisedduring construction.Upon completionof the
Works,the Contractorshalldeliverall "As Built"drawingsto the Engineer.
drawingsshall be prepared by the Contractor

All shop drawings/fabrication
and submittedto the Engineerbeforethe start of the work. The Engineer
shall check and approve or return the same to the Contractor for
All works are to be executed in accordancewith
correction/modification.
shop drawings,approvedbefore the commencementof the works. Shop
drawingsshouldtruly reflectthe provisionsof typicaldrawings.Any deviation
from the provisionof contractdrawings,Shallnot be allowedunlesswritten
approvalis issuedby the Engineer.
L.t4 Utilitv Lines
The Contractorshallconducthis operations,make necessaryarrangements,

take suitableprecautionsand performall requiredworks incidentalto the
protection of and avoidance of interference with power transmission,
telegraph,telephoneand naturalgas lines, oil lines water and sewerage
mainsand otherutilitieswithinthe areasof his operationsin connectionwith
his contract and the Contractorshall save harrnlessand indemnifythe
Employerin respect of all claims, demands,proceedings,costs, charges
and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in relation to any such
interference.
G-5
1.15 SafetrPrecautions.
The contractorshalladequatelyprovidefor the safety,healthand welfareof

persons and for the preventionof damage to works, materials and
equipmentfor the purposeof or in connectionwith the Contract.
l.l6 Inspection
The Engineershall, at all times, have safe access to the work during its
construction,and shall be furnished with every reasonablefacility for
ascertainingthat the materialsand the workmanshipare in accordancewith
the requirementsand intentions of these specifications,the special
Provisions,and the plans/drawings.All works done and all maierials
furnishedshall be subjectto inspectionby Engineer.
The inspectionof the work or materialsshall not relievethe Contractorof

any of his obligations
to fulfillhis contractas prescribed.Work and materials
not meetingsuch requirements shall be made good and unsuitablework or
materialsmay be rejected,not withstanding that such work or materialshave
been previouslyinspectedby the Engineeror that paymenttherefor has
been includedin a progressestimate.
t.t7 Removal
of Reiected
and Unauthorized
Work
All works, which have been rejected,shall be remedied,or removedand

replacedby the contractorin an acceptablemanner and no compensation
will be allowedto him for such removal,replacement,or remedialwork.
Any work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the plans or
establishedby the Engineer,or any extrawork done withoutwrittenauthority
will be consideredas unauthorized
work and will not be paidfor.
Upon orderof the Engineer,unauthorizedwork shall be remedied,removed.

or replacedat the Contractor's
expenses.
Upon failure of the contractorto comply prompflywith any order of the

Engineer made under this ltem, the Emproyermay cause rejected or
unauthorizedwork tq be remedied,removed,or replacedand to deductthe
costsfrom any paymentdue or to becomedue to the contractor.
l.l8 AlternativeMethodsof Construction
wheneverthe plansor specifications providethat more than one specified

methods of constructionor more than one specifiedtype of construction
equrpmentmay be use to perform portions of the work and leave the
selectionof the methodof construction or the type of equipmentto be used
up to the contractor,it is understood
that the Employerdoes not guarantee
that everysuch methodof construction or type of equipmentcan be used

successfullythroughoutall or any part of any project.lt shall be the
Contractor'sresponsibility
to select and use the alternativeor alternatives,
whichwill satisfactorily
performthe work underthe conditionsencountered.
Lr-O
ln the eventsome of the alternativesare not feasibleor it is necessaryto use
more than one of the alternatives any project,full compensationfor any
on
additionalcost involvedshall be consideredas includedin the contractprice
paid for the item of work involved and no additionalcompensationwill be
allowedthereof.
1.19 Conformitvrn'ithContractDocumentsand AllowableDeviations.
Work and materialsshall conform to the lines, grades, cross sections,

dimensionsand materialrequirements,includingtolerances,shown on the
plans or indicatedin the specifications.Althoughmeasurement,sampling
and testingmay be consideredevidenceas to such conformity,the Engineer
shallbe the solejudge as to whetherthe work or materialsdeviatefrom the
plans and specifications,and his decision relating to any allowable
deviationstherefromshallbe final.
r.20 Trial Section

Contractorshall submit completemethodologyof trial sectionfor approvalof
the Engineer.Trial sections shall be prepared for each type of road
pavement layer. Inspite of the approval of Engineer for trial section,
contractorshall be responsiblefor the qualityof work. Contractorwill provide
minimumof followinginformations in the methodology.
i) Equipmentto be used.
rr,1LayerthrcknessadoPted
iii) Per day production.
iv) Resultsof tests.
2. Scope
The Stand.ardSpecificationsis a part of contractdocumentswhich shall be

read in conjunctionwith the followingcontractdocumentswhich are mutually
explanatoryto one another and mentionedhereunder,with the order of
precedenceas givenin the Conditionof Contract.
(i) ContractAgreement.
(ii) Instructionto bidders.
(iii) Addenda.
(iv) Letterof accePtance.
(v) SupplementarY conditions.
(vi) SpecialProvisions.
(vii) Conditionsof ContractPart- ll.
(viii) Conditionsof ContractPart- l.
(ix) Drawings.
(x) GeneralSpecifications.
(xi) The bid and Appendices"A to L"
3. Abbreviationsand Definitions
Wherever in these specificationsor in other contract documents the

and termsor pronounsin placeof them are used,the
followingabbreviations
as follows:
intentand meaningshallbe interpreted
G-7
3.1 Abbreviations
AASHTO AmericanAssociationof State Highwayand

TransportationOfficials.
ASTM AmericanSocietyfor Testingand Material
AWG AmericanWire Gauge
AWPA AmericanWood PreserversAssociation
BS BritishStandardCode of Practice
ACr AmericanConcreteInstitute
FHWA U.S.FederalHighwayAdministration
PCA PortlandCementAssociation
wt. Weight
Lb. Pound
AWS AmericanWeldingSociety
Gallon U.S.Gallon
In. Inch
Ft. Foot
Yd. Yard
Ltr. Litre
mm Millimeter
cm. Centimeter
M Meter
Km Kilometer
SM SquareMeter
degree
Sq. cm. SquareCentimeter
CM CubicMeter
ha Hectare
Kg Kilogram
Ton MetricTon (1000Kg)
oc DegreeCentigrade
oF DegreeFahrenheit
G-8
6-C
'sluouaôul3l#eJ]Ll6noJq] sasodlndloqlo lo
ol AlelueLualddns
a6ueqcpoads lol êM polaêll aLllOululofpe[empeoteql ]o uolyod]eLU-
stETTiEliiffiV
'luauened pollecsl ]t 'ape:6qns

lleqdseqldep-11n1
'aslnoo
aLll uo Al1ca:rppaceld uaqM apelOqnspenoldtutJo oseqqns
]o saslnocllv
aseq,to:alel eql aôqe paceldsalnlxll,uele6ar66e-lleqdse
lueule-.rEdalaJJII()J lllrqusv
'sseulasuap
'trlJo1run
p olurpalcedruoc[lq6noloq1 'elebal66e qOtq'paper6-1;ann
,{1r;enb
pue luouraolleqdse jo oinlxtul lorq pallorluocAlqbnotoql'fir1enbqbtg
5to-isfrbtnrqdsV
'osJnoc6urlana;
lleqdseue opnlculAeLuqctqnnluauaned
ola.tcuoclleqdse ue ]o ssaulclq] perylsads1o la[e1 ]souJamol aql
sslirojTsEsTIE-F[W
'aJnlcnlls
'Ued 'alalcuoc
Lo
aull.to1
E ]o uorlcolo.rd e 6ututro;qelsfuuoseu lo 1col V
ilorUV
'ssaulueseald - a]ls lB suol]lpuoc

o1antcnpuo3ssllslJal3e:ells
6urnr1anordLulol peptnord sualt leltuls pue selllllcej leuolleoJcoU
ssiiiTstuy
lene:Bpassaco;dlo auols pallsnJC

(e16utqs)
s5tEE.i5,5V
oql u! slopuaf
,,lelapuol ol uollsnJlsul,,
Jo uorssruqnslo] autl pue olep leuryotll ol rot-tds;epplq ol ponssl
sueld .ro sluourncoplcelluoC all] o] uolslnolJo luaulpuaue ua]lllm V --
tunFfrsFpy
s,reeutbu3oL.llol ua]l )lom oql1o uotleldruo3

uotloe1stles
F-aTd555V
:sMollolse paloloJolulaq
pue al{i 'pasn ele uleq} eceld ut sunouoldJo sulJal
lleqs Oulueeu lualut lo
6urmo11o1aq] luauncop ]selluocloulo ul lo suollecrylcadsasaql ul lanalaqM
sEbiftuso !r
Barrage
A low dam or weir across a river equippedwith a series of gates to

regulatethe water surface level above the weir.
BaseCourse
The layerof specifiedmaterialand thicknessplacedimmediatelybelow

the surfacing.
Batten
Beam,structural
member.
Beldar
Unskilledlabour employed on maintenance gangs for canals or roads.
Bid/Tender Price
The sum of the products of the quantities of work with the quoted prices
in the Tender by the Contractor.
Bill of Ouantities and Iist of Prices
A listshowing workquantities unitpriceand/orlumpsum

and specifying
for specificitemsof work.
Blindins Layer
A layerof concreteor othermaterial(Generallythin)coveringthe surface

of excavatedgroundor fill,forminga stablesurfaceon whichfurtherwork
maybe constructed.
Boulder
A rock fragment,usuallyroundedby weathering

or abrasion,with an
average dimension
of 10centimeters
or more.
Boundary
Limitof right-of-wayor other zones.
Bridse
Any structure other than a culveft, which carries a utility, facility, or

railroad highway, pedestrian,or other traffic over a water course,
over, under or around any obstructionand with a clear span of more
than6.50M.
G-10
Bund
- A continuous embankment, dike or levee (generally associated with

training or containing the flow of rivers).
Catchment
The watershed or area which contributes runoff to a drain or other

channel.
Contractor
contracting
firm or corporation
The individual for
withthe Employer/Client
performance of the prescribed
work.
Contract Price
The sum of the productsof the quantitieswith the agreed prices

appearing in the 'agreement'between the Contractor and the
Engineer/Employer.
Construction Limit
Construction limitof a projectis area betweenleft & rightside of catch

pointsof roadunderconstruction, whereas in caseof Structuresthislimit
willextendto areawhichis requiredfor executionof permanent structure
Cubic Meter
to 1.0M x 1.0M x 1.0M.

A volumeequivalent
Cuboid
Crushedstoneparticleswith eachface fracturedand in roughlycuboid

shape.
Culvert
otherthan a bridgewhichprovidesan openingundera

Any structure,
proposesand with a clearspanof 6'5
roadwayfor drainageor irrigation
M or less.
ry
'Railroad-cum-road' bridge.
With or associated with - for example,
Cusec
A rateof flowof onecubicfootpersecond.
G-11
Daywork
Work to be paidfor on the basisof actuallabour,material,and plantused

- Forceaccount.
Detour(Diversion)
A temporaryroadway,which leavesthe main,routeand rejoinit later,for

the uninterrupted
flow of traffic.
Drarvings
The approvedplans(drawings), profiles,typical cross-sections,revised

drawings and supplementaldrawings,or exact reproductionthereof,
whichshowthe location,character,dimensionsand detailsof the work.
Earth
sediments or other unconsolidatedaccumulationsof solid particles,

producedby the physicaland chemicaldisintegration
of rock, and which
may or may not containorganicmatter.
Engineer
The duly authorizedrepresentative

of the client/Employerfor controlling
the project site, acting directly or through his duly authorized
representatives,
who is responsiblefor engineeringsupervisionof the
work.
Ettuipment
All machineryand equipment,togetherwiththe necessarysuppliesfor up

keep and maintenanceand also tools and apparatusnecessaryfor the
properconstructionand acceptablecompletionof the work.
Fir
Any item of construction

which requiresspecialplacementin the works.
FlexitrlePavementStructure
Any combinationof improved subgrade,subbase, base and asphalt

surfacingplacedon the subgradeto supportthe trafficload and reduce
its intensityat the subgradesurface.
Formsor Formvvork
- Shutteringincludingsupportsand falsework.
G-12
Frustrationof a Contract
Rendered impossibleof performanceby external cause beyond the

of the Parties.
contemplation
Gang Header
Experiencedworkmanor labourinchargeof small groupsof workmenor

labour.
Gasoline
Motorspirit,petrol.
Godown
Warehouse,storeroomor storageshed'
Grade
The trace of a verttcalplaneintersecting the top surfaceof the proposed

wearingsurface, usually along the longitudinalcenter-lineof the roadbed.
Profilegrade means either elevationor gradient of such trace according
to the context.
Gravel
small sized stone,shingleor rock fragmentsusuallyroundedin shape

formedfrom rocksor bouldersby glacialor weatheringaction
GuideBank (for Bund)
A protectiveand trainingembankmentor leveefor directingriverflow.
Highway
A general term denotingpublic way for purposes of vehiculartravel,

includingthe entirearea withinthe right-of-way.(RecommendedUsage:
in urbanareas-highway or road)'
or street;in ruralareas-highway
Install
To place in special position any hardware, equipmentor fixture for

completinga job.
Kilometer
A distanceequalto1000meters.
G-13
Laboratory
A testinglaboratoryapprovedby NHA or any testihglaboratory,

which
maybe designated bythe Engineer.
Levelins Course
The layer of specifiedmaterialof variablethickness placed generallyon

an existingroad surface to compensatefor depressionsand undulations
in order to conect grades and cross falls accordingto design.
Materials
Any substancespecifiedfor use in the constructionof the project and its

appurtenances.
Metalled(roadwav)
Surfaced, paved (roadway).
Mile
Distanceof 5,280feet. (1,610M)
Monsoon
The rainy season associated with the south-west monsoon.
Motor Spirit
Octroi
- A municipalfeefor municipalservices.
Pe$od of Mqintenance
Periodof maintenanceshall mean the periodof contractor,smaintenance

named in the contract,calculatedfrom the date of completionof the work
as certified by the Hand-over committee.
Pitchins or Rin-Ran
Brokenstone, brickworkor other materialsplaced usuallyon side slopes

of Embankmentsfor protectionof the earth surface, dry or in cement
mortaras specified.
G-14
Prime Cost
A net sum enteredin the Bill of Quantitiesby the employeras the sum
providedto coverthe cost of or to be paid by the Contractorto merchants
or others for specificarticles or materialsto be suppliedafter deducting
all trade discountsand any discountfor cash'
Provide
To make availablean item for a certainperiod/timeor indefinitetime as

the case maYbe.
ProvisionalSum
Any sum of money fixed by the Employerand includedin the Bill of

Quantitiesto provide for work not otherwise included thereln. A
provisionalsum is onlyto be expended,eitherwhollyor in part underthe
Lmployer'sRepresentatives or the Enginee/s directionin accordance
with Contract.This sum may or may not be utilisedin full or partially
throughthe contractor'
Regulator
A canal structure,usuallyequippedwith gates, for control,or checking,of

flow in the canalor an off takingchannel.
Return
Report
Revetment(Material)
- Rock.
Rieht-of-wav (ROW)
A general-termdenotingland, property,or interesttherein,usuallyin a

strip, acquiredfor or devotedto transportationpurposes'
Roadside
A general term denoting the area adjoining the outer edge of the
roadway. Extensiveareas between the roadwaysof a divided highway
may also be consideredroadside'
Roadwav
The portionof a highwaywithin limitsof construction'
G-15
Scaffoldine
Arrangementof struts/columns/pipes
to support shuttering or other
platforms.
Settingout
Layingout or staking out-establishing

on the site the lines, levels and
gradesto whichthe construction
worksare to be carriedout.
Shinsle
See Aggregates.
Shoulders
The portion of the roadway contiguous with the traveled way for
accommodation of stoppedvehicles,for emergencyuse, and for lateral
supportof baseand surfacecourses.
Sidewalk
That portion of the roadway primarily constructedfor the use of

pedestrians.
SleeDers
Crossties, railroadties.
SoilBinder
Portionof Soil passing0.425mm (# 40) sieve.
SpecialProvisions
Additions and revisionsto the standard specificationsand General

conditions of contract, coveringconditionsparticularto an individual
contract.
Spoil-Banb
Disposalareafor excessexcavation,
spoiltip or wastedump.
Structures
Bridges,culverts,catch basins,drop inlets retainingwalls, manholes,

headwalls,service pipes causewayslrish bridges and other"features
whichmay be encounteredin the work and not otherwiseclassedherein.
Subbase
- The layer of specifiedmaterialand thicknessplaced

betweenthe base
courseand subgrade.
G-16
Lt-9
'salclLlaA
Aennpa;enerle Jo uoluodleql
Jo ourl al6urse Jo luouanoul aLl]Duhnolle
ffiTffirrr-
'repuel e butptuuqns lo tuJUV

lenplnlpul
rSlmue;-
plB
lesodo.td
isFEeI
'slseq
luaueulad uo uteltIue lonllepo16ulueau A;ueutt.t6
I-Iildn$
'IUOtUAAeO
'aslnoc acepns ala:cuoo
alaJcuoc Jo lleqdse 1o (6utssalp oce1.lns
'raplnoLls
1oq) luauleaJl ocelns Jo lstsuoc Ieu Outce;lnsJo sad^f
lsotueddn aqf
ro {ennpalaneJlaq} uo paceldletJa}eupetltcads1o rer(e1
;umrn-S
',,eslnoo6uttea14,, pallecosle :]uauaned
alarcuoo lleqdse ue lo ssau)ctlll palilcads 1o ;eAel lsoLueddn eq1
Ssrno-5@nS
']uoro
ro ourocutJo lanol utepaoe anoqe;t;o;d .to aulocul uo xe] luelsl)ed V
IEt;itdnS
's;;enn6unn'sllemIceq 6ulpn;cut to 'sueds

'sauer] pt6t.t
snonurluocpue alduts ;o s6utleaqelll Molaqornlcnrlse jo ued lelll ]o llv
SrIuinilsqES
'uorlezrltqels paqpeolJo uollec4lpoy\1

Aq ;ettaleLu
trlelu-rea'iJ;pP'J;quS
'paceldaq ol seq
'Lo)
uo (]ueuu>lueqLua peqpeolaq] lo laâlleql
lprlaleuipeol laqlo LlctL.lM
i5^fl€lTiE.q-flS
palcnllsuooale sqlnc 6ulpnlcutsloplnoqs

uodn peqpeoi e Jo acepns dol aq1
puE soJnlcnJls]uouja^Bdeq1qcrqnn
tF-Br5.qnS
Unmetalled(Roadwav)
Unsurfaced,unpaved(roadway)/dirt
road.
Variation Order
A documentcompiledto includechanges,substitutionsand additional

work items not coveredin the B.o.e, for the sanctionof the competent
Authorityand shall includeincreaseor decreasein quantitiesor rates
also.
Work
The work shall mean the furnishingof all labour, materials,equipment

and other incidentals necessary. or convenient to the successful
completionof the projectand carryingout of all the dutiesand obligations
imposedby the contract.
. Wason (railway)
A railroadfreightcar.
Wavleave
Permissionto cross land,rightof entryas definedin the land acquisition

act of the Governmentof Pakistan.
Well
A concreteor masonrycaissonincorporated
in foundations.
Working Drawings
Stress sheets,shop drawings,erectionplans,falseworkplans,form work

plans, cofferdam plans, bending diagrams for reinforcingsteel, or any
other supplementaryplansor similardata which the contractoris required
to submitto the Engineerfor approval.
Written Undertakins
A written promise.
G-18
TABLE FOR SAMPLING
ANI)
TESTING FREQUENCY
SC]HEDL]LEFOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF EIVIBANKMEN'TAND SUBGRADE
fiTEtVINO. 108TO 113)
Material Test Designation Sam;llingand Testing Reference

Frequencv
Soil Classification. AASHTOM-,I45 1/2.000

cM As per ltem
108.2,
109.2.5,
110.2etc.
CBR AASHTOT-193 M.
1/2,000 As per ltem
1 0 8 . 2a n d
1 1 0 . 2e t c .
Swelling AASHTOT.193 1 / 2 , 0 0c0M . As per ltem

1 0 8 . 2( c )
MoistureDensity AASHTOT-180 1t2,000

M. As per ltem
(Lab) or 1 0 83 ,
' t 1 1 , 0 0M0. 109.2.2etc
RelativeDensity. ASTM D-4254-83
ref. Density
FieldDensity. AASHTOT-191 1/200M. As per ltem

'108.3,
109.2.2etc.
SCHEDULE F'OR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF'GRANULAR SUBBASE
(rTEM NO. 201)
Material Test Designation Sampling and Testing Reference

Frequency
Aggregate Gradation AASHTO T.27 plus1/1000CM

3/Source As per ltem
No.201.2
PlasticityIndex. AASHTO T-89 3/Source plus as required

and T-90 baseon visualobservation. -do-
CBR MSHTO T-193 3/Source plus as required

based on variation in -do-
gradationor 1/'1000
CM
Abrasion AASHTO T-96 3/Sourceplus 1/500CM -do-
Moisture
Density. AASHTO T-180 1 / 1 0 0 0c M -do-
FieldDensity AASHTO T-191, 4llayerl400 M laid, 3 As per ltem

T-238 and f -239 Minimum/layerif less than N o . 2 0 1 . 3 . 4 .
400 M laid.
Sand Equivalent AASHTO T-176 3/source plus as required As per ltem

basedon visualobservation. N o .2 0 1 . 2
SCHEDULEFOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
(rTEM NO.202)

Frequencv
Aggregate Gradation AASHTO T-27 3/Sourceplus 1/'1000M As perltem
202.2(a)
PlasticityIndex. AASHTO T-89 3/Sourceplus as required As perltem

and T-90 basedon visualobservatron. 202.2(e)
CBR AASHTO T-193 3/Source/stockpileplusas As perltem

requiredbase on variationin 202.2(f)
gradation.
Abrasion AASHTO T-96 3/Sourceplus 1/5,000CM As perltem

202.2(c)
Sodium
Sulphate AASHTO T-104 plus1/5,000
3/Source CM As per ltem
Soundness 202.2(d)
Fracturedfaces. Visual plusas required As per ltem

3/Source
basedon visualobservation.202.2(b)
MoistureDensity. AASHTO T-180 1 / 1 0 0 c0M As perltem

203.3.3.
FieldDensity. AASHTO T-191or M laid3

4llayerl400 As peritem
T-238 and T-239. minimum/layerif lessthan 202.3.3.
400M laid.
Sand Equivalent AASHTO T-176 3/sourceplusas required As per ltem

basedon visualobservation.202.2(e)
G-21
SCHEDULE FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE
PLANT NIIX (ITEM NO. 203)
ilIaterial Designatiou Sampling and Testing Reference
Coarse Gradation AASHTO T-27 1 1 1 0 0c0M

Aggregate
Abrasion AASHTO T_96 pileplus
3/Source/stock As per ltem
1/5000cM 2 0 3 . 2 . 1( a )
SodiumSulphate AASHTO T-104 3/Sourceplus'l15000

CM As per ltem
Soundness 2 0 3 . 2 . 1( b )
Stripping AASHTO T_-I82 3/Sourceplus2/5000CM
Fracturedfaces Visual 3/Sourceplusas required As per ltem

basedon visualobservation 203.2.1
Flatand Elongated Visual As per ltem

Particle. 243.2.1(e)
SpecificGravity. AASHTO T-85 4/Sourcefor each size in Hot For use in

and Absorption binsof AsphaltPlant preparation
of Jl\4F
Fine Sand Equivalent AASHTO T - 1 7 6 3iSourceplusas required As per ltem

Aggregate or basedon visualobservation. 203.2.1(c)
Plasticity
Index. AASHTO T-89 2/1000cM As per ltem
andT-90. 2 0 3 . 2 . 1( d )
SpecificGravity. AASHTO T-84 4/Source. For use in

preparation
ofJMF.
FriableParticles AASHTO T - 1 1 2 2/5000cM
Asphalt SpecificGravity. AASHTO T-228 2/Shipment. For use in

Cement preparation
ofJMF.
Penetration AASHTO T-49 3/Weekof plantoperation As per ltem

Samplestakenfromheating 203.2.2.
tank at staggered
intervals.
Mixture Extraction AASHTO T - 1 6 4 I
Gradation T-30
B u l kS p G r . AASHTO T - 1 6 6 i
l/lethodB
M a x r m u mS p (Jr AASHTO T-209 2lday'sproduction. As per ltem

203.2.3.
Air Voids AASHTO T-269
v-tz
SCHEDULE FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE
PLANT MIX (ITEM NO. 203)

Frequency.
Mixture Thickness AASHTO T-230 lllayer @ 100 M interval As per item

Compacted per lane. 203.3.11.
in place.
Compaction AASHTOT-230 lllayer @ 100 M interval As per item

ASTMD2950 per lane. 203.3.9
Notes:
Test locationswill be selectedat random
G-23
SCHEDULB FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF SOIL-CEMENT BASE COURSE
(ITEM NO. 204)
Vlaterial Test Designation Sampling and Testing Reference

Freguencv.
Soil Classification. AASHTO T-27 and 3/Borrow Sourceplus SoilClass

T-89. 1 / 1 0 0c0M must be A-3
orA-4.
Mixture Moisture-Densitv. AASHTOT-134 1/SoilClass. As per ltem
204.3.4for
ref. Density
Pulverization. Note(a) 1/300m strip
FieldDensity. AASHTOT-,I91 1/300m strip As per ltem

T-238& T-205. 1/300m strip 204.3.5.
Compressive ASTM D-1633 1/SoilClass As per ltem

Strength 204.2.4
Wetting& Drying AASHTOT-135 '1lSoil

Class For mix
design.
Note:
a) Screeningof Soilthroughone inchand No.4
sievespriorto mixingwith cement.
G-24
SCHEDULE FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF CRACK-RELIEF LAYER
(ITEM NO. 205)

Frequency
Aggregate Gradation AASHTO T-27 Same as for ftem2A2. As per ltem

(Crushed) 205.2.1.
Aggregate Gradation AASHTO T-27 Same as for coarse As per item

(Asphaltic aggregateunderitem203. 2 0 5 . 2 . 1 .
open-graded
plantmix)
Asphalt Sameas for ltem203 As per ltem

Cement 203.2.2.
Mixture AsphaltCoating. AASHTO '195 1/day'sproduction

or as
requiredbasedon visual
observation.
SCHBDULE FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF WEARING COURSE
PLANT MIX (ITBM NO. 305)

Frequency
Coarse Gradation AASHTO T-27 1 i 1 0 0 0c M

Aggregate
Abrasion. AASHTO T-96 3/Sourceplus 1/5000CM As per ltem
3 0 5 . 2 . 1( a )
SodiumSulphate AASHTO T-104 3/Sourceplus 1/5000CM As per ltem

Soundness 305.21 (b)
Stripping AASHTO I-182 3/Source plus '115000

CM
Fracturedfaces Visual 3iSource plus as required As per ltem

baseon visualobservation. 305.2.1
Flatand Elongated As per ltem

Particle. Visual -do- 305.2.1(e)
SpecificGravity AASHTO T-85 4/Sourcefor each size in Hot For use in

and Absorption. binsof AsphaltPlant. preparation
of JMF.
Fine SandEquivalent AASHTO T-176 3/Source plusas required As per ltem

Aggregate or baseon visualobservation. 305.2.1(c)
PlasticityIndex. AASHTO T-89 & 1 / 1 0 0 c0M As per ltem
T-90. 305.21 (d)
SpecificGravity. AASHTO T-84 2/Source For use in

preparation
of JMF.
FriableParticles AASHTO T-112 1/5000cM
Asphalt SpecificGravity. AASHTO T-228 2/shipment. For use in

Cement. preparation
of JMF.
Penetration. AASHTO T-49 3iweekof plantoperation. As per

Samplestakenfrom heating clause
tank at staggeredintervals. 305.2.2
Premix Extraction AASHTO T-164

Asphalt Gradation AASHTO T-30
Flow AASHTO T-245

As per
Stability AASHTO T-245 2lday'sproduction. Clause
305.2.3.
BulkSp. Gravity AASHTO T-166
LossStability AASHTO T-245

SCTIEDULE FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF WEARING COURSE
PLANT MrX (ITBM NO. 30s)
Test Designation Sampling and Testing Rel'erence

Material
Frequency
Mixture Thickness AASHTO T-230 lllayer @ 100 M intervalPer As per item

compactedin lane. 305.3.2.
prace.
Compaction AASHTO T.230 lllayer @ 100 M intervalPer As per ltem

ASTM D2950 lane. 305.3.2.
Notes
Test locationswill be selectedat random.

SCHEDULE FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF'CONCRETE
(rTEM NO. 401)
Sampling and Testing
Coarse AASHTO T.27 2/Stockpile

plus 1/1000CM
Aggregate As perltem
401.2.3
AASHTO T-19 1/Sourceplus1/1000CM Forusein
preparation
of
mixdesign.
AASHTO T-85 2/Source
plus1 / 1 0 0c0M -do-
plus1/500cM _oo_
plus1/5000cM As perltem
401.2.3
AASHTO r-104 1/Sourceplus 1/5000CM As perltem
401.2.3
AASHTO M-BO 1/Sourceplus 1/5000CM As perltem
401.2.3
Fine
Aggregate
2/Source
plus1/1000CM As perltem
401.2.2
4/Source
plus1/800CM Forusein
preparation
of
mixdesign.

plus1/1000
CM -do-
AASHTO T-84 '1lSource
plus1/1000
CM -do-

plus'l/1000
CM As perltem
4 0 1 . 3 .a9n d
401.2.2
AASHTOT-104 1/Source
plus1/5000CM
AASHTO M-6 1/Source

plus1/1000
CM As perltem
401.2.2
AASHTO M-6 1/Source
plus1/5000CM As perltem
401.2.2
1/Source
plus1/5000CM
G-28
SCHEDULE FOR SAMPLING AND TESTING OF CONCRETE
(rrEM NO. 401)
Material Test Designation Sampling and Testing Acceptance

Freouencv. Limit.
YieldTest for AASHTO T-121 1/Lotor 1000Bags As per ltem

CementContent 310.3.3
Cement SettingTime AASHTO T-131 1/Lotor 1000Bags As per ltem

401.2.1
MortarStrength AASHTO T,132 1/Lotor 1000Bags As per ltem

401.2.1
Water ChemicalTests AASHTO T-26 1/Source As per ltem

401.2.7
Concrete Compression AASHTO T-22 6/Shiftor 50 CM (2 setsof 3 As per ltem

mix (Cubeor Cylinder) each) 4 0 1 . 1 .t1a b l e
401-1
Slump AASHTO T-119 2/shiftor 50 CM -do-
G-29
TABLE FOR ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES
(EARTTTWORKS, PAVBMENT COURSES AND CONCRETE)
Thickness Level 5M Straight- Cross-fall LongitudinalGrade

Description edge (%) in30M
(mm) (mm) (mm) f/"\
Sub-grade +zv +0 2n + 0.5 fu. l

-40
Subbase(Granular
or +10 +0 20 t 0.3 + 0.1
Stabilized) -20 -25
BaseCourse(Granular + 5 +5 o + 0.2 10.1

or Stabilized) - 10 -10
AsphalticBase Course. +? o !0.2 + 0.1

-10 4n
AsphalticWearing +3 +<
!0.2 + 0.1
Course..
Concretefor +10 +'1n + 0.2 10.1

Pavements. -5
Concrete
for structures + 5 110
Note: 1 Materialfor stabilization

of soil may be cement,lime or bitumen.
2. Accumulative toleranceshallnot be morethanthat as specifiedagainst

the finallaver.
G-30
ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE FROM THEORETICAL WEIGHTS
(REINFORCEMENT)
AS PER AASHTO M-31
Diarneterof Bars Lot under Individual Bar under
Atl 3.5% 6%
The term"Lot"meansall barsof the samenominalweightper linearmetercontainedin an

shippingreleaseor shippingorder.
individual
Notei Reinforcingbars are evaluatedon the basis of nominalweights.ln no case shall the
overweightof any bar or lot of barsbe causeof rejection.
u-J I
TABLE FOR ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE
(REINFORCED CONCRETE pIpES OF, CLASS _ II AND Iv)
AS PER AASHTO M-170
Internal diameter PermissibleVariation in the

Description variation Wall Thickness Position of Reinforcement
("h\
Pipesof internal + 1.5 -5mmor + 10 percentof wallthickness

diameterof 300 mm to - 5 percent or + 12 mm. whicheveris less
6 1 0m m Whicheveris less
Pipesof internal t 1.0 -5mmor + 10 percentof wall thickness

diameterof 690 mm to - 5 percent or + 12 mm. whicheveris less
2750mm Whichever is less
Notes: 1. Pipe having localized variations in wall thickness exceeding those

specifiedabove shall be accepted,if the three-edgebearingstrengthand
minimumsteelcoverrequirements are met.
2. Pipes having variationsin the positionof the reinforcementexceeding

thosespecifiedaboveshallbe acceptedif the three-edgebearingstrength
requirementson a representativesampleare met.
SECTION-I
EARTH WORK AND ALLIE
Item No Descriotion Nelr.Construction Rehabilitation Maintenance
'100 General,EarthWork.
10'l Clearingand Grubbing. o
102 Removalof Trees. o
103 Stripping. o
104 Compactionof NaturalGround. o
105 Roadwayand BorrowExcavation. o
106 Excavationof Unsuitablesurplus o

material.
107 StructuralExcavationand Backfill. o
108 of Embankment.
Formation o
109 SubgradePreparation. o o
110 ImprovedSubgrade. o
111 Soil CementStabilizedSubgrade. o
112 Lime StabilizedSubgrade.
113 BitumenStabilizedSubgrade.
114 Dressingand Compactionof

Berms.
1'15 of shouldersfrom
Reinstatement
BrickKilnmaterial.
SECTION-II
SUBBASEAND BASE.
ltem No Descriotion Nerv Construction Rehabilitation Maintenance
200 General. o o
201 GranularSubbase. o o
202 AggregateBaseCourse. o
203 Aspiraltic
BaseCoursePlantMix. U
204 SoilCementStabilized
Subbase o o
and Base.
205 CrackRelieflayer. o o
206 WaterBoundMacadamBase.
207 DeepPatching. o
208 Reinstatement
of RoadSurface. o o
209 Scarification
of ExistingRoad/ o o
Breakingof RoadPavement
Structure.
210 PavementWideningand Grooving

of existingsurface.
211 Lime Stabilized

AggregateBase
Course.
212 BitumenStabilized
Subbaseor
Base.
zt3 ColdRecycling of RoadPavement

Structure/Soil
Stabilisation.
214 AsphalticBase/ BinderCourse
ztc Geotextiles
SECTION-III
SURFACE COURSES AN
Item \o I DescriPtion Nelv Construction Rehabilitation Maintenance
300 General. o o o
301 AsphalticMaterials. o o o
302 PrimeCoat.
Bituminous o o
303 TackCoat.
Bituminous o
304 Bituminous and

SurfaceTreatment o
SealCoat.
305 AsphalticConcreteWearingCourse, o
PlantMix.
306 ShoulderTreatment. o o o
307 Bit-Mac.
308 Hot Recyclingof AsPhaltConcrete o
309 C o l dM i l l i n g o o
310 ConcretePavements. o
G-35
SECTION-TV
STRUqTURTS
Nerv Construction
400 General - Structures.
400A Bridgesand Culverts.
401 Concrete.
402 Falsework& Centringfor Bridges
403 Formwork.
404 SteelReinforcement.
405 PrestressedConcreteStructures.
406 Joints& BearingDevicesfor Concrete
407 Piling.
408 SheetPiling.
409 Well Foundation
410 BrickMasonry
411 Randomand.DressedUncoursed
StoneMasonry.
412 DressedCoursedStoneMasonry.
413 SteelStructures.
SECTION-V
DRAINAGE AND EROSIO
TTEMNO DESCRIPTION New Construction Rehabilitation Maintenance
500 General-Drainage& ErosionWorks. o o
501 ReinforcedConcretePipeCulverts U o
502 Bed to ConcretePipeCulverts. o o o
503 Underdrain. o n
504 Headwalls, Wingwalls,

Parapets,
ApproachSlabs,Apronsand siphon o o o
inlets/ outlets.
505 Manholes. o o o
506 DropInletsand CatchBasins. o o
Gabions o o o
508 BrickPaving. o o o
509 Riprapand ReinforcedConcrete o o

SlopeProtection.
61n Dismantlingof Structuresand

Obstructions.
511 StonePitching. o o
512 DitchLiningand Wash Checks. o o o

SECTION-VI
ANCILLARY WORKS.
Item No Description New Construction I Rehabilitation Maintenance
600 General- Ancillary

Works. o o o
601 ConcreteKerbs,Guttersand o n
Channels.
602 AsphaltConcreteand Cement n o o

ConcreteSideWalk.
603 BrickEdging. o o
604 MetalBeamGuard-rail.
605 ConcreteBeamGuard-rail. n o
606 BridgeRailing.
607 TrafficSignsand SafetyDevices. o
608 PavementMarking. o
609 Reflectorized
PavementStuds. U o
6'10 PrecastConcretePosts& Markers. o o o
6'11 Fencing. o
otz Furnishing
and PlantingTrees,
Shrubsand Groundcover. o o o
613 Sprigging
and Sodding. o U o
SECTION-VII
NIISCETLANSQIIS
DescriPtion New Construction Rehabilitation Maintenance

Item No I
701 - | Provisionof SurveyTeams and

I lnstruments.
I
- Office
7O2 | Provide,Equipand Maintain
to the Engineer.
I Facility
I (ease CAmPFacilitY)
I
-
703 | Provide,EquiPand Maintain
for the Project.
I LaboratorY
I
- of Works for One Year
704 | Vtaintenance
(Periodof
I aftercomPletion
I Maintenance
I
)
I
- RoadWorks for Traffic
705 | f"tporary
I Diversion.
I
7OG - I Controland Protectionof Traffic.
EARTHWORK
ANI)
ALLIED ACTIVITIES
EARTHWORK
TTEM 1OO G E N E R A L
100.1 DESCRIPTION
Earthworkwill consistof all necessarywork for the excavationand placingin

embankmentor backfillor disposal by dumping of earth, rock or other
materialfrom or to the roadwayor adjacenttheretoor from borrowareas,
includingthe excavationof side and interceptionditches,the removal of
unsuitadlesubgradematerial,the formationof laybyes,the wideningof cuts
and the flatteningof cut slopeswhetherto obtain materialfor embankments
or backfill,or tolncrease the stabilityof the slopes,clearingand grubbing,
the selective removal of trees, stripping and the removal of existing
obstructionswithinthe approvedcross sectionfor excavation,in accordance
with these specifications and in conformitywith the lines,grades,sections'
and dimensionsshownon the drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
100.2 SOIL INFORMATION
Any informationconcerningthe propertiesof the soil or sub Soiland other

geotechnicalinformationshown on the drawingor otherdocumentsforming
is obligedto make
[art of the contractis for informationonly. The contractor
his own assessmentof site conditionsprevailing. No claim for extra cost or
time extensionwill be entertainedbasedon the informationprovided.
The Contractorshall be deemedto have visitedthe site priorto makinghis

bid and shall ascertainthe nature of the earth and rock, its quantity,
locationsand suitabilityto meet the specifiedrequirements,and he shall
base his bid estimatessolelyon his own soil investigation.Aftef the award
of the contractno claimfor a revisionof bid pricesdependingon the sources
will be entertained.
of soil information
100.3 EXPLOSIVES
Where explosivesare usedthe Contractorshall providOsuitablebuildingsor

warehousesin approvedpositionsfor the storageof explosives,which shall
be stored in the mannerand quantityapprovedby the Engineeror as per
relativelaws of government.Such storageplacesshallbe accessibleonly to
authorizedpersonnel.They shall be properlymarked,all doors or accesses
thereto shall be constructedof materialsas directedby the Engineerand
providedwith secure locks and all necessarymeans for preventingaccess
by unauthorizedpersons.The Contractorshall be responsiblefor the
pieventionof any unauthorizedissue or improperuse of any explosives.
The handlingof explosivesshall be entrusted only to experiencedand
responsiblemen, to the satisfactionof the Engineer,and in conformitywith
the statutorYregulations.
100-1
7,-OOL
'IJo/r^ sulolt laLllo

Jo
ul pepnpul aq ol peulaep eq lleqs lnq ,AlalBledasptpd eq lou
lleqs lro/vl eql
6uunp o !pa#s Alsnonuquocueql ereu or buu'arc pue'ecueualureuJror.0
pue uorpnJlsuoc6uunp rJo/vllo uorpal0.rdJoJsleuec Jo sal{cltp eoeujerp
'papedxa
gcns sr urpJ oJoreqeoeurerp :ado.rd pe#e ol ,t.ressaceueq
reu se sreu'c io sorrclrplegno e6eureJpqcns eprnord-ileqsJolcBrruooaqr
'raaur6u3
- eql Aq perrnbaraJaq/'A
Jo rJol lce4uoc eql Jo uollcol0.rdaql.ro1
fuessaceu uaq/v\ses,nocJele^ Ourpenrp.ro 6urure;prcj pue 6r,r.1"*"p ,o1
sonrloe; fuesseceu apnoJd lleqs Jolce4uoCaql .Uo/rru{Uea tol secud p1q
or{l ur pepnlcuroq 1;eqsoururerppue ourdund 'suepregoc ,6ur.roqs ,6uuaaqs
'suolletedo
Jo lsoc aql IJoMqUealeue Jo 6uunp Jalem Jo lenoual Jo
Jo lorluocJoJepeu oq lln^ lueuded epredas ou 'JoJpaprnordoJaqM1decx3
s'00r
'solnleal qcns
Jol slstxa ualt aleledes e ssalun ,uotlenecxa
eq1 6upnp peJolunocualeualetrtleqlo due Jo slfe/v\bururelai,;oelaql s;led
lo seoprjq 'sua^lnc 'slueuened pp 's;uatuoe4Jo sJaplnoqpor 'A.ruoseu
ro aleJcuoo'auols '1cuq ounsxa ;o 'laaurouf eql fq pa.rrnba.r se ,lesodsrp
pue leôujar aq1 ourpnpur 'uotcas-ssoJcpano.rddeaql
Jo silurl aql urrllr/v\
paJalunocuo'ornlBu sil lo ssolpreoer leueleuj
lle Jo leôlleJ JO lsoc aql
apnlcurlleqsB01 pue ZgL ,901 ,9Ol ,egr'l0l sulall repun suay Ied eq1
t'00I
'onoqesJaqpequcsop
se sluotueOuele qcns
roJ olqrssil'upeaq lleLlsluau{ed eixa oN 'lr peurp}qoserl eq
1eq1.reeurbu3
eq1 ilsnes lleqs pue sanuorlne ledo.rd aLlt ulo4 uo4dn.riagurqcns roJ
olnpoqossrq ;o lenoldde urelqo ller{sjolceJluoCaq} ,pa$rule1u1eq ol spq
pPoJaLlluo ctgeJlll 'louueui ssel)peJe ut lno petJJec6ureqsr Jo .saJnlcnJls
luecefpero suosrado1snoreouepoq plno/v\1r'uorurdostq ui li ,suear! Jeqlo
Aq pelenecxaaq ol IcoJ eql JopJopue Durlselqttqlr.lordIeur'.reaur6uf eqf
:eaul6u3
aLllIq pequcsa:d
aultl ol polctJlseJoq llerls Ourlsegq
',fuessacau 'suos:ed uo[ceioJd
jrrro^r\ otrlpueApado.rd 1o rol'ieu oriisBiq
orll ,leeur0u3eq} Aq pjparlp aJaLlM
qsatui{neaqaprnotdlleqstolceJ}uoC
'teeur6u3aql AqBurlcaqc
lo; JolceJluoC
aqr ^q 1de>1 eq ileL{s'slunoruBpue suorl'3orbuinnoqs'pesn'senrsoldx-
lle Jo plocarV 'aloq qceo ut pesn eq llerls eDleqcaleJepoue A;uopue
'peddec pue papeolApedo.rdaq lleqsslorls 'rrompoLlsruu oql ol ro rueo'ord
o1 aOeuepro suosredor auop aq rfunfurou reqr eJnsuoo1 suoileredo
Ourlselq;;e 6ur.rnprolcelluoCaLll Iq ualel aq lleqs eJBcgsaleajOeq1
'suotsueulpJosuoDces-ssoJc
penorddeeLll eprsno eoelearq {q pauorsecco rJo/v\e.rya roi lueurr{ed
ol urep ou oneqllBrlsoq/v\JolcerluoSeql Jo {lrlqrsuodseJ pue rsrJ sJrlua
oq1le paulo;.tedeq lleqspoqleu .raq1o{ue Jo ,sleuunl'seloLllltJplo sueeu
{q Durlselg 'ece1dur ual aq ol leuoleueq1elqrssodsi driiirsB qrnlsrp
o] pue 'suotlsasssoJcpeJtnbelaql 01 elqrssodse esolc sp uorlBnecxs
aq16uuqol se reuueure qcns ut auopaq llpLls6urlse;qpue Ouilgup ;;y
The contractorshallalsoprovide,fix, maintainand operatesuchengines,
pu*p., hoses,chutesand otherappliancesas are necessaryto keepthe
accumulated waterat a level requiredfor the safetyof the structuresas
by theEngineer,
directed
100.6 DITCIIES
The Contractorshallconstructside ditches,interception ditches,and inlet

and outlet ditchesas shown on the Drawings or where .orderedby the
E"gin""r, whetherfor temporaryor permanent drainage. In orderto keep
*"i", ,*"v from the embankment, subgrade, and/or pavement during
the contractor shall at all times ensure adequate drainage by
construction,
ditcnano outletso that the drainage is operativebefore work is
scr'eourlng
subgrade or pavement.He shallclean and trim
statedon the embankment,
aiLsucn drainage ditches from time to time,so thattheremay be a freeflow
oi *rt", inrouglnout the wholeperiodof the Contract.Ditchesshallfirst be
trimmedaccording to approvedcross-sections, and finaltrimming,including
in" r"p"ii of anyl"m"bb that may have. been done duringthe construction
the completion of the otherconstructionwork
work,shallbe c-ariedoi,t
andshallbe a condition "ft"r.
for final approval and acceptance'
Unlessothenrvise specifiedno separatepaymentwill be .made for the

excavation ditches,inletand outletditchesbut
of sideOitcnes,interception
rr.n p.vr"nt willbe madeunderitem105or 106whichever applicable.
where indicatedon the drawingsor wlren requiredby the Engineer,the

Contractorshall take cross-seciions of existingstreamchannels,and in
collaborationwith the Engineer, mark them with detailsof the excavation
requireofor the relocationof the stream channel.work shallnot proceed
withoutwrittenapprovalof the markedcross-sections by the Engineer.
100.7 EXCAVATIONFORCULVERTS
and
Exceptwhereotherwisespecifiedexcavationand backfillfor culvert
to under drains,will not be paid for
drainagepipes,exceptgranularbackfill
."frr."t"ty,' nui snatt 5e consideredas a subsidiary obligation of the
Contractor coveredunderthe contractpricefor the variousclassesof pipe
culvertas Provided in ltem501'
100.8
The Engineermay orderthe removalof materialresultingfrom landslides'

tne conitructionoi benchesin or abovethe cut slopeor in the embankment
the
rtop" or where in his opinionthe .slopeshows signs of instability,
Payment of all suctiwork shallbe at prices
contract
Raleningof the slope.
in ltem106or 108as thecasemaYbe'
r00.9 SURVEYANDLEVELINGPRIORTO
COMMENCEMENT OF EARTr{woRK
in
The contractorshall be responsiblefor the settingout of the work
accordancewith Clause 17 of the General Conditions of Contract'
that projectdrawingshavebeenissuedto the contractor'
Notwithstanding
100-3
the contractorshallalso be responsiblefor takingjoint cross-sections
on the
proposedalignmentof the road,submittingthreecopiesof the plottedcross-
sectionsand longitudinalprofileto the Engineerand obtainingthe approval
of the Engineerto such cross-sectionand longitudinalprofitebefore any
work in connectionwith Earthworkis commenced. These cross-sections
and longitudinalprofileshall be in the form and manner as instructedin
writingby the Engineer.
r00.10 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
The quantitiesof the variousclassesof excavationor embankmentto be

measuredfor paymentunder the contractshall be limitedto the lines and
level as taken under clause 100.9 above. However if the levels so taken
differappreciablyfrom designlevelsthe matershall be referredto the client.
Excavationand filling beyondthe lines and level shown on the drawings,

approvedprofilesand cross-sections will not be paid for. The Engineerwill
decidethe angle of the slope of cuts and fills as the work proceedson the
basis of evaluationof the soil characteristics.The actual lines of the cuts
and fills as made will be duly measuredand recordedby the contractor.
The Engineerwill checkthese recordsand will approvethe measurements,
if correct,as a basis of payment. Excessof excavationshall be backfilled,
as directedby the Engineer,with subbasematerialswithoutextra payment
to the contractor;excess of fill may be either left in place or removedas
required by the Engineer. The quantities of excavation,backfill and
earthworkto be paid for in ltems 103, 106, 107 and 10g respectivelvshall
be the number of cubic metersof materialmeasuredby the averageend-
area method,exceptwherethe errormay exceedplus or minusfive bercent
as comparedwith the prismoidalformula in which case the Engineerwill
authorizethe use of the more accuratemethod. However,the contractor
shall requestsuch authoritybeforehe submits his quantitiesfor approval.
Quantitiesmeasuredon the averageend-areabasis,once they have been
submittedand approved,shall not be subjectto review for the purposeof
applyinga more accuratemethod.
100-4
ITEM 101 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
101.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof removalto the specifieddepth, grubbingand

disposalof all sudace objects, as and where directed in writing by the
Engineer,stumps,roots,bushesand trees with less than 150 mm girth,
vegetation,logs, rubbish and other objectionablematerial except such
objectsas are designatedto remainor are to be removed in accordance
with othersectionof specification.
101.2 CONSTRUCTIONREQUIREi\{ENTS
101.2.1 Clearins/Grubbing
in roadwaycut areas,all surfaceobjectsor any objectto the depthof 30 Cm

below subgradelevel such as stumps,roots, vegetation,bushes,logs,
rubbishshall be clearedand/orgrubbedas directedby the Engineer.In
roadwayfill areaswhere clearingand grubbingis required,same shall be
carriedout to the depth of 30 Cm belownaturalsurfacelevel as described
above.
Operationof clearingand grubbingshall in no way be deemedto effectany

levelor volumechangeof the area.
Afterclearingand grubbing,the compactionof the area will be restoredto its

originalvalue withoutany extra payment.HoweverEngineermay directin
writingto the Contractorfor stripping(if so required)under item 103 or for
compactionunderitem 104, Compactionof NaturalGround,if the original
compactionis less than the requiredfor respectivezone. Paymentof these
items will be made separatelyunder the relative items used for such
purpose.
Before bottom layer of embankmentis placed,contractorwill grub up and

removewithout extra payment,any vegetationthat may, in the meantime
havegrownon surfacepreviouslyclearedand grubbed.
All trees having girth less than 150 mm measured at (600) mm above
groundand fallingwithinthe constructionlimitsshall be felled& removedby
the contractor.The excavationand removal of trees, roots and stumps
includingbackfillingand compactingof holes and restoringthe natural
groundto the originalconditionshall be responsibility of the contractorfor
which no extra paymentshall be made to him. The trees, stumps & roots
remains the propefty of the Employer, which shall be delivered at
designatedplaceas directedby the Engineer.
r0r.2.2 Protectionand Restoration
The Contractorshall preventdamageto all pipes,conduits,wires,cablesor

structureaboveor belowground.No land monuments,propertymarkers,or
official datum points shall be damaged or removed until the
Employer/Engineer has witnessedor otherwisereferencedtheir locations
101-1
and approvedtheir removal.The contractorshall so controlhis operations
as to preventdamageto shrubs,which are to be preserved.protectionmay
include fences and boards latched to shrubs, to prevent damage from
machineoperations.Any damageas a resultof contractor'soperationshall
immediatelybe rectifiedby him at his own expense.
101.3 M EASUR.EMENT
AND PAYMENT
10r.3.1 Measurement
clearing and grubbingwill be measuredfor payment only on areas so

designatedin writing by the Engineeror shown on the drawings. The
quantityto be paid for shall be the number of square meters satisfactorily
clearedand grubbed.Any tree havinggirth of less than 150 mm (measured
600 mm abovegroundlevel)shall be measuredto be underthis item.
Engineershall ensure that a minimumof 500 sM area is designatedfor

clearing and grubbing in any stretch of roadway for the sake of ease to
constructionactivities.
clearing and grubbingcarriedout by the contractorin roadwaycut areas

and borrowpitsshallnot be measuredfor payment
101.3.2 Payment
The quantitiesdeterminedas providedabovewill be paid for at the contract

unit price for the pay item mentionedbelow and shown in the Bill of
Quantities,which priceand paymentshall be full compensation for clearing
and grubbingand restorationof area,to its originalcondition.
Pay ltem Description Unitof

No. Measurement
101 Clearingand Grubbing SM
101-2
ITEM 102 REMOVAL OF TREES
102.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof the removalof trees and stumps alongwiththeir
rootsto a depth,to ensurecompleteremovalof roots and stumpsand their
disposalas providedin SpecialProvisionor as directedin writing by the
Engineer.
rcz.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Such individualtrees as the Engineermay designateand mark in white

paintshall be left standinguninjured.All othertrees to be removedshall be
countedand an inventorypreparedshowinggirthof the tree stem.
When necessaryto preventinjuryto other trees or structuresor to minimise

dangerto traffic,trees shall be cut in sectionsfrom top downwards.
Hole or loose earth resultingfrom the removalof trees shall be filled and
recompacted to a degree of compaction of -adjoining area. Any extra
materialrequiredfor such purposeshallnot be measuredfor payment.
102.3 GENERAL REOUIREMENTS
Contractorshall preventdamageto all under-groundutilities,such as pipes

cablesor conduitsetc. For this purposeif so required,removalof trees shall
be carried out manually. Any under-groundor over-ground property
damaged by the contractorshall be immediatelyrepaired by the contractor
at his own expense.
102.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
102.4.1 Measurement
Engineerand Contractorshalljointlymeasurethe girth and numberof trees

to be removedunderthis item.Anytree havinga girth of lessthan 150 mm
measuredsix hundred(600)mm abovegroundlevel shall not be measured
under this item, as the same shall be removed under item "Clearingand
Grubbing".
102.4.2 Payment
The quantitiesdeterminedas provided above shall be paid for at the

contractunit pricefor the pay item mentionedbelowand shownin the Bill of
Quantitieswhich price shall be deemed to include all cost of labour
equipmentand incidentalrelatedto the item.

No. Measurement
102a Removalof trees,150-300mm girth Each

of vees,301-600mm girth
102b Removal Each
of
102c Removal trees, 601 mm or overgirth Each
102-1
TTEM 103 STRIPPING
103.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of removing unsuitabletopsoil, transportingand

depositingin stockpilesor spreadingwhere indicatedon the Drawingsor as
directedby the Engineer.Engineershall give instructionin writing,stating
area and depthto be stripped.
103.2 CONSTRUCTIONREQUI REMENTs
The areasfrom whichstrippingof topsoilis requiredshallbe as indicatedon

the Drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.The Contractorshall remove
topsoil from these areas to depth as directed by Engineer.Strippingof
topsoil in any case shall be not less than 10 cm. in depth. The removed
topsoilshall be transported,depositedin stock pilesat locationsdesignated
by the Engineerand/or spread where indicatedon the drawings or as
directed by the Engineer. Engineer shall, however identify the soil as
unsuitablethroughlaboratorytests
The top soil shall be placedseparatelyfrom other excavatedmaterialsand

be completelyremovedto the requireddepth from the area prior to the
beginningof regular excavationor embankmentwork in that area. No
payment will be made for topsoil removed from places other than that
directed by the Engineer. Engineer shall, however identify the soil as
unsuitablethroughlaboratorytests,beforesuch a decision.
103.3 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
103.3.1 Measurement
Measurementshall be made by multiplyingthe length,breadthand depth of

layer approvedby the Engineerin cubic meter of materialremoved and
disposedas directedby the Engineer.Howeverspacethus createdshall be
filledby the materialas directedby the Engineerand paid separatelyunder
relativeitem.
103.3.2 Payment
The paymentunderthis item shallbe made for at the contractunit price per
cubic meter of strippingmeasuredas above, for removalof materialto a
depth approvedby the Engineerincludingits disposaiat designatedplace
and in the manneras directedby the Engineer.
Pay ltem Descnption Unitof

No. Measurement
103 Stripping. CM
103-1
ITEM 104 COMPACTION OF NATURAL GROUND.
104.1 DESCRIPTION.
The naturalgroundor surfacereadyfor constructionpurposesafter clearing

and grubbing or stripping,(if required) will be consideredas (natural)
Groundfor the purposeof this item.The compactionof naturalgroundshall
be carriedout througha writtenorder by the Engineer.
104.2 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS.
Up to a depth of twenty (20) cm below the naturalground, all sods and

vegetablemattersshallbe removedand clear surfaceshall be brokenup by
ploughingand scarifyingto compactto the degreeas definedbelow:-
For heightof Embankment Percentof MaximumDry Density

below sub qrade level. as determinedbv AASHTOT-180..
q6
0to30cm
30 to 75 cm YJ
Over 75 cm on
Belowthe foundationof structures 95
t04.2.1 Compaction of original ground surface in areas of high water levels and
salinity.
Compaction of the natural ground surface in such areas will be difficult if not
impossible.See ltems 108, etc. under Formation of Embankmentfor
constructionrequirementsunder these conditions,where compactionof
NaturalGroundshallnot be carriedout.
104.3 MEASUREMENTAI.IDPAYMENT.
104.3.1 Measurement.
The measurementshall be made by multiplyingthe length and breadthof

the area approvedin writingby the Engineerto be paid underthis item.The
measurementof the item shall be in Squaremeter.
Any subsidenceof levelsof NaturalGround due to compactionunder this

item shall not be measuredfor payment,the contractoris expectedto take
care of suchfactorswhilebidding.
rc43.2 Payment.
The paymentunderthis item shall be made for at the contractunit pricefor

Square meter of compactionof (natural)ground measuredas above and
watering,mixing,leveling,
shall be deemedto includecost of scarification,
tools,
rolling,labour,equipment, and necessary
incidentals to completethis
item.

No. Measurement
104 of Natural
Compaction SM
Ground
104-1
ITEM 105 ROADWAY AND BORROW EXCAVATION FOR
EMBANKMENT
105.1 DESCRIPTION
The work shall consist of excavatingthe roadway and borrowpits,removal

and satisfactorydisposalof all materialstaken from withinthe limitsof the
work, also Suchexcavationas is necessaryfor inlet and outlet ditchesof
structuresand shall include all excavation,shaping and sloping for the
construction, preparation of all embankment, subgrade, shoulders,
intersectionsand approachesas directedand in conformityto the alignment,
grade, level and cross-sections shown on the plans or establishedby the
Engineer.
t05.2 CLASSIFICATIONOF EXCAVATION
105.2.1 RoadWav Excavation
RoadwayExcavationshall compriseall excavationthat is not classifiedas

structural excavation carried out within the limits of roadway including
permanentdrainageditchesand side slopesin cut.
Roadway Excavationshall further, be classifiedas "Common Excavation",

(commonexcavationshall includeall the materialsof
or "Rock Excavation",
whatevernaiure encounteredbut not includingrock excavation).
a) CommonExcavation
Commonexcavationshallconsistof the removaland satisfactorydisposalof

all eolian,alluvialandresidualmaterials,inplaceunalteredand unweathered
strata,which are not firm or rigidenoughto possessall the characteristics
'"Rock
of
Excavation". Bouldersof less than one quarter (1/4) cubic meter
volume shall also be classifiedas "Common Excavation". Eolian and
alluvialmaterialsconsistof $ravel,shale, volcanicash, loess, dunes and,
loams,sands and clays or any combinationof these materials,and termed
as CommonExcavation.
b) Rock Excavation
This inbludesfirm and rigid igneous,metamorphicand sedimentaryrocks.

Boulders larger than quarter (1/4) cubic meter in volume will also be
consideredas "Rock Excavation", providedtheseare firm and stablelyingin
continuousbed and constitutemore than 50% by volume as comparedto
othertype of materialsin the totalmass.
of Hard,Mediumor Soft Rock shall be same as described

The classification
underitem 106.2of GeneralSpecifications.
105-1
ro5.2.2 Borrow Excavation
Borrow Excavationshall comprise all excavationtaken from borrow pits.

Material from borrow pits shall normally be used for the constructionof
embankmentor for the backfillwhen there is no materialavailablefrom
roadway excavaiion or structural excavation. Permission to use material
from borrowpit shall first be obtained in writing from the Engineer.
Neverthelessthe total quantity of material from roadway excavation and
structuralexcavationafter deductionof the materialdeclared unsuitableby
the Engineer,shall be consideredavailablefor use in the work and any
material used from borrow pits for formation of embankment shall not be
measuredfor payment.
In m6king his bid, the Contractorshall inspectthe site and prepare his
estimateof the haulagecost on the basisof his own surveyof the possible
natureand locationsof the borrow pits.Their distancefrom the work sites
shall not be groundsfor extra paymentor revisionof the contractprice.
The consentof the landowneror tenantfor excavatingthe borrow material

and'haulingalong privateaccessroads shall be securedby the Contractor
who shall,if required,pay for such concession.Borrowpits shall be left in a
conditionacceptableto the landownerand/ortenantand the Engineer.
105.2.3 Structural Excavation
The descriptionmethodof measurementand paymentof this sectionshall

conformto as specifiedin item 107.
105.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS
All material removed from excavation shall be used in the formation of

embankment,subgrade, shoulders,and at such other places as directed,
unless it is declared unsuitableand ordered to waste by the Engineer. No
excavated material shall be wasted without written permission from the
Engineer,and when such materialis to be wasted,it shall be so placedthat
it will present a neat appearanceand not offer any danger to abutting
property.
The materialshall be declaredunsuitableif the soaked CBR (96 hours) is

less than five (5) percent or if falls under ,4-6 or A-7 of AASHTO soil
classification.
During constructionof the roadway,the road bed shall be maintainedin

such a conditionthat it will be well drainedat alltimes.
All slopes,exceptin solid rock or other materialshall be trimmed precisely

as per cross-sections,and care must be exercisedthat no materialshall be
loosenedbeyondthe requiredslopes. In blastingrock slopes,a reasonably
uniform face shall be left, regardlessof whether or not the excavation is
carried beyond the specified side slope. All breakage and slides shall be
removedby the contractorand disposedof as directedby the Engineer.
105-2
Rock, shale and other unsuitableroad bed materialencounteredin cuts
shall be excavatedto requiredwidth and depth indicatedon the plansor as
otherwisedirected.Any overbreakagebelowthe depth shown on the plans
will not be paid for. Backfillof the overcut shall be of approved earth
materialand shallhavethe same densityrequirements as specifiedon the
olansand shall be at the expenseof contractor,
Borrowpitsshall be locatedso that the nearestedge of the pit is at least

thirty (30) metersfrom the roadwaytoe of slope unless otherwisedirected
by the Engineer.
Permissionto use any borrow material,includingits suitability, shall be

obtained in writing from the Engineer before execution of work. lt is
responsibiiityof the contractor to submit a requestfor test at least
fifteen (15) working days prior to the day the contractorintendsto begin
takingmaterialfrom the borrowarea.
In no case shall borrow material be obtained from downstreamof any

hydraulicstructure. However the borrowpitmay be establishedat five
hundred(500) metersupstreamof the hydraulicstructure. The side slopes
of the pits or channelsshall be constructedas shown on the plans or
directedby the Engineer.In no casethe side slopesof borrowpit be steeper
t h a na s l o p e ;1 : 5( V : H ) .
Upon abandonmentof borrowpit or quarryarea,the contractorshall,at his

own expense,cleanand trim the borrowpit or quarryarea,the rightof way,
and adjoiningpropertieswhich were occupiedduringexecutionof work, all
of the Engineer.
to the satisfaction
All drillingand blastingshallbe done in such a manneras will most nearly

completethe excavationto the requiredgrade line, and producethe least
disturbanceof the materialto be left in place. Blastingby means of drill
holes or any other methods shall be performedat the entire risk and
responsibilityof the contractor.Care shall be taken to ensurethat no injury
be done to personsor propertiesor to the finishedwork. Blastingshall be
restrictedto the hoursprescribedby the localauthoritiesor the Engineer.
Where betweentwo successivecross-sections of the road,the propertiesof

rock boulders,in sizes largerthan a one quarter(114)of a cubic meter,to
earthis morethan 50%,the excavationwill be consideredwhollyas rock.
Rock materialabove groundlevel such as stones,boulders,pilesof stone,

and dry stoneswallingwhose individualsizes are greaterthan one quarter
of a cubic meter shall be removedand disposedof if directedin writingby
the Engineerand shall be paid under relevantitem of work in the Bill of
Quantities.
105.4 MBASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
105.,1.1 Measurement
When the Bill of Quantitiesspecifiesfor "Common Excavation","Rock

Excavation"and "BorrowExcavation'! the quantitiesof the differentclasses
of excavationshallbe computedas follows:
1nq_?
a) CommonExcqvation
The unit of measurementfor common excavationshall be in cubic meter

and be computedby average end area method based on cross-sections
duly approvedby the Engineerprior to commencementand completionof
requiredexcavation.
The excavated material approvedfor fill under any item of the Bill of
Quantitiesshallbe used in the manneras describedunderthe relevantitem
of haulagedistance.
of work, irrespective
b) Rock Excavation
Authorized"Rock Excavation"to be measuredin cubic metersshall consist

of area that is necessaryto providethe design section and grade or as
directedby the Engineer. Any over breakagebeyond the lines shown on
the plansand outsideof the tolerancesset for subgradein cuts shall not be
paid for. The Engineershall define the beginningand ending points of
areas classified as "Rock Excavation". Any area over excavated in the
subgradeshall be reinstatedat the cost of contractoras directedby the
Engineer.
The pay quantityfor "Rock Excavation"shall be computed by means of

averageend area methodfrom approvedcross-sectionsbased on original
groundelevationsafter the authorizedremovalof unsuitableor overburden
materials,if required.
For disposalof excavatedrock material,same procedureshall be followed

as describedabove for the "Common Excavation"specifiedin sub item
N o . 1 0 5 . 4 .(1a ) .
c) Borrow Excavjltion
No measurementshall be made for any Borrow Excavation,howeverthis

materialif used in any of the Bill items, shall be measuredand paid as
providedunderthe relativeitemsof work.
r05.4.2 Payment
No paymentfor Roadwayor Borrow Excavationshall be made under this

item as the same is deemedto be includedunder relativeitem of Formation
of Embankment.
105-4
ITEM 106 EXCAVATION OF UNSUITABLE OR SURPLUS
MATERIAL
106.I DESCRIPTION
The work shall consistof excavationand disposalof unsuitableor surplus

materialarisingfrom roadwayexcavation,which is declaredin writingby the
Engineerto be unsuitablefor use or surplus to the requirementsof the
project. When excavationof unsuitablematerialrequiresspecialattention
for a known conditionon a specificproject,constructionrequirementsand
paymentshallbe coveredunderrelevantprovisions.
106.2 CONSTRUCTIONREQUIREMENTS
All suitablematerialexcavatedwithin the limits and scope of the project

shall be used in the most effective manner for the formation of the
embankment,for wideningof roadway,for backfill,or for otherwork included
in the contract.
Any materialsurplusto these requirementor any materialdeclaredin writing

by the Engineerto be unsuitableshall be disposedof and leveledin thin
layers by the contractor outsidethe right of way within 7 Km of excavation.
The Engineershall decide regardingthe unsuitabilityof the material by
conductingappropriatelaboratorytests.
when unsuitablematerialsare orderedto be removedand replaced,the soil

left in place shall be compactedto a depth of twenty (20) cm to the density
prescribedunder ltem 108.3.1. Payment for such compactionshall be
includedin the contractpricesfor the excavationmaterials.
lf the unsuitablematerial,which is to be removed,is below standingwater

level and the replacementmaterial is gravel or a similar self-draining
material of at least thirty (30) cm in depth, the compaction may be
dispensedwith if approvedby the Engineer.
Rock excavationshallbe classifiedas under:
a) Hard Rock
Any rock whichcan not be removedwith Ripperof a2oo H.p. Bulldozerand

constitutesa firm and continuousbed of rock onlv.
b) Medium Rock
Any rock which can not be removedwith the blade of 200 H.p. Buldozerbut
can be removedby the ripper,will be termed as Medium Rock, irrespective
of the fact that it is removedby blasting.
c) Soft Rock
Any rock whichcan be removedwith the bladeof a 200 H.p. Bulldozer.This

item will be termed as soft Rock, irrespectiveof the fact that it is removed
by blasting.
106-1
106.3.1 Measurement
When the contractoris directedto excavateunsuitablematerialbelow the

surfaceof originalgroundin fill areas,the depth to which these unsuitable
materialsare to be removed will be determinedby the Engineer.The
contractorshall schedulehis work in a such a way that authorizedcross
sectionscan be taken beforeand afterthe materialhas been removed.Only
materialwhich is surplusto the requirementsof the projector is declaredin
writingby the Engineerto be unsuitablewill qualifyfor paymentsunder pay
I t e mN o . 1 0 6a , 1 0 6b , 1 0 6c , a n d 1 0 6d a s t h e c a s em a y b e .
The cost of excavationof materialwhich is used anywherein the project

shall be deemed to be includedin the pay ltem relatingto the part of the
work wherethe materialis used.
The undermentionedPay ltem Nos. 106 a, 106 b, 106 c, and 106 d shall
includethe cost of obtainingthe consentof the owner or tenantof the land
wherethe disposalof surplusor unsuitablematerialis made.
Unsuitableor surplusmaterialshall be measuredin its originalpositionand

its volumeshallbe calculatedin cubicmetersusingend area method.
106.3.2 Payment

contractunit price respectivelyfor each of the particularpay ltems listed
below and shown in the Bill of Quantitieswhich prices and paymentshall
constitutefull compensation for all costsinvolvedin the propercompletionof
the work prescribedin this item.

No. Measurement
106a ExcavateUnsuitableCommon CM
Material
106b ExcavateUnsuitableRock
Material.
i. HardRock CM
ii. MediumRock CM
iii. Soft Rock CM
106c ExcavateSurplusCommon
Material CM
106d ExcavateSurplusRockMaterial
i. HardRock CM
ii. MediumRock CM
iii. Soft Rock
lvo-z
ITEM 107 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
r07.1 DESCRIPTION
structural excavationshall include the removal of all material of whatever

nature, necessaryfor the constructionof foundationsof bridges, culverts,
retainingwalls, headwalls,wing walls, catch basins,manholes,inlets and
other structures not otherwise provided for in these specificationsand in
accordancewith the plans or as directedby the Engineer. lt shall include
the furnishingof all riecessaryequipmentand constructionof all cribs,
cofferdams,caissons,dewatering,sheeting,shoring etc., which may be
necessaryfor the executionof the work. lt shallalso includethe subsequent
removalof cofferdamsand cribs and the placementof all necessarybackfill
as hereinafterspecified. lt shall also include the disposing of eicavated
material,which is not requiredfor backfill,in a mannerand in locationsso as
not to affectthe carryingcapacityof any channeland not to be unsighfly.
107.2
to7.2.r Backfill aroundstructure
Backfillaround structureshall be made with the followingmaterial.
a. Granularbackfillof selectedmaterialas specifiedhere under

b. common backfill shall be carried out from excavated material or any
other borrow materialapprovedby the Engineer.
t07.2.2 Granular ba,ckfill
Granularbackfillmaterialshall meet the followingrequirements.
a) GradinsRequirement
mm Inch.
25 1" 100 100

19 314" 60-100 75-100
4.75 No.4 50-85 55-100
2.4 N o .1 0 40-70 40-100
0.425 NO.40 2545 20-50
0.075 No.200 0-15 5-15
b) Materialsatisfyingthe requirements of coarsesand fallingurider soil

classification A-3 (AASHTo).In case,coarsesandis utilisedfor granular
fill it shallbe ensuredthat the sameis confinedproperlywith af,proved
material.
c) The materialshall-have
a Plasticity
Indexof not morethansize (6) as
determined
by AASHTOT-89andT-90.
107-1
t07.2.3 Commonbackfill
Use of excavatedmaterialas backfillmay be allowedunderthis item. Use of

borrow materialfor common backfillshall be allowed subjectto approvalof
borrow materialby the Engineer.
107.2.4 Rock backlill
Rock materialof smallsize shall be permittedin the backfillingof structures

or wallssubjectto the approvalof methodologyby the Engineer.
107.3 CONSTRUCTIONR-E,OUIREMENTS
107.3.1 Structuralexcavation
a) General
All substructures,where practicable, shall be constructed in open

excavationand, where necessary,the excavationshall be shored,braced,
or protected by cofferdamsin accordancewith approved methods. When
footings can be placed in the dry without the use of cribs or cofferdams,
backformsmay be omittedwith the approvalof the Engineer,and the entire
excavationfilled with lean concreteto the requiredelevationof the top of the
footing.The additionalconcreteshall be at the expenseof the Contractor.
In case the contractor has excavated additional volumes than specified

thereunder,the contractorshall at his own expense backfillthe volume with
approvedmaterialas directedby Engineer.
The classificationof Hard, Medium or Soft Rock shall be same as described

under item 106.2of GeneralSpecifications.
b) Preservationof channel
Unless otherwise soecified. no excavation shall be made outside of

caissons,cribs, cofferdams,piling, or sheeting,and the natural stream bed
adjacentto the structureshall not be disturbedwithout permissionfrom the
Engineer.lf any excavationor dredging is made at the site of the structure
before caissons, cribs or cofferdams are in place, the Contractor shall,
without extra charge, after the foundationbase is in place, backfill all such
excavationto the originalground surfaceor river bed with nraterialapproved
by the Engineer.Materialdepositedwithin the stream area from foundation
or other excavationor from filling of cofferdamsshall be removed and the
stream bed freed from obstructionthereby.
dpjefF,otllg:
The elevationof the bottomsof footings,as shown on the drawings,shall be

consideredas approximateonly and the Engineer may order, in writing,
such changesin dimensionsor elevationof footingsas may be necessaryto
securea satisfactoryfoundation.
107-2
d) Preparation
of Foundations
of Footings
i) All rock or otherhardfoundation materialshallbe freedfrom all loose

material,cleanedand cut to a firm surface,eitherleveled,stepped,or
roughened, as maybe directed
by the Engineer.
ii) when masonryis to rest on an excavatedsurfaceother than rock
special,careshallbe takennotto disturbthe bottomof the excavation,
andthe finalleveling
of the gradeshallnot be madeuntiljust beforethe
masonryis to be placed.
e)Cofferdams
andCribs
i) For substructure work, the contractorshall submit, upon request,

drawingsshowinghis proposedmethodof cofferdamsconstruction and
otherdetailsleftopento his choiceor notfullyshownon the Enginee/s
drawings.The contractorshall not start work until the Engineerhas
approvedsuchdrawings.
ii) cofferdamsand cribs for foundationconstructionshall be carriedto

adequatedepthsand heights,be safelydesignedand constructed, and
be madeas watertightas is necessary for the properperformance of the
workwhichmustbe doneinsidethem.In general, the interior
dimensions
of cofferdamsand cribsshallbe suchas to give sufficientclearancefor
the constructionof formsand the inspection'of their exteriors,
and to
permitpumpingoutsidethe forms.cofferdamsor cribs,whichare tilted
or movedlaterallyduringthe processof sinking,shallbe righted,reset,
or enlargedso as to providethe necessary clearanceandthis shallbe
solelyat the expenseof the Contractor.
iii) when conditions are encountered which,in the opinionof the Engineer,
renderit impracticable
to dewaterthe foundationbeforeplacingmasonry,
he may requirethe construction of a concretefoundationseal of suih
dimensions as may be necessary. The foundation watershallthen be
pumpedout and the balanceof the masonryplacedin the dry. \Men
weightedcribs are employedand the weight is utilizedto partially
overcomethe hydrostaticpressureacting againstthe bottomof the
foundation seal,specialanchoragesuch as dowelsor keys shall be
providedto transferthe entireweightof the crib intothe foundation
seal.
Duringthe placingof a foundation seal,the elevation of thewaterinside
the cofferdamshall be controlledto preventany flow throughthe seal,
and if the cofferdamis to remainin place,it shallbe ventedor portedat
lowwaterlevel.
iv) cofferdamsor cribsshallbe constructed so as to protectgreenconcrete

againstdamagefrom a suddenrisingof the streamor river and to
preventdamageto thefoundation by erosion.No timberor bracingshall
be left in cofferdamsor cribs in such a way as to extend inio the
substructuremasonry withoutwrittenpermission fromthe Engineer.
v) Unlessothenviseprovided,cofferdams of cribswith all sheetingand
bracingshall be removedafterthe completionof the substructure,care
beingtakennotto disturbor otherwiseinjurethe finishedmasonry.
107-3
f) Pumpine
sha|| be done in
i) Pumpingfrom the interiorof any foundationenc|osure
possibilityof the movement of water
such a manneras to precludethe
ttrrougrranyfreshconcrete.Nopumpingofwaterwil|bepermitted
four (24).
durin! the placing of concreteor for a period of at least twenty
it is done from a suitable sump pit separated
hours thereafter, unless
from the concretework by a watertightwall or other effectivemeans'
i i ) P u m'fraJ
pingtounwaterasea|edcofferdamsha||notcommenceunti|the
seal set sufficientlyto with standthe hydrostaticpressure'
g) Inspection
the Engineer,
After each excavationis completedthe Contractorshall notify
has approved
and no concreteor masonryshallbe placeduntilthe Engineer
material'
the depthof the excavationand the characterof the foundation
the
In case if an existing structure is to be replaced with a new.structure
shall be paid under item 510
quantitiesfor dismJntlingthe structure
excavation required shall be
{bismanttingof structure-s)and additional
carriedout underthis item.
h) Classificationof Excavation
Classificationof excavationshall be made as describedunder items 106'2

of this SPecification.
107.3.2 Excavationin Embankments

approvalof
unless otherwisespecified,the contractor may choose with the
pipe culvertsafier the
the Engineerto excavatefor structures, culverts,and
placing of
emban-kmenthas been placed. Any space remaining after the
by the
such structures or culverts s[all be fiiteC witfr material approved
Engineerand comPactedas follows:
placed and
Layers of not more than 20 cm in loose thickness shall be
tampers, plate.compactors or
compacteo in succession,with mechanical
to the rgldway' to the densities
hand guided rollers operaied transversely
specin"eO in the item tb3.g.t. Moisturecontentshall be adjustedas directed
bonding of
ni, tn" Engineer. proper benching sha.llbe made to ensure
eiirting and n6w materialwithoutany extra payment'
purposes
The excavationin embankmentand the placing of backfillfor the
payment. also if sand or
describedabove shall not constituteany claim for
granular backflll is used by the contractor for his convenience, no extra
paymentwill be made.
107-4
107.3.3 Backfill
a) Granularbackfillwhere-everdirectedshall be placedin the positionand

to the requireddepth,shown on the drawingsor where and as required
in writing by the Engineerand it shall be well compactedin rayersnot
exceedingtwenty(20)cm in thicknessto 100 perceniof Max. dry density
as per AASHTO r-180 (D). In case of water ioggedareasttrethicrnesi
9f th.elayer shall not exceed fifty (50) centimeteis or as directed by the
Engineer.Volume of granularfi'llaround structuresshall be calculated
within the verticallimits of approved-excavation for such a structure,
whereas the horizontallimitsshallbe those as specifiedon drawings.
b) common backfillshall consistof earth free from large lumps,wood

and
other organic materialsand of a quality acceptableto the Engineer.lt
shall be placedin the positionand to the requireddepthsshown on
the
Drawingsand/or as requiredin writing by the Engineerand it shall
be
well compactedin layers not to exceed twenty (20) cms in depth to the
density,95 percentof maximumdry density,as per AASHTOr-180 (D).
c) The rock backfillmaterialwhose individualsizes are not more than

30
cm shall be placedin the positionto the requireddepthas specified
and
the voids shail be fiiled in layer of fine material apprwed by
the
Engineer.The compactingefforts shall be made so as to achieve
the
desiredcompactionapprovedvisuallyby the Engineer.The depth of
the
layer in any case shail not exceed sixty (60) centimeters.However
in
water loggedareas,the thicknessmay be increasedas directedby
the
Engineer. Rock backfill will not be placed within two meters from
concreteface of any structure.
d) All spaces excavated and not occupied by abutments, piers or

other
permanentwork shall be refilledwith earth or granularfill
as approvedby
the Engineer up to the surface of the surroundingground, with
a
sufficientallowancefor setflement.All such backfill shall be thoroughly
compactedand, in general,its top surface shall be neaflygraded.
e) The fill behindabutmentsand wing wails of ail bridgestructures

shail be
depositedin well-compacted,horizontallayers not to exceed twenty (20)
cm. in thickness.The common backfillin front of such units shall
be
placedfirst to preventthe possibilityof fon,uardmovement.
special precautionsshallbe takento preventany wedgingactionagainst

the masonry,and the slope boundingthe excavationfor abutments
and
wingwails shail be destroyed by stepping or roughening to prevent
wedge action.Jettingof the fill behindabutmentsand wingwallswill
not
be permitted.
107-5
Fill placedaroundculvertsand piersshall be depositedon both sidesto
approximatelythe same elevatron at the same time. where the
Contractordoes not have proper equipmentsto ensure compactionin
restricted areas, Engineer may allow backfill with sand saturation
method,at no extracostto the Client.
g ) Adequateprovisionshall be madefor the throughdrainageof all backfill.

Frenchdrainsshallbe placedas weep holes.
h ) No backfillshall be placedagainstconcreteor masonrystructurebefore

fourteen(14) days of placementand backfillingshall be carriedout on
both sidesof the structuresimultaneously.
t07.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
107.4.1 Measurement
a) Structural Excavation
The quantities
of structural to be paidfor shallbe the numberof
excavation
cubicmetersof materialmeasuredin its originalpositioncomputedby the
average end-area method, and excavatedto the satisfactionof the
Engineer.
StructuralExcavationwill be classifiedfor measurementand paymentas

in CommonMaterial",
"structuralExcavation "struCtural
Excavationin CommOn
MaterialBelow Water Level", "structural Excavation in Rock Material"and
accordingto whetherthe excavation is in eadh or rockand to
according whether
the excavationis aboveor belowthe waterlevelwhichis the constantlevelto
whichthewaternaturallyrisesin a foundation pit.
The volumeof earthor rockto be measured for structural shall

excavation
bounded
consistof a prismoid by thefollowingplanes:-
1) The verticallimitsfor computingpay quantities will be vertical

planes50 centimeters outsideof the neat linesof footingsor
foundationsas shownon the Drawingsor as directedby the
Engineer.
2) excavation
The upperlimitfor paymentof structural shallbe the
groundsurfaceas it existedprior to the start of construction
operations,except where structuralexcavationis performed
withinroadwayexcavation areas,the upper
or ditchexcavation
limitshallbe the planesof the bottomand sideslopesof said
excavated areas.
3) The lower limits for computingpay quantitiesof structural

or structurebackfillshallbe a planeat the bottomof
excavation
thecompletedfootings,foundations, or leanconcrete.
structures
107-6
Measurementfor structuralexcavationshall not includematerialremoved
below the footing grade and beyond specific limits to compensatefor
anticipatedswell or as a result of effectiveswell during pile driving, or
additionalmaterialresultingfrom slides,slips, cave-ins,siiting or fillings,
whether due to the action of the elements or to carelessnessof the
contractor. The depths of the footings shown on the drawings are
approximate only and any variation found to be necessary during
constructionshall be paid for at the contractunit price.
b) GranularBack{ill
The quantitiesof GranularBackfillto be paid for shall be the number of

cubic meters of materiallaid and compactedin place within the line of
structureand limits defined in ltem 107.4.1 (a) above, iomputed and
acceptedby the Engineer.
c) CommonBackfill
The quantitiesof common Backfillto be paid for shall be the number of

cubic meters of materiallaid and compacted,placed within the lines of
structureand limits definedin ltem 107.4.1(a)above and acceptedby the
Engineer.
107.4.2 Payment

contractunit price respectivelyfor each of the particularpay item listed
belowthat is shown in the Bill of euantities,which priceand pLymentshall
be full compensationfor all the costs involvedin the proper completionof
the work prescribedin this item.

No. Measurement
1O7a StructuralExcavationin
CommonMaterial CM
107b StructuralExcavationin
CommonMaterialBelow
Water Level CM
107c StructuralExcavationin
RockMaterial
i. Hard Rock CM
ii. MediumRock CM
iii. Soft Rock CM
107d GranularBackfitttype-- CM
107e CommonBackfill CM
107-7
ITEM 108 FORMATTONoF EMBAr{4IvrpNr
108.1 DESCRIPTION
preparationof
This work shallconsistof formationof embankment,including
area for placingand co.mpaction of embankmentmaterialin layers and in
in accordance
holes, piis anO other depressionswithin the roadwayarea
and in conformitywith the lines, grades, thickness
*itn 11.ispecifications
andtypica|cross-sectionshownontheplansorestab|ishedbythe
Engineer.
108.2 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

from
Materialfor embankmentshall consistof suitablematerialexcavated
excavationand shall include all
borrow,roadwayexcavationor structural
only when obtained
material from
lead and lift. Borrowmaterialwill be used
roadwayorstructura|excavationisnotsuitab|eorisdeficientfor
embankmentformationand shallincludeall leadand lift'
The materialunderthis item shallconformto the followingspecification'
a)ContractorshalluseAASHTOClassA-1,A-2'A-3'A-4orA-5
soil as specifiedin AASHTO M-145 or other materialapproved
by the Engineer.
b) cBR of the material shall not be less than five (5) percent,
determinedin accordancewith AASHTOT-193.CBR value shall
beobtainedatadensitycorrespondingtothedegreeof
compactionrequiredfor the correspondinglayer'
c) swell value of the materialfor embankmentformation shall not

exceedfive tenth (0.5) percent. However,while establishingthe
swell value, surchargeweights representingthe overburdenwill
be used. in sandy-material is used for embankment
f o r m a t i o n , i t s"a."
hallbeproperlyconfinedatnoextrapaymentwith.
a materiil and to the exteni as approved by the Engineer and
sandymateria|shalInotbeusedons|opesofembankment.
d) In areas subject to flood and prolonged inundation of the

embankment,such as at bridge sites, the material used in
embankment,unlessrock,shallbeAASHTOClassAl(a)'A1
(b)andA-z.a,soils.othersoilsmaybeusedon|ywiththe
writtenconsentof Engineer.
108.3 CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
108.3.1
for embankment,
Material obtainedand approved as providedabove,shall
with
Oe ptaceOin horizontallayers of uniformthicknessandin conformity
108-1
the lines, grades,sectionsand dimensionsshown on the Drawingsor
as
requiredby the Engineer.The layersof loose materialother than rock
shall
be not more than 20 cm. thick, unlessotherwiseallowed by the Engineer
aftera trialsectionis preparedand approved.
The materialplacedin layersand that scarifiedto the designated

depthfor
formation of embankmentshall be compactedto the d?nsity
specified
below:
Depthin centimeters Percentof MaximumDry Density.

belowsubqradeLevel
0to30 95
30 to 75 93
Over75 90
* Method'B' or 'D'
whicheveris appricabre,
or corresponding
Relative
Densityin caseof sandfill.
In-placedensitydeterminations of the compactedlayersshallbe madein

accordance withAASHTOr-191 or otherapprovedmethods.For all soils,
withthe exception of rockfill materials,
containing
morethan 10%oversize
particles(retainedon 3r4 inch/ 19 mm sieve),1hein-placedensity
thus
obtainedshall be adjustedto aecountfor suChoversizeparticlesor
as
directed.
by the Engineer. subsequentrayersshail not be pracedand
compacted unlessthe previouslayerhas been properlycompactedand
accepted by the Engineer.
Materialfor embankment at locationsinaccessible to normalcompacting

equipment shallbe placedin horizontallayersof loosematerialnot more
than15centimetersthickandcompacted to thedensities
speciRedaboveby
theuseof mechanicaltempers, or otherappropriateequipment.
The compaction
of the embankmentshallbe carriedout at the designated
moisture
contentconsistent
withtheavailable
compacting equipment.
Embankment materialthat doesnot containsufficientmoistureto obtainthe
requiredcompactionshail be given additionarmoistur" 6y means
of
approved sprinklers
and mixing.Material containing morethanihe optimum
moisturemay not,withoutwrittenapprovalof the dngineer,be incorporated
in the embankmentuntitit has beensufflcienfly
driedout.in" oryingof wet
materialmay be expeditedby scarification, diskingor other approved
methods.
when materialsof wide_ly divergentcharacteristics,

suchas clay and chalk
or sand,drawnfrom differentsources,are to be used in the emoankment
theyshallbe depositedin alternatelayersof the samematerialoverthe
full
widthof theembankment to depthsapproved by the Engineer-Rock,crayor
othermaterial shallbe brokenup,andno accumulation 6f tumpsor boulders
in theembankment willbe permitted.
No surplusmaterial snaitbe permitted
to be leftat thetoeof embankment or at thetopof cutsections.
108-2
Side slopesshall be neatlytrimmedto the lines and slopes shown on the
drawingsor as directedby the Engineer,and the finishedwork shall be left
in a neatand acceptablecondition.
108.3.2 Formationof EmbankmentWith RockMaterial
Embankmentformed of materialconsistingpredominantlyof rock fragment

of such size that the materialcannot be placed in layers of the thickness
prescribedwithoutcrushing,pulverizingor furtherbreakingdown the pieces,
such materialmay be placed in layersnot exceedingin thicknessthan the
approximateaverage size of the rocks except that no layer shall exceed
eighty(80)centimetersof loose measurementand compactedby a vibratory
rollerwith the minimummass as shownin the followingtable.
Massper metrewidth of Depth of fill layer Numberof passesof

Vibiatinqroll(Kq/M) (mm) the ioller on eachlaver
2300- 2900 400 6
2900- 3600 500 5

2600- 4300 600 5
4300- 500 700 A
>5000 800 A
The materialshall be carefullyplacedin layers,so that all largerstoneswill

be well distributedand voids completelyfilled with smaller stones, clean
small spells,shale, earth,sand, gravel,to form a solid mass. After placing
rock material,surface shall be covered with a layer of fine material having
thicknessless than twenty (20) centimeters. Such fine.materialshall be
reservedfrom roadwayexcavationby the Contractor. Should such material
be available but not reserved, Contractor will supply and place borrow
materialforformingsmoothgradewithoutextrapayment.
Each layershall be bladedor leveledwith motorgrader,bulldozeror similar

equipmentcapable of shiftingand formingthe layer into a neat and orderly
condition. No rock largerthan eight (8) centimetersin any dimensionshall
be placed in the top fifteen (15) centimetersof embankment unless
otherwiseallowed by the Engineer.
Materialfor each layer should be consolidatedwith heavy weight vibratory

roller until settlernentas checked betweentwo consecutivepasses of roller
is less that one (1) percent of the layer thickness. ln evaluation of
settlement,survey pointsshould be establishedand rollingcontinueduntil
differenceof levels as checked after two consecutive passes is less than
one (1) percent of the total layer thickness.More over initial rolling of
overlaidfine materialshall be done withoutwateringto ensuretheir intrusion
in voids of rock layer beneath.Watering shall be done when voids are
properlyfilled.
Embankments, whichare formedof materialthat containrock but also

containsufficientcompactablematerialother than rock or other hard
materialto make rollingfeasible,shall be placedand compactedin the
mannerprescribed aboveand to the pointwhensettlementis withinabove
mentionedrequirement.Compactiontest will be made wheneverthe
Engineerdetermines they are feasibleand necessary.Eachlayermust be
approvedby the Engineerbeforethe nextlayeris placed.
108-3
When rock to be incorporatedin fill is composedlargelyof weak or friable
material,the rock shall be reducedto a maximumsize not exceedingfifty
(50) percentof the thicknessof the layerbeingplaced.
108.3.3 Formationof Embankmenton SteepSlopes
Where embankmentsare to be constructedon steep slope, hill sides or

where new fill is to be placedand compactedagainstexistingpavementor
where embankmentis to be built along one half the width at a time, the
originalslope of the hill side,of existingpavementor adjacent to half width
of embankmentshall be cut in steps of twenty (20) centimetersdepth.
Benching shall be of sufficientwidth to permit operation of equipment
possibleduringplacingand compactionof material.
Cut materialshall be incorporatedwith the new embankmentmaterialand

compactedin horizontallayers.No extra paymentwill be allowedfor such
an ooeration.
108.3.4 Formationof Embankmenton ExistingRoads
Before fill is placed and compactedon an existingroadway,the existing

embankment and/or pavement may be leveled by cutting, rooting or
scarifyingby approvedmechanicalmeansto a levelto be determinedby the
Engineer.The earth,old asphaltor other materialarisingas a resultof this
operationwill be declared either suitable or unsuitable,for use in the
embankmentor other items, by the Engineer.lf the materialis declared
suitable it will be measured under relative item and if it is declared
unsuitable, it will be measuredunderitem 106a.
108.3.5 Formationof Embankmentin Water LoggedAreas
Where embankmentsare to be placedin water loggedareas and which are

inaccessibleto heavy constructionequipment,a special working platform
shall be first established,
consistingof a blanketof fill materialplacedon top
of the soft layer.The materialof the workingtable shall consistof normalor
processedgranularfill,obtainedfrom borrowexcavation.This materialshall
conformto the followingspecifications:
Percentageof Weight Passing

SieveDescription Mesh Sieve.AASHTO T-27
3 inch (75 mm) 100
The remaininggradingshall be such as to avoid intrusioninto the working

ptatform material of subgrade or natural ground surface material.For this
conditionto be met it will be requiredthat the ratio.
D 15(Working
PlatformMaterial)
is lessthan5.
D65(NaturalGroundMaterial)
Du5and D15mean the particlediameterscorrespondingto 85% and 1So/o,

passing(by weight)in a grainsize analysis.
respectively,
Constructionof this workingtable shall proceedfrom one edge of the soft

area by usingthe fill as a rampfor furthermaterialtransport.
'108-4
The thickness of the working table as prescribed above shall be
approximatelV0.5 meter unlessdirectedotherwiseby the Engineer,and the
wiOtnsnatt n6 tnat of the embankment.The placementand compactionof
the workingtable shall be carriedout by use of light equipment,as directed
by the Engineer.
No density requirementsare specifiedfor the wor.king.pla.tform,however,
subsequentlayersabove it shail be compactedto the densitiesspecifiedin
I t e m1 0 8 . 3 . 1 .
108.3.6 GeneralRequirements
To avoid interferencewith the constructionof bridge abutmentsand wing

walls, the Contractorshall at pointsdeterminedby the Engineer,suspend
work on embankmentsand/orin cuts formingthe approachesto any such
structure until such time as the constructionof the later is sufficiently
advancedto permit the completionof the approacheswithout the risk of
interferenceor damageto the bridgeworks.The cost of such suspensionof
work shall be included in the contract unit prtces for embankment.In
carryingembankmentsup to or over bridges,culvertsor pipe drainage,care
shall be taken by the Contractorto have the embankmentsbroughtto
equally on both sides and over the top of any such structure.Contractor
shall make specialarrangementsto ensurepropercompactionin restricted
spaces and around structures.No compensationshall be made to the
Contractorfor working in narrowor otherwiserestrictedareas.
When as a result of settlement,an embankmentrequiresthe additionof

materialup to 30 cm in thicknessto bring it up to the requiredgrade level,
the top of the embankment shall be thoroughly scarified before the
additionalmaterialis being placed,withoutextra paymentto Contractorfor
the scarification.
The Contractorshall be responsiblefor the stabilityof all embankmentsand

shall replace any portionsthat in the opinion of the Engineerhave been
damaged or displaceddue to carelessnessor neglecton the part of the
Contractor.Embankmentmaterialwhichmay be lost or displacedas a result
of naturalcausessuch as storms,cloud-burstor as a resultof unavoidable
movement or settlementof the ground or foundation upon which the
embankment is constructedshall be replaced by the Contractorwith
acceptablematerialfrom excavationor borrow.No additionalcompensation
will be allowedfor the replacement.
Duringconstruction, the roadwayshall be kept in shape and drainedout at

all times. When unsuitablematerialhas been placedin the embankmentby
the Contractor,he shall removeit withoutextra payment.
108.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be paid for shall be the numberof cubic meterscalculated

on theoretical designed lines and grades and the ground levels as
establishedunder clause 100.9, compacted in place, accepted by the
Engineerformedwith materialresultingfrom:
108-5
D Formation of Embankment from Borrow Excavation
Measurement shall be made as under:-
Formationfrom Borrow = Total Embankment Quantity (minus)

Roadway excavationQuantity (minus)
structuralexcavationQuantity.
ii) Formationfrom structuralExcavation
This quantityshall be the same as calculatedfor structuralexcavation

irrespectiveof its haulage distance except that declared unsuitable by
the Engineer.
iii) F.o,fm?tion
from RoadwayExcavation.
This quantityshall be the same as calculatedfor RoadwayExcavation.

The contractor will be supposed to use material from Roadway
Excavationirrespectiveof haulagedistance,Howeverif contractor,for
his own convenience,uses the materialfrom borrow,the paymentwill
stillbe madeunderthis item 108 (a) & 108(b).
In the measurementof "Formationof Embankmenton steep slopes"no

allowancewill be made for the benchingor volume of materialcut out
from the hill side or from the first half width fill to accommodatethe
compactingequipmentbut will be calculatedonly on the net volumeof fill
placedagainstthe originalhill sides,the old embankmentor the first half
widthfill.
108.4.2 Payment.
a) Formationfrom Borrow Excavation.
The quantityto be paid for shall be the number of cubic meters placed in
embankment,measured as provided above for material from borrow
excavation and such a payment will be deemed to include cost of
excavation,paymentof royalty,levies and taxes of Local, provincialand
FederalGovernment,cost of haulingincludingall lead and lift, spreading,
watering, rolling, labour, equipment,tools and incidentalnecessary to
completethisitem.
b) Formationfrom StructuralExcavation.
embankmentand measuredas providedabove for materialfrom structural
excavationand such paymentwill be deemedto includecost of excavation,
hauling,dumping,spreading,watering,rolling,labour,equipment,tools and
ineidentalnecessaryto completethis item.
108-6
c) Formationfrom RoadwayExcavation
embankmentand measuredas providedabove for materialform roadway
excavationand such paymentwill be deemedto includecost of excavation,
hauling,dumping,spreading, watering,rolling,labour,equipment,toolsand
incidentalnecessaryto completethis item.
Pay ltem Description Unit of

No. Measurement
108a Formationof Embankment

form RoadwayExcavation
in CommonMaterial CM
108b Formationof Embankment

from RoadwayExcavation
in RockMaterial.
i. Hard Rock CM
ii. MediumRock CM
iii. Soft Rock CM
'108c Formationof Embankment
from BorrowExcavation
in CommonMaterial. CM
1OBd Formation of Embankment

from StructuralExcavation
in CommonMaterial. CM
108e Formation of Embankment

from StructuralExcavation
in RockMaterial
i. HardRock CM
ii. MediumRock CM
iii. Soft Rock CM
108-7
TTEM109 SUBGRADEPREPARATION
109.1 DESCRIPTION
The subgradepreparationshall be that part of the work on which,the

subbaseis placedor, in the absenceof subbase,act as the base of the
pavementstructure.lt shallextendto the fullwidthof the roadbed including
the shouldersand laybyesas indicatedon the Drawingsor as specified
herein.
109.2 REOUIREMENT
CONSTRUCTION
109.2.1 PriorWork
Beforecommencingthe work all culverts,drains,ditchesincludingfully

compactedbackfilloverthem outlbtsfor drainage,headwalls/wingwallsof
culvertsand any other minor structurebelow thirty (30) centimetersof
existingsubgradelevel or all structureswhich will be below thirty (30)
centimetersof newly placedsubgradelevel, shall be in such operative
as to ensurepromptandeffectivedrainageandto avoiddamage
conditions
to subgradeby surfacewater. No work of subgradepreparationwill be
startedbeforethe priorwork hereindescribedhave beenapprovedby the
Engineer.
109.2.2 Compaction Requirement
All materialsdownto a depthof 30 cm belowthe subgradelevelin earthcut

or embankmentshallbe compacted to at least95 percentof the maximum
dry densityas determined according to AASHTOT-180Method'B' or'D'
whicheveris applicable, or correspondingRelative Density as per D-
4254-83(ASTM).
tog.2.3 Subsrade Preparation,in Earth Cut
In case bottomof subgradelevel is withinthirty (30) cm of the natural

ground,the surfaceshall be scarified,brokenup, adjustedto moisture
contentand compacted to minimumdensityof ninetyflve (95)percentof the
maximumdry densityas determinedby AASHTO T-180 Method D.
Subsequent layerof approvedmaterialshallbe incorporated to ensurethat
the depthof subgradelayeris thirty(30)cm.
ln case,the bottomof subgradeis belowthe naturalgroundby morethan

Thirty(30)cm,the materialabovethe top of subgradeshallbe removedand
subsequent layerof thirty(30)cm shallbe scarified,brokenup, adjustedto
moisturecontentand compactedto the same degreeof compactionas
describedabove.
109-1
ln case,unsuitablematerialis encountered at the sub gradelevelwithina
(30) cm, the
O"ptnoi tnirty 'miterial. same shallbe removed in total1n{ replacedby-
ih" The contractorshall be paid for removal of
"pproueb
unsuitbbtematerialas per pay ltem 106aand for replacement of approved
the payment
material, willbe madeunder pay ltem 108c'
1o9.2.4 Suberade in RockCut

PreParation
Excavation in rockshallextendto the subgradelevelas shownon drawings'

Rockshallbe undercutnearlyto requiredelevationand sectionsshownon
the plans or as directedby the Engineer'Transverseand longitudinal
requirement'Cuts
frofiies checkedby templateshall be accurateto the materialand
betowsubgradelevelshallbe backfilled withselectedsubbase
compactei to minimumninety eight (9S) percentqf t!9 maximum dry
method 'D'. No compensation
o"nditvas determined by AASHTo T-180,
shall be made to the Contractorfor over-cutor remedialmeasuresas
describedabove.
abovethe undercut section
No rockshallbe higherthantwo (2) centimeters
elevation. The under cut materialshall be placedin embankment or
disposed of Engineer.
of at thedirection
109.2.5 in Embankment
Subsrade
\Men the subgradeis formedin embankment, its width shall be the full
width of top o1 embankment and material placed in the YPperpart of
embankment down to a depth of thirty (30) centimeters belowsubgrade
levelshallmeetcompaction requirement of 109.2.2. Soilshavinga minimum
valueof c.B.R of seven(7) percentand swellvalueof not morethan0.3
percentshallbe used.C.A.Riessthanseven(7)%maybe 999din case,the
designallowsfor it. Unsuitablematerialif encountered withinthe eiisting
formationlayeras per laboratoryspecified test, shall be removed, disposed
of andreplaledby suitableone as per direction of the Engineer of whichthe
paymentwill be made under relevant items of work'
Rollersand otherequipmentsof approvedsize and type, acceptedby the

Engineer,shallbe usedfor compaction. Watershall be addedto obtain
opti-mummoisturecontent; if necessary.Contractorshall ensureproper
compactionin restrictedareasby use of specialequipments and rollers'No
compensation shallbe madefor extrawork dueto space.
restricted
Performance of this itemof workshallnot be paidfor underthis sectionbut

shall be deemedto be coveredby the contractpricefor pay item 108a,
through108e,Formation of Embankment'
r09.2.6 Subgrade Level in Existing Road
Whereindicatedon the Drawingsor directedby the Engineerthat the

existingroadsurfaceis to be usedas the subgrade, the correctelevationon
whichthe baseor subbaseis to be laidshall be obtained,wherenecessary,
eitherby meansof levelingcourse or by excavation.The levelingcourse
to
shallbe constructed the iequirements of the Engineerand paidfor under
109-2
the appropriatePay ltem involved. Excavationshall includedisposalof any
surplusmaterialin the adjacentembankmentor elsewhereas directedby
the Engineer.
ln case, the design level of subgrade is within 30 cm of the existing

ground/roadthen the item shallbe measuredand paid accordingly.
109.2.7 Subgradereinforcement
\Men the width of the existing pavement, either to be scarified or not, is

insufficientto contain the subbase or base to be placed upon it, the
Engineermay orderto strengthenand supportthe subbaseor base on one
or both sides of the existing pavement. This work shall consist of the
removaland disposalof any unsuitablematerialand its replacementswith
suitablematerialtosuchwidthand depthas requiredby the Engineer.
The excavatedmaterialshall, if declaredsuitablefor use elsewherein the

embankmentby the Engineerbe so used,and paymentfor its removalshall
be covered under the contract price of pay ltem No. 10ga; if declared
unsuitableit shall be disposedof and paid as providedin ltem 106a. The
finishedcompactedsurfaceof the subgradeshall be as specifiedin ltem
109.2.3.
109.2.8 Protectionof Completed

Work
Any part.of the subgradethat has been completedshall be protectedand
kept well drained. Any damage resulting from carelessnessof the
contractorshall be repairedas directedby the Engineerwithoutadditional
payment.
The contractor shall be responsiblefor all the consequencesof traffic being

admitted{o the subgrade. iie shall repairany ruts or ridgesoccasionedb!
his own traffic or that of others by reshapingdnd compactingwith rollers of
the size and type necessaryfoi such repiir. He shall tiriit tne area of
subgrade preparationto an area easily maintainedwith the equipment
available. subgrade preparationand subbase or base placing shall be
arrangedto follow each other closely. The subgrade,when preparedtoo
soon in relationto the placingof the subbase,is liableto deteriorate,and in
such case the contractorshall,withoutadditionalpayment,repair,reroll,or
recompact the subgrade as may be necessary to restore it to the state
specifiedherein.
109.2.9 Templates
and Straightedges
The contractor shall provide for the use of the Engineer,satisfactory

templatesand straightedges in sufficientnumbersto check the accuracyoi
the work, as providedin these specificationsand no subsequentwork shall
be permitteduntilthe subgradelevelshave been checkedand approvedby
the Engineer. For tolerances,referred to the, "Table for Allowable
Tolerances"in these specifications.
109.3.r Measurement
The quantityto be paid for shall be the number of square meters of

subgradepreparedas hereinbeforeprescribedand accepted. subgradein
rock cuts and on embankmentnot consistingof the existingroad surfacein
fill area shallnot be measuredfor directpayment.
subgrade preparationon "Existingsurface" shall only be measuredfor

paymentwhen orderedby the Engineer.
109.J.2 Pavment
The quantities,determinedas providedabove, shall be paid for at the

contractunit price respectively,for each of the particularpay items listed
belowthat is shown in the Bill of Quantitieswhich pricesand paymentshall
be full compensationfor furnishingof material,water, equipment,tools,
labour,and all otheritems necessaryfor completionof work.

No. Measurement
109a Subgrade preparation

in
EarthCut SM
109b Subgrade preparation

in
Existing
Road
i, Withoutany fill SM
ii. With fill lessthan 30 cms SM
109-4
ITEM 110 IMPROVED SUBGRADE
110.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the formation of the roadbed, under subbase or
base course as the case may be, with an approved blend of materials,
uniformlymixed, compacted,shaped and finished to the lines, grades and
typicalcross-sectionsshown on the Drawings,or in thicknessas directed by
the Engineer.
lmproved subgrade as herein referred to may be defined as material

suitable for embankmentto which better quality of material is blended in
properproportionto improveits strengthpropertiesor performance.
110.2 MATERHL REQUIREMENTS
The major component of improved subgrade shall consist of material

conformingto ltem 108.2- "Materialrequirementsfor embankment."
The blending materialshall be any soilthat classifiesas A-1(a),A-1(b),A-

z-aor A-3arcordingto AASHTO M-145 with Pl of not more than 6.
The blended mixture when compacted to ninety five (95) percent of the
maximumdry densitydeterminedby AASHTO T 180-D Method,shall exhibit
a laboratorysoaked CBR (96 hours) of not less than 20, or as specified in
the drawings.
110.3.1 Preparation
The surface of the roadbed on which the improved subgrade is to be

constructedshall be compactedto the densityspecifiedunder ltem 108.3.1.
t10.3.2 Proportioninq of Materials
Prior to start of construction, the proportion of each material to be

incorporatedfor improvedsubgradeshall be establishedas approved by the
Engineer.The Engineershall specifya single percentageof each materialto
be blended and shall establish the gradation of the resulting mixtures
alongwith the ranges of permissible gradation tolerances to obtain the
requiredCBR for the improvedsubgrade.
The blend proportionsthus establishedshall apply only when each material

to be used is obtained from same source. Should a change in source of
material be made, a new proportion shall be established. When
unsatisfactoryresults or other conditions make it necessary,the Engineer
may requireadditionallaboratorytests.
110-1
110.3.3 Mixins andSnreading
lmprovedsubgrademay be constructed with any combinationof machines

that
or equipment willyieldresults these
meeting specifications.
a) StationarvPlantMethod
The soil ingredients and watershallbe mixedin an approvedmixingplant

(pug Mill). The plant shallbe equippedwithfeedingand metering devices
that will add the materials to be blended in the specifiedquantities.
Water
shall be added during the mixing operation in the quantityrequired for
propercompaction. whichis approximately optimummoisturecontentplus
or minustwo (2) percent.The mixingtime shallbe thatwhichis requiredto
secure a uniformmixture.After mixing,the blendedmaterialshall be
transported to the job sitewhileit containsthe sufficientmoistureand shall
be plaeed on the ioadbcdby meansof an approvedmechanical spreader.
The mixture shall be spread at rate that will produce a uniformcompacted
thicknessconforming to the requiredgradeand cross-Section. Compaction
shallstart as soon as possible after spreading and shallcontinue untilthe
specifiedrelative compaction is achieved.
b) TravelinePlantMethod
The travelingplantshallbe eithera flat transverseshafttype or a windrow

type pugmill.After the materialshave been placed by a mechanical
spreaderor windrowsizingdevicethe materialsshallbe uniformlymixedby
the travelingmixingplant.Duringthe mixingoperation, watershallbe added
as necessary to bringthe content
moisture of the to the percentage
mixture
suitablefor proper compaction.
c) RoadMix Method
The materialsshall be transportedto the site and spreadin layerson the

roadbedin the quantities required producethe specifiedblend.Afterthe
to
materialsfor each lift have beenspread,the materialsshall be mixedby
motorgradersand otherapprovedequipmentuntilthe mixtureis uniform
throughout.
Duringmixingoperation,watershall be addedas ne@ssaryto bringthe

moisturecontentto the properpercentage.
110.3.4 Comoaction
Unlessotherwisepermittedby the Engineerbased on the performanceof

the compacting equipmentusedas determined from the trialsection,each
layer of improvedsubgradeshall-beplacedin horizontallayersof uniform
loosethicknessnot exceedingtwenty(20) centimdters.Eachlayershall be
compactedto the densityconformingto the requirementsspecifiedin ltem
108.3.1
of the compactedlayersshallLremadein
In-pacedensitydeterminations
a@ordancewithAASHTOT-191,T-238or otherapprovedmethods.
fia=2
110.3.5 Trial Sections
Prior to the formation of the improved subgrade, the contractor shall

constructthree trial sectionsof 200 meter lengthone (1) for each blend of
improvedmaterialproposedto be incorporated for improvedsubgrade,or as
directedby the Engineer.The compactingequipmentto be used in the trial
sectionsshall be the same equipmentthat the contractorintendsto use for
mainwork,acceptedby the Engineer.
The object of these trials is to determinethe proper moisturecontent,the

relationshipbetween the number
.of passes of compacting equipment,
densityobtainedfor the blendedmaterial,and to estabiishthe optimum lift
thicknessthat can be effectivelycompactedwith the equipmentused. No
separatepaymentwill be made for this work, which will be regardedas a
subsidiaryobligationof the Contractorunderpay ltem No. 110.
| 10.3.6 Protectionof CompletedWork
Any part of the completedimprovedsubgradeshall be protectedand well

drained and any damage shall be repairedas directed by.the Engineer
withoutadditionalpayment.
The contractorshall be responsiblefor allthe consequencesof trafficbeing

admittedto the improved subgrade.He shall repair any ruts or ridgei
occasionedby his own traffic or that of others by reshapingand compactlng
with rollersof the size and type necessaryfor such repair.-Heshall limitthe
improved subgrade preparationto an area easily maihtainedwith the
equipmentavailable.subgrade preparationand placementof succeeding
layer to follow each other closely.The improvedsubgrade,when prepared
too soon in relation to the placing of the layer ibove it, is liable to
deteriorate,and in such case the contractor shall, without additional
payment,repair, rero.ll,or recompactthe improvedsubgrade as may
be
necessaryto restoreit to the state specifiedherein.
110.3.7 Temolatesand Straiehtedses
The contractor shall provide for the use of the Engineer, satisfactory
templatesand straightedgesin sufficientnumbersto check the accuracyof
the work, as providedin these specifications
and no subsequentwork shall
be permitted until the improved subgrade level have been checked and
approvedby the Engineer.
110.3.8 Tolerance
The allowabletolerancesfor the finishedimprovedsubgradesurfacepnor to

placingthe overlyingsubbase,base or asphalticconcretecourseare given
in the relevant,"Tablefor AllowableTolerances"in thesespecifications.
110-3
110.4.1 Measurement
The quantityof improvedsubgradeto be paid for shall be measuredin

square meter by the theoreticalarea covered in place as shown on the
Drawings, completed and acceptedimprovedsubgradein a thicknessof
30 cms.
ttO.4.2 Pavment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasuredas providedabove shall be paid for at

the contractunit price per cubic meter of improvedsubgradefor the pay
item listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities,which price and
payment shall constitutefull compensationfor furnishing all materials,
hauling, mixing, piacing in layers, watering and compacting, labour,
equipment,toolsand incidentalsnecessaryto completethe item.

No. Measurement
110 lmprovedSubgrade CM
110-4
ITEM IlI SOIL CEMENT STABILIZED ST]BGR,ADE
111.1 DESCRIPTION
The work shallconsistof performingall operationsin connectionwith the

formation of soil cement stabilizedsubgrade and all incidentalsin
accordance withthe specifications
and in conformity
withthe linesand level,
grade and typicalcross-sectionsshown on the plans or directedby the
Engineer.
ttr.2 MATERIALREOUIREMENTS
l.tt.2.l General
The mix in placemethodof construction shallonly be appliedto siteswith

naturallyoccurringsand, gravel or sand and gravel mixture. For the
stationaryplant methodof constructionthe materialsshall complywith the
specifications
or materialsfromanyothersourceselectedby the Contractor
shallbe subjectto the Engineer's
approval.
ttl.2.2 Soil
Soil usedfor cementstabilization

shall be either"Siltyor ClayeySoils"or
sandyandgravelysoilswiththefollowingcharacteristics
a) Siltv and Clavey Soils
\Mten this type of soil is usedfor cementstabilization

it shallfulfillthe
followingrequirements.
i) LiquidLimit(Max). 45%
ii) PlasticLimit (Max). 20o/o
iii) P.H.Value Not less lhan 12
iv) SolubleSulphateContentmax: 4o/o
v) SolubleChlorideContentmax: 8%
lf the soil at site does not have P.H.value specifiedabove,it shall be

improvedby addingcalciumchlorideupto two (2) percentby rirreight of
thedrysoil,
Soils, wtrich don't meet above requirement,shall be subjectto the

approvalof Engineer.
b) Sandv an4 qravely soils
Sandy and gravely soils used for cement stabilizationshall fulfill the
followingrequirements:
'111-1
Passingmaximumsizefifty(50)mm sieve 100%
i)
Passin!five (5) mm (\9: 4) sieve above 50%
ii)
iii) pissin60.4;m (No.'36) sieve.' above15%
ili Passin!0.075mm (No'200)sieve below 5%
ui Finerthan0.002mm (Clay) below3%
soil whichdo not meetaboverequirements shallbe subjectto the approval

the
oifngin""r. afterreviewing testing
laboratory results'
ttl.2.3 Cement
Portlandcement or
The cement to be used for stabilizationshall be
the Engineer accordingto the
sulphateresistantcemlnt as directedby of
t"itt. pot1"ndCement shallconformto requirement
resultsof laboratory to
resistant cement shall conform
AASIITO M-85 whil; sulphate
requirement of AASHTOM-74'
weather
lmmediately uponarrivaltosite,thecementbagsshallbestoredin
platform. At the time of
proofbuildingto protectfrom dampnesson raiied
lumps. Under normal
use, all cementsnati ne free flowingand free of than four
cementshall not be stored for a period longer
circumstances period excess of
in store for a in
months. Any cemenithat has remained be retested
as
doubt to its quality,shall
fourmonths,or of wntfr inereis any
requirements.Noiuch cementshallbe usedin the works
for specification
withoutthe aPProvalof Engineer'
Ltl.2.4 walcr
quantities, of oil' alkali,
water to be used shall be free from injurious
v e g e t a b l e m a t t e r a n d s a l t s . l t s h a | | n o t c o n t a i n m o r e t h a extent
n1000partsper
to the
millionsof sulphates.tn no case,watershallcontainimpurities
twentyfive
that will causecnangein settingtime of cementby more-than (14)
strength of mortar after fourteen
ilga9|i noi reductioi in "otpt"-tsive to results obtained with
["v, nv morethan rive ts) percent when compared
distilledwater.
111.2,5 in Laboratorv
Mix DesienRequirement
Beforestartingthe work of stabilization,the proposedmix designshowing

a mixture'
-iact percentigeof cementandwaterto be usedso as to obtain The mix
shallbe submittedov tre contractor for the approvalof Engineer'
proportionsshallbe iuch so as to satisfythefollowingrequirements.
Mixturesample,storedin box,with maximumhumidityof ninety

four(24)hoursandsubmerged
nu"tgsl%fortwenty ilY?l:ll?:
a minimumcompresslve
two lrours beforecrushing,shallhave
strengthof 17 kilogrampersquarecentimeter'
ii) swellingof volumeshallbe two (2) %

The maximumpermissive
and maximumloss in weight eignt (g) % when tested in
with
accordance AASHTO T-135'
111-2
iii) Maximum permissibretoreranceof cement and water content
duringconstruction
shall be as under:_
cement content:Toreranceof + 1.g percentof that given in

the mix
design.
WaterContent:0 to (+)2%of that given in the mix design.
ttt.2.6 Composition
of Mixture at Site
soil shall be mixed with sufficientcement to obtain required

crushing
strength. The cementcontentshall be determinedat the laboratory
so that
minimumcompressivestrengthof mixtureis thirty(ao) xglsqu;re
-the centimeter
at seven (7) days. The moisture content of hii stabirized
materialshall not be.lessthan the optimumas determined
"en'ent
by AASHTO r_
134 Method and not more than rwo (2) percent above
the optimum as
determinedby this test or sucn nigner.varue ,"y
be agreeo by the
Engineeron basisof preliminary trial. ".
111.3.1 Mix in PlaceMethod
The field equipmentsused for pulverizingand mixingthe

stabilizeomaterial
shall be approved by the engineer on tne basis'of pr"iirin"rv
triars to
ensurethat the plant is capableof producingthe required
oegreeor mixing
and uniformityof stabilizedmaterialto the full thickness
or tayer nein!
processed. The mixersshall be equippedwith
a devicefor contiollingth6
depth of processingand the mixing'bladesshalr be
maintaineoso that
correctdepthof mixingis obtainedaiall times. The cement
shall be spread
ahead of mixer by means of a cement spreader, fitted
with a device to
ensure a uniform and controllable rate of spread
of cement both
transverselyand longitudinally.
water shall be addedto adjustmoisturecontentof material

to optimumfor
compactionusing water sprayerin uniform and controllable
manner both
transverselyand longitudinally.
The mixing machineshail be set so that, it srighflycuts

edge of adjoining
rane processed previousryto ensure proper processing
6f ail material
throughoutthe depth of.rayer. The output br tnb mixing
.t,"tt not be
less than twenty five rinear meters per hour r""rrrEo [t"nt
tongituoinailyor
completedstabilizedlayerin orderto achievesatisfactory
comfiction.
I I 1.3.2 StationarvPlant Method
The stationary prant shail be of the power driven paddre

or pan type and
may be of the batchor continuoustype. In case the batch
mixes are used,
the appropriatemeasuredquantity-ofmaterial and cement
shall first be
placed in the.mixer and then water be added
n"""rr"ry1o bring the
moisturecontentof the resurtingmixturewith in the
"" range .p"tiilo above.
111-3
Care shall be takenwith batchtype paddlemixersto ensurethat the cement
is spread uniformlyin the loadingskip so that it is fed evenly along the
mixing trough and that with both paddle and pan mixers, the cement is
proportioned accuratelyby a separateweighingor proportioning devicefrom
that used for the materialbeing stabilized. Mixing shall be continueduntil
the mixturehas the uniformityand mixingtime will not be less than one (1)
minute.
111.3.3 Compaction
Any modificationto meet the specificationshall be completedtogetherwith

'/2)
compaction,withinone and a half (1 hoursafter mixing,or makinggood
to deficientareas at contractor'sexpense. Thicknessshall be as shown on
the drawingsor as directedby the Engineerand shall complythe following
reouirements.
lmmediatelyafter spreadingand shaping operation,the mixture shall be

thoroughlyand uniformlycompactedwith approved rollers. Rolling shall
continueuntil entiredepth and width of subgradeis uniformlycompactedto
maximum density of Ninety five (95) % as tested in accordancewith
modifiedAASHTO I-134. Compactionshall be completedas soon as
possibleafter mixing, normallywithin three hours, dependingmainly on
settingtime of cementand weatherconditions.
Compactionshall not be carriedout after cement hydrationand any soils

material,which has been mixed or depositedafter cement hydration,shall
be removedand replacedwith fresh mixedmaterial.
After compaction,stabilizedsubgradeshall be protectedagainstdryingout

by keepingit continuously damp or wet for a periodof at leastthree (3) days
or by coatingwith approvedcuringmaterial.Surfaceshall be maintainin an
acceptableconditionat all times priorto the constructionof sub-base.
No vehiculartrafficshall run on the stabilizedsubgradewithin a minimum

curing periodof seven days.
ttt.3.4 Tolerance
Tolerancein the thicknessof compactedlayersshall conformto as specified

in the relevant,"Tablefor AllowableTolerances"in thesespecifications.
ttt.4 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
111.4.1 Measurement
The unit of measurementfor paymentshall be cubic meterof completedand

acceptedsubgradeas measuredin place. Measurementshall not include
any areas in excess of that shown on the drawings,except the areas
authorizedby the Engineerin writing. Measurementof cementcontentused
shall be the numberof metricTon used to stabilizesubgrade. This quantity
of Cement consumed shall not exceed the theoretical percentage
establishedin the laboratory.
111-4
ttt.4.2 Payment
The measuredquantityof stabilizedsubgradedetermined as aboveshqllbe

paidfor at the contractunit priceper cubicmeterfor a particularitemlisted
below and shown on the bill of quantities,which paymentshall be full
compensation for furnishingall labour,material,tool, plant,equipment,
handling,mixing manipulating, placing,shaping,compacting,including
necessarywaterfor compaction, rolling,finishing;correctingunsatisfactory
areas and unsatisfactory material;maintenanceincludingprotectionof
stabilizedlayers;and incidentalsnecessaryfor completionof work except
cementconsumed whichshallbe paidseparately as measuredabove.
Payltem Description Unitof

No. Measurement
111a SoilCementstabilized CM
Sub-grade
1 1 1 b C e m e n t c o n t e n t t y p e . . . . . . Ton
111-5
ITEM 112 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE
tt2.l DESCRIPTION
The work shall consistof performingall operationsin connectionwith

construction of lime stabilizedsubgradeand all incidentalsin accordance
*itn tn"t" specificationsand in conformitywith linesand level,gradeand
tyfical cross-sectionsshownon the plansor as directedby the Engineer.
112.2 MATERIALREOUIREMENTS
tlz.2.l Soil
Naturallyoccurringheavyclay soils,clayeygravelsor_soils containinga

of cliy oi silty clay to enablesatisfactory
.ufi"i"nl proportion stabilization
with limeshallbe requiredfor the-Mix in Place method of constructionand
shaff conform to properties as specified in ltem 111.2, "Material
Reluirements" undeisoilscementstabilizedsub grade. Materialsfrom any
othersourcesselectedby the Contractor shallcomplywiththe specification
all as approved by the Engineer in case of stationaryplant construction
method.
Lime stabilizationhas been used successfullyin clayey soils having

plasticityindexmorethanten (10). Thistypeof stabilization to
is applicable
ihat soiiwnichcontaina highpercentageof clayor siltyclay'
112.2.2 Lime
Lime to be used for stabilizationshall be calciumhydroxide(slakedor

nVOrat"O for building
lime)or Calciumoxide(quicklime)to the requireme-nts
limeas in tabiegivenbelowor lower qualitylime produced
from temporary
burningpitsor Kilnswhenapproved by the Engineer'
Tablell2l2
SPECIFICATION REOUIREMENT FOR LIME
Oxides Not less than 92%

Calciumor Magnesium Notlessthan95%
Carbon Dioxide-atKiln Notmorethan3% Notmorethan5%
Carbon Dioxide-elsewhere Notmorethan3% NotmorethanT%

1t2.2.3 Water
water used for lime stabilizationshall be clean and free from injurious
substances. Potablewater is preferredand organic water is not permitted.
It shall neithercontain more than 1,000 parts per millionof chloridesnor
more than 1,300 parts per millionof sulphates(soa). water from doubtful
sourcesshall not be used until tested as specifiedin AASHTo- T-26 and
rI2.2.4 Mix Designin Laboratorv
The mix designshall be workedout in the laboratoryand it strallstate the

followingfield requirements:
(i) The percentage of rime and water (optimum content and

tolerances)
(ii) The field densityof lime stabilizedmixtureto minimumninetyfive

(95) percent of raboratorydensity estabrishedwith modified
AASHTOT-134test.
(iii) The requiredresultsof the compressivestrengthin laboratoryat

7 days shaltnot be lessthanten (10) Kg/sq.cm.
112.2.5 Comnositionof Mixture at Site
soil containingclay shall be mixed with sufficientlime, normallythree (3)

percent to eight (8) percent lime content, so that minimum compressive
strength is seven (7) Kilogram force per square centimetersat seven (7)
days. Moisturecontentof the lime stabilizedmaterialshall be not less than
the optimum nor more. than two (2) percent above the optimum
as
determinedby VibratingHammermethodtest of BS 1924(1975).
As a guidetrials,lime contentshouldbe establishedstartingwith 1% of lime

by weightof dry soil for each ten (,10)percentof clay in soil.
t12.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS
tt2.3.l StationarvPlant Method
The constructionrequirementsof this clauseshall conformto as specified

in
s u b i t e m1 1 1 . 3 . 2 .
r12.3.2 Mix in PlaceMethod
The requirementsof constructionunderthis clause shall be in accordance

w i t hs u bi t e m1 1 1 . 3 . 1 .
112-2
rt2.3.3 Measures
PrecautionarY
Keepingin view the caustic nature of calcium oxide (quick lime), special
measures shall be taken in handling, since it wiil attack equipment
corrosivelyand precautionsshall also be taken againstthe risk of severe
skin burnsto personnel. Suitablehandlingmethodsshall be used such as
fully mechanisedor bottom dump handling equipment, and protective
doining worn by the operators. working operationsshould take into
accountthe wind directionto minirnisethe dust problem and consequent
eye or skin irritationto any personnelinvolvedin the vicinity.Even when
calciumhydroxide(slakedor hydratedlime) is used, care must be taken
againstthe effectsof prolongedexposureto skin.
112.3.4 CompactionRequirement
lmmediatelyupon completionof spreadinganC shaping operation' the

mixtureshall be thoroughlycompactedwith approvedroller. Compaction
shall be continueduntilthe entiredepthof subgradeis uniformlycompacted
to the maximum density of 95% as determinedby modifiedAASHTo T-
134.
lf quick lime is used, it shall not be permittedto compact the layers

immediatelyafter spreadingthe lime, becausethe hydrationof the lime will
causedamageto the compactedlayers. The time withinwhich compaction
shall be completedwill be estimatedin the laboratory. Dry density of
compactedlayersshall not be less than Ninetyfive (95) % of the maximum
dry densitydeterminedin laboratory.
Compactionshall not take place after hydrationof lime and any lime
stabilizedmaterialthat has been mixed and depositedafter h1'drationof
lime,shall be removedand replacedwith fresh material,mixed and treated
of this clause.
in accordancewith the requirements
Surface of subgradeshall be acceptablein all respectsto specification,

together with compactionwith One and half (1.'/2) hours after mixing.
for any removalof or makinggood to deficient
Contractorwill be responsible
areawithoutany extra payment.No vehicleor equiprrentshallbe allowedto
moveoverstabilised subgradebefore initialsettingof 7 days.
112.3.5 Tolerance
Tolerancefor lime stabilizedsubgradeshall be as specifiedin the relevant,

"Tablefor AllowableTolerances"in thesespecifications.
1t2.3.6 WeatherLimitation
The layingof lime coursesshall be avoidedas far as practicableduringcold

and wet weather and shall be suspendedwhen free standing water is
presenton the surface. The stabilizedmaterialshall not be laid on any
surface,which is frozenor coveredwith ice or Snow,and layingshall cease
when the atmospherictemperaturereachesfive (5) degree C. on a falling
thermometeror as directedby the Engineer. lf wet weatherthreatensto be
prolonged,the manufactureand layingof stabilizedmix shallbe suspended.
112-3
r12.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
t12.4.l Measurement
The unit of measurement for paymentshall be the cubic meterof the

compacted and acceptedsubgradeas measuredin place. Measurement
shallnot includeanyareain excessof thatshownon the drawrngs, except
the areas authorized by the Engineerin writing. Measurement of lime
consumedshall be the numberof metricTon used to stabilizesubgrade.
This quantityof limeconsumedshallnot exceedthe theoreticalpercentage
ttz.4.2 Payment
The measuredquantityof stabilizedsubgradedeterminedas aboveshall

be
paid for at the contractunit price.percubic meter for a particularitem
listed
below and shown on the bill of quantities,which payment shall be full
compensationfor furnishingall labour, material, tool, plant, equipment;
handling, mixing, manipurating,pracing, shaping, compacting inituoing
necessarywater for compaction,rolling,finishing; correctingunsatisfactor!
areas and unsatisfactorymixtures; maintenance includin! protection
of
stabilized layers; and incidentalsnecessaryfor completion-ofwork except
lime consumedwhich shall be paid separatelyas measuredabove.

No. Measurement
112a LimeStabitizedSubgrade CM
112b Lime Ton
112-4
ITEM llJ BITUMEN STABILIZED SUBGRADE
11 3 . 1 DESCRIPTION
The work shall consist of performingall operations in connectionwith

construction of bitumen stabilized subgrade and all incrdentals in
acuordancewith the specificationsin conformitywith the lines. grade,
shown on the plans or as clirectedby
thicknessand typicalcross-sections
the Engineer.
tt3.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
tt3.2.l Soil
This method will only apply to sites with naturallyoccurringnon plastic

materialsuch as sand. lf the materialis brouqht at site. it shall be non-
plastichavinguniformgradation.
113.2.2 Bitumen
Bituminousmaterialused for subgradestabilization shall complywith the

requirementas per relevant tables specified in item 301, "Asphaltic
Materials"for hot mix asphalticconcreteor can be viscous cut back that
requires heating in areas where moisture content of sand is high,
necessitatingheatingand dryingof sand.
ln dry areas,where naturalmoisturecontentof sand is low, the bituminous

bindershall be fluid cut back conformingthe requirementsas given in tables
301-3and 301-4respectively of item 301 "AsphalticMaterials".
Bitumenemulsionor foamed penetrationgrade bitumencan also be used

subjectto the approvalof Engineeraftertrialtest.
Bitumen-sand mixturefor the gradeof bitumenselectedshall be ascertained

by trial mixes using MarshallTest to determinethe quantity of bitumen
requiredusing either heated or unheatedsand. The quantityof bitumen
requiredwill generallylie betweenthree (3) to six (6) percentby weightof
dry sand,the higherproportionsbeingrequiredwith fine-grainedmaterials.
Equipment, tools,and machinesusedfor bitumenstabilizedsubgradeshall

be subject to the approval of Engineerand shall be maintarnedin
satisfactory
workingconditionsall the times,
Mix in placemethodof bitumenstabilizatron will be subjectto the approval

of Engineerto ensurefull controlof bitumencontent,uniformand thorough
mixing and satisfactoryprocessingof the materialto the full depth of the
layer. For scarificationof in situ materialand spreadingof Bituminous
material,qraderwith bladeand bitumendistributor shallbe used
ttJ-l
The stabilizedsoil shall be left uncompactedafter pulverizationand mixing
to allow for evaporationof volatile materialsthus increasingstabilityand
decreasing water absorption particularlyin fine grained sand when
temperatureis low.
ll3.3.1 Compaction
lmmediatelyafter completionof spreading,aerationand shapingoperation,

the mixtureshall be thoroughlycompactedwith rubberor pneumatictyred
rollers. compactionshall continueuntilentirewidth and depth of subgiade
is uniformlycompactedto give soaked (96 hours)unconfinedcompressive
strength accordingto design requirementto meet traffic loading. steel
wheeled tandem roller shall be used to carry out final rolling of compacted
surfaceto eliminatethe tyre marks.
To determinethe efficiencyof mixing,spreading,degree of compactionof

equipmentand suitabilityof constructionmethod,trial sectionsas directed
by the Engineer,shall be preparedby the contractorbefore main work of
stabilizationis started.
lf thicknessof compactedlayeris lessthan 20 centimeters,it shall be laid as

singleoperationwhere as if thicknessof compactedstabilizedlayer is more
than twentycentimeter,materialshall be placedin two or more layers,eaeh
within the range of eight (B) to twenty (20) centimetersin compacted
thickness.
The resultsof cBR test for measuringthe strengthof bitumen stabilized

materialsor cone stabilitytest for designingbitumen-sandmixtureshall not
supersedethose of Marshallrest unlessagreed by the Engineer. In-situ
densityof compactedlayershall be deierminedusing methodas described
by MSHTO - T-191, AASHTO - T-205 or AASHTO -T-2ZB and shail be
minirnLrmninety five (95) % modified AASHTO according to the above
mentionedmethods.
Frequencyof testingin field and in laboratorywill be accordingto relevant

schedulefor samplingand testingof thesespecifications.
113.3.2 Tolerance
compactedlayer shall complywith the tolerancerequirementsas specified

in relevant,"Tablefor AllowableTolerances,'
in thesespecification.
113.3.3 WeatherLimitation
The laying of bituminouscourses shall be avoided as for as practicable

during wet weather and shall be suspendedwhen free standingwater is
presenton the surface.The stabilizedmaterialshall not be laid on any
surface,which is frozen or covered with ice or snow and laying shall cease
when the air temperature reaches five (s) degree c on a falling
thermometer.Layingshallnot commenceuntilthe air temperatureis at least
flve (5) degree c on a rising thermometerunless othenruisedirected by the
Engineerand also if wet weatherthreatensto be prolongedthe manufatture
and layingof stabilizedmix shall be suspended.
113-2
173.4.1 Measurement
The unit of measurementfor payment shall be cubic meters of a given

thickness of compactedand accepted subgrade as measuredin place.
Measurementshall not includeany areas in excess of that shown on the
drawings, except the areas authorized by the Engineer in writing.
Measurementof bitumenbinder used shall be the number of metric Ton
used to stabilizesubgrade. This quantityof bitumenconsumedshall not
exceedthe theoreticalpercentageestablishedin the laboratory'
t13.4.2 Payment
Measuredquantityof stabilizedsubgradedeterminedas aboveshall be paid

for at the contractunit priceper cubic meterfor a particularitem listeJbelow
and shown on the bill of quantities, which payment shall be full
compensationfor furnishingall labour, material, tool, plant, equipment;
handling,mixing, manipulating,placing, shaping, compactingincluding
necessarywater for compaction,rolling, finishing; correctingunsuitable
areas and unsatisfactorymaterial; maintenanceincluding protectionof
stabilizedsubgradelayer and incidentalsnecessaryfor completionof work
except bitumen consumedwhich shall be paid separatelyas measured
above.

No. Measurement
113a BitumenStabilizedSubgrade. CM
113b BitumenBinder,tYPe- Ton
11 3 - 3
ITEM 114 DRJ,SSING AND COMPACTION OF BERMS
tt4.l DESCRIPTION
This work shallconsistof scarification

of berms,which are undulated,or out
of level. The existing material shall be scarified, watered, mixed and
properly leveled and compacted accordingto specificationdescribed here
underor as directedby the Engineer.
tt4.2 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
In this item no fresh materialis required,however,if fresh materialis

used it shall be measuredand paid under other relativeitems of
works.
1t4.3.1
In case the berms show undulationof more than 5 cms in level from the
reconstructedpavementstructure,the berms shall be scarifiedto a depth of
15 cm and material will be watered,mixed and compactwith appropriate
equipmentapprovedby the Engineer.
t14.3.2 Dressingof bermwith the useof extra material
ln case the difference of elevation of existing berm with respect to

reconstructed road structureis less than 15 cm than additionalmaterial (to
be measuredunderother itemsof work) shall be addedto bringthe levelof
berms in conformitywith the linesand grades of the existingr6ad.Existing
and fresh material shall be properlymixed, wateredand compactedas
directedby the Engineer.
t14.J.J Compactionrequirement
compaction requirementof the fresh and existing material shall be in

accordancewith the type of materialusedin berms,as under:_
Compactionrequirementas
Dgt[ in cm per AASHTO T-180 (D).
0 - ' t 5 l T o pl a y e n 95% for common earth

material
0 - 15 (Toplayer) 100%for subbasematerial
11+1
t14.3.4 Comoaction of slopes
While reinstating/dressirrgof berms, it shall be ensured that compaction

requirements are observed on slopes of the berms. The degree of
compaction shall be as per direction of the Engineer.
I l-t.4.1 Measurement
Measurementunder this item shall be made in square meter of berms

dressed or compactedin accordancewith theoretieallines, or sections
shownon tne drawings,or as per existingedgeof road.
In case partialfreshmaterialis used to compensatefor shortageof material

in the top layerthe quantityof such materialshall be measuredby survey
levelsof existingground and designedlines,gradesor sectionsshown on
the drawing.
The quantityof materialthus measuredshall be paid under other items of

worksof formationof embankment/ subbase.
1I4.4.2 Payment
The paymentof this item shall be made for at the contractunit price per
square meter of dressed and compactedberm measuredas above, for
scarificationwatering, mixing, rolling, labour, equipment, tools and
incidentalsnecessaryto completethts item.

No. Measurement
of bermwithout
114a Dressing SM
extramaterial.
of bermwith
114b Dressing SM
extramaterial.
114-2
ITEM 115 REINSTATEMENT OF SHOULDERS FROM BRICK KILN
MATERIAL
11 5 . 1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof furnishingand placingin singlelayerof Brick Kiln

materialon shouldersand to mechanicallyinterlockby wateringand rolling,
in conformitywith lines,gradesand cross-sections shownon driwino.
L15.2 !4AIN,RIAL REOUIREMENTS
The materialshallconformto the followingrequirements.
11s.2.1 Texture
The Kiln materialshall be fully burnthavingreddishbrowniblackcolour. No

unburntor semi burntmaterialshall be allowed. The materialshall behave
like improvedsub gradewith followingproperties.
rr5.2.2 Cradation
The gradingshallconformto the followinglimits.
SieveDesiqnation MassPercentPassing.
1" (25mm) 100
3/8" (9.5mm) 80-100
No.10 50-85
No.200 15-35
Note:- coarser than 1" (25 mm) size materialmay be allowedupto five
(5) percentby the Engineer.
115.2.3 PhvsicalReouirements
The additionalphysicalrequirementsof the kiln materialwill satisfy the

followinglimits:-
4
P . l .v a l u e . 6.0%max.
2. SwellingValue. 0.2Ook
max.
SoakedC.B.R.(96 hours) 20o/omin.
115-1
11s.3.1 General
Materialfor shoulders,obtainedand approvedas providedabove shall be

placed and thoroughlymixed with water in horizontallayer of uniform
ihicknessand in conformitywith the lines,grades,sectionsand dimensions
shownon the Drawings.The layerof loose materialshall not be morethan
twenty (20) centimeters in thickness unless othenrviseapproved by the
Engineer.
The compactionof the shouldersshall be carried out at the designated

moisture content, consistentwith the approved compacting equipment.
Shoulder materialthat does not contain sufficientmoistureto obtain the
required compaction shall be given additional moisture by means of
approved sprrnklersand mixing operation. Material containingmoisture
more than necessaryto obtain the requiredcompactionmay not, without
writtenapprovalof tlre Engineerbe incorporatedin the shouldersuntilit has
been sufficientlydried out. The dryingof wet materialmay be expeditedby
discingor otherapprovedmethods.
Side slopes shall be neatlytrimmedto the lines and slopes shown on the
drawingsor as directedby the Engineer,and the finishedwork shallbe kept
in a neat and acceptablecondition.
115.3.2 Compaction
All materialshall be compactedto a minimumninetyfive (95) percentof the

maximumdry densityas determinedaccordingto AASHTO T-180 method
'B' or 'D' whicheveris applicable. ln place density determinationof the
compactedlayershall be made in accordancewith AASHTOT-191or other
approvedmethod.
115.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be paid for shall be the number in cubic meter by the
theoreticalvolumeof shouldersconstructedaccordingto designedlinesand
gradescompactedin placeand completein all respect.
115-2
115.4.2 Payment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasuredas providedabove shall

be paid for at
the contractunit priceper cubic meter oi Brick Kiln shouldermaterial
for the
pay item listedbelow and shown in the Bill of
euantities,wrrichprrceand
payment shall constitutefull compensationfor furnishing
all materials,
hauling,mixing,placing,wateringand compacting, labour,e!uipment,toots
and incidentalsnecessaryto completethe item.

No. Measurement
Reinstatement of Shoulders CM
from BrickKiln Material
11 5 - 3
SUBBASE
AND
BASE
SUBBASEAND BASE
ITEM 2OO GENERAL
200.1 DESCRIPTION
The work shall consist of furnishing,spreading,and compactinggraded

subbase, base, asphalticbase course, crushed limestone base course,
cement stabilizedsubbaseand base course,lime stabilizedsubbaseand
bitumenstabilizedsubbaseand base, crack relieflayers,constructedon a
preparedbed and all incidentalsin accordancewith these specificationin
conformitywiththe lines,gradethicknessand typicalcross-section
shownon
the drawingand/or as directedby the Engineer.
200.2 MATERIAL
The materialshallconsistof sand, gravelor a sand gravelmixtureobtained

from the source approvedby the Engineer.Materialrequirementsfor this
work are specifiedundervariousitemsof the section.
200.2.1 SamnlinsandTestins
Adequaterepresentative samplesshall be submittedto Engineerfor testing

and preliminaryapprovalnot less than twenty days, before the intended
materialis to be used in the work.The material,when deemednecessaryby
the Engineer,shallbe sampledand testedin his presenceby the contractor
for particularsubbase,base course as called for in the specificationof
partrcularapplicationand /or the bill of quantities,and/oras shown on the
drawing,to assureconformancewith the requirements Any
of specification.
materialfound not to confortn with the requirementswill be subject to
rejection.All rejected material shall be removed and replacedwith the
materialmeetingthe requirement, at no additionalcostto the Client.
Preliminaryapprovalof source shall not mean that all the materialin the
sourceis approved.
Samplingand testing,uniess otherwisestated,shall be accordingto the

standard methods prescribed in the latest edition of the American
Associationof State Highway and TransportationOfficials(AASHTO)or
standardspecificationand methods of samplingand testing, providedin
latest versionof AmericanSocietyof Testingand Materials(ASTM).Any
deviationfrom the methodsand procedureprescribedthereinmay be made
only as directed in writing by the Engineeras per relevant "Table for
Samplingand TestingFrequency".
200-1
200.2.2 Selection
of Placefor SamDling
The selectionof representative samplesfor testing shall be by "Random

samplingMethod"by whicheverypari of a lot or stockpilehas equalchance
to be selected.when it is necessaryto sample stockpiles.every effort
shouldbe madeto enlistthe serviceof powerequipmentthat is capableof
exposingthe materialat variouslevelsand locations.
In samplingsandfrom
stockpiles,the outer layerwhichmay have becomedry, causingsegregation
shallbe removedand representative samplesof the damp sand selected.
200.2.3 NumberandSizeof Samplcs
The numberand sizeof samplerequireddependson the intendeduse of the

material,the quantityof materialinvolvedand the variationboth in quality
and size of aggregate.A sufficientnumbero{,samplesshall be obtainedto
cover all variationsin the material. The qriantitiesmust be sufficientto
providefor properexecutionof the requuedtests.
200.2.4 Scheclule
fbr Sarnpling
and Testing
The samplingfrequency,acceptancelimits,and other informationfor proper

controlof each work shall be as given in "Tablesfor sampling and resting
Frequency"which will providethe minimumtestingfrequencyunder normal
conditions.where samplingfrequenciesare not given in the tablethey shall
be as directedby the Engineer.where frequenciesare givenas per layeror
per stripthis will meanthe widthof stripor layerbeinglaid at any one item.lf
the materialsor operationsare variableand good control is difficultto
maintain,greater sampling frequencymay be taken as directed bv the
Engineer.
200.2.5 Tolerances
The allowabletolerancesfor the subgrade prior to placing the overlying

courses,togetherwith the allowabletolerancesfor the subbaseand base
are as specifiedin "TableforAllowableTolerances",in thesespecifications.
200.3 PLANT & EQUIPMENT
All equipment,tools and machinesused in the performanceof work shall be

maintainedin satisfactory conditionsat all times and be subiectto the
approvalof the Engineer. Listof recommended typeof equipmeniis onlyfor
guidance of contractor.However contractorwill be responsibleto give
required quality and workmanshipthrough any type of equipment
irrespective
of any approvalgivenby the Engineer.
200-2
:()(|.J I'RIAL STIIIPS
contractorshall preparetrial strip for any item as appearingin this chapter,

to establishthe following.
a) Maximumthicknessof looselayer.whichcan be laid,
b) Typeof equipment
to be used.
c) Wateringand mixingprocedures.
d) Numberof passesrequiredto satisfactorily

compactthe layerto required
level.
e) Any otherrequirement
orderedby the Engineer.
Engineershall then inspect and test the Trial strip and approve the
procedurein writing,to carry out the work. Howeverthis approvalshall nol
relievethe contractorfrom his contractual
obligation
200-3
TTEM201 GRANULAR SUBBASE
201.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consistof furnishing,spreadingin one or more layersand

compactinggranularsubbaseaccordingto the specifications and drawings
and/oras directedby the Engineer.
201.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
Granularsubbasematerialshall consistof naturalor processedaggregates

such as gravel,sand or stonefragmentand shallbe cleanand free from dirt,
organicmatterand otherdeleterioussubstances,and shallbe of such nature
that it can be compactedreadilyunder wateringand rollingto form a firm,
stablesubbase.
The materialshallcomplyto the followinggradingand qualityrequirements:
a) The subbase materialshall have a gradationcurve within the

limitsfor gradingA, B, and C given below.HowevergradingA
may be allowedby the Engineerin specialcircumstances.
Grading Requirementsfor SubbaseMaterial

Mass PercentPassing
SieveDesignation
Gradine
mm Inch A B
60.0 (2.1t2) 100

qnn (2) 90-100 '100
25.0 (1) 50-80 55-85
9.5 (3/8) 40-70
4.75 N o .4 .1-_to 30-60
2.0 No.10 20-50
0.425 No.40 10-30
0.075 No.200 2-8 5-15
The Coefficientof UniformityD60/D1Oshall be not less than 3, where

D60 and D10 are the particlediameterscorrespondingto 60% and 10%,
passing(byweight)in a grainsizeanalysis,curve.
respectively,
201-1
b) The Materialshallhavea CBR value of at least50%, determined
accordingto AASHTOT-193. The CBR value shall be obtained
at a densitycorrespondingto Ninety eight (98) percentof the
maximumdry densitydeterminedaccordingto AASHTO T-180
Method-D.
c) The coarse aggregatematerial retainedon sieve No. 4 shall

have a percentageof wear by the Los Angeles Abrasion
(AASHTOT-96) of not more than fifty (50) percent.
d) In order to avoid intrusionof silty and clayey materialfrom the

subgrade in the subbase, the ratio D15 (Subbase)/D85
(Subgrade)shouldbe lessthan 5.
Where D85 and D15 are the particlediarneterscorresponding to

eighty five (85) o/oand fifteen (15) 9/o,respectively,passing (by
weight)in a grainsizeanalysis,curve.
e) The fractionpassingthe 0.075 mm (No. 200) sieve shall not be

greaterthan two third of the fractionpassingthe 0.425 mm (No.
40) sieve.The fractionpassingthe 0.425 mm sieveshall have a
liquid limit of not greaterthan 25 and a plasticityindex of 6 ol
IESS.
0 lf over-sizeis encountered,screeningof materialat source,shall

invariablybe done, no hand pickingshall be allowed,however
hand picking may be allowed by the Engineer, if over-size
quantityis lessthan 5% of the total mass.
g) for all classesshallbe 25 min.

Sandeouivalent
20t.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS
20r.3.1 Spreadins
Granularsubbaseshallbe spreadon approvedsubgradelayeras a uniforr,i

mixture. Segregationshall be avoided during spreading and the f;nal
of coarseor fine materials.
compactedlayershallbe free from concentration
Granularsubbaseshall be depositedon the roadbedor shouldersin a

quantity which will providethe requiredcompactedthickness without
resortingto spotting,pickingup or othenruiseshiftingthe subbasematerial.
In case any materialis to be addedto compensatefor levels,the same shall
be done after scarifyingthe existingmaterial,to ensure proper bondingof
additionalmaterial.
201-2
When the requiredthicknessis fifteen(15) cm or less, the aggregatesmay
be spreadand compactedas one layer,but in no case shall a layer be less
than seven and' one half (7.5) centimetersthick. Where the required
thicknessis more than 15 cm, the aggregatesshall be spread and
compactedin 2 or more layersof approximately equalthickness,but in anv
case the maximumcompactedthicknessof one layershallnot exceed15
cm. All subsequentlayers shall be spread and compactedin a similar
manner.
Granularsubbaseshallbe spreadwithequipment that will providea uniform

layer conformingto the specifieditem both transverselyand longitudinally
within the tolerancesas specifiedin "Table for AllowableTolerances"in
these specifications.No haulingor placementof materialwill be permitted
when,in the judgmentof the Engineer, the weatheror road conditionsare
such that the haulingoperationwill causecuttingor ruttingof subgradeor
contamination of sub basematerial.
201.3.2 ContiractionTrials
Prior to commencementof granularsubbaseoperaron,contractorshall

constructa trial length,not to exceed,five hundred(500) meters and not
less than two hundred(200) meterswith the approvedsubbasematerialas
wlll be used during constructionto determinethe adequacy of the
contractor'sequipment, loosedepthmeasurement necessary to resultin the
specified corripactedlayer depths, the field moisture content, and the
relationshipbetweenthe number of compaition passes and the resulting
densityof the material.For details,refer to clause 1.20 (General)of these
specifications.
201.3.3 Compaction
The moisture content of subbase material shall be adjusted prior to

compaction,by wateringwith approvedsprinklersmountedon trucks or by
dryingout, as required,in orderto obtainthe specifiedcompaction.
The subbasematerialshall be compactedby means of approvedvibrating

rollers or steel wheel rollers (rubber tyred rollers may be used as a
supplement),progressinggraduallyfrom the outside towards the centre,
excepton superelevated curves,wherethe rollingshall beginat the low side
and progressto the high side. Each succeedingpass shall overlapthe
previouspass by at least one third of the roller width. while the rolling
progresses,the entire surface of each layer shall be properlyshaped and
dressedwith a motor grader,to attaina smooth surfacefree from ruts or
ridges and having proper section and crown. Rolling shall continue until
entirethicknessof each layer is thoroughlyand uniformlycompactedto the
specifieddensity.
Any area inaccessibleto rollingequipmentshall be compactedby means of

hand guided rollers,plate compactorsor mechanicaltampers,where the
thicknessin looselayershallnotbe morethan 10 cm.
zv t-5
lf the layer of subbase material,or part thereof does not conform to the
shall,ot his own expense,rework,water,and
requiredfinish,the Contractor
recompactthe materialbeforesucceedinglayerof the pavementstructureis
constructed.
lmmediatelyprior to the placingof first layer of base course the subbase

layer (both underthe traveledway and the shoulders)shall conformto the
required level and shape. Prior to placing the succeeding layers of
the material,the top surfaceof each layershall be made sufficientlymoistto
ensurebond betweenthe layers. The edges or edge slopesshall be bladed
or otherwisedressedto conformto the lines and dimensionsshown on the
otans.
No materialfor constructionof the base shall be olaceduntil the subbase

has beenapprovedby the Engineer.
201.3.1 requirements
C'omDaction
The relativecompactionof each layer of the compactedsubbaseshall not

be less than Ninety eight (98) percent of the maximum dry density
determinedaccordingto AASHTOT-180 Method-D. The field densityshall
be determinedaccordingto AASHTOT-191 or otherapprovedmethod. For
all matbrials,the field densitythus obtainedshall be adjustedto accountfor
oversizeparticles(retainedon 19 mm sieve) as directedby the Engineer
Also for adjustinentof any materialretainedon 4,75 mm sieve,AASi-1TO
Methodf -224 shallbe used
201.3.5 MoistureContentDetermination
As rr is customaryin the projectlaboratories

that smallsamplesof materials
are placed in ovens for moisture determinationfor proctor, following
precautions are necessaryto ensurepropercompactionresults.
a) Same sizeof sampleis placedin oven for moisturedetermination

in case
density(Proctor)and fielddensity.
of laboratory
b) Moisturecontent for calculationof field density and proctor shall be

observedon materialpassing4.75 mm sieve.
201.3.6 Tolerance
The subbaseshallbe compactedto the desiredleveland cross slopesas

shownon the drawings.The allowabletoleranceshall be accordingto the
"Tablefor AllowableTolerances"in thesesoecifications.
20L.4 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
201.4.1 Measurement
The quantityof subbaseto be paid for shall be measuredby the theoretical

volumein placeas shown on the drawingsor as directedand approvedfor
construction by the Engineer,placedand acceptedin the completedgranular
subbasecourse.No allowan.ce will be givenfor materialsplacedoutsidethe
theoreticallimitsas shownon the cross-sections.
201-4
201.4.2 Pavment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasuredas providedaboveshall be paidfor at the

contractunit price per cubic meter of granularsubbase,for the Pay ltem
listed below and shown in the Bill of Quantities,which price and payment
shall constitute full compensationfor furnishing all materials, hauling,
placing,watering,rolling,labour,equipment,tools and incidentalsnecessary
to completethe item.

No. Measurement
201 GranularSubOase CM
201-5
ITEM 202 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
202.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consistof furnishing,spreadingand compactingone (1) or

more layersof aggregatebaseon a preparedsubgrade,subbase,or existing
and the drawingsand/or
road surface,in accordancewith the specifications
as directedbYthe Engineer.
Materialfor aggregatebase course shall consistof crushed hard durable

gtatef, rocf oi-itone fragments. lt shall be clean and free from organtc
iratters,lumpsof clay and otherdeleterioussubstances.The materialshall
be of such a naturethat it can be compactedreadilyunder wateringand
rollingto form a firm, stablebasefor bothflexibleand rigidpavements.
The aggregate base shall comply to the following grading and quality
requirements.
a) The gradationcurve of the materialshall be smooth and within the

envelopelimitsfor GradingA or B givenbelow.
Gradine Requirementsfor AggregateBaseMaterial

Mass Percent Passing
Sieve Designation Grading
mm Inch A B
50.0 2 100 100

25.0 1 70-95 75-95
9.5 3/8 30-65 40-75
4.75 No.4 25-55 30-60
2.00 N o .1 0 15-40 20-50
0.425 No.40 8-20 12-25
n n76 No.200 2-8 5-10
The materialshall be well gradedsuch that the coefficientof Uniformity

D60/D10shallbe greaterthanfour (4).
b) crushed Aggregate(materialretainedon sieve NO. 4) shall consist

of material of which at least ninety (90) percent by weight shall be
crushedparticles,havinga minimumof two (2) fracturedfaces'
202 1
c) The Coarseaggregateshall have a percentageof wear by the Loss
AngelesAbrdsiontest (AASHTOT-96)of not morethan forty(40)
d ) The materialshall have a loss of less than twelve(.12)percent.when

subjectedto five cycles of the Sodium Sulphate Soundnesstest
accordingto AASHTOf -104.
e) The sand equivalent determinedaccordingto AASHTOT-176 shall

not be lessthan 45 and the materialshallhaVea Liquidlimitof not
more than twentyfive (25) and a plasticityIndexof not more than 6
as determinedby AASHTOT-89 and T-90.
The materialpassingthe 1g mm sieve shall have a CBR value

of minimumeighty(80) percent,testedaccordingto the AASHTO T
193.The cBR valueshall be obtainedat the maximumdrv densitv
detbrminedaccoidingto AASHTOT 180,tUetfroA O.
g) Laminatedmaterialshall not exceed 1s% of total volume of

Aggregate
BaseCourse.
202.2.r Filler for Blendine
lf filler,in additionto that naturallypregentin the aggregatebase materialis

necessaryfor meetingthe gradingrequirementor for satisfactory bondingof
the material,it shall be uniformlyblendedwith the base course materialat
the crushingplantor in a pugmillunlessothenrrise approved. The material
for such purposeshall be obtainedfrom sourcesapprovedby the Engineer.
The materialshallbe free from organicmatter,dirt,shale,clayand clay lump
or otherdeleteriousmatterand shallconformto followingrequirement.
AASHTO Sieve PercentPassi
3/8 lnch 100

4 85-'100
100 10-30
Plasticity
Index(AASHTO
T-90) 6 maximum
SandEquivalent(AASHTOT-176) 3 0m i n i m u m
Howeverthe combinedaggregatespreparedby mixingthe coarse material

and fillershallsatisfythe requirements
as mentionedin clause202.2above.
202.3 CONSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
202.3.1 Prenarationofsurfacefor Aggregatebasecourse
In case crushed aggregatebase is to be laid over preparedsub base

course, the subbasecourse shall not have loose materialor moisturein
excessto optimummoisturecontent.
2.02-2
spreadingshall conformin all respectsto the requirementsspecifiedunder
t h i sh e a d i n gi n l t e m2 0 1- S u b b a s e( 2 0 1 . 3 . 1 ) '
202.3.2 Comnaction
compaction process shall conform in all respect to the requirements

specifiedunderthisheadingin ltem201 (201.3.3)'
202.3.3 Requirement
ComDaction
The relativecompactionof each layer of the compactedbase shall not be

less than 100 percentto the maximumdry densitydeterminedaccordingto
AASHTOT-180,MethodD (Modified).The fielddensityshallbe determined
accordingto AASHTOT-191 or other approvedmethod' For all materials,
the field densitythus obtainedshall be adjustedto accountfor overstze
particles(retainedon 19 mm sieve)as directedby the Engineer' Also for
adjustmentof any materialretainedon 4]5 mm sieve,AASHTOMethodT-
224 shall be used
Completedbase courseshallbe maintainedin an acceptableconditionat all

times untilprimecoat is applied.When base courseis to carrytrafficfor an
indefinitelength of time before receivingsurfacing,the contractorshall
nraintainthe lurface until final acceptanceand shall preventrevelingby
wetting,blading,rollingand additionof fines as may be requiredto keep the
base iightly bound and leave a slight excess of materialover the entire
surface which must be removed and the surface finish restored before
applicationof Primecoat.
202.3.4 MoistureContentDetermination
Moisture content deternrinationshall conform in all respects to the

specified
requirements underclause201.3'5for subbase'
202.3.5 Trial Sections
Priorto commencement of aggregatebase courseoperations,a trialsection

of two hundred(200)metersminimum,but not to exceedfive hundred(500)
meters shall be prepared by the contractor using same material and
equipmentas will be used at site to determinethe adequacyof equipment,
loose depth measurementnecessaryto result in the specifiedcompacted
layerdepths,field moisturecontent,and relationshipbetweenthe numberof
compactionpassesand the resultingdensrtyui inaierial.For detailsreferto
clause1.20(General) of thesespecifications.
202.3.6 Tolerance
The completedbase course shall be tested for requiredthicknessand

smoothnessbefore acceptance. Any area having waves, irregularities in
excessof one (1) cm in three (3) M Or two (2) cm in fifteen(15) M shall be
correctedby scaiifyingthe surface,addingapprovedmaterial,reshaping,re-
compactinganO tihistrlngas specified. Skin patchingof an area without
r""rifying ihe surfaceto permitproper bondingof added materialshall not
be permitted.The allowabletolerancesshall be accordingto the "Tablefor
AllowableTolerances"in thesespecifications.
202-3
292.3.1 Acceptance.
Samplingand Testinq
Acceptance of sampling and testing with respect to materials and

constructionrequirementsshall be governed by the relevant,"Table for
Samplihgand TestingFrequency"or as approvedby the Engineer.
202.4.1 Measurement
The quantityof aggregatebase to be paid for, shall be measuredby the

theoreticalvolume in place as shown on the drawings or as directed'and
approvedfor constructionby the Engineer,placed and accepted in the
completedcrushedaggregatebase course.No allowancewill be given for
materials placed outside the theoreticallimits as shown on the cross
sections.
202.4.2 Payment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasuredas aboveshallbe paid for at the contract

unit price per cubic meter of aggregatebase,for the item listedbelowand
shown in the Bill of Quantities,which price and payment shall constitutefull
compensationfor furnishingall materials,hauling,placing,watering,rolling,
labour,equipment,toolsand incidentalsnecessaryto completethis item.

No. Measurement
202 AggregateBase. CM
ITEM 203 ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE PLANT MIX
203.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shallconsistof furnishingof plant,labour,equipmentand material

and performingall operationsin connectionwith the constructionof an
asphalticplant-hix base courseon a previouslyconstructedand accepted
subgrade,subbaseor base course,subjectto terms and conditionsof the
the
Con'iract,and in strictaccordancewith this Sectionof the Specification'
Drawingsand the directions of the Engineer.
203.2.r Mineral Aggregate
Mineral aggregatefor bituminousbase course shall consist of coarse

aggregate,iinJaggregateand filler material,if required,all conformingwith
Coarseaggregatewhich is the materialretainedon AASHTO No. 4 sieve

shallconsiit oi crushedrock, crushedgravelor crushedboulder.lt shall be
clean,hard,tough,sound,durable,free from decomposedstones,organic
matter,shale,clly lump or other deleterioussubstances.Rock or boulders
from which coarse aggregate is obtained,shall be of uniform quality
throughoutthe quarry
The crushingshall be so regulatedthat at least ninetyfive (95) percentby

weightof miterial retainedon AASHTO No. 4 sieve shall consistof pieces
with-at least two (2) mechanicallyfractured faces, and when tested for
stability.
stabilityof bituminousmix shallshow satisfactory
Fineaggregatewhichis materialpassingNo.4 sieve,shall consistof 100%

miterialfrom rock or boulder. No naturalsandwill be allowedin the
crushe-d
mix.
When the combinedgradingof the coarseand fine aggregatesis deficientin

materialpassingtto.2OOsieve,additionalfillermaterialshall be added.The
fillermaterialshill consistof finelydividedrock dust,hydratedlime,hydraulic
cement or other suitable mineral matter. However,in case the coarse
aggregatesare of quartiziticnature,then hydratedlime or a bettermaterial
dry to flow freely.
sfritt ne allowed.At the time of use, it shall be sufficiently
Fillermaterialshallconform to following gradation:
US Standard Sieve PercentPassing

Weisht
No.30 100
No.50 95-100
No.200 70-100
203-1
z-t0z
:alqelounôlloJ
aLllut u^ oqs g sselc jolpue v sselc oi uilojuoc
osJnoceseg roJ saJnlxrtr6urnedelaJcuoccrlleqdseaq] jo uorlrsodLuoc lleqs
aq1
f 'z'f0u
lo sluo.xorrnbar aql ]eaurnr^ 1r{s1eLaueg.;eaur6u3 ;f

se 00t-0g lo 01.-09'09-07 "flf 8*igH
epelOuolletlauad
Ourneq
]uauao lleqospaq lleqs
aseq 3tlleLldse
ecnpotd o1 a1e6el66eeLl]qln^ paxtul aq ol Japutq
lleqosV
iEirstEn-5jtmiBv 7.'7't07
'taeul6u3
eq1{qpalceltpos lt pelcnpuoc
aq lleqs ale6et66e esleo3 aL.lllo uotleutulexauqder6o:;a6 (q
Iaq] ]eql o no,n :ili.iJ"ril

r1Ius1e, Tfi rtXTn"""."ll
Hli!
aql Iq palsop Jt", ",fJo'' 'sageOetO'6e '"qf
pa)coqc aq lleqs (6
"ir"o"
lso] oq] sautlenb
qstqMpoMolle
aq llellslet:aleut1eq1
Iluo pue ZgL_l OIHSW Jopunpaqucsap
se sele6aL66eesleoc uo partrolad aq lleqs
lsal OurOdulg 0
\ L : gz = s u o t s u o t u l p
urnuluLu ol unutxeul Jo orlet) salclped pele6uo1a Jolpue
Iq luacled gf ueql oJoLUureluoolou lleLlsaâts
lell lo 1q01em
(qcut ele) ULU9 6 aql uo pautelarale6e.r66e uoipod aql (e
1o
'06-1pue
68 I O1HSW Aq
poururralep
se (g) xrs ueL{larour}ou lo xopul{lrcrlseJ6
e pue (97j
anr;{1uann1
ueq}eroLu}ou trurl prnbrle aneqljeqsiale6a"rooe e-uij (p
'(St) enUl{UoJ
uerl]
ssal eq )ou lleqs]uouloolleqdselo uoqtppelo1ldacxaburssaco:d
lle reue pautultolep(Sty t OTHSW) luelenrnb3pues aLll . (c
'1UaC:ad
(ZL)a^tomtueqtssat aq leqs (tOi f OIHSW)
]so]sseupunos
oleqolns untpos oq] Jo se;cIc aÛ ol lcafqns ueLlmssol oql (q
'(Ol),iUolueLtl
arouraq lou leqs (96 j O1HSW)
lsel uotserqy sele6uy sol aql Aq reann1o a6eluac:aOaqj (e
elqecrldde
ourirnol;o1
aqr ]oaurteqs sale6e:66e
aur; or"'tl:i#:''T;i
TABLE203-1
CombinedAqqreqateGradinqRequirements
Mix Designation ClassA ClassB
Use Leveling/Base Leveling/Base
Thickness
Comoacted 70-90mm 50-80mm
U.S.StandardSieveSizePercentpassingby weight
2" (50 mm) 100
1 . 1 / 2("3 8m m ) 9 0- 1 0 0 100
1" (25 mnt) 75-90
3/4"(19mm) 56-75 65-80
112"(12.5mm) 55-70
3/8"(9.5mm) 45-60
N o . 4 ( 4 . 7 5m m ) 23-40 30-45
N o .8 ( 2 . 3 8m m ) 1 5- 3 0 1 5- 3 5
N o .5 0 ( 0 . 3 0 m
0 m) 4-10
No. 200 (0.075mm) 3-6 2-7
AsphaltContentweight
oercentof totalmix (Minimum) (minimum)
The asphalt concrete leveling/ base course mixture shall meet the
followingMarshallTest Criteria.
Compaction,numberof blowseach end

of specimen 75
Stability....... 1000Ks (Min.)
Flow0
, . 2 5m m ( 0 . 0 ' i1n . ) . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 8-14
Percentair voidsin mix 4_8
Percentvoidsin mineral
aggregates Accordingto Table 5.3 MS-2 ,
Asphalt institute,sixth edition
1993.
Loss in Stability 25 percent (Max.)
Mixes composedof largersize aggregateswith maximumsize upto 3g mm

(1.5 inches)will be preparedaccordingto modifiedMarshallmethodas per
MS-2 Asphalt institute,sixth edition, 1993 or the latest edition.The
pr_ocedureis basicallythe same as the originalmethodexceptfor following
differencesthat are due to the largerspecimensizethat is used:
a) The hammerweighs10.2kg (22.slb.)and has a 149.4mm (5.88inches)

flat tamping face. only mechanically-operated
device is used for the
same457 mm ('18inches)dropheight.
b) The specimenhas a 152.4 mm (6 inches)diameterby 95,2 mm (3.75

inches)height.
c) The batchweightsare typicailyof 4 Kg.
d) The equipmentfor compactingand testing(moldsand breakingheads)

are proportionately
largerto accommodatethe largerspecimens.
e) The mix is placedin the mold in two approximatelyequal increments,

with spadingperformedaftereach incrementto avoidhoney-combing.
f) The numberof blowsneededfor the largerspecimenis 1.5 times (75 or

112 blows)of that requiredfor the smallerspecimen(s0 or 75 blows)to
obtainequivalentcompaction.
s)The designcriteriashall be modifiedas well, the minimumstabilityshall

be 2-25 times and the range of flow values shall be 1.5 times normal-
sizedsoecimens.
h ) similarto the normalprocedure,followingvaluesshallbe usedto convert

the measuredstabilityvaluesto an equivalentvaluefor a specimenwith
a 95.2 mm (3.75inches)thickness,if the actualthicknessvaries:
203-4
Approximate Height SpecimenVolume
88.9 (3 t^tr) 1608to 1626 1.12

,1 no
90.5 (3l/,u) 1 6 3 7t o 1 6 6 5
e2.1 (3 "4') 1666to 1694 l.uo
93.7 (3 /ru) 1695to 1723 1.03

95.2 "
(3",tJ) 1 7 2 4l o 1 7 5 2 1.00
96.8 (3,"/ru) 1753to 1781 0.97
e8.4 (3 .{') 1782to 1810 0.95
' 1 8 1 t1o 1 8 3 9
100.0 (3 "/,0) 0.92
1 0 1. 6 (4) 1 8 4 0t o 1 9 6 8 . 0.90
203.2.1 Job-Mix Formula
At least one (1) week priorto production,a Job-MixFormula(JMF)for the

asphalticbase courseto be used for the project,shall be establishedjointly
by ihe Engineerand the contractor in the project laboratory. Job mix
forrnula shall combine the mineral aggregates and asphalts in such
requirements.
proportionconformingto specification
The JMF shall be establishedby MARSHALL Method of Mix Design

accordingto the procedureprescribedin the AsphaltInstituteManualSeries
No.2 (MS-2),sixthedition1993,orthe latestEdition.
The JMF, with the allowabletolerancesshall be withinthe rangespecifiedin

Item 203.2.3. Each JMF shall indicatea single percentageof aggregate
passingeach requiredsieve size and a singlepercentageof bitumento be
addedto the aggregate.
The ratioof wt. of filler(passingsieveNo. 200) to that of asphaltshall range

between1-1.5 for hot ciimateareaswithtemperaturemorethan 4OoC.
After the JMF is established,all mixtures furnished for the project

representedby samplestaken from the asphaltplantduringoperation,shall
conform thereto Moreoverupon receivingthe job-mix, approved by the
Engineer,the Contractorshall adjust his plant to proportionthe individual
aggregates,mineralfiller and asphalt to produce a final mix that, when
compireOto job mixformulashallbe withinthe following limits'
203-s
Maximum Valiation of Percentaqeof Materials
RetainedNo.4 and larger + 7.00h

PassingNo.4 to No. 100 sieve + 4.00h
PassingNo.200 + 1.Oo/o
AsphaltContent
Weightpercentof total mix + 0.30h
In additionto meetingthe requirements

specifiedin the proceedingitems,
the mixtureas establishedby the JMF shall also satisfythe following
physicalproperty
Loss of Marshall.stabilityby immersionof specimenin water at sixty (60)

dqgree centrgradefor 24 hours as comparedwith stabilitymeasuredafter
immersionin water at 60 degreescentigraoefor 20 minutesshall not
exceedstwentyfive (25) percent. lf the mixturefails to meet this criterion,
JMF shallbe modifiedor an antistripping
agentshallbe used.
shoulda changeof sourcesof materialsbe made,a new Job Mix Formula

shall be establishedbeforethe new materialis used. when unsatisfactory
resultsor otherconditionsmake it necessarv,a new Job Mix Formulawill be
required
203.3 C O N S T R U C T I O NR E Q U I R E M E N T S
203.3.r BituminousMixing Plant
Plants used for the preparationof bituminousmixturesshall be "Batching

Plants" conforming to AASHTO M 156, and of adequate capacity,
coordinatedand operatedto producea mixturewithin the limits of these
specifications.
Plant shall have minrmumthree cold bins and at least 3.5
decksof hot sieves.
203.3.2 Prerrarationof Aggregates
Before being fed to the dryer, aggregatesfor the asphalticbase courses

shall be separatedinto three or more sizes and stored separatelyin cold
bins. One bin shall containaggregateof such size that eighty(80) percent
will passsieveNo. 4, and the othertwo bins shallcontainaggregateof such
sizes that eighty(80) percentwill be retainedon sieve No. 4. Should fine
material,be incorporatedin the mix, separatebin shall be provid6din
additionto the three bins mentionedabove. lf filler is used as a separare
componentit will also be stored and measuredseparatelyand accuratery
beforebeingfed intothe mixerthroughfillerscrewmechanism.
Asphaltcementshall be heatedwithina temperaturerange of hundredand

thirtyfive to hundredand sixty three (135-163)degreescentigradeat the
time of mixing. Asphaltcement heatedabove maximumshown shall be
consideredoverheatedand shallbe rejectedand removedfrom iob site.
203-6
Dried aggregateweighedand drawn to pugmillshall be combinedwith
proportionate quantityof asphaltcement accordingto the job mix formula.
Temperatureof asphalt,exceptfor temporaryfluctuations, shallnot be lower
than fifteen(15)degreescentigradebelowthe temperatureof the aggregate,
at the time, the two materialsenterintothe pugmill.
For placingthe materialsin bins or in movingthem from bins to the dryer,

any method which causes segregationor uncontrolledcombinationof
materialsof differentgrading,shall be discontinuedand the segregatedor
degradedmaterialsshallbe Prescreened for reuse.
Each aggregateingredient shall be heatedand driedat temperature not to

exceedhundredand sixty three (163) degreescentigrade. lf aggregate
contain sufficient moisture to cause foaming in the mixture or their
temperatureis in excess of hundred and sixty three (163) degrees
centigtad., they qhall be removqd frqm tlle bins and returnedto their
respectivestock piles. In no case, shall the temperatureof asphalticmix
'163degreecentigradewhen dischargedfrom the pugmill.
exceed
lmmediatelyafter heating,the aggregatesshall be screenedto required

sizes and stored in separate hot bins for batching and mixing with
bituminousmaterial.
tlr)
Asphaltplant shall have mtnimumthree and half (3 sieve decks to
controlthe gradationof hot bins.
effectively
203.3.3 HaulingEquipment
Dump truck used for haulingbituminousmixturesshall have tight,clean,

smoothmetalbedswhichhave beenthinlycoatedwith an approvedmaterial
to preventadheringof materialto the beds. Eachtruckshallhave a coverof
canvas or of other suitable material of sufficientsize as to protect the
mixturefrom the weather.The mixturewill be deliveredon the road at a
temperaturenot less than hundred and thirty,(130) degree C. Driversof
dump trucks will ensure that while reversingthe vehicles,paver is not
pushedbackproducing a humP.
203.3.,1 Pavers
Bituminous
Bitumrnouspaversshall be self-contained, power-propelledunits, provided

with an automaticallycontrolledactivatedscreed or strike-offassembly,
heated if necessary,capable of spreadingand finishing courses of
bituminousplant mix materialin lane widths applicableto the specified
typicalsectionand thicknessshownon the plans. Paversusedfor shoulders
and simitarconstructionshall be capableof spreadingand finishingcourse
of bituminousplantmix materialin widthsshownon the plans.
The paver shall be equipped with a receivinghopper having sufficient

capacityfor a uniformspreadingoperation. The paver shall be equipped
with automaticfeed controls,properlyadjustedto maintaina uniformdepth
of materialaheadof the screed.
203-7
8_e0z
'pegtulod aq
lou llm ole6al60eaql io 6urqsn:ca^rsse3xa
'luaudrnbe
ur sllnsor r.lctr.lm ;o esn aqf uorlceduocalnlxtu.lsnourunltq
:o1 alqeldmoe aq lleLls slalloJ fuo1erql4 uot]tpuocolqe)JoA e ut lltls
sr lr elrqM{lrsuap pelrnbereq} o} oln}xlu orl} lceduoc o} }uatct}Jns aq lleqs
sJelloJ 1o 1qOrem pue laqunu oql 'eJnylulsnoutunltqoLi]]o ]uauece;dsrp
prone o] qOnouaMols spaads ]e pale;edo oq llells pue 'qsellceq
lnoqlM Oursrane:;o aJqedec'uotltpuoc poobul aq lleqs(s)le;;otaql loaJaLl]
uorleurqu03e to 'fuoleLqrApue e$ cryeunaud'1aaqrur leals aq lleLlsslalloE
SlaltoU s'f'f u;
'luauudrnba
lo:1uoc
crleu,rolne eql lo uorlelado{rolcelstlesloJ ,{lessaceusauossoocepue oJm
'sacnapburuorsuel 'slo)ceJq'surd
'luauanedlor:adnse ;;ellelsutpue qstuln1lleqslolceJluoCorjf
uteluteu ol sltellolcelluo3 aq] lanouoLlm {lalelpauur
palelsuraroq lleqssoull ocueleleJaq] Jo asn aq1 'teaul0uJoLl]1o ;enoldde
aLll o] lcafqns polnltlsqnseq êu lueuuabuerealll-lls e 'aurl o3uoJoJol
oql ,o asn oLll ]noqlm poôil{ceaq lsaq uec ssauLllootuspue suotlcos
ssorc 'eperO'autlotll o) luaulonoJdurLaqynl'laeur0u3aql 1o uorurdoaLl]ul
uotll 'pue eoueralolpaqstlqelseaq1ol.rouednssr Durned:o;peledaldepet6
eLllJo tlsluqeql uoqM 'luauebuele tls lenp e Jo ectnaploJluocedo;se pue
r)s e lo sueatu{q :o saur;acueJa}oluo.rl {1;ecrleuolnepalloJ}uoc eq llells
sauelalerpaulalullo; ado;spue epe.r6oLll 'paptul:adaq llm autl acueJaJoJ
eq1 6utzrlr1n 'lolluoo
loJluocleluoztJoH lectpanio1 Ieanpeolautl uteu qcea
ro1{em polaner} eq11osebpelo}no Llloqro; patrnbalaq ll$ soutlacuarolau
'suorlecrlrceds
eql burleeuasmraLilosllnsoJacnpo.rd1lurn uorletadoJo pot1}otusrql paprno:d
']rsueJlur ro
1ue;dor.llle paonpo:d{peaL;elleqdseaLllesn ol Joloe:}uocaL{}
Molleo] rapio ur spoqlau :aq1o{q io {;;enueu pe}eladoaq Ieu lueudrnbe
aql 'srnccoslolluocctleuolnEaql lo uotlcunller!Jo uMop)eoJqB JoAouaLlM
'sealelouruJpue paoeqs
,{;:e;nbelrJo uorlonrlsuocaLl} ur peplLuLad
eq {Juo ;pnnuorleledolenuel4
'uorlerJen
luectad t 0 snuttrlro snld urqlnnedo;spaltsopeql
]e paorcseq16ururelureu1o elqedecaq lleLlsrallolluocadolsas:ensuer]aq1
'lueua6uere olrl-r)se io outlo3uala1alB lrtoJ;
eleredolllmllleql Bolanitsuocos eQ lgeqsiosuas aq1 'edo1sailensueri pue
epel6 perrsapaq] ureluteulol paalos aq1salelado qcrqnn sleu6tsctleulolne
aq16utpno:dpue paalos eql 1o adols asJansuel]eq1Dursuas'outlegualaloJ
aprslnoue [uol] apel6 6ursuaslo a;qedec':anedaLl]Jo septsrl]oqJo laq]to
Jol sJosuasq]rmslo.rluocpaercscrleuolne qlnnpaddrnbaoq lleLls:anedeq1
'sJnoq ,iep 6uunparnlxl.u1ouorlceduocpue 6urqsturl 'burpea:ds
1q6r1 1o
uotla;duocyru:edo] oult] ur :ened ol palentlepaq lleLlsletJaleuJ paxtu aLlt
'pasn0uraq:emod
1o edfi eql roJ llnsal lsaq eq1 enr6 lln qorLl^speeds 1e pale:edoaq ller.ls
laned aq1 'aJnyrureq11o6ur{epfuopelsrlesq}m }ua}srsuoc spaedspJeMJoJ
'sornlxtruaql Ourrtel
1e paleredo6uraq1o alqedecoq llells raned eq1 uaqM
'eJnlxrril
aq] 6urOno0
;o Ournoqs'6uuee1lnoqlm alnlxal pue ssauuanepa:rnbaloL{}}o agepns
potlsru4e Ourcnpo:d 1o alqedecaq lleLlsIlquuasseJJo-olulslo poaJcsaqI
203.3.6 Preparationof Baseor ExistingPavementSurface
Before spreadingmaterials,the surface of base or existingpavementon

which the mix is to be placedshall be conditionedby applicationof a prime
or tack coat as sPecified.
After a primecoat is applied,it shall be left undisturbednot less than twenty

four (24) hours. The Contractorshall maintainthe primedsurfaceuntilthe
mix materialhas been placed. This maintenanceshallincludethe spreading
of sand or otherapprovedmaterial,if necessaryto preventadherenceof the
prime coat to the tyres of vehiclesusingthe primed surface,and patching
any breaks in the primed surfacewith additionalbituminousmaterial.Any
area of primedsurfacethat has becomedamagedshall be repairedbefore
the mix is placed,to the satisfactionof Engineer.lt shall be ensuredthat
primedsurfaceis nol in tackyconditionr when premixis !aid,
After a tack coat is applied,it shall be allowedto dry until it is in the proper
conditionof tackinessto receivethe mix. The'tackcoat shallbe appliedonly
as far in advanceof the placingof mix, as is necessaryto obtainthe proper
conditionof tackiness.Any breaksin the tack coat shallbe repaired.
When the surfaceof the existingpavementor old base is irregular,it shallbe

broughtto uniformgrade and cross-sectionby levelingcourse as directed.
The levelingcoursemixtureshallconformto the requirements of ltem 203.2.
A thin coatingof bituminousmaterialshallbe sprayedon contactsurfaceof

curbing,gutters,manholes,and other structures,prior to the bituminous
mixturebeingplacedagainstthem.
203.3.7 and Finishins

Spreadinq
The mixtureshall be laid upon an approvedsurface,spread and struck off to

the sectionand elevationestablished.Bituminouspaversshall be used to
distributethe mixtureeitherover the entirewidth or over such partialwidth
as may be practicable.
The longitudinaljoint in one layershalloffsetto that in the layerimmediately

below,by approximately 15.0cm; however,the joint in the top layershallbe
at the centerlineof the pavement if the roadway comprises two lanes of
width,or at lane linesif the roadwayis more than 2lanes in width'
On areas where irregularitiesor unavoidableobstaclesmake the use of

mechanicalspreadingand finishingequipmentimpracticable,the mixture
shall be spread,raked and lutedby hand'tools.For such areas the mixture
shall be dumped, spread and screededto give the requiredcompacted
of coarseand fine material.
thickness,ensuringeven distrlbution
When productionof the mixturecan be maintainedand whereverpractical,

Oaversshall be used in echelonto ptacethe wearing course in adjacent
lanesand compactedto form a surfacewithoutlateraljoint'
203-9
All mixturesshall be spreadat a temperatureof not less than hundredand
thirty (130) degree c and atl initiatrollingor tamping shall be performed
when the temperatureof the mixture is such that the sum of the air
temperatureplus the temperatureof the mixtureis between165 degree c
and 190 degreec. The mixtureshall not be placedon any wet surfaceor
when weather conditionswill otherwise prevent its proper handling or
finishing.
203.3.8 Compaction
After spreadingand strike off and as soon as the mix conditionpermitsthe

rollingto be performedwithout excessiveshovingor tearing,the mixture
shallbe thoroughlyand uniformlycompacted.Rollingshallnol be prolonged
when cracksappearon the surface.
lnitialor breakdownrollingshall be done bl meansof eithera tandem steel

roller or three wheeled steel roller. Rollingshall begin as soon as the
mixturewill bearthe rollerwithoutunduedisplacement.
The numberand weight of rollersshall be sufficientto obtainthe required

compactionwhilethe mixtureis stillin workablecondition.The sequenceof
rollingand the selectionof rollertypes shall providethe specifiedpavement
density. Initialrollingwith a tandem steel roller or a three-wheeledsteel
rollershallfollowthe paveras closelyas possible.
Unlessotherwisedirected,rollingshall beginat the lowerside and proceed

longitudinally, parallelto the road centerline,eachtrip overlappingone-halfof
the roller width, graduallyprogressingto the crown of the road. when
pavingin echelonor abuttinga previouslyplacedlane,the longitudinaljoint
should be rolledfirst followedby the regularrollingprocedure. on super
elevatedcurvesthe rollingshall begin at the low side and progressto the
high side by overlappingof longitudinaltrips parallel to the centerline.
lntermediaterollingwith a pneumatictyred rollershall be done behindthe
initialrolling. Finalrollingshall eliminatemarksfrom previousrolling. In no
case shallthe temperaturebe less than hundredand twenty(120)degreec.
for initialbreak down rollingwhile all other compactiorroperationsshall be
completedbeforethe temperaturedrops down to hundredand ten (110)
degreeC.
Rollersshall move at a slow but uniformspeedwith the drive roll or wheels

nearest the paver. Rolling shall be continueduntil all roller marrs are
eliminatedand a minimum density of Ninety seven (g7) percent of a
laboratorycompactedspecimenmade from asphalticmateriaiobtainedfor
dailyMarshalldensityis achieved.
Any displacementresultingwhile reversingthe directionof a roller,or from

othercauses,shallbe correctedat once by the use of rakesand additionof
fresh mixture when required. care shall be exercisedin rolling not to
displacethe lineand gradeof the edgesof the bituminousmixture.
To preventadhesionof the mixtureto the rollers,wheelsof rollersshall be

kept properlymoistenedwith wateror water mixedwith very small quantities
of detergentor otherapprovedmaterral.Excessliquidwill not be permitted.
203-10
L LT O Z
':e{o;dt"u3
}noq}tmaslnoceseqcllleqdseMau Ll}t^
aq} ol }soc leuor}rppe
6urcelderpue eaJeo^rlJelopaq16utnouter{q palce::ocaq lleL.ls aoef ns aq}
Iuy
uo ralemurelorleql lo sacueJalolpatycedseq] poacxaleLlisot]tteln6aLtt
'Iennpeo.t
Jo aurlarluacol relncrpuodled raqlo pocelduaqnns:eleLut1ltLu
ro 1a1lered (g)
xrs paacxolurod ou ]e lleqs acelns oql qllm slceluoc(Z) ottt Aue uaamleq
e6pe lqbrerls;o a6pa 6urlsa] uoll acelns Jo uotleueneqt suotlecol
palcalas 1e :eeut6u3 ,iq e6palqbrerlssrolot! (g) aaLql qltm ssauqloouls
aql '6ut11ol
ro1 palsol eq lleL.lsacepns pot.lsruU leutl ,o uotlalduoc te11y
saruEJololaJEJrns 0I't'gOz
'ro]oeJluoc perltcads
1oasuadxeaql ]e rouueutpanorddeue ut xrur
Iq paceldareq rilluenbasqns pue ponouiaraq llelJseole paltejeq] '%96 uaLll
ssal lo uorlceduocebe:ene0utnt6saroc eAUoseL{} 1o a6e:anesLl}Jo olnlteJ
'asn raLllo:o 'pouad ocueuo}uteu
lo osec ul lueu{ed 1o esea;arall} :o1
6uunp Jnoneqaq e^rosqo pue Alped Lo llnJ ul ]ueuAed oLl] ploqqlm
'paldacce
,teu raeur6uf uaLll'orotu ro %96 xls {lautu st eOeleneasec ul
oq llq eare eql '%L6 sl saroc anu 1o eOelanell uotqseJaules oql ut saJoc
anrlaq] lle ro] palcot{ooq lleqsuotlceduo?pue aptsloqlteuo sLalatl(gl)
uaal1qJo ocuelsrpe le saJocoql a)elal ueql 'uotlceduoclsuteOeslte1JoqunJ
']uocred(gO)enU
soJocall] 1o a6e:eneJl 'elqeldaccest uotlceduoceq] uaq]
Ilauru ueql ssol lou sr aroc aq) Jo uorlceduoclenpnlpulaql pue 'uotlcedLuoc
'Iltsuep p;et1
%L6 lo eberane ue anr6 saroc aaJql eql lle 11 lsutebe
palsal aq lleLlspue oloc 6u1g1e1 oLltol lcedse: qlm apts Jotllrouo slalou
(e) earqt Jo leruelurue le peoJ oql lo lueuuOt;eleutpnltbuol aql ut uole]
aq lleLlssaJocleuorlppe(Z) oM] uaql 'Ilrsuap o/oL6petltcadseq1 lsute6e
papel sr uole] os eroc eq] ll sasec ;etcedsut 'joalaql uotlcel]Jo 'oseg
cryleqdsyJo auel qoeoJo JalarrlJeaurl00 t tlceeJol uo)e] aq lleLlsoloc auO
seJoJ JoJdurlselJo aJuenDaJd 6't'€02
J o O Z 'M
, olaq
'xruro:d pelceduocun aq] umop
lleqdse palaedLuocpue iaêd uoa/mloq
'qcrul drunp onrssaocns uaam}aqesdele saop eutl 6uo;
looc{eu qorr1m }ou
e leql 'pa6eueu os sq lleLlsxruard 1o uotlceduocpue 6utAe1 ;o acuanbeg
'pacelda:pue ponourer
oq lleqs leualeursnouil.!n]rq1o r{cuaot;aplo ssecxo ue ounnoqseale [uy
'eere burpunoJrns aLll rllrmtlroluoc o1 pelceduoo aq llel{s tlcttlm'eln}xttu
lor.lL{sar;qlnn pecelderpue ponouraraq lleqs ,{ltsuaplo qstu4ut anllca}op
Aean Aueur sr ro '1.tlp
Llllmpoxrur'uolorq pue asoolsauocaq leql e:nlxttu{uV
'eoJepessa:dapeq] o1uotsselduoc
lltusuell
o] rellor aLll repun pasn aq Aeu sdr:1suotssalduoc paleels lo posn aq
s:adua1'sBarepessa:dapu6 s:adutellectueqcauqlm Jo suo.ltDutqloou;s
's:adurelpuell oln}xll.xall} 'lellol
lotl qyanpelceduloc{lq6nolotl}aq lleLls
'sJopeaq'sqlnc 'stu.to;6uoly
oqt o] olqrssaoce1ousaceqdJaLllopue sliem
203.3.11 BaseThicknessTolerances
For determinationof thickness,one (1) core for each hundred(100) linear

meter of each lane shall be taken. Unless othenryisepermitted, cores
extracted for thickness measurement shall not be used for density
determination and density cores shall not be used for thicknesi
measurements.
when layer thicknessof asphalticbase course is deficientby more than five

(5) rnm from that specifiedin the Drawings,the deficiencyshall be removed
with satisfactorybase course materialandlor made up by additionalasphalt
concrete wearing course thickness without extra cost to the Employer. lf
suchremedialactionis authorised,revisedthicknessdeterminations shallbe
made by measurements of new cores taken after placing of "Asphaltic
wearing Goursel!material or as direeted by the Engineer. lf base course
deficienciesare corrected in this manner, full payment for the "Asphaltic
Base course" will be made to the contractor,but no additionalpaymentwill
be madefor the increasein thicknessof the "AsphalticWearingCourse,,.
203.3.12 AcceptanceSamplingand Testing
Acceptance of samples and testing of materials and construction

requirements,shall be governedby the relevant,"Table for Samplingand
TestingFrequency"or as approvedby the Engineer.
203.3.13 WeatherLimitations
Hot asphalticmixturesshall be placedonly when the air temperatureis four

(4) degreescentigradeor aboveand no asphaltshall be laid under foggyor
rainyweatheror over moistsurface.
203.3.r{ Trial Section
contractorshall preparea trial sectionbeforethe start of work in light of

proceduregivenin clause1.20(General).
20J.l.l Measurement
The quantitiesfor asphalticleveling/ base course will be measured by

volumein cubicmeterscompactedin place.Measurementshallbe basedon
the dimensionas shown on plan or as otherwisedirectedor authorizedby
the Engineer.No measurementshallbe made for unauthorized areas or for
extrathickness.
The quantityof asphalticmaterialused is includedin the asphaltconerete

mixtureand will not be measuredseparately.
Quantitiesof liquidasphalt,wastedor remainingon hand aftercompletionof

the work,shallnot be measuredor paidfor.
203-12
203.4.2 P4vment
The quantitiesdeterminedas providedabove shall be paid for at the contract

unit price respectivelyfor each of the particularpay items listed below and
shown in the bitt of Quantities,which pricesand paymentshail constitutefull
compensationfor all the costs necessaryfor the proper completionof the
work prescribedin this item. Asphalt additive or antistrippingagent, if
allowedand used to meet with JMF requirementshall not be paid directly,
paymentshall be deemed to be includedin the respectivepay items of
AsphalticBaseCourse.

No. Measurement
203a AsphalticBaseCourse-
PlantMix(ClassA) CM
BaseCourse-
203b Asphaltic
PlantMix(ClassB) CM
203c AsphalticLevelingCourse-
PlantMix(ClassA) CM
203d Asphaltic Course-

Leveling
PlantMix(ClassB) CM
203-13
ITEM 204 QgIL CEMENT qIAEIIIZED SUBBASE AND BASE
204.1 DESCRIPTION
The work shall consistof performingall operationsin connection

with the
constructionof cement stabilizedsubbase or base and all incidentals
in
accordancewith the specificationsin conformitywith ttre
iines, grade,
thicknessand typicalcross-sectionsshown on the plans or as directedby
the Engineer.
204.2.r Mineral Aggregate
Aggregateshall be crean,. tough,hard durabreparticlesfree of decomposed

stone,organicmatterand other deleterioussubstancesand shall
consistof
materialof which at least by weight of the total aggregatesstratthave at
_50yo
least two (2) mechanicailyfracturedfaces tor cem6it Jtabirized
subbase
whereas for cement stabilizedbase course, materialshall
have at reast
Ninety(90) percentby weightof totalaggregatehavingtwo (2)
mechanically
fracturedfaces.
coarse aggregateretainedon sieve No. 4 shail have a percentage

of wear
!v t-9s Angeles Abrasion as determinedby AASHTO r g6 not more than
forty five (45) for base courseand fifty (50) filr subbasemateriat.
FractionPassing0.075 mm (No. 200) shall not be greaterthan

two{hird of
the^fraction.passing
the 0.425 mm (t,to.40) sievel The fractionpassrng
0,425ym (No.a0)sieveshailhavea tiquid
iimitnotgreateiiiin zsv, ana
plasticity
indexnotgreater
than6.
sandy and gravelysoilsusedfor cementstabilization
shallfulfillthe following
gradingrequirements.
Fassingmaximumsize50 mm sieve 1OO%

PassingAASHTONo. 4 sieve above50%
PassingAASHTO No. 40 sieve above15o/o
PassingAASHTONo. 200 sieve betow 5%
Clayfraction,finerthan 0.002mm betow 3%
204.2.2 Cement
Cementshallconformin all respectto requirementspecifiedunder

sub-item
111.2.2and item401 ,'Concrete,'.
201.2.3 Water
water used for cementstabilizedbase courseor subbaseshall

conformrn
arrrespectto requirements
specifiedundersub-item112.2.3.
_44-t
204.24 in Laboratorv
Mix DesignRequirements
Prior to commencementthe work of stabilization,proposed mix design

indicatingthe exact percentageof cement and water to be used so as to
obtaina uniformmixture,shall be submittedby the Contractorfor Engineer's
approval,and shallfulfillthefollowingrequirements:
i) The mixture sample submergedin water for two hours before

crushing,after storage in a box having minimum humidityof
ninety five (95) percentfor Twenty four (24) hours shall have a
minimumcompressivestrengthof twentythree (23) kg/sq.cmfor
sub baseand thirty(30) kg/sq.cm for base respectively.
ii) The maximum permissiveswellingof volume shall be two (2)

percent ald mqximum loss in weight eight (8) percent when
testedin accordancewithAASHTOT-'135.
iii) shall be as givenbelow:-

Maximumvariationduringconstructions
a. CementContent: -1 to +1ok of that given

in the mix design.
Water contents: 61s +2okof that givenin

the mix design.
iv) Bituminousmaterialfor curing seal shall be any one of the

:
following
Type cations
ApplicatrleSrrecifi
RC-250 AASHTOM-81
MC-250 AASHTOM-82
SS-1 AASHTOM-140
RT-5 AASHTOM-52
Optimum moisture content shall be determined in accordance with

MSHTO T-134 by placingmoist sample under shade for seven days and
crushingaftertlo hoursof immersionin water.
204.2.5 of Mixture at Site

Comnosition
The granularmaterialshallthoroughly be mixedat site with sufficientcement

to obtain required crushing strength. The cement content shall be
determinedat the laboratoryso that minimum compressivestrength of
mixtureis fifty (50) kg/sq. cm for sub base and eighty (80) kg/sq. cm for
base respectively at seven(7) days.The moisturecontentof the mix cement
stabilizedmaterialshall not be less than the optimum as determinedby
MSHTO T-134 Method and nor more than two (2) percent above the
optimumas determinedby this test or such highervalue as may be agreed
by the Engineeron basisof preliminary trial.
204.3.r StationaryPlantMethod
Equipment,tools, machinesused in the performanceof cement

stabirized
subbase,base shall be subjectto the approvalof Engineerand
shall be
maintainedin satisfactoryworkingconditionat all times.
lf stationaryplant is used, it shail be of the power driven paddreor pan

type
and may be of batchor continuoustype.
lf batch mixer is used, measuredamountof materialand cement

shall first
be placed in mixer, water being added to bring moisturecontent of
mixture
within the optimum.range. Mixing shail b6 continued uniit
mixture is
uniformlymixedbut in no case lessthan one minutemixingtime.
The mixing plant shail be of approvedtype, coordinatedand

operatedas to
produce mixture within mix design requirementsand shall
be of sufficient
capacity.
The aggregate,cement and water shall be mixed at an approved

central
mixingplant by eithercontinuous-flow
or batchtype mixer reloving blades
or rotarydrum mixer.
The plantshall be equippedwith feedingand meteringdevices

that add the
materials,cement and water into the mixer in specitiedquantities;
mixed
thoroughlyand sufficienilyto obtain intimate and uniform mixture
with out
cementlumps.
The mixtureshall be transportedto paving area in trucks or other

approved
eq_uipmentshaving clean bed within a mlximum hauling time of fbity five
(45) minutes.
The mixture shall be placed on moist subgrade/or subbase

wthout
segregation at a rate. that wiil produce a uiriformry comfacted
rayer
conformingto the required grade and cross-section. The mixture
shall be
spread by spreaderwithinthirty minutesafter placementof mixure.
compactionshall start as soon as possibleafter spreadingand

elapsedtime
betweenthe additionof water to mixture and start or co"mfacttn
shall not
exceedninety(90)minutes.
204.3.2 Mix in PlaceMethod
cement stabilizedsubbase/basecoursecan also be constructed

by Mlx_lN_
PLACE method. The plant used for pulverisingano mixint-ihe
stabilized
materialshallbe approvedby the Engineeron the basisof triil
conductedto
establishthat the prantis capabreof producingthe degree
oi mixing and
uniformityof materialaccordingto specificatiorirequireiient.
The material
shall be processedthroughoutthe depth of layer *it ot"ol,
of approved
mixingequipment.The cementshallbe spread-ahead of mixerby meansof
cement spreader,fitted with a device to ensure uniformand required
- -'- rate of
spreadof cementbothtransversely and longitudinally.
204-3
Moisturecontentof the materialshall be adjustedto optimum using water
sprayerof such designthat water is dischargedin uniformand controllable
mannerbothtransversely and longitudinally
20-1.3.3 ConstructionJoints
a straighttransverseconstruction
In the end of each day construction, joint
shall be formedby cuttingintocompletedwork to form a true verticalface.
For large area, a series of parallellanes of convenientlength and width

meetingapprovalof Engineershall be built with true verticalface free of
looseor shatteredmaterial.
Guidestakesshallbe set for cementspreadingand mixing.
Giade and alignmbntstakes shall be furnished,set ahd maintaihedby

contractor,in orderthat the work shallconformto the lines,gradeand cross-
sectionsshownon the drawing.
All materialshall be placed and spread evenly by mechanicalspreader

capableof levelingoff the materialto an even depth. The mixtureshall be
mixed uniformlywith propermoisturecontent. Areas of segregatedmaterial
shall be correctedby removingand replacingwith satisfactorymaterialor by
re-mixing. When necessaryto meet the requirements, additionalapproved
materialshall be spreadin such amountsas are foundto be necessaryand
the added materialshall be uniformlymixed into previouslyplacedmaterial,
addingwateras requiredto obtainthe specifieddensity.
204.3.4 Compaction
The thicknessof layer shall be as shown on the Drawingsbut in no case

shall be less than eight(B) centimeters.lf thicknessof each layerdoes not
exceed twentycentimeters,it shall be constructedas one layer. lf thickness
of layer exceeds twenty (20) centimeters,it shall be constructedin two or
more layers each within the range of eight (8) to twenty (20) centimetersin
compactedthickness.
The mixture shall be spread and finished true to crown and grade by
machine or hand method where machine methods are impracticableas
determined by the Engineer and shall be thoroughlycompacted with
approvedrollersuntil entire depth and width of subbase/baseis uniformly
compacted to maximum density of 95% as tested accordingto procedure
outlinedin AASHTOT-134.
The compactionshall be complete as soon as possible after mixing,

normallywithinthree (3) hoursafter addingwater dependingon settingtime
of ceinentand the weatherconditions.
Compactionshall not take place after cement hydrationand any materialthat

has been mixed or depositedafter cement has hydratedshall be removed
and replacedwithfresh mix material.
204-4
204.3.5 PreliminaryTrial
At leastone (1) week beforemain work of stabilization

is startedcontractor
shall constructa trial section of two hundred (200) meters in length at
locationapproved by the Engineerwith same material,equipmen[ mix
proportionand constructionprocedurethat he proposesto use for the main
work.
Purposeof this trial sectionis to determineefficiencyof mixing,spreading,

compaction,suitabilityof constructionprocedures,depth of layer being
compactedwith availablecompactiveeffon.
In qlqge density determination wiil be made using AASHTO r-19.1 or

AASHTOT-205& T-238Method.
204.3.6 Curing/Maintenance
After compactionthe stabilizedsubbase/baselayer shall be protected

againstdryingout by keepingit continuouslydamp for a periodof at least
three (3) days or by coating with approvedcuring material at the rate
The completedcement stabilizedsubbase/baseshall be maintainedin an

acceptableconditionat all the times, prior to constructionof subsequent
asphalticlayer.
No vehiculartraffic shall be allowedto pass on the compactedlayer until

curing period has elapsedwith a minimum notraffic period of seven (7)
days.
Cement stabilized subbase/baseshall be constructed only when the

atmospherictemperatureis above 4 degrees centigradeand when the
weatheris not rainy.
204.3.7 Tolerance
The surface of each subbase/basecourse shall be properlyshaped to a

smooth uniformsurfaceparallelto the finishedsurfaceof the carriageway
and shallnot vary morethan the limitsas specifiedin the relevant,,'Tablefor
AllowableTolerances"in thesespecifications.
The completedsubbase/Basecourseshall be testedfor requiredthickness

and surfacebeforeacceptance.Any area havingcompactedthicknessless
thanthe thicknessshownin the billof quantitiesand/oron the drawingsshall
be reclifiedby scarifyingthe top seventyfive (75) mm, reshapingwith added
rnaterialand recompactingall to specification.skin patchingof an area
withoutscarifyingthe surfaceto permitproperbondingof added materialwill
not be permitted.
204-5
204.4.r Measurement
The unitof measurement for paymentshallbe cubicmeterof the compacted

and acceptedsubbase/basematerialas measuredin place. Measurement
shall not includeany areas in excessof that shown on the drawingsexcept
the areasauthorized, in writing,by the Engineer.
Measurementof cement content used shall be the number of metric Ton

consumedto stabilizesubbase/base.This quantityof cementused shallnot
exceedthe theoreticalpercentageestablishedin the laboratory.
Bituminouscuring material shall be measured by the metric Ton. The

Contiadbrshall fuinish in dupliCatecertifiedwei$hl tidketSfrom the batdh
scalesof commercialplants.
204.4.2 Payment
Measuredquantityof stabilizedsubbase/basedeterminedas providedabove

shall be paid for at the contractunit price per cubic meter for a particular
item listedbelowand shownon the Billof Quantities, which paymentshallbe
full compensationfor furnishingall labour,material,tool, plant,equipment,
handling,mixing, manipulating,placing, shaping, compactingincluding
necessarywaterfor compaction,rolling,finishing;correctingunsuitablearea
and unsatisfactory material;maintenanceincludingprotectionof stabilized
subbase/base layerand incidentalsnecessaryfor completionof work except
cement consumedwhich shall be paid separatelyas measured above.
Paymentfor bituminouscuring materialshall includeall labour, material,
heating (if required)equipment,spreadingand protectionfrom traffic as

No. Measurement
204a CementStabilizedSubbase CM
204b CementStabilizedBase CM
204c Cementcbntent Ton
204d LiquidAsphaltfor
curingseal,type-- Ton
204e Emulsified
Asphaltfor
curingseal,type_ Ton
204-6
ITEM2O5 CRACK. RELIEF LAYER
205.1 DESCRIPTION
The work shall consist of constructinga layer of graded crushed aggregate

or asphalticopen-gradedplant mix on a preparedsoil-cementbase course
in accordance with these specificationsand in conformity with the lines,
grades,thicknessesand typicalcrosssectionsshownon the Drawings.
205.2.1 Aggregates
Materialfor gradedcrushedaggregatesshallin all respectsconformwiththe

requirementsspecified under ltem 202, with the following exceptionsand
supplementaryrequirements:
a) The portionof the aggregateretainedon the 9.5 mm. (3/8 inch)

sieve shall not contain more than 10 percent by weight of flat
and/or elongated particles (ratio of maximum to minimum
d i m e n s i o=n 2 . 5 : 1 ) .
'
b) Crushedaggregatesshall consistof particleswith not less than
Ninety(90) percentof the portionretainedon the 4.75 mm. (No.
4) sieve havingat leasttwo fracturedfaces.
Aggregates
for the asphalticopen-gradedplantmix shallconformto the
requirements
of ltem203.2.1withthefollowing
exceptions:
a) Fineaggregatesand mineralfillerwill be required.
b) Sand equivalentand plasticityrequirements

are not applicable.
205.2.2 Asphaltic Material
Asphalticbindershallbe asphaltcement,60-70penetration
grade,meeting
the requirements
of AASHTOM-20.
205.2.3 Asphaltic Open-Graded Mixture
The composition of the asphaltie open-graded crack-relief layer shall meet

the following criteria:
Aggregate Grading Requirements
SieveDesignation Percent Passingby weight
mm Inch
502 100
37.5 1.1t2 75-90
19 3t4 50-70
4.75 No.4 8-20
0.15 N o .1 0 0 0-5
AsphaltCementContentof totalMix 2-3%byweight
MixingTime 30 seconds(Maximum)
Mix Design WithinMasterRangeGradation
The exact percentageof asphaltcementcontentshall be such that at least

Ninetyfive (95) percentcoatingof aggregateswill be achievedwhen tested
in accordancewithAASHTOT-195.
Prior to constructionof the crack-relieflayer (CRL) the completedsoil-

cementbasecourseshallbe dulyacceptedby the Engineer.
205.3.1 GradedCrushedAgsregate
Constructionof this layer shall conformin all respectsto the requirements

specifiedunderltem 202.3.
205.3.2 AsnhalticOpen-GradedCRL
Constructionof this layer shall conformin all respectsto the requirements

specifiedunderltem 203.3,exceptas providedbelow:-
a) Compaction shall be accomplishedby ten (10) Ton steel

Wheeled tandem rollers. A maximum of three complete
coverages,or as otherwisedirectedby the Engineer,shall be
sufficient. No density test will be required, however the
compactionshall be achievedin the same manneras displayed
of the Engineer.
in the totaltest and to satisfaction
b) The consistencyand temperatureof the mix shall be such

controlledthat it does not squeeze out or move under the
pressureof dompactingroller. For this purpose,trial reaches
shallbe preparedby the contractorto fix the aboveparameters.
205-2
In order to ensurethe stabilityof CRL beforethe placementof
any subsequentlayer or openingof a layerto traffic,a priming
time of 4 days in hot weatherwill be allowed.This tine mav be
reducedto two dayswherethe lowertemperatureallows.
c) All trafficshall be kept off this layeruntila subsequentlayernas

been placedon it. Any damagecausedby trafficmovingdirecfly
on the crack-relieflayer shall be the responsibilityof the
contractorand all necessaryrepairwork theretoshall be at the
Contractor's exoense.
205.{ MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
205..1.1 Vleasurenrent
The quantityof gradedcrushedaggregatecrack-reliefasphalticopen graded

layerto be paidfor shallbe measuredby the theoreticalvolumein pllce as
thown on the drawingsor as directedand approvedfor constructionby the
Engineer,placedand acceptedin the completedgradedcrushedaggregate
crack-relieflayer.
The quantityof asphalticopen gradedcrack relieflayershallbe measuredin

cubic metersby takingout cores as detailedfor Base course Asphaltunder
item 203.4.1
The quantityof Asphalticmaterialis includedin the mixtureand will not be

measuredseparately.
205.4.2 Payment
The quantitiesdeterminedas providedaboveshallbe paidfor at the contract

unit price respectively
for each of the particularpay items listedbelow and
shownin the Billof Quantities,
which pricesand paymentshallconstitutefull
compensationfor all costs necessaryfor the propercompletionof the work
prescribedin this item:

No. Measurement
205a GradedCrushedAggregate
Crack-Relief
Layer CM
205b Asphaltic
Open-Graded
PlantMix CrackRelief
Layer CM
ZU3-J
ITEM 206 WATER BOUND MACADAM BASE
2{J6.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof furnishingand placingone or more coursesof

clean crushed stone base mechanicallyinterlockedby rolling,and voids
thereof filled with screeningand binding materialwith the assistanceof
water, laid on a preparedsubgrade,sub base, or existingpavementin
conformitywiththe lines,gradesand cross-sectionsshownon the drawings.
Unlessotherwisedirectedby the Engineerthis item of work may be applied

to road structureor shoulders.
206.2 MATERIAL REOUI REMF,NTS
Coarse aggregateseither crushed or broken stone shall conform to the

qualityrequirementsas specifiedhereunder,exceptthat no CBR testingwill
be required.The gradationcurveof the coarseaggregateshallbe withinthe
enveloplimitsgivenbelow:-
Percent Passins bv weisht

SieveDesignation
mm Inch ClassA ClassB ClassC
102 (4") 100

89 (3.112:) 9 0- 1 0 0
76 (3") 100
63.5 (2.1tz',) 25-60 9 0- 1 0 0 100
(2") 25-75 9 0- 1 0 0
37.5 (1.1t2") o-rs u - tc 35-70
25 ( 1' ) 0-15
19 (3t4") 0-5 ols ntr
12.5 (1t2")
Fine aggregate(fillermaterialor screenings)shall consistof cruShedstone

screeningsor any otherfine materialapprovedby the Engineer.lt shall be
free from clay lumps, dirt and other objectionablematerial. The fine
aggregateshallbe of the followinggradation.
SieveDesignation
mm Inch PercentPassi hr
9.5 3t8 100

4.35 No.4 85-I 00
0.15 No. 100 10-30
The materialpassingNo. 40 sieveshall have a liquidLimitof not more than

twentyfive (25) and a PlasticityIndexof not morethan six (6).
206-1
206.2.1 PhysicalRequirements
The additionalphysicalrequirementsof coarseaggregatesfor water bound

macadamwill satisfythe followinglimits:-
a. LossAngelesAbrasionValue Max 45oh

b. FlakinessIndex Max 15o/o
c. The loss when subject to five cycles of the Sodium Sulphate
Soundness test (AASHTOT-104)shallbe lessthantwelve(12).
206.2.2 Bindins Material
Bindingmaterialto preventravelingof water bound macadamshall consist

of a fine grainedmaterialpassing'100percentthrough425 micronsieveand
possessingP.l value of four to Rine(4-9)when the weter Bouad Macadam
(WBM) is to be used as a surfacingcourse,and upto 6 when WBM is being
adoptedas sub-base/base coursewith bituminoussurfacing. tf lime stone
formationsare availablenearby, lime stones dust or as directed by the
Engineer,may be usedfullyemployedfor this purpose.
206.3.1 Equinment
Any combinationof machinesor equipmentthat will produce the results

meetingthesespecifications
may be usedwith the approvalof the Engineer.
These include mechanical spreaders, water sprinklers and
rollers/compactors.
206.3.2 StructurePreparation
Preparation
of surfacefor water boundmacadam,shall be carriedout in the
samemanneras for aggregatebasecourseitem202.3.1.
Where the existingroad surfaceis blacktopped,50 mm x 50 mm furrows

shallbe cut in the existingsurfaceat one (1) meterintervalsat fortyfive (45)
degree to the centre line of the carriage-waybefore proceedingwith the
layingof coarseaggregates.
Before startingwith wBM construction,necessaryarrangementsshall be

madefor the lateralconfinementof aggregates.one methodis to construct
side shouldersin advanceto a thicknesscorresponding to the compacted
layerof the wBM course. After shouldersare ready,thereinsideedgesmay
be trimmed verticaland the includedarea cleanedof all spilled material
therebysettingthe stage for spreadof coarseaggregates.The practiceof
constructingwBM in a trench sectionexcavatedin the finishedformation
must be avoided.
206-2
206.3.3 Spreadinqand Comnaction
Crushedstoneshallbe depositedand spreadon the preparedsurfaceto the

proper depth so that the compacted layer will not exceed two and a half
(2.112)timesthe thicknessof maximumaggregatesize. Each layershallbe
inspectedthoroughlybefore rolling to detect high or low spots. Crushed
stones shall be added or shifted to provide a true surface. The course
aggregatelayer,after being laid to proper thickness,shall be lightlyrolled
sufficientonlyto establishthe requiredgradeand levelof the stones.
Spreading of the coarse aggregates shall be followed by rolling with a

smooth wheel rollerweighingat least 10 tons. Rollingshall begin at the
lower edge of the shoulders to lock the stones firmly at the edge, then
progressgraduallytowardsthe centre line. Rollingshall continue until the
aggregateis well keyedand does not creep aheadof the roller.
n" itoi"a in neipi di;;iiy ontnearei

In nocase,shallcoarslatgregates
where these are to be laid nor shall the haulingover a partlycompleted
base be permitted,however dumpers shall be allowed at the construction
area wherethe materialwill be spreadedquicklyafterdumping.
Followingthe initialrolling,dry screeningsshall be applieduniformlyover the

surface. Dry rollingshall be continuedwhile screeningsare being applied.
The surfaceshallbe sweptwith mechanicalor hand broomsto aid spreading
of the screenings.
When the intersticesin the coarseaggregateare filledwith screenings,the

surface shall be sprinkled with water until it is saturated. The rolling,
sprinklingand application of additionalscreeningsshallcontinueuntila grout
is formed that fills all the voids and forms a wave of grout in front of the
roller.
When more than one layer is requiredto completethe Macadam base

course to the thickness shown on the drawings, each layer shall be
constructedas beforeprescribed.
206.3.4 ConstructionControlTestinq
Tests for compliancewith the requirementsof ltem 206.2 will be made as

oftenas deemednecessaryand to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
206.3.s Maintenance
The completedbase courseshall be maintainedin an acceptablecondition

untilthenecessarysubsequenttreatmentis applied.
206-3
206.4.r Measurement
The quantity of water Bound Macadam Base to be paid for shall be

measuredby the theoreticalvolumein place,as shown on the Drawingsor
as directed and approved for construction by the Engineer, placed and
accepted in the completed waterbound Macadam Base course. No
allowancewill be given for materialsplaced outside the theoreticallimits
shown on the cross-sections.
206.4.2 Pavment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasuredas providedabove shall be paid for at the

contract unit price per cubic meter of water Bound Macadam Base, for the
pay items listedbelowand shown in the Bill of euantities,which price and
payment shall constitutefull compensationfor furnishing all materials,
hauling,placing,watering,rolling,labour,equipment,tools and incidentals
necessaryto completethis item.

No. Measurement
206a Water BoundMacadamBase

with CoarseAgg: ClassA CM
206b Water BoundMacadamBase
with CoarseAgg: ClassB CM
206c Water BoundMacadamBase

with CoarseAgg: ClassC CM
ITEM 207 DEEP PATCHING
207.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall be carried out in patchesof roads where the existing road
base materialhas moved and is lying in loose condition.Requirementunder
this item is to removethe existingroad base and to strengthenit to take new
layerof aggregateor water boundmacadambase.
207.2 MATERIAL RT,OUIREMENTS
Freshaggregatebase or water boundmacadambase may be requiredto be

added to existingroad base. Specificationfor such materialshall conformto
materialrequircmentsof item 202.2or 206.2,
Patchesof roads in which surface courseshave broken and road base has
moved, the materialwhich has lost its compactionshall be removed. Next
layer shall be watered and compacted,thereby the removed materialshall
be placed back duly screened to remove plastic contamination,by hand
pickingand passingthough sieve No. 4. after properlywateringand mixing.
Materialwill be recompactedin layers not exceedingfifteen (15) cms thick
with approved equipments. Additional material will be added, if needed
particularly fines passingsieveNo. 4.
non-plastic
207.4.1 Measurement
The quantityof deep patchingto be paid for shall be measured in square

meter of the area demarcatedor approvedby the Engineer.The minimum
area will be taken as 0.5 square meters irrespectiveof the size of the pot
hole.
207.4.2 Payment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasuredas providedabove shall be paid for at the

contractunit price per square meter of deep patching,which price payment
shall constitutefull compensationfor furnishing all materials, hauling,
placing,watering,rolling,labour,equipment,tools and incidentalsnecessary
to completethe item:

No. Measurement
207a Deep Patching SM

(0-15cm)
207b Deep Patching SM
(15-30cm)
207-1
ITEM 208 REINSTATEMENT OF ROAD SURFACE
208.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of reinstatementof worn out road surface with a
materialapprovedby the Engineer.Pot holes,ditchesand depressionsshall
be filled with the approved materialsin layers in conformitywith lines,
grades,sectionsand dimensions,as directedby the Engineer.
208.2
The materialused underthis item shall conformto the materialrequirement

of differqntB,O.Q.itemsselectedfor use bylhe Engineer.
208.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIRf,MENTS
The contractorshall remove loose materialfrom the pot holes or from road
depressionsand shall also reshapethe holes and depressionby removing
firm materialas directedby the Engineerand disposeall materialaccoiding
to the instructionof the Engineer. The surface thus exposed shall be
compactedin accordancewith applicablerequirement,for reinstatementof
surfacethe Engineershallselectitem of work as mentionedhere under:
1) Granularsubbase.
2) Aggregate basecourse.
3) Waterboundmacadam.
4) Asphaltbasecourse.
A\ Surfacetreatment.
The Engineermay select one, or more than one of the items mentioned
above to reinstatethe pot hole or depressionsin the road surface according
to size and depthof the holeor depression.
208.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be paid for shall be the number of square meter of pot
holes or road depressions,reinstatedin accordancewith the requirementof
thisitem.
of the pot hole or road depressionshall

The materialused for reinstatement
be measuredin cubicmeteror tonesas applicableunder.the item used.
208.4.2 Pavment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasured,as providedabove shall be paid for at

the contractunit price per square meter of reinstatedsurface,as for the pay
item listed below and as shown on the bill of quantitieswhich price shall
constitute full compensation for excavation and disposal of material,
watering, rolling, labour, equipment,tools, and incidentalnecessaryto
completethis item.
Howeverthe materialused such as subbase,aggregatebase course,water

bound Macadam or asphaltic base course shall be paid at the rates
applicableto the item.

No. Measurement
208 of RoadSurface
Reinstatement SM
ITEM 209 SCARIFICATION OF EXISTING ROAD/BREAI<ING OF ROAD
PAVEMENT STRUCTURE
209.1 DESCRIPTION
Thisitemshallconsistof scarification
of existingroadsurfaceor breakingof
existingroadpavementstructureto ensurebondageof new layerwith the
existingroadpavementandto ensuredrainageof waterbelowthe surfaceof
freshlylaidaggregate base.The surfaceon whichthe basematerialis to be
constructed shallbe approvedand acceptedby the Engineerpriorto placing
the crushedstonebaseaggregate.
209.2 CONSTRUCTION
REOUIREMENTS
The methodof scarificationof road surface or breakingof pavement
b'epropose-by the Contiacloiandepprotedby the Engineer,
structureshall
in accordance
withtherequirementsundersiteconditions.
Afterthe existingpavementstructurehas beenbrokenoff,the materialshall
be removedand disposedoff outsidethe right of way, accordingto the
satisfactionof the Engineer.The surfaceobtainedafter scarificationor
breakingtheexistingpavementshallbe compacted to the densityprescribed
underitem 108.3.1.Paymentof suchcompaction shallbe includedin the
contractpricefor item209.
209.3 MEASUREMENT
AND PAYMENT
209.3.r Measurement
Thequantityfor roadpavementstructurebrokenandremoved,to be paidfor
shall be measurementin Cu. meter to a depth as shown in the
drawings/cross sectionsor as specifiedby the Engineerand in the area
earmarkedbythe Engineer for suchpurpose.
The quantityfor road pavementstruclurescarified,to be paidfor shall be
measuredin Sq. meter as shown in the drawings/cross sectionsor as
specifiedby the Engineerand in the area earmarkedby the Engineerfor
suchpurpose.
209.3.2 Payment
The quantitiesas measuredaboveshallbe paidfor at the contractunitprice
per Cu. meterof breakingof roadpavementstructureand per Sq. meterof
scarification
of existingroadpavementstructure,for carryingout the works
mentioned aboveincluding cost of labour,equipment,toolsand incidental
necessary to completetheseitems.
No. Measurement
209a Breakingof ExistingRoadPavement

Structure. CM
209b Scarification
of Existinq
RoadPavement SM
zfrp':1
IT[,i{ 210 PAVEMENT WIDENING
2t0.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the widening of the existing pavement and
and in
finishingof the completedwork in accordancewith the specifications
conformitywith the lines,grades,thicknessof each pavementcomponent
and typical cross-sectionsshown on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer.
210.2 MATERIALS
Materialsfor the constructionof "PavementWidening"shall conformto the

requirementsspecifiedin relevantitems of Subbaseand Base course in
these specifications.
210.3 TRENCHING
The contractorshall excavate along the edge of the existing pavementfor

the full depth and width as indicatedon the Drawingsor as directedby the
Engineer. The bottomof the trenchshall be compactedwith rollersand/or
tampers approvedby the Engineerto minimum ninetyfive (95) % of the
maximumdry densityas per AASHTOT-191 method. lf the plansdo not call
for a specifictype of compaction,the subgrade,subbaseor base shall be
compacted by rolling with an approved type trench roller until the entire
surface is smooth, firm and at the designated elevation. Adequate
provisionsshallbe madefor drainageof the trenchto preventdamageto the
subgrade. Prior to placing any widening material,the trench shall be
cleanedof all loose material. The edge of the existingpavementshall be
thoroughlycleaned. The trench must be approvedby the Engineer,before
placingany wideningmaterial. All subsequentlayersshall be compactedto
the degreeas shown under relevantitem of these specifications
210.4 SPECIAL PROVISIONSFOR HANDLING TRAFFIC
Wideningoperationsshall be permittedon onlyone (1) side of the pavement

at a time and excavationof trenches shall be permittedonly sufficientlyin
advance of other operations to ensure a continuityof the operations of
excavating,placingwideningmaterial,and rolling.
Reflectorizedbarricadesshall be placedalongopen trenchesday and ntgnt.

Lightingshall be placedat each barricadeat night. Barricadesand lights
shall be approvedby the Engineer. The barricadesshall be placed at
intervalsnot to exceed one hundred (100) meters or as directed by the
Engineer.
The Contractorshall make adequateprovisionto enabletrafficto cross open

trenchesat intersectingroads,streetsand privateentrances.
214-1
Partial shoulderingshall be performed immediatelyafter completionof
wideningof portionsof the Work in orderto eliminatethe hazard.
No separate payment will be made for handling traffic which will be

consideredsubsidiaryto the item of "PavementWidening.',
2r0.5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
210.5.1 Measurement
"Pavementwidening"shallbe measuredby the unit of cubicmeterand shall

includeall excavation,trimming,disposaland compactionof subgradeand
subsequentlayersof subbaseand base course.
The removalof edge kerb if exists,will not be paid for separatelybut wiil be
consideredsubsidiaryto the itemof "PavementWidening,'.
water, ordered by the Engineeror added with the consent of the Engineer,
which is necessary to obtain satisfactory compaction of the foundation
treatmentwill not be paid for separately,but will be consideredsubsidiaryto
the item of "PavementWidening", No measurementwill be made of
unauthorizedareas or for extra width or thickness.
210.s.2 Pavment
The amount of completed and accepted work, measured as provided

above, will be paid for at the unit price bid in the Bill of euantities for
"PavementWidening,".which priceshall be full compensationfor furnishing
materials, such as subbase, base course and water etc., for all labour,
equipment, tools, supplies, and all other items necessary for the proper
completionof the Work

No. Measurement
210 PavementWidening CM
210-2
ITEM 211 LIME STABILIZED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
ztL.l DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of performingall operationsin connectionwith

constructionof "Lime StabilizedAggregateBase Course"on the prepared
Subbase or Subgradesurface and all incidentalsin accordancewith the
in conformitywith the linesand levelgrade,and typicalcross-
specifications
sectionsshownon the Plans.
zrt.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
2rr.2.l Coarse Aggregate
Coarse Aggregatesfor crushed Lime stabilizedBase Course shall be

composedof hard, tough, sound durablecrushedlimestone,particlesfree
from thin and elongated, soft and disintegrated material or other
matters,complyingwiththe followingrequirements.
objectionable
Table-2fib
CRUSHEDSTONE GRADING
SieveDesignation
mm Inch Percent Passingbv Weight
37.5 1.1t2 100

25.O 1 80-100
12.5 1t2 50-80
4.75 No.4 30-60
0.425 No.40 10-30
0.075 No. 200 5-15
0.075mm (No.200Sieve)shallnotbe more

passing
Thefractionof material
than60%thefractionpassing0.425mm (No.40 Sieve).
Crushingof boulderor rockshallbe regulatedin sucha way thatfractionof

aggregatesretainedNo. 40 (0.425mm) sieveshallcontainat leastNinety
(00) percent by weight of crushed particleshaving more than one
mechanicalfracturedfaces.
The Abrasionloss of crushedLime stone as determinedby AASHTO

T96-74shallnotexceedfortyfive(45)percent.
2t1.2.2 Fine Aggregate
The fractionof crushedaggregatespassingNo. 4 sieve shall consistof

stonescreenings freeof loam,organicor othermatter.
211-1
The material passing 0.42s mm (No. 40) sieve when prepared in
accordancewith AASHTOr 146-49and tested by appropriatemethodsshall
conformwiththe followingrequirement.
LiquidLimit 25%Maximum.
PlasticityIndex 6 Maximum.
The calciumsulphatecontentof the fractionretainedon sieveNo. 4 shallnot
exceedten (10) percentby weight.
zlt.3.l Equipment
All equipment,toolsand machinesused in the performanceof the work shall

be in goodworkingconditionand maintainedallthe times.
Blade graders,if used for spreading,the materialshall have adjustable

bladesfor slopes.
All sprinklingequipmentshall be suitablefor applyingwater uniformlyand at

controlledquantitiesto variablewidth of surface.
Transportvehiclescarryingplantmix materialshallhave a capacitysuitedto

the outputof mixingplantand the site condition.
Mixing plant shall be of approvedtype, coordinatedand operated so as to

produce a mixturewithin requiredspecificationlimit and shall have sufficient
capacity.
211.3.2 Construction
Grade and alignmentcontrolstakes shall be furnished,set and maintained

by the contractorin order that work shall conform to the lines, grade and
cross-sectionshownon the drawings.
Materialshallbe placedand spreadevenlyusing mechanicalspreader.The

spreadershall be adjustableso that width and thicknessof the spreadercan
be set to any dimensionrequired by the drawingsand for uniform and
completecoverage.
Aggregate shall be spread to loose thickness necessary to obtain the

requiredcompactedthicknessof the layer.
lmmediatelyafter spreadingand shaping operation,the mixture shall be

thoroughlycompactedwith approved rollers.water shall be applied to the
materialsduringthe rollingoperationin such amountas may be requiredto
obtain the specifieddensity. ln all the places not accessibieto the rolling
equipment, the material shall be compacted thoroughly with approved
mechanicalor hand tampers to density comparableto inat obtaihbdby
211-2
rolling.The surfaceof the final layer shall be finishedby bladingand the
addition of water, until the surface is smooth and free from waves and
irregularitiesand is true to grade and cross-section.Where the thickness
exc-eedstwelve and half (12.5) centimeters,it shall be compacted in two
layers of equal thickness except that if vibratory roller is used for
compaction,t'helayerthicknessmay be increasedto maximumof twentyfive
(25) centimetersprovidedthat satisfactorycompactionis achieved.
Each layer shall be compacteduntil the entire depth of course is at least

95% of density at optimum moisture content as determinedby AASHTO
T 180-74. Compactionshall be completed as soon as possible after the
materialhas beenspread.
2tr.3.3 Finish
Thickness'and
Completed oar" corr." ,n"tt o" testeJ ior tne required thickness and
smoothness before acceptance.Any areas of the completed base course
having compactedthicknessless than the thickness shown on the drawing,
or waies and irregularitiesas specifiedin the relevant,"Table for Allowable
Tolerances", in these specificationsShall be corrected by scarifying the
surface,addingapprovedmaterial,reshaping,recompactingand finishingas
specifiedand is approvedby the Engineer.Skin patchingof an area without
scarifyingthe surfaceto permit proper bondingof added materialwill not be
permitted.
2r1.3.4 Maintenance
The completedbase course shall be maintainedin an acceptablecondition

at all times until prime coat is applied. When the base course is to carry
traffic for an indefinite length of time before receiving the surfacing or
pavement,the contractorshall maintain the surface until final acceptance
bnd shall preventravelingby wetting,blading,rollingand the additionof fines
as may be requiredto keep the base tightlybound and leave.aslight excess
of maierial over the entire surface,which must be removed and the finish
restoredbeforethe applicationof prime coat.
2tt.4.r Measurement
The unit of measurementfor payment shall be in cubic meter of the

completedand acceptedcrushed lime stone base course as measured in
place. Measurementshall not include any area in excess of that shown on
ihe drawings except the area authorized in writing by the Engineer.
Measurementof lime used shall be the numberof metricTon consumedto
stabilize base course. This quantity of lime used shall not exceed the
theoreticalpercentageestablishedin the laboratory.
211-3
2It.4.2 Pavment
Measuredquantitiesof crushedlimestonebasecoursedeterminedas above

shall be paid for at the contractunit price per cubic meterfor particularitem
listedbelowand shownon the bill of quantities,which paymentshall be full
compensationfor furnishingall labour, material,tool, plant, equipment;
handling,mixing, manipulating,placing,shaping, compacting'inituoing
necessarywater for compaction,rolling, finishing;correcting unsuitable
areas and unsatisfactorymaterial; maintenanceincluding protectionof
preparedbase courseand all incidentalsnecessaryfor completionof work
exceptlime usedwhichshallbe paidseparatelyas measuredabove.

No. Measurement
211a LimeStabilized
Aggregate
BaseCourse CM,
211b Lime Ton.
211-4
ITEM 212 BITUMEN STABILIZED SUB-BASEOR BASE
212.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of performingall operation in connectionwith

constructionof bitumen stabilizedsubbaseor base and all incidentalsin
conformitywiththe linesand level,grade,thicknessand typicalcross-section
shownon the drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
2t2.2 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
lf stationaryplantis used for blending,all ingredientsshall complywith any

of the gradingcurve given in Table 1 whereasfor mix in place method,in
situ sand and gravelshall meet the gradationrequirementas per Table 2 for
bitumenstabilizedSubbaseor Base Gourse:
Coarseaggregateretainedon 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieveshall consistof tough,

hard and durableparticlesfree from decomposedstone,organicmatterand
substances.
otherdeleterious
Crushing of material shall be regulatedsuch that material retained on

4.7Smm(NO.4) sieve shall have 50% by weightof total aggregateswith at
least two (2) mechanicallyfracturedfaces in case of bitumen stabilized
subbasewhere as for bitumenstabilizedbase, materialretainedon No. 4
sieveshallhaveat leastNinety(90) percentby weightof total aggregatewith
two (2) mechanically
fracturedfaces.
Aggregateretainedon sieve No. 4 shall have a percentageof wear by Los

Angles AbrasionTest as determinedby AASHTO T-96 not more than forty
five (45) percent in case of base course material and fifty (50) percent in
case of sub-basematerial.
Fractionpassing0.075mm(No. 200) sieveshallnot be greaterthan 2/3 rd of

the fractionpassingthe 0.425mm (No. 40) sieve. The fraction passing
0.425 mm (No. a0) shall have a liquid limit not greater than 25% and
plasticitylndexnot greaterthat 6.
lf mineralaggregatescontain moisturethus necessitatingdrying,bitumen

materialshallbe of such naturethat it will not foam when heatedto hundred
and eighty(180)degreecentigradeand shall conformwith requirementsas
shownin Table301.2.
In dry areas,where natural moisturecontentof mineralaggregateis low

bitumenbindershallbe cut back conformingwith the followingrequirements.
Cut back shall meet the requirementof MSHTO M 81-70 and M 82-73 for
rapid and medium curing type respectively lt shall comply with the
requirements of AASHTOT 49-74,T 50-69,T 78-74for the selectedgrade
to suitthe cutbackas approvedby the Engineer.Alternatively
the bituminous
binder shall be asphalticcement of 80/100 penetrationin summer and
1201150in winter;bitumenemulsionof 80/100penetrationin summer and
150/180penetrationin winter. The bituminousemulsionshall comply with
the requirementsof AASHTO M 100-70and be tested in accordancewith
AASHTOT 59-74,
21L1
Bitumen-Aggregatemixture for the grade of bitumen selected shall be
ascertainedby trial mixesusingMarshalMethodto determinethe amountby
weightof dry material,and using eitherheated or unheatedaggregatesas
appropriate.
TENTATIVE CRITERIAFORBITUMEN-AGGREGATESUBBASE/ BASE

MATERTAL
Characteristic Subbase Base
MarshalStability 250 Kg 400 Kg

(Min)
Flow (Min) 2mm 2mm
TABLEJ
SELECTEDGRANULARSUBBASE
/BASEMATERIAL-GRADING.
SieveDesisnation Percent Passingby weight
mm Inch Type-A Type-B Type-C
75 3 inch 100
50 2 inch 90 -100 100
25 1 inch 55-90 70-100 't*
9.5 118 inch 35-65 50-80 65-95
4.75 No.4 25-55 40-65 50-80
2.0 N o .1 0 20-40 30-50 40-65
0.425 No.40 10-25 15-25 20-35
0.075 No.200 3-10 3-10 3-10
Tahle-J
SAND - GRAVEL SUB BASE MATERIAL - GRADING
Sieve Designation
mm I Inch Percent Passins bv Weisht
37.5 1.112 Inch. 100

25.0 1 lnch. 80-100
12.5 112 Inch. 50-80
4.75 No.4 30-60
o.425 No.40 10-30
0.075 No. 200 5-15
Fineaggregatepassing4.75mm (No.4 sieve)shallconsistof sharpnatural

sand,freefromorganicor otherobjectionable
substances.
212.2
2t2.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS
All equipment,tools, machinesused in the performanceof work shall be in

good workingconditionand be subjectto the approvalof the Engineer,and
workingconditionat all times.
shallbe maintainedin satisfactory
Bladegraderif used shall have an adjustablebladefor slopesand shall be

self propelled.
212.3.r Mix in PlaceMethodof Construction
Mix in place methodof constructionmay be adoptedwhere the use of low

vlscositybrnderi,e. CutbasKor Bilumenemqisiqnarq foqnd suitqble,
Grade and alignmentcontrolstakesshall be furnished,set and maintained

by the contractorin order that work shall conformto the line, grade and
cross-section shownon the drawings.The stakesshallbe set in rowson and
parallelto the centerlineof pavementand spacedso that stringline may be
stretchedbetweenthem.
All materialshall be placedevenlyusing mechanicalspreaderor spreader

box operated with a mechanismwhich levels off the surface to an even
depth.
Mixingshall be accomplishedon one or more passesof the mixerthrough

the materialand shall be continueduntil the resultingmixture is entirely
uniform and of proper moisturecontent. Moisture content, if less than
required,shall be adjustedby sprinklingequipment,which shall be suitable
for applyingwater uniformlyand at controlledamount to variabledepth of
layer.
Areas of segregatedmaterialshall be correctedby removingand replacing

with satisfactory material or by re-mixing. When necessary to meet the
requirementof specified,additionalapprovedmaterialshall be spread in
such amountsas are foundto be necessaryand the added materialshallbe
uniformlyspreadaddingwaterif requiredto obtainthe specifieddensity.
212.3.2 StationaryMixing Plant Method
with
will be used where stabilization
Stationaryplant methodof construction
asphaltcementbinderof penetrationgrade80/100is necessary.
The mixing plant shall be designed,coordinatedand operatedso as to

producemixturewithin requiredJob-Mix-Formula and shall have sufficient
capacity.The plantshall be weighbatchtype.
Transportvehiclescarryingplantmix materialshall have a capacitysuitedto

the output of mixing plant and the site condition and be capable of
of materialshallbe avoided.
dischargingcleanly.Segregation
212.3
2t2.3.3 Compaction
lmmediatelyafterspreading,shapingto requiredlevel,crownand grade,the

mixture shall be thoroughlycompactedwith rubber or pneumatictyred
rollers. compaction shall continue until the entire depth and width of
subbase/Baseis uniformlycompacted.Rollingshall begin at the low side
and progresstowardsthe higher side overlappingeach precedingtrip until
entire surface has been rolled. Alternatetrip of roller shall be of slighfly
different length. Roller shall be in good working condition,capable of
reversingwithoutbacklash and shallbe operatedby skilledoperator.
compactionshallbe checkedon stabilizedlayerin accordancewith ASTM-

D 915-61 (1973).The bulk densityof the mixture shail not be tess than
ninetyeight (98) % of the laboratorybulk density.Deficientpavementshall
be removedand replacedwith satisfactory material.
2r2.3.4 Tolerance
Tolerancein the compactedlayer shall be as specifiedin the relevant,

"Tablefor AllowableTolerances"in thesespecifications.
212.3.s Curingand Maintenance
After compaction,the stabilized subbase/Base shall be protected against

damage and maintainedin an acceptableconditionat all times prior io the
construction
of subsequentcourses.
No vehiculartrafficshall be allowedto pass on the stabilizedsurfacefor a

minimumperiodof two (2) days.
212.3.6 WeatherLimitations
Layingof bitumenstabilizedbase/subbase shallbe avoidedwhen air temp is

fo_ur degreescentigradeor belowor when whetheris rainyor foggy.placing
of mixtureshallalso be avoidedwhen surfaceis wet or on any surfacewhich
is frozen or coveredwith ice or snow.
212.4 MEASUREMENTOFPAYMENT
212.4.r Measurement
The unit of measurementfor payment shall be cubic meter for the

compacted and accepted bitumen stabilized subbase/basecourse as
measuredin place.Measurementshallnot includeany area exceptthe area
authorizedin writingby the Engineer.Measurementof bitumenbinderused
shall be the numberof metricTon usedto stabilizesub base or basecourse.
The quantityof bitumenused shall not exceed the theoreticalpercentage
212-4
212.4.2 Payment
Measuredquantityof stabilizedSubbase/Base determinedas aboveshallbe

paid for at the contractunit price per cubic meter for particularitems listed
below and shown on the bill of quantities,
which payment shall be full
compensationfor furnishingof labour, material, tool, plant, equipment,
handling, mixing, manrpulating,placing, shaping, compacting,rolling,
finishing, correcting unsuitable areas and unsatisfactory material,
maintenance including protection of stabilized Subbase/Baseand all
incidentalsnecessaryfor the completionof work exceptbitumenconsumed
whichshallbe paidseparatelyas measuredabove.

No. Measurement
212a BitumenStabilized
Subbase. CM
212b BitumenStabilized
BaseCourse. CM
212c BitumenBinder. Ton
212-5
ITEM 2T3 COLD RECYCLING OF ROAD PAVEMENT
STRUCTURE/SOIL STABILIZATION.
213.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shail consist of breaking, removar, mixing, reraying

and
compactionof rayers of surface, base and subbase coirs" in a singre
operation ln this operation,additionof water or binderwill also be requi6d
to add strengthto the mix.
2t3.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
No fresh materialis to be used as far as quarry materialsare coneerned.

Howeverin order to achreveproper strengthof ihe relayed materiat;
water,
cement or bitumen binder may be requiredto be adled. specification
requirements of theseingredientsshallbe same as describedunder relative
items of work. cement and bitumenbinderof followingnomenclature
shall
be used.
i) Ordinaryporflandcement(Type_l)
ii) Emutsified
asphatt(RS-1,RS_2,SS_1,SS-1h)
213.3.r Equipment
Equipmentutilizedfor this item of work shail ensurefollowingactivities

in a
singleoperation:
t) Breakingof layersin full depthin singleoperation.
ii) Pulverizingand mixing of different types of materials to give

homogeneousmix.
iii) Mixingof wateror bitumenbinderin the total mass.
iv) Layingof treated materialin smooth layer,keepingthe grade and

lineas per design.
213.3.2 Cold Recvclinsof Asphalt
a. Milling Process
This work shall be carried out by specialized equipment designed

to break
and pulverize
the asphaltic
layerin a mannerthat'maximu,ii.e of broken
material
reducesto basicsizeof aggregates. Asphaltic
material
lumpsshall
be reduced
to a maximum sizeof fifteen(15)mm.
213_1
b. Additives
Bitumenbinder (EmulsifiedAsphalt)shall be added to the mix through a

computerised, controlledunit for selectingand measuringthe
electronically
reouiredamount. Bitumen binder and additivesshall be added with pump
system.
and spray/injection Quantity of bitumenbindershallbe controlledby
programmablemicro processorswith respect to forward speed, milling
depth,millingwidthand densityof material.
c. Mixing and Lavins
Milledmaterialsand additivesshall be mixedin a forcedmixer to make the

mass completelyhomogeneous. Materialthus preparedshall be relayed
throgghpav]ngblgckhavlnglamqng and vibratingpavingscreeds. Paving
sCieedsshould be designedto piovidd initialcbmpaetionand shapingthe
surfaceto givethe requiredgradeand profile'
d. Compaction
Initial compactionshall be providedwith paving screeds, however final

compaction shall be carried out with conVentionalrolling equipment
approvedby the Engineerconsideringthe type of materialand thicknessof
recycledlayer. Howeverfinal compactionshall be checkedafter completion
of iolling as determinedby AASHTO T-230 methodand shall not be less
than ninetyseven(97) percentof the Marshalldensity.
e. General
Totalwidthof roadasphaltshallbe recycledin a numberof strips,depending

on width of recyclingequipmentand widthof road. Howeverall longitudinal
and lateraljointsshallbe properlyworkedup to ensuresmoothridingquality.
2t3.4 SOIL STABILIZATION
a. Milling Process
This work shall be carriedout by specializedequipmentdesignedto break

and pulverizeasphalticlayersand base and subbasecoursesto a depth of
maximumthree hundred(300) mm in a singleoperation. Breakingand
pulverizingshal!ensurereductionof bindingmaterialto reduceto a size of
bO mm (maximum)or to a smallersize dependingon the thicknessof
relayedlayer.
In case cementis to be used for improvingthe strengthof relayedmix, the

same shall be calculatedand spread over the pavementstructurebefore
millingstarts.
213-2
b. Additives
water shall be added to the mix through a computerized,electronically

controlledunit for selectingand measuringthe requiredamount,water shall
be added with pump and spray/injectionsystem. Quantityof water shall be
controlledby programmablemicro processorwith respectto forward speed,
millingdepth,millingwidthand densityof materials.
c. Mixine and Layine
Milledmaterialsand additivesshall be mixed in a forced mixerto make the

mass completelyhomogeneous. Materialthus preparedshall be relayed
through paving block havingtamping and vibratingpaving screed. paving
screedsshould be designqd!o provideinltialqompaetionand shapingthe
atrftde to gite the iequiieOgrade and profite.
d. Compaction
Initial compactionshall be providedwith paving screeds, however final

compaction shall be carried out with conventionalrolling equipment
approvedby the Engineerconsideringthe type ol materialand thicknessof
recycledlayer. Howeverfinal compactionshall be checkedafter completion
of rollingas determinedby AASHTO r-230 method and shall not be less
than NinetyFive (95)percentof the modifiedproctordensity.
e. General
Totalwidthof roadasphaltshallbe recycledin a numberof strips,depending

on width of recyclingequipmentand width of road. Howeverall longitudinal
and lateraljointsshallbe properlyworkedup to ensuresmoothridingquality.
213.5.1 Measurement
The quantityof cold recyclingor soil stabilizationto be paid for shall be

measuredby the theoreticalvolume recycledas shown on the drawingsor
as directedby the Engineer,completedin place as per proceduredetailed
above. No allowanceshall be given to material laid outside approved
theoretical
limits.
Measurementfor bitumen binder shall be made in tons deliveredto the

equipmentfor work minusthe balanceleft in the equipment.
Measurementfor cement shall be made equal to the number of tons of

cementdeliveredand laidoverthe pavementin mannerdescribedabove.
213_3
2r3.5.2 Payment
The acceptedquantitiesmeasuredas providedabove, shall be paid for at

the contractunit price for each of the particularpay item listed below,which
price and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all
materials,labour,equipments,toolsand incidentals to completethe item.

No. Measurement
213a Coldrecycling
of Asphaltic
layer CM
zl3n SoilSta6iii2ation CM
213c BitumenBinder(Asphaltic
Emulsion) Ton
213d CementBinder(O.P.C- Type-l) Ton
213-4
TTEIM2I4 ASPHALTIC CONCRETEBINDER COURSE
2t4.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of furnishingand mixing aggregatesand asphalt

binderat a centralmixingplant,transporting,
spreadingand compactingthe
mixtureon a preparedbase in accordancewith these specificationsand to
the lines,gradesand typicalpavementsectionsshown on the Drawingsor
as directedby the Engineer.
214.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS.
214.2.1 Aggregates.
coarse and fine aggregatesshallbe clean,hard,tough,sound particlesfr"ee

from decomposed material, vegetable matter and other deleterious
substances,and be of uniform quality,geology and petrology.Water borne
materialsuch as river bed gravel,if used, shall also conformto the above
criteria.
Coarse aggregate,which is material retainedon the No. 4 sieve, shall

consistof crushedrock, crushedgravelor a mixtureof naturaland crushed
gravel.The aggregateshall containnot more than 8% by weight of flats/or
elongatedparticles(ratiomaximumto minimum5:1) and shallcontain100%
angularmaterial,such that all faces of each piece are fracturedfaces in
cuboidshape.
Fine aggregate,which is materialpassingthe No. 4 sieve shall consist of

100%crushedmaterialfromrock or boulder.No naturalsand will be allowed
in the mix.
when the combinedgradingof the coarseand fine aggregatesis deficientin

materialpassingthe No. 200 sieve,additionalfiller materialshall be added.
The filler materialshall consist of finely dividedrock crust, hydratedlime,
hydrauliccementor other suitablemineralmatterand shall conformto the
followinggradation:
US Standard Percent Passingby

---!&ye_- Weisht
No.30 100
No.50 95-'100
No.200 70-100
TheCoarseandfineaggregates
shallmeetthefollowing
requirements:
a) The percentage of wear by the LosAnglesAbrasion
test(AASHTO
T
96)shallnotbe morethan40%.
b) The losswhensubjectto fivecyclesof the sodiumsulphatesoundness

test(AASHTOT 140)shallbe lessthan12%.
214-1
c) The Sand Equivalent(AASHTOT-176) determinedafter all processing
exceptfor additionof asphaltcementshouldnot be lessthan45.
d) All aggregatesshall have a liquid limit of not more than 25% and a
PlasticityIndexof not more than 4 as determinedby AASHTOT-89 and
T-90.
e) The portionof aggregateretainedon the 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) sieve shall

not contain more than 15 percent by weight of flat and/or elongated
particles(ratioof maximumto minimumdimensions =2.5:1).
214.2.2 AsphalticMaterial
Asphalticbinderto be mixed with the aggregateto produceasphalticbase

shall be as asphaltcementpenetrationgrade40-50,or 60-70 or 80-100,as
specifiedby the Engineer.Generallyit will meet the requirementof AASHTO
M-20.
2t4.2.3 AsphaltConcreteBinder CourseMixture.
The compositionof the asphalticconcretepavingmixturefor bindercourse

shallconformto classshownin the followingtable:
Table No. I
Combined Aggregate Grading Requirements
Sieve Designation Percent Passingby

mm Inch Weisht
25 4
I 100
19 3t4 90-100
9.5 3/B 56-80
4.75 No.4 35-65
2.38 No.8 23-49
0.30 No.50 5-19
0.075 No.200 2-8
Asphalt Content Weight 3.5 (minimum)

Percent of total mix.
The asphaltconcretebindercoursemixtureshallmeetthe following
MarshalTestCriteria:
numberof blowseachend
Compaction,
of Specimen 75
Stability(Minimum) 1000Kg.
Flow,0.25mm (0.01") 8-14
Percentair voidsin mix. 4-8
Percentvoidsin mineralaggregate according to article
5.3, MS-2, (Asphalt
InstituteUSA) edition
1993
Lossof stability 25% (Max.)
ratio
Filler/Bitumen 1-1.5 (applicableto
oC.
hot climate(> 40
214-2
214.2.4 CombinedAgeregates
Gradation.
RetainedNo. 4 r 7.0%
PassingNo. 4 to No. 100 sieves ; 4.0%
PassingNo.200 ; 1.0%
Asphalt Content.
Weight percent of total mix. 1 0.3%

shoulda changeof sourcesof materialsbe madea new Job Mix Formula
shallbe establishedbeforethe new materialis used.when unsatisfactory
resultsor otherconditions
madeit necessary,
a newJob MixFormula willbe
reouired.
214.2.5 Job-lVlixl'ormula.
At least one week prior to production,a Job-Mix Formula (JMF) for the
asphaltic concrete course mixture or mixtures to be used ror tne project,
shallbe establishedjointlyby the Engineerand the Contractor.
The JMF shallbe establishedby MarshalMethod.ofMix Designaccordingto

the procedureprescribedin the AsphaltInstituteManualserJesNo. 2 (MS-
2), May 1992Edition.
The JMF, with the allowabletolerances,shall be within the master range

specifiedin Table No. 1. Each JMF shall indicatea single percentageof
aggregatepassing each requiredsieve size and a single percentageof
bitumento be addedto the aggregates.

conform thereto with the tolerances as per clause zlq.z.q of these
specifications.
214.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS.
construction requirementsfor this item shall conform with the same

constructionrequirementsspecifiedfor Asphalticconcrete Base course
PlantMix underltem 203.3,exceptas modifiedin the followingsub-items.
214.3.r PreDarationof BaseCourseSurface.
Before spreadingmaterialsthe surface of the previouslyconstructedand

acceptedbase courseon which the mix is to be placedshall be conditioned
by application
of a tack/orprimecoat,as directedby the Engineer
2r1.3.2 PavementThicknessand Tolerances.
The asphaltconcretebindercourseshall be compactedto the desiredlevel

and crossslopeas shownon the drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
214-3
The tolerancesin compactedthicknessof the bindercourse shall be + 10
percent from the desired thickness shown on the drawings. For
determinationof the thickness,one (1) core per hundredmeters of each
lanewill be taken.lf the thicknessso determinedis deficientby more than +
10 percent,the Engineershalldecidewhetherto acceptthe deficitthickness
or to directreconstruction.
The surface of the bindercourseshallbe testedby the Engineerusingat 3-

meter straightedge at selectedlocations.The variationof the surface from
the testingedge of the straightedgebetweenany two contacts,longitudinal
or transversewith the surfaceshall at no point + 5.0 millimeters.The cross
fall (camber)shall be within+ 0.2 percentof that specified,and the level at
any pointshall be withindrawings.All humps or depressionsexceedingthe
specifiedtoleranceshall be correctedby removingthe defectiveworks and
replacingit with new material,by overlaying,or by other means satisfactory
to the Engineer.
2t4.4 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT.
2t4.4.r Measurement
The quantitiesof asphalticbindercourseshall be measuredper cubic meter

basis.
The quantityof asphalticmaterialused is includedin the asphaltconcrete

Quantitiesof liquidasphalt,wastedor remainingon hand after completionof

the work,shallnot be measuredor paidfor.
214.4.2 Pavment
The quantitiesdetermined,as providedabove, shall be paid for at the

contract unit price respectivelyfor each of the particular pay item listed
belowand shown in the Bill of Quantities,which pricesand paymentshall
constitutefull compensationfor all the costs necessaryfor the proper
completionof the work prescribedin this item:

No. Measurement
214 AsphalticConcrete CM
BinderCourse.
214-4
ITEM 215 GEOTEXTILES
215.1 DESCRIPTION
The work covered by this section shall consist in furnishingall material,

labour,equipmentand placingof Geotextileson preparedsurfices complete
in accordance with the specificationsfor the work items involved. in
thicknessesand to the dimensionsshown on the typicalcross-sections of
applicabledrawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
2r5.2 GEOTEXTILE FUNCTIONS
where indicatedon the drawingsor directedby the Engineer,Geotextilewill

be placedto performone or more of the followingfunctions.
. one road foundationfor the purpose of separation between road fill

malerial and soft underlyingsoils in order to eliminate the need for
removalof poor subsoilmaterialand quick and effectivedrainageof soil_
fill interface.
o For subgrade stabilizationand increasing soil shear strength by

providingbondingmechanismof the Geotextile- soil system.
. As a filter for all drainagesystems where a danger of clogging by fine

particles of adjacent soil is possible. The geotextile wilf relain tne
particles from passing whilst allowing the seepage water to' pass
through.
. As a filter elementfor all bodiesof water where the soil can be erodedby
current,wave actionor changingwater levels.
. For.permanent proteclionof syntheticsealingsystems(Geomembranes)

againstmechanicaldamageduring installationand afier completiono'f
construction.
215.3.r Compositionand EnvironmentalBehaviour
I|" l?* materialof geotextileshalt be UttraViolet stabilizedpolypropylene.

The fibers shall consist of continuousfilaments of approximaiely40 micron
diameterand mechanically bondedby needling.The geotextilematerialshall
be resistantto acid and alkalinemedia in the pH raige2 to 13, resistantto
lime, cement and concrete,resistantto all naturallyoccurringbacteriaand
fungi. A prolongedout side exposureof several mohths shall-haveno effect
on the propertiesof Geotextile.
215-1
2r5.3.2 Mechanicaland HvdraulicProperties
. To ensure free drainage, the geotextile shall have high water

permeabilitY.
. Geotextileshallofferhigh retentioncapabilityfor almostalltypesof soils.
. The geotextileshallhave optimumstress-strainbehaviourevenwith low
unitweightfor high resistanceagainstinstallation damage.
215.4 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
2I5.4.1 PreDaration
The surface shall be fairly leveledbefore placementof Geotextile.lt is to be

ensured that there are no protrudingStones which may damage the
TaDnc.
oeotextrle
215.4.2 GeotextilePlacement
The Geotextileshallbe rolledout directlyon top of the preparedsurfacein a

manneras recommendedby the manufacturer. lt shall be over lappedat the
edgesas shownon the drawingsor as recommendedby the manufacturer.
215.4.3 Placementof fill
The first layerof fill materialshall be appliedby overheadplacement.Traffic

on the geotextileitself shall be avoided.Necessaryprecautionsshall be
observedto ensurethat geotextileshallnot be damagedduringplacement'
2t5.4.4 Spreading
Spreading of fill material shall be done with suitable equipment and

pioceOureensuringthat geotextilemust not be dqmagedby high axle load
stressesof spreadingequipmenttravelingon sharpfill over the geotextile'
215.4.5 Compaction
The compacting method (Static/Dynamic)shall be suited to subgrade/fill

material.
215.4.6 Jointilg of GeotextilePanels
weldingor sewingas shown

A tensionjoint shallbe achievedby overlapping,
on drawingsor approvedby the Engineer.
i) Overlanning
Overlapprngwidth shall not be less 30 cm on even surfaceand 50 cm on

uneven'surface.In order to avoid displacingthe geotextileduring backfill
over end paneljoints,the connectingpanel must be placedunderneaththe
end cf the previouslyrolledout geotextile.
u5a
ii) Weldins
welding widthshallnot be lessthan 1o cm. A wide patterngas torch shallbe

used at a low temperatureand about20 cm from the geotextile. The welded
geotextilesectionshallbe continuouslypresseddown by walkingon it during
placement.
iii) Sewine
The stitchingmethodshall be singlethread,doublethreador butterflytype

suitable to geotextilethread type and strength. The thread shall be
sufficiently
tightenedand stitchdensityshallbe threeto six stitchesper inch.
215.5 GEOTEXTILE FUNCTION FOR REPAVING
This section deals geotextilesplaced between old pavement and new

asphaltoverlay,alongwithsuitabletack coat of bitumen.where indicatedon
drawingsor directed by the Engineer,geotextilewill be plaeedto perform
one or moreof the followingfunctions.
. To ensure proper adhesion between old pavementand new asphalt
overlay & thus reducing the over all flexural tensile stresses and
increasinglifeof road surface.
. As a cut off layer for the prevention of propagationof cracks in the
pavement.
. As water barrier,even under high pressureto stop reflectivecracking in
the pavements.
215.5.1 ConstructionRequirements
. Removalof dirt, dust and vegetationfrom wearingsurfaceand cracks.

. Fillingpotholesand larger cracks (>Smm)with hot mix or an adequate
filler.
. Removalof sharpor craggyedgeson surface.
. On badlydamagedroads,a levelcourseof approx.1,5 cm shallbe laid
to avoid the labour intensiveand time consumingoperation of crack
filling.
215.5.2 Applvins the tack coat
Dependingon the conditionof the old surface,a calculatedamount of tack

coat (Q$ of
-approx.1.1 kglm2active binder is to be sprayed evenly on the
preparedsurfacebeforelayinggeotextile,makingsurethat:_
o The bitumenis appliedbeyondthe width of the geotextileby
about 5 cm
on eitherside.
' The sprayingtemperaturefor pure bitumenis kept between150 oC and
170oCto achievea coatingas even as possible.
215-3
When usingbitumenemulsion,the coatingamountis adjustedto contain
the requiredaverageamountof bitumen.
a The coatingis onlyappliedto areaswherethe pavingfelt is to be laid.
a No additionalpre-sprayagentis appliedon top of the pavingfelt.
a Where only sectionsfor the road are coveredwith the pavingfelts,their
surfacesmust be gritted.
215.5.3 Laying Geotextile
Geotextileshallbe laidby hand or machinetakinginto accountthat;

. When using pure bitumen as tack coat, Geotextile may be [aid
aftercoating.
immediately
. When using bitumenemulsions,Geotextileshall not be laid until the
emulsionhas cured.
. Wrinklesshallbe avoided.
. Edges lengthwaysand across overlap by 5-10 cm, an additionalpure
seams'
bitumenbinderoi 0.9 tg/mt shallbe appliedon the overlapping
. Transverseoverlapping is to be carriedout with referenceto the direction
in which the finisher
asphalt will proceedi.e. underthe previousone so
that the felt does not shift out of place when the asphaltconcreteis
applied.
. When one half of the road is made (leavingthe other open to traffic), at
least 25cm of the lengthwaysfelt edge shall remainuncoveredto allow
overlappingwhen layingthe otherhalf of the road.
. During short time stoppages of constructionwork, the road under
constructionshall be opened only to slow traffic without detrimentto
Geotextile.
. Rain water on the Geotextilesurfaceshall be allowedto evaporatebefore
applyinga top layer.
2t5.5.4 Applyingthe asphaltconcretesurface
The asphaltconcretesurfacingshall be appliedimmediatelyafter laying

Geotextilepreferablyby crawlertype finisher,takingthe followingpointsinto
consideration.
a The materialmix shallhave a temperaturebetween145oCand 165oC

a To avoid types of the finisher or truck stickingto the felt (which can
happenin hot climatesor where too much tack coat has been applied)'
some of the mix can be spreadmanuallyin the pathwayof the vehicles.
215-4
215.6 GEOTEXTILE TESTING
Geotextilestesting shall be in accordancewith following standard test

methods.
. Weight ASTM D-3776

. Thickness tso 9863
. CBR PunctureResistanceTest BS 6906/4
. StripTensileTest ASTM D-4595
. Grab TensileTest ASTM D-1682
. Tear StrengthTest ASTM D-1117
. PenetrationResistanceTest (DropTest) NT Build243
. VerticalPermeability BSE90613
. PoreSize E DtN60500/6
Based on the requiredfunctionsand the type of stresses,the contractor
shall proposethe type of Geotextile.The contractorshall furnishtechnical
literature and Manufacturer's Certificate of Guarantee for the type of
geotextilematerialfor approvalof Engineerpriorto deliveringthe materialto
the site.The certificateshall note complianceto the specifications
and shall
state the resultsof the tests performedon the material,as requiredby the
specifications.
The Contractorshall,when directedby the Engineer,havethe
Geotextilematerialtestedfor conformanceto the applicablespecifications at
an approved testing laboratory. All costs connected with certificate of
Guaranteeand any subsequentqualitytestingshall be at the contractor's
expense.
215.7.1 Measurement
The quantityof Geotextilemeasuredto be paid shall be the number of

square meters of work completedin accordancewith requirementof this
item and the limitingdimensionsshallnot exceedthan thoseshownon the
drawingsor fixed by the Engineer.Measurementshall only be made of area
coveredwithoutconsideringany overlap.
215-5
215.7.2 Pavment
The accepted quantity measured as provided above sfrall be paid at the

contract unit price per square meter of Geotextilelaid for the pay item as
listed below in the BOQ which price and payment shall constitutefull
compensationfor furnishingall materials,labour,equipmentand placingof
geotextile.

No. Measurement
215 Providingand Placing S.M.

of Geotextile,
type------
215-6
TTEM216 SOLING STONE
216.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consistof layingof solingstone, handpackedon a surface

(subgrade)preparedearlier and all intersticesfilled with sand or similar
approvedmaterialsto provideproper bondingof all the stones with each
other.
Thematerialfor solingshAllbe iouhd and d0iableioCk,pioperlyshapedor

bouldersof maximumsize 15-20cm. The filler materialtofill the interstices
shall be coarse sand or rock dust or any other materialapprovedby the
Engineer.Materialshall be cohesionlessand clean to allow its free flow
down to the bottomof solingarea.
216.3 CONSTRUCTIONRf,QUIREMENT
216.3.1 The subgradeto receivethe soilingstone shall be preparedunder relative

item of the work.
2t6.3.2 Placinsof SolineStone
The solingstoneshall be placedfrom outer edges of the road and finishing

at the crown of the road in such a way that all stones are properly
handpackedand keyedwith the surroundingstones.lt shallbe ensuredthat
the maximumdimensionis kept in verticalpositionensuringthe variationof
the size of the stone does not exceed+ 1" of soecifiedthicknessof solino
stone:
The filler materialshall be dry and in free flow conditionwhen placedover

the soling stone. The filler materialshall be kept addingwhile the soling
stones are rolledunder a 6 tons roller.The additionof filler materialshall
continuetill the area does not absorbmore materialand it is ensuredthat all
intersticesare fully filled.The area will than be watered and kept under
rollingto achievea smoothsurface.
216.3.1 Measurement
The areato be measuredshallbe boundby the linesshownon the drawings

whereasthe normalthicknessshall be that which is describedin BOQ. The
measurement shallbe madein CM.
216-1
216.3.2 Pavment
The quantities determined as provided above shall be paid for at the
contract unit price for cubic meter which price and payment shall be full
compensationfor all cost of materials,manpowerand equipmentsinvolved
in the propercompletionof work.

No. Measurement
216 Layingof SolingStone CM
216-2
rl-Ev.{2t7 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVING BLOCKS
217.1 DESCRIPTION
The work shall consistof precastconcretepaving blocks intendedfor the

constructionof low speedroads,parkingareas,lay byes,industrialand other
paved surfacessubjectedto all categoriesof static and vehicularloading
and pedestriantraffic. Paving blocks covered by these Specificationsare
designed to form a structural element and the surfacing of pavements,
havingthe blockto blockjointsfilled,so as to developfrictionalinterlockand
placed in conformitywith the lines, grades,thicknessesand typicalcross-
sectionshownon the drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
217.2 MAT4RIAL REOUIREMENTS
For executionof this item provisionsmade in BS 6717 shall be applicable.

Detailedrequirement of materialsand construction
shallbe as under:
217.2.1 Bindersand Binder Constituents
Pavingblocksshall be made using one or more of the followingbindersor

binder constituentscomplying with the requirementsof the relevant
standards:
Ordinary
Portland
Cement B S1 2
Portland
Blastfurnace
Cement B S 1 4 6: P a r l 2
Portland
Pulverized
FuelashCement BS6588
Pulverized
fuelash BS3892: Part1
Groundgranulated
Blastfurnaceslag BS6699
Wherepulverizedfuel ash is used,the proportions

and properties
of the
combination
withPortlandCementshallcomplywithBS6588.
Wheregroundgranulated blastfurnaceslag is used,the proportions

and
properties
of the combination
with PortlandCementshallcomplywith BS
146:Part2.
217.2.2 Aggregates
Pavingblocksshall be made usingone or more of the followingaggregates

complyingwiththe relevantstandards:
NaturalAggregates(Crushedor BSBB2: 1983(exceptgrading

Uncrushed) requirements
in clause5)
Air Cooledblastfurnace
slao BS 1047:1083(except
gradingrequirementsin 4.8)
Pulverizedfuel ash BS 3892: Part-1or Part-2
Groundgranulatedblastfurnace
slag BS6699
217-1
217.2.2.1 Acid SolubleMaterial (FineAssresatel
(material
When testedas describedin BS 812 : Part 119,the fine aggregate
paising a 5 mm sieve complyingwith BS 410) shall contain.not more than
the fraction retained on, or in
lSy" Oi mass of acid solublemaierialeither in
the fractionpassing,a 600 p m sieve.
217.2.3 Water
with the
The water shall be of drinking quality or in accordance
recommendationsof appendixA of BS 3148 : 1980'
217.2.4 ADMXTURES AND PIGMENTS
proprietaryaccelerating,retardingand water reducing agents shall comply

wlth BS 5075 : Part 1,
Pigmentsshallcomplywith BS 1014.
Calciumchlorideshallcomplywith BS 3587
t111< FINISHES
The finishshouldbe agreedbetweenthe manufacturer and the Engineer'
concrete describedas "naturalcolout''shall containno pigment.

In compositepavingblocksthe surfacelayer shall.beformedas an integral
parl of ine ntobf and shallbe not lessthan 5 mm thick'
2t7.2.6 BINDER CONTENT
The cement content of the compactedconcrete shall be not less than 380
fglm5. For equivalentdurability,pavingblocks made with binderconstituents
oiner tnan ordinaryPortlandc'ementshall have a higher binder-contentthan
paving blocks mide in a similar way using only PortlandCement. The
Enginler wilt decidethe additionalbindercontent.The compressivestrength
tesi will be the onlyguideto the amountof additionalbinderneeded.
217.2.7 SIZES AND TOLERANCES
2t7.2.7.1 Sizes
mm'
Paving blocks shall have a work size thicknessof not less than 60
size length of 200 mm and a
fype-F blocksshall be rectangularwith a work
work sizewidth of 100 mm. Type-S blocks shall be of any shape fittingwithin
a2g5mmSquarecoordinatingSpaceandsha||haveaworksizewidthnot
lessthan B0 mm.
The preferredwork sizethicknessesare 60 mm, 65 mm, 80 mm & 100 mm'
A chamferaroundthe wearingsurfacewith a work size not exceeding7 mm

in width or depth shall be permitted.
All arisesshallbe of uniformshape'
217-2
217.2.7.2 Tolerances
The maximumdimensionaldeviationsfrom the statedwork sizesfor paving

blocksshall be as follows:
length 1 2mm
width t 2mm
thickness + 3mm
where a pavingblockincludesprofiledsides,the profileshallnot deviate

fromthe manufacturer's
specification
by morethan2 mm.
2r7.2.8 COMPRESSTVESTRENGTH
The compressivestrengthof pavingblocks shall be not less than 49 N/mm2

and the crushingstrengthof any individualblock shall be not less than 40
N/mm',
217.2.9 SAMPLING
The following sampling procedure shall be used for the compressrve

strengthtest.
a) Beforelayingpavingblocks,divideeach designatedsection,comprising
not more than 5000 blocks,in a consignmentinto eight approximately
equalgroups,clearlymark all samplesat the time of samplingin such i
way that the designatedsectionor part thereof and the consignment
representedby the sampleare clearlydefined.Take two (2) blocksfrom
each group.
b) Dispatchthe sample to the test laboratory,taking precautionsto avoid

damage to the paving blocks in transit. Each sample shall be
accompaniedby a certificatefrom the person responsiblefor taking the
sample,statingthat samplingwas carriedout in accordancewitn tnis
Partof BS 6717.
c) Protectthe paving blocks from damage and contaminationuntil they

have been tested.carry out any tests as soon as possibleafter the
samplehas beentaken.
217.2.10 MARIqNG
The followingparticularsrelatingto pavingblocksmade in accordancewith

this standard shall be indicated clearly on the delivery note invoice,
manufacturer'sor supplier's certificateor brochure suiplied with the
consignmentof blocks:
a) The name, trade mark or other means of identification of the

manufacturer.
b) The number and date of this Britishstandard, i.e. BS 6717 : part 1 :

1986*;or latestrevision.
217-3
217.3.1 Layine the ConcreteBlocks
The total area to be coveredwith pavingblock shall be preparedby:
a) Compactionof subgrade
b) Layingof subbasein a thicknessspecified
c) Layingof crushedaggregatebase or lean concretein thicknessas per
typicalsection
217.3.2 Tolerance
Toleranceof these layers shall be as per applicablerequirementof each

item of this specifications.
Paymentfor each of the aboveitem shallbe made underthe relativeitem of

work.
The total area will therebybe dividewith nylon strings into sectorsof not
more than 1.5 squaremeters.This shall be done to controlthe alignmentof
paving blocks and to avoid multiplicationof deviationin sizes of paving
blocks.
217.4.r Measurement
The area to be measuredshall be boundby linesshown on the drawingsor

as directedby the Engineer.Unit of measurementshall be square meter
measuredin horizontalplane.
2t7.4.2 Pavment
The qualitydeterminedas providedaboveshall be paid for the unit priceof

contractfor each square meter of paving block installedincludingsand
cushion and sand filling in joints and all other work relatedfor installing
paving blocks. Cost shall includeall labour,materialsand equipmentfor
propercompletionof work.

No. Measurement
217a of pavingblocks
Installation SM
60 mmthick
217b of pavingblocks
Installation SM
80 mmthick
217c of pavingblocks
lnstallation SM
100mmthick
217-4
SURFACECOURSES
ANI)
PAVEMENT
SURFAGEGOURSESAND PAVEMENT
TTEM 3OO GENERAL
This sectiondescribesthe requirementsand proceduresfor executionof

surfacecoursesand pavements.The materialsto be used shall conformto
specificationsand testing proceduresas per AmericanAssociationof State
Highwayand TransportationOfficial (AASHTO)or the American Societyfor
Testingand Material(ASTM)as indicatedin their latesteditions.Samplesof
materialsfor laboratorytestsand theirsubsequentapprovalsshall be utilized
accordingto thesereferencesunlessotherwisedirectedby the Engineer.
Matefialsw!!qh dq 1ot confolm !o lhe requirementsof these specifications

will be rejectedwnetneiin titae or not. ihef straifbe removedimmediately
from the site of the work at the expense of contractor. While
subgrade/subbase and pavingoperationsare in progress,a detourshall be
providedfor vehicularflow in order to avoid any publicinconvenienceand
thoroughlybe maintainedtill completionof that particularsection of the
project or as a whole. In order to expedite the passage of public traffic
throughor aroundthe work, the contractorshall installroad signs,warning
lights,flares,barricadesand other facilitiesfor the safety,convenienceand
direction of public traffic. Also where directed by the Engineer, the
contractorshallfurnishcompetentflagmenwhosesole dutiesshallconsistof
directingthe movementof publictrafficthroughor around the work. The
of such road-signs,lights,flaresbarricades
cost of furnishingand installation
and otherfacilities,shallbe includedin the respectivework item. Shouldthe
Engineerpointout the inadequacyof warningand protectivemeasures,and
requireadditionalmeasures,such actionon the part of the Engineershall
not relievethe contractorfrom responsibilityfor publicsafety or abrogatehis
obligationto furnishand payfor theseservices.
300-1
ITEM 301 ASPHALTIC MATERIALS
30r.t ASPHALT CEMENT
Asphaltcement shallbe an oil asphalt,or a mixtureof refinedliquidasphalt

and refinedsolidasphalt,preparedfrom crude asphalticpetroleum. lt shall
be free from admixturewith any residuesobtainedby the artificialdistillation
of coal, coal tar, or paraffinand shall be homogeneousand free from water.
No emulsification shalloccurwhen a thirty(30) gram sampleis boiledfor two
(2) hourswith two hundredand fifty(250)cubiccentimetersof distilledwater
in a five hundred(500)cubic centimetersEdenmeyerflask equippedwith a
refluxcondenser.
Asphalt cement shall be classifiedby penetrationand when tested in

accordancewith the standardmethods of tests of the AASHTO,the grades
of asphaltsshallconformto the requirementssetforth in Table got-2. rne
grade of asphaltto be used shall be in accordancewith these specifications
or the SpecialProvisionsor as directedby the Engineer.
301.2 EI{VIRONMENTAL FACTORS
In areas where highlyfrost susceptiblesoils and severe low temperature

conditionsare encountered,it may be necessaryto removeand replacesoils
susceptibleto frost heave or take other precautionsprior to pavement
construction.In extremelyhot climates,asphaltmixesshouldbe designedto
resistruttingand maintainstiffnessat hightemperatures.
Becauseasphaltmixturesare influencedby temperature,it is recommended

that differentasphaltgradesbe used where differenttemperatureconditions
prevail. Table below gives recommended asphalt grades for various
temperatureconditions.
SELECTING ASPHALT GRADE
Temperature
Condition alt Grade+
Cold,mean annualair temperature AC-10

< 7 degreeC (45 degreeF) AR-4000
80 / 100pen
Warm, mean annualair temperature AC-20
between7 deg.C (45 deg.Fj AR-8000
and 24 def.C (75 def. F) 60 / 70 pen.
Hot, mean annualair temperature AC-40
> 24 deg.C(75 deg. F) AR-8000
40 / 50 pen.
* Bothmediumsetting(MS)and
slowsetting(ss) emulsified
asphaltsare
used in emulsified
asphaltbase mixes.Theycan be eitherof two types:
cationic(ASTMD 2397 or AASHTo M 208) or anionic(ASTMDg77 or
AASHTOM 140).selectingone of the two shaildependson the type of
aggregateusedfor betteraffinity.
basisof its ability
The gradeof emulsifiedasphaltis selectedprimarilyon.the.
by coating and
to satisfactorilycoat-in"-'"ggr"gate.]h1g is determined in the
faclors important
;i"bitiit Gst (nsrrv D z4i,,'nns'Hro T 59). other at the
job site, anticipatedweather
selectionare the water availabilityat the
the mixingpiocess to be used, and the curingrate.
time of construction,
301.3 CUT.BACKASPHALT
L i q u i d a s';assifiiationi.
pha|ts(cutback)sha||consistofmateria|sconformingtothe
t"ff-"*irg Wn"n tested in accordance with the standard
shall conform
methodsof tests of the AASHTO,the gradesof liquidasphalt
to the requirements in
specified the Table 301-3and 301-4'
consistof asphalt
Medium curing productsdesignatedby lettersMC, shall
cemept fluxqd-orblendedwilh a kerosenesolvent,
consistof asphalt
Rapidcuringproductsdestgnateduy tl9 lettersRC, shall
grade
o"f
punutr"tion tiO-tOO,fluxedor blended with a naphtha
cementwith a
solvent.
301.4 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT
base uniformly
Asphalticemulsionsshall be composed of a bituminous
agent.
or stabilizing shall be
emulsifiedwith water and an emulsifying
-setting .They
or Slow Setting, and shall
classified according to ut" as Ra[lO
contormto the requirements in
specified Table 301-5'
shall be
The bituminousbase used in manufacturingRS-l type emulsion
as designatedby the
i"*ent, Grade 120-150or Grade 2OO-aOO,
".pnaii
Engineer.
shall be
The bituminousbase used in manufacturingssl type em.ulsion
or Grade 12b-150, as designated by the
ilng ;;tnan, CraOe 60-70
Engineer.
301-2
APPLICATION TEMPERATURES
TABLE 301-I
Application Temperature Range. oC
Asphalt Type / Mixing Temp Spraying

Grade Temperature
RoadMixes
a) AsphaltCement As requiredto achieve 160 (Max)
(Allgrades) viscosityof 75-150secs.
Saybolt-Furol or as required
to achievea Kinematic
Viscosityof 150-300
centistokes.
b. Emulsified
Asphatts
ffi
RS-2
MS-1 10-70 20-70
MS-2 10-70 20-70
MS-2h 10-70 2i-7i
HFMS-1 10-70 20-70
HFMS-2 10-70 20-70
HFMS-24 10-70 20-70
SS-1 10-70 20-70
SS-1h 10-70 20-70
CRS-1 10-70 20-70
CRS-2
CMS-2
cMS-2h 10-70 10-70
CSS-1 10-70 10-70
css-1h 10-70 10:70
c) CutbackAsphatts(RC, MC, SC)
70 20 min.
250 55-80 40 min.
800 75-100 55 min.
3000 80-115
301-3
TABLE 301-2
REQUIREMENTSFOR ASPHALT CEMENT (AASHTO M-20)

40-50 60-70 80 - 100 120 150
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min Max
at77oF (25"C) 100

Penetration
g 5 Sec.
40 50 60 70 80 100 120 150
Flashpoint,ClevelandOpen 450 450 450 425
cup,oF("c) (232) (232) (232 (218)
oF )
Ductilityat 77 (25 "C)5 cm
p e rm r n . c, m . '100
100 100 100
Solubilityin trichloroethy
lene
percent. oo
99 99
Thin-filmoventest, 118in.(3.2
mm),325 "r ltOe "C; 5 hr
Losson heating,percent.
0.80 0.80 1.0 1.3
Penetration, of residue,percent
of original.
58 54 50 46
oF (25
ouciitityof residueat77
oC;
5 cm. per min.,cm.
50 75 75 100
301-a
TABLE 301-3
REOUIREMENTS F'ORMEDIUM-CURING TYPE ASPHALTS (AASHTO M-82)
MC-70 MC - 2s0 MC - 800

Min. Max Min. Max Min. Max
\A/rtor nornonf 0.2 0.2 0.2

F l a s hp o i n t( t a g .o p e nc u p ) ,D e g r e eC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oo 66
KinematicViscosityat 60oC(140"F)(See Note
1\ Centistnkes 70 140 250 500 800 1600
Distillation
test:
Distillate,percentageby volume of total distillate
at 360oc(680"F)
^t 22qoc. (a?7otr\ 0 20 0 't0
A l 2600C /500
0F) 20 60 15 55 n 35
at 315 0C /600 oF'l 65 90 60 87 45 80
oC (680
Residue from distillationat 360 "F)
Volumepercentage of sampleby difference...... 55 ol 75
Testson residuefrom distillation:

p e n e t r a t i o1n0, 0 g .5, s e c . ,a t 2 5 o C( 7 7 " F ) . . . . . . . . . 120 250 120 250 120 , 2 5 0
Ductility,5 cm/min,cm (see note2) 100 100 100
S o l u b i l i it ny T r i c h l o r o e t h y l epneer,c e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 9 . 0 99.0 99.0
Note: '1, As an alternate,SayboltFurolvicositiesmay be specifiedas following:
GradeMC-70 FurolViscosityat 50oC(122"F)- 60 to 120 Sec.

GradeMC-250FurolViscosityat 60oC(140"F)- 125to 250 Sec.
GradeMC-800FurolViscosityat 82.2oC(180"F)- 100 to 200 Sec.
2. lf penetrationof residueis morethan 200 and its ductilityat 25oC(77'F)

is lessthan 100 cm., the materialwillbe acceptableif its ductilityat 15.5
oF;
"C 100 is morethan 100 cm.
301-b
TABLE 301-4
ITEQUIREMENTSFOR IL{PID-CURING TYPE ASPHALTS (AASHTO M-81)
RC-70 RC - 250 RC - 800
Min. Max Min. Max Min. Max
Water,percent....... 0.2 0.2 0.2

F l a s hp o i n t( t a g .o p e nc u p ) ,D e g r e eC . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 27
KinematicViscosityat 60oG (140"F)(See Note

1\ Cantielnkcq
7n
140 lsb 500 800 1 6 0 0
test:
Distillation
Distillate,percentageby volume of total distillate
at 360oC(6Bo"F)
'10
at 1go"c (37:4"F)
tt 2)60(. t4?70tr\ 50 35 15
af rAnoc /qnootr\ 70 60 45
at 21F'on /Ann otr\ 85 80 75
oC (680
Residue from distillationat 360 "F)
Volumepercentage of sampleby difference...... 55 65 75
Tests on residuefrom distillation:

oF)..
100g: 5 Sec.,at 25"C (77
penetration, . ... BO 120 BO 120 80 120
5 cm/min,of 25oC (77"F) cm ............
Ductility, 100 100 100
percent
Solubilityin Trichloroethylene, 99.0 99.0 99.0
Note: As an alternate,SayboltFurolvicositiesmay be specifiedas following:
GradeRC-70 FurolViscosityat 50oC(122"F)- 60 to 120 Sec.

GradeRC-250 FurolViscosityat 60oC('140"F)- 125to 250 Sec.
GradeRC-800 FurolViscosilyat 82.2oC(180"F)- 100 to 200 Sec.
301-c
TABLE 3OI-5
Trrna
Rapid-Settine Slow-Settins
RS-I RS-2 SS-I SS.lh
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. NIax. Min. Ma
Test on Emulsions:
Viscosity,
SaybottFurotat T7"F(ZSoF).
Sec............. 2A 100 20 100 20 10(
Viscosity,
SaybottFurolat 122oF(50"C)Sec.......... 75 400
Settlement5days,
percent(a) . . . ...,. 6
5
Storagestability
test 1 day (b)............., 1 4
I 1 1
Demulsibility,
35 m1. 0.02 NCaCl2percent 60 60
Cementmixingtest,percent........... .
2.0 2.0
Sievetest,percent....... 0.10 n 4n
0.10 0.1(
Residueby distillation,
percent..... 55 63 57
Test penetration
Test on Residue from Distillation
"F(2s"c;toog.5 sec.
100 200 100 200 '100 200 on
4A
Ductility,77"F (25oC),5 cm/min.cm 40 40 40 40
Solubilityin trichloroethylene,
percent 97.5 97.5 97"5 97.5
Surface treatment, Surfacetreatment& Plantor road mixturewith gradedand f t e
penetration penetration aggregates,a substantialquantityof wh :h
Suggested
macadam and tack macadam passes a No. B (2.3mm) sieve and a
coat portion of which may pass a No. 2 )0
(0.075mm) sieve;slurrysealtreatments
a) The test requirementfor settlementmay be waivedwhen the emulsifiedasphaltis used in less than 5 days
time; or the Engineer
requirethat the settlementtest be run from the time the sampleis receiveduntilit is used,if the elapsedtimeis less
'Pt
than 5 daysl
b) The 24-hr. (1 day) storagestabilitytest may be used insteadof the 5 days setflementtest.
c) The demulsibilitytest shallbe nnadewithin30 daysfrom date of shipment.
301-d
ITEM 302 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT
302.I DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof furnishingall plant, labour,equipment,material

and performingall operationsin.applyinga liquid asphaltprime coat on a
previouslyprepared and untreated;earth sub grade, waterboundbase
course,crushedaggregatebase course,tops of roadwayshoulders,and as
otherwiseshown on the plans in strict accordancewith the specificationand
in conformitywiththe linesshownon the drawings'
of the item 301

Asphaltic materialshall conform to the requirements
'Asphaltic MateTialS";
eitheaentbaek or EmulsifiedAsphalt,whichever is
specifiedin the Billof Quantities.
Prime coat shall be appliedwhen the surfaceto be treatedis dry: exceptthat

when emulsifiedasphaltis used,the surfacemay be reasonablymoist. The
applicationis prohibitedwhen the weather is foggy or rainy,or when the
atmospherictemperatureis below fifteen (15) degree C unless otheruvise
directedby the Engineer.Priorto the applicationof the primecoat,all loose
materialsshallbe removedfrom the surfaceand the same shall be cleaned
by means of approved mechanicalsweepers or blowers and/or hand
brooms,untilit is as free from dust as is deemedpracticable.No trafficshall
be pefmitted on the surface after it has been prepared to receive the
bituminousmaterial. Priorto the applicationof prime coat on bridgedecks
and concretepavdments,the surfacesshall be cleanedof all loosematerial
as describedin Section302.3. All expansionjoints shall be cleanedand
filled with bituminousmaterialas directed by the Engineer.Areas to be
primedwill be classifiedas under:
(i) The top of earth surface or water bound base courses from a
pointtwenty(20) centimetersoutsidethe edge of the pavement
line to 20 cms outside the line on the oppositeside of the
roadway.
(ii) The top of the shouldersfrom the inter-sectionof embankment

slopeand top of subgradeto the edge of the pavementline.
(iii) The bridgewearingsurfacefrom curb to curb and end to end of

bridgewearingsurface.
(iv) Other surfaces as shown on the plans or ordered by the

Engineer.
Primedsurfaceshallbe kept undisturbed for at least24 hours,so that the

bituminousmaterialtravelsbeneathand leavesthe top surfacein non-
tackycondition.No asphalticoperationsshallstarton a tackycondition.
302.3.r Equipment
The liquid asphalticmaterial shall be sprayed by means of a pressure

distributorof not less than 1000 litre capacity,mounted on pneumatictyres
of suchwidthand numberthat the load producedon the road surfacewill not
exceed hundred(100) Kg per cm width of tyre. lt shall be of recognized
manufacturer.
The tank shall have a heating device able to heat a complete charge of
asphalticliquid up to one hundredeighty (180) degree C. The heating
deviceshall be so that overheatingwill not occur. consequenfly,the flamei
must not touch directlyon the castingof the tank containingine asphaltic
liquidor gasestherefrom.The contractorwill be responsiblefor any fire or
accidentresultingfrom heatingof bituminousmaterials.The liquidshall be
circulatedor stirredduringlhe heating. The tank shall be insulatedin sueh a
way that the drop in temperaturewhen the tank is filledand not heated,will
be less than two (2) degree c per hour. A thermometershall be fixed to the
tank in orderto be able to controlcontinuouslythe temperatureof the liquid.
The thermometershallbe placedin such a way that the highesttemperature
in the tank is measured. The tank shall be furnishedwitn a device that
indicatesthe contents. The pipesfor fillingthe tank shall be furnishedwith
an easilyinterchangeable filter.
The distributorshall be able to vary the spraywidth of the asphalticliquidin

steps of maximum 10 cm, to a total width of four (4) M. The sprayingbar
shall have nozzlesfrom which the liquid is sprayedfan-shapedon the road
surfaceequallydistributedoverthe totalsprayingwidth.
The distributorshallhavea pumpfor sprayingthe liquiddrivenby a separate

motor,or the speed of the pump shall be synchronizedwith the speed of the
distributor. The pump shall be furnishedwith an indicatorshowing the
performancein litresper minute. At the suctionside the pump shall hive a
filtereasilyexchangeable.A thermometershall be fixed,which indicatesthe
temperatureof the liquidimmediatelybeforeit leavesthe sprayingbar.
The distributorshall be furnishedwith a tachometerindicatingthe speed in

meter per minute. The tachometershall be visiblefrom the driver'sseat.
The functionof the distributorshall be so exact that the deviationfrom the
prescribedquantityto be spread on any squaremeterdoes not exceed10%
The distributorshall be equippedwith a devicefor hand sprayingof the
bituminousliquid,to coverany irregulararea or coveringthe area improperly
sprayed.
302.3.2
lmmediatelybeforeapplyingprime coat, the full area of surfaceto be treated

shall be swept with a power broomto removeall dirt and other objectionable
material.lf requiredby the Engineer,the surfaceshall be made moist but
not saturated. Asphaltic Materialsshall be appliedat
302-2
temperature statedin ltem 301 by approvedpressuredistributors
operated
by skilledworkmen.The spraynozzlesandspraybarsshallbe adjustedand
frequently checkedso as to ensureuniformdistribution.Sprayingshall
ceaseimmediately uponany cloggingor interferenceof any nozzleand
remedial measures takenbeforespraying is resumed.
of asphalticmaterial(cutback/emulsified)
The ratefor application shallbe as
unoer:-
TYPE OF SURFACE LITRES PER SOUARE METER
Minimum Maximum
1. Subgrade,Subbase,
Water boundbaseco,,rses, 0.65 1.75
and Crushedstonebasecourse.
2. Bridge,WearingSurfaces,
ConcretePavement 0.15 0.4
However, from
the exactrateshallbe specifiedby the Engineerdetermined
fieldtrials.
by the Engineerand performedby the

Thetestmethodsshallbe determined
in thepresence
Contractor of Engineer.
Theprimecoatshallbe leftundisturbed for a periodof at least24 hours,and

shallnot be opened to trafficuntilit has penetrated and curedsufficientlyso
that it will not be pickedup by the wheelsof passingvehicles. The
Contractorshall maintainthe prime coat until the next courseis applied.
Care shallbe takenthat the application of bituminous materialis not in
excessof the specifiedamounts,any excessshallbe blottedwith sand or
similartreatment.All areasinaccessible to the distributorshallbe sprayed
tnanuallyusing the device for hand spraying fromthe distributor.
The surfaceof structuresand treesadjacentto the areabeingtreatedshall

in suchmanneras to preventtheirbeingspatteredor marred.
be protected
Where no convenient detouris availablefor traffic,operations shall be

confinedto one-hdlfthe roadwaywidth at a time. The Contractog shall
providepropertrafficcontrolso that vehiclesmay proceedwithoutdamage
to the primedarea. Workshallnot be startedon the portionof the roadnot
coveredby previousapplicationuntil the surfacepreviouslycoveredhas
driedandis readyfor traffic.
302.4 ANDPAYMENT
MEASUREMENT
302.4.r Measurement
Theunitof measurement shallbe squaremeteras actuallycoveredby prime

with thesespecifications.
coat in accordance No measurement or payment
for
willbe made the areas primed outside
the specified,
limits, herein,
shown
on theplansor designatedbythe Engineer.
302-3
Blottingmaterialwillnot be measuredfor paymentand shallbe considered
to theprimecoat.
subsidiary
302.4.2 Pavment
The paymentfor area primed measuredas stated above, shall be made for
the contractunit price per sM, which paymentshall be full compensationfor
furnishingall labour, material,tools, equipment and incidentalsand for
performingalt the work involvedin applyingprime coat, completein place in
accordancewith these specifications:

No. Measurement
302 Bituminous
PrimeCoat. SM
3024
ITEM 303 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT
303.1 DESCRIPTION
The work coveredby this sectionshallconsistin furnishingall plant,labour,

equipment and ap'plyingasphaltic material on a previously prepared
asphalticlayer,in additionto performingall operationsin connectionwith the
applicationof a Bituminoustack coat, complete in accordancewith these
specificationsand to the width shown on the typical cross- sections of
applicabledrawings.
Asahlltic mateiiatshallconformto the requiiement$of item 301, "Asphaltic

Materials"for emulsifiedasphalt,or cut back asphaltas calledfor in the Bill
of Quantities.
lmmediatelybefore applyingthe tack coat, all loose material, cjirt or other

objectionablematerial,shall be removedfrom the surface to be treated by
power brooms and/or blowers,supplementedwith hand brooms,as directed
by the Engineer.The tack coatshallbe appliedonlywhen the surfaceis dry,
hbweverfioremulsifiedasphalt,applicationmay be n'ladeon a reasonable
moist surface. Applicationof tack coat shall be avoided in case of foggy or
rainyweather. Priorto the application,an inspectionof the preparedsurface
'Engineerto determine its fitness to receive the
will be made by the
Bituminousbinderand no tack coatwill be applieduntilthe surfacehas been
approved.
303.3.r Equipment
Equipmentshall conformin all respectto the provisionunder.ltem302.3.1

and'shall be subject to the approvalof the Engineer in additionto the
maintenanceof the same in a satisfactoryworking conditionat all times. A
hand power spray attachmentto a bitumen pressure distributoror other
containerhavingan independently operatedbitumenpump,pressuregauge,
thermometer for determiningthe temperature of the asphalt tank contents
and a hose connected to a hand power spray suitable for applying the
Bituminoustack coat in the amountsspecified- all to be such as to meetthe
approvalof the Engineer,shallbe furnished.
303.3.2 Applicationof AsphalticMaterial:
Asphalticmaterialshallbe appliedby meansof a pressuredistributor, at the

temperaturestated in ltem 301 for the particular material being used. Rates
of applicationof cut back shall be within the range of 0.2-0.4 lihes per
square meter and for emulsified asphalt the rate shall be withinthe rage of
-
O.b O.O litre per square meter; the exact rate shall be specified by the
Engineer.
303-1
care shallbe takenthat the applicationof asphalticmaterialis not in excess
of the specifiedquantity;any excess asphaltshall be blotted by sand or
similartreatment. All areas inaccessibleto the distributorshall be treated
manually using the device for hand spraying from the distributor. The
surfacesof structuresand trees adjacentto the areas being treated shall be
protectedin such a manner as to preventtheir beingspatteredor marred.
where no convenient detour is available for traffic, operations shall be

confined to one-half the roadway width at a time. The contractor shall
provide proper traffic control so that vehicles may proceed without damage
to the treatedarea. work shall not be startedon the portionof the road not
covered by previous application until the surface previously covered has
dried and is readyfor paving.
Traffic shall be kept off the tack coat at ail times. The tack coat shail be
sprayedonly so far in advanceoflhe surfacecourse as will permit it to dry to
a "tacky"condition. The contractor shall maintainthe tack coat until the next
course has been placed. Any area that has become fouled, by traffic or
otheruvise,shall be cleaned by contractor at his own cost before the next
courseis applied.
303.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesof BituminousTack coat shall be measuredin square meter

for the actualarea Tacked with asphalticmaterialon the preparedsurface in
accordancewith this specification.
303.4.2 Piyment
The paymentof bituminousTack coat, measuredas stated above shall be

paid for at the contract unit price per square meter,which paymentshall be
full compensationfor furnishingall labour,materials,tools, equipmentand
incidentalsand for performingall the work involvedin applyingTack coat
completein place, as shown on the Drawingsand in accordancewith these
speiification.

No. Measurement
303 Bituminous
TackCoat. SM
ITEM 304 BITUMINOUSSURFACETREATMENTANDSEALCOAT./
PAD COAT
304.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shallconsistof one or more applications of asphalticmaterialand

one.ormorecoversofaggregatesoranapplicationofaspha|ticmateriai
and ir'
*iinort ajgregates apptijO'in accordancewith these specifications
on the typical or as
cross-sections
contormit!-withtne lines and width shown
establishedbYthe Engineer.
304.2.1 Aggregate
goqnq
Aggregate shall csnsist of clean, dry, hard, durable,toUgh,Algqlql
gravel of uniform quality,and free from dirt, clay
crushed stone or crushed
iratter. Aggregates from only the sources of
anJ otner objectionable
of wea" lt:/
establishedadhesionpropertieswould be used.The percentage
than fc':tv
the Los AngelesAbrasiontest (AASHTOT-96) shall not be more
as per BS-812 (1990)
(40). Aggregatecrushingvalue (ACV).whentested
inatt niie"ieed 25%. filnen subjectedto five (5) cycles of sodium-sulfate
a weight
soundnesstestingas determinedbyAASHTOT-104, it shall have
(10) percent. The moisture content in the
loss of not greater than ten
directlyto the of the bituminous material shall not
aggregateap-ptieO lirrfqce
p"r"eni
tnreb'1a1 by weight plus one-half (112)the water absorption
shall free
of the aggregateat the time of dllivery to the Project. !n no case
"iJ"""O
moisturebe drawingfrom the truck bed'
Theportionofaggregateretainedontheg.5mm(3/8inch)sievesha||not
of flat or
contain more thln f-ifte"n (15) percent of particles by weight
or both,that the'ratio between the maximum and the minimum
etongateO,
2.5:1. Flakiness lndex,testedunder BS-812 (1990) part
diminsionsexceeds
105,sha||be25(max)fornominalsizel8mmandl2mmand30(max)for
nominalsize9mm.
against
The nominalsizes of aggregatesused for surfacetreatment;shown
table304-1shallbe as under:
SizeNo. 1 - Nominalsize 18 mm
SizeNo.2 - .Nominalsize 12 mm
SizeNo .3 - Nominalsize 9 mm
SizeNo. 4 - Nominalsize 6 mm
in thetablebe
areOefrned
Thenominalsize
*
Specified Size
NominalSize PassLn_g_ Retained
o/o?ga
(mm) Sieve (mm)
o/o?!e Sieve(mm)
1B 19 100 12.5 85
i2 12.5 100 9.5 85
I 9.5 100 6.3 B5
6 6.3 100 4.75 85
. rialwithinthe resPective
SIEVES.
304-1
For Materialpassing3/8" Sieve,followingTableshallbe used:
The asphaltic material shall conform to the requirementsof ltem
'Asphaltic 301
Materials'.The type shall be one of the following,as ihown in the
Bill of Quantitiesor orderedby the Engineer.sprayingteriperaiureshall
be
as shownagainsteachtype.
able T atures for SurfaceTreatments

Asphalt Type / Grade SprayingTemperature
SurfaceTreatments
a. AsphattUements
AC-2.5 1 3 0m i n .
AC-5 '140mn.
AC-10 1 4 0m n .
AC-20 1 4 5m i n .
AC-40 1 5 0m i n .
AR-1000 1 5 5m i n .
AR-2000 1 4 0m i n .
AR-4000 1 4 5m i n .
AR-BOOO 1 4 5m i n .
AR-16000
200-300pen. 1 3 0m i n .
120-150pen. 130min.
85-100pen. 1 4 0m i n .
60-70pen. 1 4 5m i n .
40-50pen. 1 5 0m i n .
p. EmutstttedAsphalts
RS-1 20-60
RS-2 50-85
MS-1 20-70
MS-2
MS-2h
HFMS-1 20-70
HFMS-2
FIFMS-2h
HFMS-2s
SS-1
SS.1h
CRS-1 50-85
CRS-2 50-85
CMS-2
cMS-2h
CSS-1
CSS-1h
3442.
Asphalt Type / Grade SprayingTemperature
SurfaceTreatments
CutbackAsphalts(RC, MC, SC)
30 (MConlv) 30 min.
70 50 min.
250 75 min.
800 95 min.
3000 1 1 0m i n .
At the time of the application,the weathershall be warm and dry, and the
road surfaceshall be clean and dry. Sprayingshall not be done unlessthe
roadtemperatureis abovetwenty(20)degreeC for at leastone hour priorto
the commencementof-sprayingoperations,and the lernperatureshall not be
less than twenty (20) degree C duringthe spraying. Prior to applyingthe
asphalticmaterial,dirl and other objectionablematerialsshall be removed
from the surfaceand surfaceshall be primedas per item 302. lf so directed
by the Engineer,the surfaceshall be cleanedby power broomingor wire
brushuntilall looseand foreignmaterialsare removed.
304.3.1 Equipment
Equipmentshallconformin all respectsto the provisionsunderltem 302.3.1.

The equipmentshall be operatedby the manpowerspeciallytrainedfor this
work. Necessarysafetyarrangementfor the workers,equipmentand traffic
shallbe ensuredduringthe operations.
3043.2 PreparationofSurface
and surfacedamagee.g. potholes,depressions,raveling,shall

lrregularities
be corrected prior to surface dressing.The Engineer shall also satisfy
himself that fundamentalpavement defects e.g. base failure, drainage
problemsetc. have been remediedbefore surface dressingis attempted.
'bleeding',shall be cut out
Areas,which are excessivelyrich in bitumene.g.
and patched. All patches, however, occasioned shall be thoroughly
compacted,sealedand blindedwith crusherdust beforeopeningto trafficfor
severaldays beforesurfacedressingcommences.
of binderall dirt,dust are foreignmaterial

lmmediatelypriorto the application
shall be removedby thoroughbroomingand / or the use of compressedair.
Adheringmud or othersoilingmay be removedusingwaterand brushes,the
generaluse of waterto washthe roadshallnot be permitted.
304.3.3 Applicationof AsphalticMaterials
Asphalt cement, liquid asphaltand emulsifiedasphalt shall be appliedby

means of pressure distributormanual or automatic at the temperature
specifiedfor the type and grade of asphalt being used. The rates of
applicationshallbe withinthe rangesgivenin Table304-1.
304-3
v-v0t,
poupads
sa'ueroL*urrilr^
aqrerrsparrdde
aqo]sale6ar66"
ri lfli;ll
"ttt
'asBInS
Oql uotj poôulel
eq lle-pue paptoê aq lleqs leuo]Br! taôc lo suorlecr;dde
[eq:.abeJJrds
'saprLla^
aq1ourddepaô lo slaaLmol aroqpelou saop pue 'sllnsarocerns
uena ue lrlun pabbelpuooJqpue pellor reqynl pue a1e6e:66e
leuoryppe
tllm paJanocaq lleqs ecefns aql uo smoqs laputq ajaqm acegdIuy
'palrqrqo:d
oq saslnocleasaLll
o1aoeuep-Joleualeu ranocall] lo ]uoruoceldsrp ur s]lnsoJ'r.lcrqM
luerudrnbJ
;o ecerd {ue 1o 6uru:n1.ro ,burddols,6urpe1s}o selnpacoJd paute}qo
s! oce1.tnspalceduoc IgqOno:oq1 ,L{}oouls
e lt}un ,iluo anurluoc lleqs
'railorpuocas
9utttgu e se pasn oq {etr suol (gj lq6te o1 (g) xrs uoa/\^loq
-raors v 'Jalourluec e.renosT'6)g:;'
burqbrervrJailor poroaLr^
1o ernsserd
]cBluoculnuturrrJe 6uneq la1;o:a:Iycrleutnaudpelledold_1|as e qym pa1lot
aq lleqs aceJJnspaleojl eq1 'e1e6ar66eaql 10 ourpeerdsJaue{le1erpeutrl
'burr{elds
raye salnurur(67)
{1uaaq}o ssocxaur pouade Jo}palenocunuteuloJlleqsJaputqaq11ouoryod
o1r1'lleqdsepaferds {pneu eq1uo r;lcarrpOurnupuro4 ropeorosite6aio6e
lesruBr{3auraLl}pue )3ru1 oll} 10 seil1 eql luanerd ol se os ,oues spea:ds
lr se pJe/v\)ceqaôrrJ l1eqs a1e6er66eaql ourfurec rcrut aqr .raeur6u3
gql fq peno.rddesuBaul raqlo r{ue ro repeards e1e6a.r66e'-lecruer..l3or!
penorddeuB_rIloJJ acelns paleoJleql JaAopalnqulstpr{1uane pue {;ur.ro;run
fup ';eueleurcrlleqdseaq1 bur^lddereye ,(1a1erpeurul
aq llBrls a1e6a.r66e
@ v'e'vOe
'paunsal st
uotlnqlJlsrp ololaq uo)el oq llBrls
saJnseeuta^tlcalloc pue aEzou r{ue1o asueJola}utto 6ur66o;crue uodn
aseoclleqsuollnqutslpoqt 'parnsuasr uor}nqulsrp
r{lalerpaurur uJJoJrun }eq}
polcaLlcrtJluenba4pue pelsnlppos aq lleLlslBq {e.rdseq1 eq1pue
1o iqotaLl
salzzoufelds eq11oa16ueeq1 'eberaôcuonaun6ursnec-rqa:aLll
leueleur
snourunltqoq] ql!/v\:le ;adxeol pamolleaq rolnqulstpoq) lleqs osec ou ul
'leHaletusnouttunltq uotlnqulslpLlJolun
lo e aq.'il/'êio4 l€ql os .ublle-rJddE
qcPo ]o pua oLll le Jolnqulsrpalll u! ual
letJaleu snoutulnltqluotetJJns
pue pelelnbal os oq lleqs letJaleu snoululnllqaql
lo uotlnqulsl6 ,t-ervr
palone4oLl]Jo acelns oq] uo leueleu snoutunltqdup
1oullm lustueqcout
ro Jeqr{erdseql }eq1paubrsepos aq 11eqsburpeards1ouueqnn')o1nqr,r}slp aqI
'JBocJonocaql
'llrrlcol pomolle ]o uotluole:lredu.rrostmJoqlo ro ,fup ,dn
las oq ll$ leueleu snoutunltqlpql JouueurL{cnsut paaco:d
suorleladolleLlssacuelsuncJtcou lapun 'Jaôcr;elerpauwr uec letJaleu
leoc Jaôc qlm papeol slcnJ] qctqM leLll uetll paosxo lou lleqs leuoleu.l
snourunltq;o pee:ds10 q16ua1 oq|aceJJns 6urpuq100rusB arnsseol apeur
I|;nla.recoq lleLlsspealds Jo suollcunf .:euueu pbno.rddeue ut palca,,oc
oq ller.1ssatcuatct;opJo seale peddlys Auy 'peuedo st leq Ields aq1
aurl aql 1e peads uorlecl;dde :edold le pleruo16urnou.r aq llBt.lslolnqulstp
aql 'acrôp burpeerdsaLll rxor1e1eba.r66e eql Iq paJaôooq ol L.llptm oLll
ueql arou rxo (0t) ual lseel le oq lleqs sletraleu snoutunltq1o pea.rdseq1
304.3.5 Maintenanceof Traffic
Detouringof highwaytrafficfor this work on runningroadwill not be provided

for or peimitted,except when authorizedby the Engineer' All construction
operations shall be coordinatedto result in the least practicabledelay of
trattic. One way traffic shall be maintainedand traffic speeds restrictedto
fifteen (15) Km per hour. The contractorshall provideflagmen,warning
signs, bariicades, and a sufficient number of pilot cars to control traffic
thioughthe bituminoussealingoperationswhen so directedby the Engineer.
pilot cars shallbe usedto lead the trafficthroughthe areasof all distribution
and sealingoperations. Pilot cars shall be light "Pick up" trucks or other
approvedvbhiclesand shallbe equippedwith signsreading"PILOT
CAR - DO NOT PASS"in both Englishand Urdu languages'Two (2) signs

shall be mountedon the vehicles so as to be clearly visible from both
direetisns,One (1) flagman shall be stationedimmediatelyahead Sf the
applicationof the bituminousmaterial and one (1) flagman immediately
behind the section being rolled. Suilable speed limit signs shall be
displayed,and the signs shall move forwardwith the flagmanas the work
progresses.
No separatepaymentshall be made for conformanceto this paragraph.All

these items beihgconsideredsubsidiaryto the item (s) given in the Bill of
Quantities.
304.3.6 Workins Period
All work shall be so conductedthat the work of applyingasphalt and

aggregateand of all rollingshall be completedduringthe time from sunrise
to sunset and under favorableweather conditionsaS determinedby the
Engineer.
304.3.7 work
Maintenanceof comPleted
when directed by the Engineer, the contractor will be required to add

bituminousmaterialor aggregateor both to the portionof road identifiedfor
such purposeon the project.Furnishingadditionalbituminousmaterialand
furnishing,spreading,draggingand rollingof additionalaggregatewill not be
paidfor separatelybut will be consideredas subsidiarywork pertainingto the
relevantitem of "Bituminous SurfaceTreatment"'
304.3.8 Openingto Traffic and after-care
There shallbe no delayin openinga completedsurfacedressingto traffica,t

a controlledspeed.Priorto openingto traffic any spillageof aggregatesshall
be removed and any binder drips or wind blown contaminationshall be
dusted with crusherwaste. After 2-3 days under traffic,excess stone will be
removedby brushing.
304.3.9 Pad Coat
To ensure chippingretentionwhen surface dressinga very hard surface, a

pad coat consistingof applicationof an initialbindersprayfollowedby 6 mm.
chipping will be applied.After stabilizingof pad coat under traffic, the
appropriatesurfacedressingwill be applied.
304.5
304.4.1 Measurement
The quantityof surfacetreatmentto be paidfor shall be measuredin square

meterwithinthe theoreticallinein placeas shownon drawing. No allowance
will be given for materialplaced outsidethe theoreticallimits of finished
surfacingwhetherplacedfor, due to requirementof contractor'soperations
or placedout sidethe limitsdue to inadequatecontrol.
304.4.2 Payment
The aggregateand asphalticmaterialmeasuredas stated above shall be

paid for at the contractunit price per square meter for a particularitem listed
below and shown on the bill of quantities,which payment shall be full
coqlpglsetion_Iq fuittrsflQg a!! labour, materiats, tooJs equipment and
incidentalfor performingall the work in the constructionof bituminous
surface treatment or seal coat complete in place and according to
specification, includingprimingof surface.

No. Measurement
304a SingleSurface
Treatment SM
304b DoublesurfaceTreatment SM
304c TripleSurfaceTreatment SM
304d SealCoat/ PadCoat SM
304-6
TABLE 304-1
Ouantitiesof Materialsfor BituminousSurfaceTreatments
Surface Treatment Aggregate Bituminous Material
Type Application SizeNo. Quantity Kg. Quantity Litres Type

/Sq.M / Sq.M
1.19 (a)
Single Single z 12.5
1.63 (b)
(a)
First I
I 24.0
Double 2.14 (b)
1.19 (a)
Second 3 12.5
1.63 (b)
1.90 (a)
First 1 24.0
2.14 (b)
Tripple 1.19 (a)
Second 2 12.5
1.63 (b)
Third 3 6.5 0.68 (c)
Seal Coat / Pad Coat with 4 4 0.5 (c)

Aggregate
Notes:-
typesare (a) asphaltcement,(b)cut-backor emulsified

material
Bituminous
and(c)asphaltcement,cut-back
andemulsified.
of bituminous
Quantities by 115%
materialmaybe variedby the Engineer
dependingon siteconditions.
iii) Primecoat shallbe appliedpriorto the surfacetreatmentfor the newly

pavement
constructed at the rateas specifiedin the item302.3.2.
304-7
ITEM 305 ASPHALT CONCRETE WEARING COURSE- PLANT MIX
305.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of furnishingaggregatesand asphalt binder at a

central mixing plant, to a specified mixing temperature,transporting,
spreadingand compactingthe mixturein an approvedmanneron primedor
tacked base, subbase,subgrade,bridge deck or concrete pavementin
accordancewith these specificationsand in conformitywith the lines,grades
and typical cross-sectionsshown in the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
30s.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
305.2.1 Mineral Aggregates
The Aggregatesshall consist of coarse aggregates,fine aggregatesand

fillermaterial,if requiredand shall be clean,hard,tough,durableand sound
particlesof uniformquality,geology,petrologyand free from decomposed
material, vegetable matter, soil, clay, lumps and other deleterious
substances.
Coarse aggregatewhich is the materialretained on an AASHTO No. 4

Sieve,shall consistofone hundred(100) % crushedrock orcrushed gravel
having two (2) faces mechanicallycrushed. The type of source shall be
uniform throughoutthe quarry location from where such a material is
obtained.The coarseaggregatesshallbe free from.anexcessof flat orland
elongatedparticles.
Fine aggregatewhich is the materialpassingfrom AASHTO No. 4 sieve,

shalfconsistof 100o/o
crushedmaterialfrom rock or boulder. Fineaggregate
shallbe storedseparately,
and no naturalsandwill be allowedin the mix.
when the combinedgradingof the coarseand fine aggregatesis deficientin

materialpassingthe AASHTo No. 200 sieve,mineralfillermaterialshall be
added as approvedby the Engineer.The fillershall consistof finelydivided
mineralmatter such as rock dust, hydratedlime, hydraulic,calcineddust
cement or other suitablemineral matter free from lumps, balls or other
deleteriousmaterialand shallconformto the followinggradation:
SieveDesignation
mm Inch Percent Weisht
0.600 No.30 100

0.300 No.50 95-100
0.075 No.200 70-100
The coarseand fine aggregatesshallmeetthe followingrequirements:
a) The percentof wear by the Los Angeles Abrasiontest (AASHTO
T 96) shallnot be morethanthirty(30)'
b) The loss when subjectedto five cyclesof the SodiumSulphate
Soundnesstest (AASHTOT 104) shall be less than twelve(12)
DercenI.
c) The Sand Equivalent(AASHTO 1 176) determinedafter all
processingexceptfor additionof asphaltcementshallnot be less
than45.
d) All aggregatesshall have a liquid limit of not more than twenty
five (25) and a PlasticityIndex of not more than four (4) as
determinedby AASHTOT-89 and T-90.
e) The portion of aggregates retained on the 9.5 mm (3/8 inch)
sieve shall not containmore than 10 percent by weight of flat
and/or elongated particles (ratio of maximum to minimum
dimension = 2.5'.1\.
Stripping test shall be performed on crush aggregatesas
describedunder AASHTO-182and only that materialshall be
allowedwhichqualifiesthe test.
g) The coarse aggregatesshall be checked if desired by the
Engineerfor cationicand anionicbehaviourso that their affinity
with the bitumento be usedis verified.
h) Petrographicexaminationof the coarse aggregate shall be
conductedif so directedby the Engineer.
The percentageof particleshavingcertain proportionsbetweentheir largest
and smallestdimensions(i.e.betweenthe largestdistancethe particlescan
fill out betweentwo parallelplanesthat will permitthe particleto pass),shall
be determinedin the followingwaY:
Form a sampleof coarseaggregates,all particlespassingNo. 4

sieve are eliminated.The sample shall be of sufficientquantity
that at least100 particlesremain.
By means of a sliding caliper, the largest and smallest
dimensions,as definedabove,are determinedfor each particle
and its proportioncalculated(withone decimal).
iii The total weightsof particleshavingthe proportionstwo and a
half (2.5) or less and three (3) or less, are determinedand their
percentagein relationto the totalsampleare calculated.
Asphalticbinderto be mixedwith the aggregateto produceasphalticbase

shall be asphaltcement penetrationgrade 40-50,60-70 or 80-100 as
specifiedby the Engineer.Generallyit will meet the requirementof AASHTO
M-20.
30s.2.3 Asphalt Concrete Wearing Course Mixture
The compositionof the asphaltic concrete paving mixture for wearing course
shall conform to Class A and/or Class B shown in the following table:
Table 305-1
Asphalt Concrete Wearing Course Requirements
Mix Designation ClassA ClassB
CompactedThickness 50-80mm 35-60mm
Combihed
AEEregate
Giadin$ReqUiaemEffiS
SieveDesignation Percent Passingby Weight

mm Inch
25 1 100
19 3t4 90-100 100
12.5 1t2 75-90
9.5 3/8 56-70 60-80
4.75 No.4 35-50 40-60
2.38 No.8 23-35 20-40
1.18 N o .1 6 5-12 5-15
0.075 No. 200 2-8 3-8
AsphaltContentweight
percentof totalmix 3 . 5( M i n . ) 3 . 5( M i n)
The asphalt concrete wearing course mixture shall meet the following
MarshalTest Criteria:
Compaction, numberof blows 75

each end of specimen
Stability 1000Kg(Min)
Flow,0.25mm (0.01inch) 8-14
Percentair voidsin mix 4-7
Percentvoidsin mineralaggregates accordingto table5.3MS-2
(AsphaltInstitute- USA ), sixth
addition,
1993.
Lossof Stability 20%(Max.)
305-3
305.2..{ Job-Mix.Formula
At least one week prior to production,a Job-Mix Formula (JMF) for the
asphalticwearingcoursemixtureor mixturesto be usedfor the project,shall
be establishedjointlyby the Engineerand the Contractor.
The JMF shall be establishedby MarshallMethodof Mix Designaccording

to the procedureprescribedin the Asphalt InstituteManual Series No. 2
(MS-2),sixthedition'1993orthe latestEdition.
The JMF, with the allowabletolerances,shall be within the master range

specifiedin Table 305-1. Each JMF shall indicatea single percentageof
aggregatepassingeach requiredsieve and a singlepercentageof bitumen
to be addedto the aggregates.
The ratio of weightof filler (PassingNo. 200) to that of asphaltshall range

between1 - 1.5 for hot climateareaswith temperaturemorethan 40 "C.

conformtheretowiththe followingrangesof tolerances:
Combined aqgreqatesg radation
Retair{ed
No. 4 and larger 17.0%
PassingNo.4 to No. 100sieves 14.0%
PassingNo.200 11.0%
Asphalt Content.
Weightpercentof total mix + 0.3%
In additionto meetingthe requirementsspecifiedin the precedingitems,the

mixtureas establishedby the JMF shall also satisfythe followingphysical
property:
Loss of MarshallStabilityby immersionof specimenin water at sixty (60)

degreeC. for twentyfour (24) hoursas comparedwiththe stabilitymeasured
afterimmersionin waterat sixty(60) degreeC. for twenty(20) minutesshall
not exceedtwenty(20) percent. lf the mixturefailsto meet this criterion,the
JMF shallbe modifiedor an anti-stripping
agentshallbe used.
Shoulda changeof sourcesof materialsbe made a new.JobMix Formula

shall be establishedbeforethe new materialis used. When unsatisfactory
resultsor otherconditionsmake it necessary,a new Job Mix Formulawill be
required.
Constructionrequirementsfor this ltem shallconformwith the same as

specified
for AsphalticConcreteBaseCoursePlantMix underltem 203.3,
exceptas modified
in thefollowingsub-items.
305-4
305.3.1 Preparationof BaseCourseSurface
Before spreadingmaterials,the surfaceof the previouslyconstructedand

acceptedbase courseon whichthe mix is to be placedshallbe conditioned
by applicationof a tack coat, if directedby the Engineer
305.3.2 PavementThicknessand Tolerances
The asphaltconcretewearingcourseshall be compactedto the desiredlevel

and crossslopeas shownon the drawingor as directedby the Engineer.
The tolerancesin compactedthicknessof the wearing course shall be

+3mm from the desiredthicknessshownon the drawings.For determination
of thicknessone ('1)core per hundredmetersof each lane will be taken. lf
the thicknessso determinedis deficientby more than three (3) mm, but not
more than ten (10) mm, paymentwill be made at an adjustedprice as
specifiedin table-1, clause305.4.2.(2)
of this specification.
The surface of the wearingcourseshall be testedby the Engineerusinga

5 meters straightedgeat seiectedlocations. The variationof the surface
from the testing edge of the straightedge between any two contacts,
longitudinalor transversewith the surfaceshall at no point exceedfive (5)
millimeters. The cross fall (camber)shall be with + 0.2 percentof that
specified,and the level at any point shall be within + three (3) mm of the
level shown on the Drawings. All humps or depressionsexceedingthe
specified toleranceshall be correctedby removingthe defectivework and
replacingit with new material,by overlaying,or by other meanssatisfactory
to the Engineer.
305.3.3 AcceptanceSamplingand Testing
Acceptance of sampling and testing for this ltem with respect to materials
and constructionrequirements, not specifiedherein,shall be in accordance
with the relevant, "Tablesfor Samplingand Testing Frequency,'in these
specifications.
30s.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
305.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesof Asphalticwearingcourseshall be measuredby volumein

CM. laid and compactedin place. Measurementsshall be based on the
dimehsionas shownon plansor as othenvisedirectedor authorizedby the
Engineer.A toleranceof + three (3) mm shall be allowed in comiiacted
thicknessof wearingcourse.However,any asphaltin excessof 3 mm shall
not be paid and any layerdeficientby more than 3 mm but not exceeding10
mm shallbe paidas per clause305.4.2(2) of this specification.
The quantityof bitumenmaterialused is includedin the asphaltconcrete

305-5
Quantitiesof Bitumenor asphalticconcretewasted or remainingon hand
aftercompletionof the work shallnot be measuredor paidfor.
305.4.2 Payment
1 ) The quantitydeterminedas providedabove shall be paid for at the

contractunit price respectivelyfor each of the particularpay items listed
below and shown in the Bill of Quantities, which prices and payment
shall constitutefull compensationfor all the costs necessaryfor the
propercompletionof the work prescribedin this item.Asphaltadditiveor
antistrippingagent, if allowedand used to meet with JMF requirement
shall not be paid directly,paymentshall be deemedto be includedin the
respectivepay itemsof Asphalticwearingcourse.
2\ Ptiaatedil5tmeRt. lf the ttiidkneSS

determinedeS per Cla0Se305.3.2of
this specificationis deficientby more than three (3) mm, but not more
than ten (10) mm, paymentwill be madeat an adjustedpriceas specified
in table-1below:-
Table - 1
Deficiency in thickness as determined Proportional Rate of contract

bY cores Price allowed.
0 . 0m m t o 3 . 0m m 100%
3 . 1m m t o 5 . 0 m m s0%
5 . 1m m t o 1 0 . 0m m 8Oo/o
When wearingcourse is more than ten ('10)mm deficientin thickness,

the contractorshall removesuch deficientareas and replacethem with
wearingcourse of an approvedqualityand thicknessor the contractor
may opt to place an additionallayerof wearingcourse asphalt,grading
with a minimum thicknessof 35 mm. The contractorwill receive no
compensation for the aboveadditionalwork.
Alternately,
the Contractormay chooseto overlaythe area in a thickness
of 30 mm (min.)with smoothtransitionas approvedby the Engineeron
eithersidewith no extracompensation.

No. Measurement
305a AsphalticConcretefor
WearingCourse(Class-A) CM
305b AsphalticConcretefor
WearingCourse(ClassB) CM
305=&
ITEM 306 SHOULDER TREATMENT
306.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of constructing shoulders of the types specified

hereinafterin accordancewith the specificationsand in coniormity to the
lines, grades thicknessand typicalcross-sectionsshown on the pl"ns or
establishedby the Engineer.
306.1.1 Definitionof Shoulders
That portion of the completed road construction which lies above the
9.!9vati919f the sybgrade or sub-baseand whlch e{eqds frsm the edge of
the wearingcourseto the pointof inter-section
with tne emojntment slopes
on eitherside of the road centerline.
306.2.1 Earth Shoulders
The materialused for "Earth Shoulders"shall consistof suitablematerials

from roadwayor structuralexcavationsupplementedby additionalsuitable
materialfrom borrowexcavationor as designatedon the plansand shall be
obtainedfrom sourcesapprovedby the Engineer.
306.2.2 AseregateShoulders
Materialused for'Aggregateshoulders"shall be of classdesignatedon the

plans and shall conform to all the requirementsof item 201,
"Granular
subbase",item 202,'AggregateBase course" or item 206, 'water Bound
MacadamBase".
306.2.3 SoiICementStabilizedShoulders
Materialfor soil cement shouldersshall conform to all the requirementsof

item 204,"SoilGementStabilizedSubbaseor Base',.
306.2.4 AsphalticMaterials
Materials for surface treatment of shoulders shall be liquid asphalts,

emulsifiedasphaltsor asphaltcement as specifiedor shown on the driwings
and in the Bill of Quantities. Asphaltic materials shall conform to all the
requirementsof item 301 for the type specified.
306-1
306.3.1 General
All shouldersshall be formed and compactedas soon as practicableafter

the asphalt paving on the traffic lanes is completed,howeverin the case of
cementconcretesurfacing,shoulderingoperationshall not be initiatedprior
to Engineer'sapproval.
306.3.2 Shoulderingand delineation
On projectsthat carry trafficthrough construction,the contractorshall begin

shoulderingon the secondday of the layingof the final roadwaysurfacing
layer, qless wqqlhe1cq[ditions prevent lhis qpeqqtion.!1 wlrch case the
shoulderingshall begin as soon as the weather does permii. tt tne
contractorfails to beginthe shoulderingwithin a redsonabletime after the
last layer has been laid, whetherthe projecthas a flow of trafficthrough
constructionor not, the Engineermay order the contractorto cease paving
untilthe shoulderwork has begun. The shoulderingshall be a continuous
operationfrom that time on untilcompletion,with the weatherbeingthe only
delayingfactor. The Contractorshall,on roadsundertrafficor as directedby
the Engineer,delineatethe edge of pavementas soon as the surfacingis
begunand maintainthe delineationuntilthe shouldersare completed.The
delineatorsshall be approvedprior to use and shall be placedat the edge of
the surfacingat approximately one hundred(100) meter intervals.The cost
of this delineationwill be consideredsubsidiaryto other items in the Bill of
Quantitiesand will not be paidfor directly.
306.3.3 Earth Shoulders
Earth shouldersshall be constructedin accordancewith the applicable

paragraphsunderltem 108.
306.3.4 AgeregateShoulders
Aggregate shoulders shall be constructgd in accordance with the

of ltem 201,202 or 206 whicheveris shownon the drawings.
requirements
306.3.5 SoiICementStabilizedShoulders
Soil cement stabilizedshouldersshall be constructedin accordancewith the

requirements of item204.
306.3.6 AsphalticTreatmentof Shoulders
The asphaltic treatment of the prepared shoulders shall be either a

bituminoussurfacetreatmentor seal coat or a layer of asphalticconcreteas
shown on the plans or in the Bill of Quantities. Detailed construction
proceduresfor the particulartreatmentspecifiedare outlinedunder item 203,
304,or 305.
3U6-2
The quantitiesfor shouldermaterialsand treatmentshall be measuredand

paidfor as specifiedunderthe pafiicularpay items in the work listedbelow.
The quantitiesof differentitemsof work as mentionedbelowshall be added

to relativeitemsof the billof ouantities.

No. Measurement
108 a Formationof Embankmentfrom

RoadwayExcavationin
Commo4Materiq! CM
108c Formation of Embankment

from Borrow Excavationin
CommonMaterial CM
108 d Formationof EmbanKmentfrom

structuralExcavatron
in
CommonMaterial. CM
201 GranularSub Base. CM
202 AggregateBase. CM
203 AsphalticBase- PlantMix.

Class...... CM
204a CementStabilizedSubbase CM
2O4b CementStabilizedBase CM
204c Cementcontent Ton
204d LiquidAsphaltfor
204e EmulsifiedAsphaltfor
206 WaterboundMacadamBase. CM
304 BituminousSurfaceTreatment
and SealCoat. SM
305 AsphaltConcreteWearing
CoursePlantMix.Class.... CM
306-3
ITEM 307 BIT - MAC
307.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of furnishingand mixing aggregateswith asphalt

binderat site in mobilemixingplant,spreading,compactingon an approved
pr:imedsubgrade,subbase or base course, for potholes repair, leveling
course and wearing course in accordancewith the specificationand in
conformitywith the lines,grade,thicknessand typicalcross-sectionshown
on the Drawingsor as directedby the Engineerincludingsealing of cold
bituminoussurfacecrackswith sand-bitumen slurry.
30'7.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
307.2.1 Mineral Aggregate
Mineral aggregatesfor BIT-MAC Constructionshall consist of coarse

aggregates,fine aggregateand fillermaterial,all conformingto the following
requirements:-
speciftcation
Coarseaggregatewhich is the materialretainedon No. 4 Sieve

and Passing 25.4 mm sieve, shall consist rf crushed rock
crushed boulder,or crushed gravel. lt shall be clean, hard,
tough, sound, durable,free from decomposedstones, organic
matter, shales, clay lumps or other deleterioussubstances.
Rock or boulders from which coarse aggregates shall be
obtained, must be of uniform quality throughout the quarry
location.
b. Fine aggregateswhich is the materialpassingNo. 4 sieve shall

consistof crushedsand.
When combined gradationof coarse and fine aggregatesis

deficientin materialpassingNo. 200 sieve,mineraltillershall be
added. The fillermaterialshallconsistof finelydividedrock dust
from soundrock, hydratedlime or hydrauliccement. At the time
dry to flow freely,free from lumps.
of use it shallbe sufficiently
Aggregateshouldbe storedon hard clean surfaceso as to facilitateprompt

inspectionand control. Private propertyshall not be used for storage
purposeswithoutwrittenconsentof the owneror lesseeand paymentto him
by contractor,if necessary.Materialshall be stored in such a way as to
preventsegregationand coningto ensurepropercontrolof gradation. The
equipmentand methodsused for stockpilingand removingaggregatesshall
be such that no degradationof aggregatewill result and no appreciable
amount of foreignmaterialwill be incorporatedinto the aggregate. When
aggregatescontaininga wide range of sizes are to be incorporated,they
must be stockpiledseparatelyto preventintermingling.MineralFillermust
be protectedfrom moistureto eliminatecakingand hardening.
307-1
307.2.2 BituminousBinder
Asphalticbinderused shall conformto standardspecificationof petroleum

asphalthavinggrades60-70 or 80-100 penetration.Generallvit will meet
the requirementof AASHTOM-20,Table301-2.
307.2.3 DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
optimum Gradingc-urves.for differenttypes of hot mix asphalticdesign

relatedto quantumof repairwork and maximumsize of aggregates,given-in
Table 307.2-A,must be carefullyselectedconsideringaveragethicknessof
patches.
Designsheet undertable No. 307.2,AshowingDense GradedMix used for

leveling courses and potholes should use litfle asphalt content of such
qllaltity tq prcvenl!-leedlngthrough subsequentwearing course or surface
treatment.Designsheetundertable No. 307.2.8.is suitablefor open graded
wearingcoursehavingroughsurfacetexturewith good skid resistancethus
havingminimumbleedingtendency.
307.3.1 Mixing Requirement
Asphalt cement shall be heated to a max. temperatureof 163 degrees

centigradeat the time of mixing. Asphaltcementheatedabove 163 delrees
centigradeshall be rejected. Temperatureof asphalt shall be checked
frequently. Each aggregateingredientshall be heaiedto temperature150-
160 degreescentigradefor at leastsix'(6) minutesbeforemixingof asphalt
cement to ensurecompletedryingof aggregates.The range of heatingof
aggregatesshall be strictlyfollowed,to ensure propercoatingof aggregates.
Fine aggregatesshall be introducedinto the dryer (mixer) rirst rot-towiony
the coarseaggregatesto assurepropermixing. euantityof aggregatesfed
!o dryer (mixer) must be accuratelycontrolledby suitablemeis-uringdevice
(lron box) having predeterminedvolume of one (1) cubic fooi or as
instructedby Engineer.
Both bitumenand aggregatesmust be heatedbeforethey are combinedin

the mixerdrum. Mixing temperatureshouldbe keptwithinthe rangeof 140-
170 degreescentigrade.
To achieve uniform mixing and proper coating, aggregatesand asphalt

cement must be thoroughlymixed for a minimum durationof ninety (90)
seconds. Mixing time shall be prolongedto hundred (100) seconds if
coating of aggregatesis not proper. After one hundredand iwenty (120)
secondsif it is still not possibleto get good coating,the aggregatediin6
time must be increased.
307-2
TABLE 307.2-A
onbrcnsnrnrs nonlrr'lsn cn'loso uor vux' non.r'.r]TLr.I.Lc-ArD-p9:]EQl'!s'lBe-llrro

--f--
ro rrucxxnsswnlr
AsPTTALTBTNDER60-70oR 80-100PENETRATIoN GRADE.
FINE COARSE AGGREGATES BITUMEN REMARKS
A GREGATEIN FILLER
MIX AGG. USED.
Sir)ve Size lnch 200 No.8 No.4 3/8" 1t2" 314" t1" 4% byWt. MinimumLayer
(4.75) (e.5) (12.5) ( 1s) (25) mm
of Mix. Thickness:-20
(mm) (0.075) (2.36)
Aggr.max size : 9 mm
4-12 43-56 55-75 90-100 Rateof Aggr.
Soe,:ificationRanqe
48 65 100 Appl.:-50 Kg/SM
Allo red % Passinq
% b 'Weight 5 l"/o 43%
Qtv. bv Prooortion.
3-11 30-45 46-60 72-87 87-100 4% by Wt MinimumLayer
Spe :ificationRanqe
R 36 54 80 100 of Mix. Thickness:30mm
Allo ued% Passinq
54% Aggregate Size:-12mm
% b 'Weiqht 46%
4 Rateof Aggr.
Qty by Proportion. 70Kg/SM.
Appl.:-
Sor ;ificationRanqe 4-11 32-46 46-60 65-80 75-88 90-100 3.5%by MinimumLayer
7'r, '100 Wt, of Thickness:-50mm
Allc rrtedo/oPassinq a 38 CJ B2
54% Mix. Aggr.size:- 20mmDown
% t r Weiqht 46%
2 4 Rate of Aggr.
Qty bv Proportion.
A p p l .1: 1 5K g i S M .
4-12 24-37 34-47 49-61 57-70 70-87 88-100 3.5%by MinimumLayer
Sp( cificationRanqe
Allc ruedo/oPassinq 8 30 40 54 oz 76 100 Wt. of Thickness:-50mm
54% Mix. Aggr.size:-20mmDown
% J y Weiqht 46%
2 4 Rate of Aggr.
Qtl bv Proportion.
Appl.:150Kg/SM.
307-2(A)
TABLE 307.2-8
DESIGNSH HOT RW N EAN THI W IT
NDER 60- PENET ION DE.
AGGREGATE IN FILLER FINE COARSEAGGREGATES BITTJMEN REMARKS
MIX AGG.
USIiD.
SieveSize Inch 200 N o .8 3tE"
NO.4 112" 3t4" 1" 4% by WL MinimumLayer
(mm) (0.075) (2.36) (4.751 (e.5) (12.51 (1e) (251 of Mix. Thickness:20mm
Specification
Ranqe AggregateMax.
2-10 24-37 40-50 88-1
0o
Allowed% Passinq Size-9 mm
o 43 100
% Dy wetght Rate of Aggr.
36% 64%
Qty. by Proportion. Appl.:50 Kg/SM.
1 z
Specification
Ranoe 1-9 14-28 32-45 57-70 75-100 3.5%by
Allowed% Passino o z3 37 A?
rvlililtttultt Lclyul
100 Wt. of Thickness:-

30mm
% bv Weioht 31% 69%
Qty. by Proportion. Mix. AggregateSize:-|2n1m
1 z Rateof Aggr.
Appl.:70Kg/SM.
Specification
Ranoe 1-10 14-28 25-40 45-57 58-70 87-100 3.5%by MinimumLayer
Allowed% Passinq o 20 32 5tl
65 100 Wt. of Thickness:-50mm
% by Weiqht 260/o 74% Mix Aggr.size20mmDow
Qtv. bv Prooortion. 1 J
Rate of Aggr.
A p p l . : ' 1 1K0g / S M .
Specification
Ranoe 2-10 12-25 20-35 36-51 45-60 65-81 82-100 3 . 5 %b y MinimumLayer
Allowed% Passinq o 41
26 41
II
52 72 100 Wt. of Thickness:-60mm
% bv Weiqht 23% 770h
Qty. by Proportion. Mix. Aggr.size- 25mmDovVN
1
Rate of Aggr.
Appl.:-135 Kg/SM.
307-2(B)
301.3.2 holes
DeepPatches/Pot
The surfacesof base coursethus preparedas mentionedunder ltem 207,

or as
shall be primedto receiveBit Mac in a thicknessas per drawings
carefully to avoid
directed by the Engineer, Bit Mac shall be spread
Compaciionshall be done with equipment suited to the size of
segregation.
is. recommended for small patches.
J"d A vibratory'plate compactor
-whereas
roller may be more practicalfor larger areas. straight edge or
stringlrneshall be used to check ridingqualityand the alignmentof the
patch.
307.3.3 LevelingCourse
pavement
All local depressionscorrugatedsurface, ripples across the
shouldbe rectifiedbeforeleveling course is placed. Clean the area free of
dust or other loose materialwith mechallca! or
btoollr- co{npressed air'
Apply light tacK coat, 0.2 to 0.7 litres per square mefel ol Ae 801100
pln&r"ton grade. After dryingdensegradedhot Bit-Macshall be spreadin
be
iayer not m6re than seven (7) centimetersin thickness. Spread shall
done carefullyto preventsegregationand compact with steel.wheeled and
pot holes hand tempersshall be allowed'
fneumatictyied roller.for smail
use stringlineto checkthe ridingquality of the levelingcourse.
307.3.,1 WearingSurface
307.3.4.1 Mini Mixine Plant
Localmade bitumen4ggregatemixerequipmentusedfor preparationof Bit-

Mac shall be in good-riroriingcondition,of sufficientcapacity,capableof
beingoperatedto producea uniformblendwiththe giveningredients.
30'7.3.4.2 Preparationof aggregates
Aggregatesshall be stored and handledas discussedunder item 307.2,

MaterialRequirement.
301.3.4.3 HaulineEquiDment
Bit-Macmixed materialshall be deliveredin tight, clean and smooth metal

bed hand trolleys,or any method as convenientto the contractorand
approvedby the Engineer
Surlace
307.3."1.4 Preparationof Baseor ExistingPavernent
surface of base or existing pavementupon whrch Bit-Mac mix is to be

olacedshall be cleanedby means of compressedair to removedust or as
approvedbYthe Engineer.
307-3
Primingshalr be done in a manneras describedin
item 302. The rate of
applicationof prime coat shail be 0.g-1.5ritresp"r
rqu"r"rnut"r. Tack coat
shall be done in a manneras describedin item 303. The
rate of apprication
of tack coat shail be 0..2-0.4litres per square meter.
when surface of
existingpavement org base is irregurar,it shail
9f ne orougnt to uniform
grade and cross-sectionby reveringcou-rseas describeJ;bJ;
sand bitumensrurryto searthe cracks in crod bituminous

surfaceshail be
injectedby pressurepumps with nozzresfiiled at
the end insteaoof spray
pipe in conventional
harristrolley.
307.3.4.5 Spreadingand Finishing
Bit-Macmrxtureshail..bepracedon approvedsurface,
struck off to required
:ggtign manuaily with rakes or hand toors by experiencedforeman,
distributedover the entire width or"partial width as r"qirir"o.,
Al[ mixtures
shall be spreadat temperaturesnot ressthan one
rrunoiedand forty (1a0)
degreescentigrade.Mixtureshallnot be placedon
any wet surfaceor when
the atmospherictemperatureis berowfive (s) degreectntrgiale
.weatheris foggyor rainy. or when the
307.3.4.6 Compaction
Rollershallbe steerwheer, or pneumatictyred. The roiler(s) shailbe in good

working condition,capabreof reversingwithout backrash,
capabre
operatedat speeds slow enough to avbid displacement git_lvac.to be
of The
numbe.rand weightof rollerssnitt oe sufficientio compact
ine mixturewnite
it is stillin workabreconditionto obtaincompaction
to rngineei,ssatisfaction.
lhe..us9.of equipmentwhich resultsin excessivecrushing ;;;;;,;i
shallnot be permitted. "f
After spreadingand strikeoff as soon as the mix

conditionpermitthe roiling
to be performedwithout excessiveshoving or tearing,
the Bit-Mac mixture
shalrbe thoroughryand uniformrycompact6d.Roilinj
wiri-noi'b"proronged
to avoidappearanceof cracks. Roilingwiil be oone
tJnjituJ;;iiy, beginning
at the rower side of.the,spreadand-proceedingtowaid.
in" r,ign"r side,
overlappingsuccessivetrips by at least one hilf (112)
the width of rear
wheelsof roller.
Roller shall be operatedat speed srow enougn

to avoid dispracementof
mixture. To preventadhesionof mixtureto rolrers,
the wheelsof roilerssharl
be kept properlymoist with water, but avoidingexcess
*"t"r.-norring shall
be continueduntilall rollermarkshavebeenetiminated.
Along forms, curbs, headers,wails and other praces

not accessibreto the
roller,the mixtureshail be thoroughrycompacted
with hot hand tampersor
mechanicaltampers.
Any mixturethat has becomecordenough,mixed

with dirt or is defectivein
any way shall be replacedwith fresh hothixture and
compactedto conform
the requirement.
347-4
3Q7.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
307.4.r Measurement
Unless otherwiseshown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer,

quantityof BIT-MACshall be measuredby theoreticalvolumeof compacted
mix, in place, in cubic meters. Measurementwill be based on the
dimensions as shown on plans or as directed by the Engineer. No
measurementwill be made for unauthorizedareas or for extra thickness
than specified.Minimumquantityfor pot holeshall be 0.05 cubicmeters.
307.4.2 Pavment
T[q aqqepted qua4lttieq lle3surgq aloyQ shall be parq fql et the qqn!1qgt
unit price per cubic metersof BIT-MACfor the Pay ltem listed belowand
which priceand paymentshall constitutefull
shown in the Bill of Quantities,
compensation for slurryseal,primingand tack coat,furnishingall materials,
hauling,placing,rolling,labour,equipment,tools and incidentalsnecessary
to completethe item.

No. Measurement
302a DenseGradedHot
BIT-MAC. CM
307b Open GradedHot

BIT-MAC. CM
307-5
ITEM 308 HOT RECYCLING OF ASPHALT CONCRETE
308.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of heating and removal of the existing asphalt
concretelayerto a designateddepth,addinga calculatedquantityof asphalt
binder, adding of freshly prepared asphalt concreteof specifiedquality,
mixing, laying and compaction of properly mixed asphalt concrete in
thicknessand widthas per drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
Materialspecifications
for coarse and fine aggregatesand asphalt oinoer
shall correspondto the specificationrequirementselaboratedunder items
203, 300 and 305 respectively.
308.3 CONSTRUCTION
REOUIREMENTS
308.3.r Heatingthe ExistingPavement
Asphalt pavementshall be heated and softenedby preheatersor in built

infraredgas firedheaters,to temperaturesbetween140-170degreesc.
308.3.2 ScarifvingAsphaltCourse
Rotatingshaft scarifiersfitted with carbide bits shatlremove asphalticcourse

to a depthas specifiedin drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.scarifiers
shall be controlledby electronicdevicesto ensureremovalof materialsto a
specifieddepthand grade.
308.3.3 Mixins of ReclaimedMaterial
Formulafor the admixturewill be based on materialanalysisof existing

pavementby bitumenextractionand sieve analysis. Materialto be added
may be asphalt binder or aggregate,which will be calculatedto ensure
preparationof properfinal mix.
308.3.4 Addition of FreshAsohaltConcrete
Freshasphaltconcreteof specifieddesignpreparedas per ltem 203 or 305

shallbe addedin proportionto be establishedas per requirementof line and
gradesor as directedby the Engineer. This shall be done in conventional
way throughdumper-hopper arrangement. Fresh materialshall be carried
by drag-slat conveyor into a second mixer. Exact mixing ratio will be
achievedby calibratingthe speed of the electronically adjustabledrag-slat
conveyorto the fonruardadvancespeed of the remixer. A second mixer shall
ensurehomogeneity of reclaimedand fresh asphalt.Engineershallestablish
the ratio of fresh and existingasphalt premix to be relayed, before starting
this operation.This ratioshall dependupon the qualityof existingasphafiil
concrete.
308-1
308.3.s Layine and Compaction
Laying and preliminarycompactionof mixed asphaltshall be effectedby

tampingand vibratingscreedsof the recyclingequipment.Screedsshall be
able to lay the mix true to the levelsand gradesrequiredby the drawingsor
as directed by the Engineer. Compaction shall be carried out by
conventionalequipmentto achieve ninety seven (97) percentcompaction
with respectto the laboratorycompactionachievedby the mixedasphaltas
oer Marshallmethod.
308.4 GENERAL REOUIREMENTS
Any otherphysicalpropertyessentialfor workmanshipor qualitycontrolshall

be fixed by the Engineerand contractorjointly. Physicalpropertiesof the
fresh m?terial shall correspondto the applicablerequirementsof such
ingredientsin this specifications.
308.s MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
308.5.r Measurement
The quantityof recycledasphalt shall be measured in cubic meters of

asphaltconcreteremovedand relayedafter mixingof otheringredientssuch
as asphalticbinderor freshwearingcourseasphalt.
Measurementand paymentof fresh wearing course asphalt or asphaltic

binder shall be made in tons and paid under applicableitem of work
separately.
308.5.2 Payment
The quantitymeasuredas providedabove shall be paid at the contractunit

price per cubicmeteras shownin B.O.Q.,acceptablylaidand compactedin
place, which paymentshall be deemed to includefull compensationfor
furnishingall materials,Labour,equipments,tools and incidentalsnecessary
to comoletethe item.
Paymentfor asphalticbinderor fresh asphaltwearingcourseshall be made

separatelyunderrelativeitem of work as given below:

No. Measurement
308a of AsphaltConcrete
Recycling
(0-60mmThick) CM
308b BitumenBinderGrade
(40-50,
60-70,Bo-100) Ton
308c WearingCourseAsphalt Ton
-304-2
TTEM 309 COLD MILLING
309.1 Df,SCRIPTION
This work shall consistof milling(cutting)of concreteor asphalticlayerto a

designatedlevel and width by means of specializedEquipment,removalof
cut materialand disposalas per special provisionor as directedby the
Engineer.
specializedequipmentto be used for this item of work shall be qapablgof

following
operations:
i) Millingdrumshallbe capableof levetand gradeadjustments and

it shall have variablespeed provisionto ensure productionof
smoothor roughmilledsurface.
ii) Level and grade control shall be ensured through electronic

sensors,capableof givingan accuracyof t two (2) mm.
iii) pclaper bars and belt conveyorsystemshall ensurepickingand

loadingof milledmaterialin a truck.
309.2.1 ConstructionProcedure
Area shall be earmarkedwith respectto depthof milling,which shall be split

in stripslookingto the widthof millingdrum and widthoiarea to be milled.
Millingmachineshallbe adjustedto cut to requireddepth. Millingdrumshall

be correlatedto sky or-stringline
arrangementto ensuremillingiccordingto
requiredgradeand profile.
Millingshall proceedfrom one edge of the road, strip by strip in a manner

that may ensureresultingsurfaceevenand level.
Milledmaterialshall be removedand disposedas per special provisionor

Milled surface shall be cleaned by wire brushes or compressedair for

subsequentoperation.
309_1
309.3.1 Measurement
The quantityof cold millingto be paid shall be measuredby the numberof

square meters of area milled and cleaned as described above, as per
drawingsor as directedby the Engineer. No allowancewill be given for
millingout side the approvedlimit. Any such area milledbeyondapproved
limits,shallbe reinstatedby the Contractorat his own expense.
309.3.2 Pavment
The accepted quantity measured as -.provded-abave shall be paid al lhe

contractunit priceper squaremeterof cold millingfor the pay itemsas listed
below and in the B.O.Q., which price and payment shall constitutefull
compensation for labour,equipmentand incidentalsnecessaryto complete
the item.

No. Measurement
3 0 9a C o l dM i l l i n g0, . 3 0 m m SM
309 b ColdMilling,0 - 50 mm SM
309 c ColdMilling,0 - 70 mm SM
_309 2
ITEM 310 CONCRETE PAVEMEN:IS
310.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of a pavement composed of porfland cement

concrete with or without reinforcement as specified constructed on
a
preparedsubgradeor base course in accordancewith these specifications
and in conformitywiththe lines,grades,thicknessand typicalcross_sections
shown on the plans. Both plain and reinforcedconcrete shall include
deformedbars for contractionjoints and dowel bars for expansionjoints
or
as shownon the Drawings.
310.2:1 LOnCrete
concrete materialsshall conformto the requirementsindicatedin item

401
and as specifiedhereinafter.In additionto it the contractorshall advise
the
Engineerimmediatelyafter the award of the contractof the source of
all
materialsto be used in proportioningconcretefor the work. lf the contractor
later proposesto obtain materialsfrom a differentsource,he shall notify
the
Engineerat leastthirty(30)days beforesuch materialsare to be used.
310.2.2 ReinforcingSteel
concrete reinforcementshall conform to item 404 or as indicatedon

the
Drawings. lf required, steel fabric for reinforcementof concrete
shall
conformto AASHTOM 55-73.lt must be suppliedin sheets.
310.2.3 PolvtheneSheetins
Polytiene sheetingfor placingimmediatelybelow concreteslabs shall

be
0.065mmthick or havinga minimumweignt of fifty (50f grams per square
'oi
meter (whicheveris greater) made from polythene other approved
hydrocarbonthermoplastic resin(producedby the polymerization
of eihylene
under high pressureand density) and given an inti-static treatment
to
reduce dust attractionand reduce friction.The sheeting shall have
the
minimummechanicalpropertiesshownin tableas under:
Machine Transverse
Properties Direction Direction.
TensileStrengthMethodASTM
D882-73Kgf/SM 140 105
Elongationat Break9,o 150 500
Tear StrengthElmendorfMethod
ASTM DOB9-62(1974)-Kgtcl'n2 390 310
310.2.1 Joint Filler
Joint filler shall consistof cane or other suitablelong fibres of a cellular

natureuniformlyimpregnatedwith asphalt.The asphaltcontentof the joint
materialshall be betweenthirtyand fifty per cent. The joint materialwill not
deteriorateunderany weatherconditionsand is to be of such a characteras
not to be permanentlydeformedor brokenby moderatetwisting,bendingor
other ordinaryhandling.Stripsof the joint fillerwhich do not conformto the
specifieddimensionswithinthe tolerance1 two (2) mm for thicknessand +
twelve (12) mm for depth are to be rejected.All damagedstrips are to be
rejectedtoo.
310.2.s Joint SealingCompound
Joint SCalinEadmFoUndiS to be as BS 2499(1973\typo A1 or A2, or aS

The compoundis to be impermeable,is to withstandall weatherconditions

and is to be capableof adheringto the concretewithoutcracking,spallingor
disintegratingand will not requirean impracticableconditionof drynessor
cleanlinessof the concreteslabs.
Where recommendedby the manufacturerof the sealing compound,a

primersuppliedby him is to be usedto improveadhesion.
3t0.2.6 DoweiBars
Dowel bars shall be cut from mild steel bars and will be approvedby the
Engineer.The Contractor's attentionis directedto the requirementthat one
end of each dowel bar in all joints,except bondedconstruction joints,shall
be sawn and not shearedso that no irregularities likelyto interferewith its
slidingactionin the concreteshall occur.The minimumlengthof the dowel
bars spaced at one meter centreto centre or as shown on the drawings,
shallbe thirtyfive (35) times the diameterof the bar used unlessotheruuise
specifiedor as directedby the Engineer.
310.2.7 ExpansionCaps
Expansioncaps for dowel bars in expansionjoints shall consistof pressed

metalsleevespluggedat one end by punchingthe specifiedjoint fillerboard
of a wad of cotton waste of similarcompressibilityand sealed at the end
againstentry of mortar.The tube shall have an internaldiameterpermitting
slidingon the dowelbar but closeenoughto prevententryof mortar.
uo-2
3r0.2.8 Darkenins Agent
Darkeningagent for the top course of concretepavementsif orderedand

specified shall be a carbon black; either as an aqueous dispersion
containingat least 25% of solids,to be addedto the mixingwater, or as a
self-dispersingpowder to be .addedto aggregateand cement..lt shall be
approvedby the Engineeras non-deleterious and as giving a grey colour
and shall be addedat the rate of 01% by weightof the mixedconcreteif it is
aqueousdispersion. The minimumquantityof self-dispersing powder.shall
be 0.025%by weightof the concreteaggregate.
The darkeningagent shall be free from sulphurtrioxideand from any other

matterdeleterious
to concrete.
370.2;9 CrackInducineBattens
crack inducingbattensshall be of wood or of any other suitablematerial

proposedby the Contractorat the time of tenderingand approved of at the
awardof the contractor approvedby the Engineerat his discretionafterthe
award of the contract. Battensof highlyabsorbentwood or other.material
shall be of cross-sectional
dimensionsshown on the Drawings,and treated
to preventadhesionbetweenthem and the concrete.
310.2.10 SamplingandTestins
All materialsshall be approvedby the Engineerprior to use in the work.

Additionalsamples will be taken and tested by the Employerduring the
progressof the work to check on the qualityof the materialsbeingsupplied
and/orplacedby the contractor.The resultsof these tests will be available
for the contractor'suse, howeverthey are not intendedfor construction
control purpose.The contractorshould set up his own test facilitiesor
arrangethe same from a prrvatelaboratory, to assurethat his materialsand
workmanshipcomplywiththe specification.
310.3.1 Pavement
Base
The base upon which the concrete pavement is laid shall be leveled
compactedand true to the grades and cross-sections
shown'on the plans
and shalLbeso maintained,as providedundersuch other items throughout
the periodof placingconcretepavement.
To ensurethe proper depth and section,a scratchtemplatetrue to depth

and sectionand restingon accuratelyset sideformsshallbe movedover the
surfaceimmediatelybeforeplacingconcrete,and any irregularities shall be
immediatelycorrected.High spots sball be planeddown and the contractor
shall have the optionof eitherfillinglow spots to the proper elevationwith
approvedmaterial,which shall be watered compactedand struck off to the
requiredgrade or of placing additionalconcrete. No measurement or
payment will be made for such additionalconcrete.
3TO3
Until the subgradehas been checkedand approved,no materialshall be
depositedtheieon . Storingor stock pilingof materialson the subgradeand
placing of surfacingmaterialor laying of pavementon muddy or frozen
subgradewill not be Permitted.
310.3.2 Forms
Side forms shall be made of metalof an approvedsectionand construction

providedwith adequatedevicesfor securesettingso that when in place,they
shall withstandthe impact and vibrationof the compactingand finishing
equipmentwith settlementnot exceeding1.5 mm in three (3) metersform a
true planesurfaceon the top of the form and insideface shallnot vary more
than six(6)millimetersfrom a planesurface.The width of the bases of steel
forms shallbe not less than their heightexceptthat the forms havinga base
-of their helg[t and mqqtilg q]l olhgqrequlrements
not less that two-third(213)
hereinmay be usedfor manuallayingof non rectangularbays'
The depthshallbe equalto the thicknessof the pavementat the edge or as

shownon the plans.The forms sectionsshall be tightlyjoined by each joint
free from play in any direction.These forms shall be stacked with steel
stakes and shall be of a lengthapprovedby the Engineer.Each sectionof
forms shallhavestake pockefat each end and at intervalsof not more than
one and one-half(1:5)metersbetweenends.
Each sectionof forms shall be straightand free form bendsand warps at all
times.
Side forms for machineplacingShallhave roltedsectionsteel rails which

shall be of adequatestiffnessto carry the laying,compactionand finishing
machines.
These machinesshall not run on folded sheet metal form tops' The top
faces of the forms are to be carefullycleanedand maintained.The forms
shall be withouthorizontaljoints and with flange bracesextendingoutward
on the base not less than twothirds the height of the forms. Each stack
pocket shall be equippedwith a positive non-detachable wedge. These
forms shallbe placedby using at leastthree steel pins of the size and length
approvedby the Engineeror as shownon the plans. They shallbe equipped
with positivelockingdeviceswhich will permit neat tight joints and do not
deform under impact vibrationby thryst. Pins for stackingforms in place
shall be made of steelat leasttwo(2)centimetersin diameteras directedby
the Engineerin caseof impracticaluse.
Wooden forms may be used for curves havinga radius of less than fifty (50)
meters.They shallbe made of two and half (2.5)centimeterswell seasoned
surfaced planks fastened together and shall be attached securely to a
wooden base in width. All wooden forms shall be braced at least every
sixty(60)centimeterswith steel pins of the size and lengthhere in specified.
Straightformsshallbe set out as chordsto convexedgesand as tangentsto
concave edges, but payment will not be made for concrete outside the
curvededgesshownon the Drawings.
31e-4
Before placing forms the underlyingmaterial shall be excavatedto the
requiredgrade, and shall be firm and compact.The forms shall have full
bearingsupon the fbundationthroughouttheir length and shall be placed
with exactnessto the requiredgrade and alignmentof the edge of the
finishedpavement.
Forms shall be set to the requiredlines and grades well in advance of

placingconcrete,preferablynot less than two hundred(200) meters.Forms
shall not be removedfor at least twelve (12) hours after the concretehas
been placed.Formsshallbe carefullyremovedin a mannerto avoiddamage
to the pavement.Underno circumstances will the use of pry bars between
the forms and the pavementbe permitted.pavementwhich in the opinionof
the Engineeris damageddue to the carelessremoval of forms shall be
repavedby the contractoras directedby the Engineerat the contractor's
own expense.
Formsshallbe thoroughlycleanedand oiledeachtime they are used.
special forms or other supportingdevices meeting the approvalof the

Engineershall be used to supportthe joint filler at transverse'controt
ioints
when concreteis to be placedon only one side of the filler."whenpavement
is placed adjoiningexistingconcretepavement upon which the finishing
machinewill travel,any irregularities
in the old pavementshall be grorni
down to a true uniform surface of sufficient width to accommodate the
wheelsof the finishingequipmbntif necessaryto obtainpropersmoothness
of the pavement.
310.3.3
1. Composition
(a)All concreteshall be proportioned

by weighingand shall conformto the
followingstrengthand mix requirements
i) Compressive Strength,
28 daysminimum 250 kg/sq.cm.
ii) Cementcontent, sacks(50Kg) 7.5 (min.)
iii) Watercementratio.maximum 0.45
iv) Slump 25-75 mm
v) Entrained
air,percent 3+0.6
vi) Nominalsizeof aggregate 1rlr" Max.
(b) At least 35 days prior to the start of paving operationsand afler approval
of all materialsto be used in the concrete,the contractorshallsubmitfor
approval,the mix design he intends to use based on proportioned
weights of cement, air entrainment agent, saturated surface drv
aggregatesand water.This mix designwill be testedby the Engineerand
approvalwill not be grantedunlessthe averagetwenty eight (2g) days
compressivestrengthexceedsthe minimumstrengthrequi-remeni oy lt
least 15 percent.Howeverthe Engineermay allow pavingoperationon
the basis of seven (7) days strengthif he is satistieowitn-tnb resuttsof
seven (7) days strength.
c) The cement contentgiven rn the foregoingtable is minimum.lf it is not
sufficientto produce concrete of the compressive strength specified it
shall be increasedas necessarywith out additionalcompensationunder
the contract.
d) The compressivestrength of the concretewill be determined by testing

standard cylinders made from concrete taken from the mixer. The
making,cuiing and testingof the specimenswill be in accordancewith
AASHTOT23-73.
e) Duringthe courseof construction, whenthe sourceof any materialfor the

concreteis to be changed,or if thereis any variationin the qualityof the
materialsfurnished,additionaltests and necessaryadjustmentsin the
mix shallbe made as requiredto obtainthe specifiedstrengths.
2. ConsistencY
The requiredconsistencyof the concretemixture shall be such that the

mixturewill be cohesive,uniformand plastic,permittingproperhandlingand
finish.When depositedit shtlll not flow, but shall remain in a conicalpiie.
There shall be minimum of segregationand surplus water during the
process of handling and finishing.The slump shall be determinedby
AASHTO f 1rc-74 except that during the course of constructioncontrol of
concrete may be accomplishedby the ball penetrationas outlined in
AASHTO T1B3-72.Two and a half (2.5) centimeter ball penetrationis
consideredequivalentto a slumpof five (5) centimeters.
The cement content shall be determinedby means of a yield test in

accordancewith AASHTOT121-74.
310.3.4 Batchinsand Mixine
Concreteshalleitherbe batcheddnd mixedat a centralbatchingand mixing

plantor batchedat a centralbatchingplantfor either mixing in field mixers
adjacentto the forms for slabs,or mixedin a truck mixer.When cementis
subpliedin bags, each batch of concreteshall containa whole numberof
bagsof cement.
i) Batchine Eq'UBrugB!
All aggregatesand bulk cement for use in pavementshall be batchedby

weight by means of automaticdevices of approved type conformingto the
reqiirements specifiedbelow:-
The batchingshall consistof dividingthe aggregatesinto three sizes,each

stored in a separate bin, of .placin$ the cement in another bin, and of
recombining theseingredientsas hereinprovided.
310-6
Materialdischargedfrom the severalbins shall be controlledby gates or hy
mechanicalconveyors.The means of withdrawalfrom the severalbins anil
of dischargefrom the weigh box shall be so.interlocked that not more than
one bin can dischargeat a time;that the orderof dischargecan be changed
as desiredby the Engineer.;and that the weigh box cannotbe trippedrintil
the requiredquantityfrom each of the several bins has been deposited
therein.should a separateweighbox be usedfor edch size of aggregate,all
bins may be operatedand dischargedsimultaneously. The dischargeshall
be so regulatedthat the amount of materialdiscirargedinto thd weigh
hppperfrom any bin, with weighingdevicesat rest,will be withintwo (z) ig
of the weightcalledfor by the scatesettingfor the bin.
Whgn the dischargefrom the severalbins is controlledby gates,eacn gate

gherllaqrlgmalcqlly-lock
in an open or partiallyopen positionirntil the r,equired
weight is dischargedinto the weigh box, after which the gate shall
automatically
closeand lock.
scales utilisedin the batchingdevicemay be of the springlessdial type or of

the multiplebeamtype.
lf they are the dialtype,the dial shall be of such size and so arrangedthat it
may be easilyread from the ground.The automaticweighingdevice of the
dial scale shall be so markedthat the numberof proportionirequiredmay
be set on the dial at the same time and that proportionsmay be changed
withoutdelay.
lf they are the multiplebeamtype,the separatebeamsshallbe automatically

connectedto the hopper or weigh box in sequence.Multiplebeanr scales
shall be providedwith an indicatoroperatedby the main beam which will
give positivevisibleevidenceof over or underweight.The indicatorshall be
so designedthat it will.be oTeratedduringthe adcitionof the last seventy
kilograms The overtravetof the indicatorhand shall be ai
.91any_weighing.
least one-thirdof the loadingtravel. Indicatorsshall be enclosed against
moistureand dust.
The beams or dial of automatic scales shall be so arranged that the

weighing units will be in a conlpartmentthat may be toireo at the
requirementof the Engineer.
It is the intentionof this specificationthat the deviceshall be automaticto

the extent that the only manual operation required for combining the
ingredients for one batchshallbe a singleoperationof a switchor a starter.
All receptaclesused for weighingmaterials,togetherwith the scales of any

kind used in batchingmaterials,shall be so insulatedagainstthe vibrationor
movementof the rest of the plant due to any operatingequipment,that the
errorin.weighing with the entireplantrunningwiil not eiceed two per cent of
any settingnor exceedone and a half per cent of any batch.
310-7
Shouldseparatesuppliesof aggregatematerialsof the same sizegroup,but
of differentmoisturecontent,be availableat the batchingplant,withdrawals
shall be made from one supply exclusivelyand the material therein
completelyexhaustedbeforestartingon another.
The moisture content of the aggregate shall be such that no visible

separationof moistureand aggregatewill take place during transportation
from the batchingplantto the pointof mixing.Aggregatescontainingexcess
moistureshall be stockpiledprior to use until sufficientlydry to meet the
aboverequirement.
Except where small quantitiesof concreteonly ar6 to be used, when the

Engineermay permit othenvise,the equipmentfor batchingof concrete
materialsshallconformto the followingrequirements:-
The betching eqfiBmeff shall bo substantially.eonstructedon a firm

foundation,highenoughabovetrucksbeingloadedto functionpropedy.lt
shallhavethree(3) binsand a weighinghopper. The bins shallhave a
total capacityof not less than 100 tons, and the partitionsbetweenthem
shallextendnot lessthanone(1)meterabovethe bins.The binsshallbe
equippedwith baffleboards so as to assist drainageof the aggregates
and preventthe drainedout water from passingthroughthe outletgate.
Al platformshall extendaroundthe weighinghopperfor easy means of
inspection,adjusimentand weighing.
The weighinghoppershallhave a singlecompartmentwith arrangements

for readyremovalof excess material,and with a dischargegate opening
parallelto the portlonof receivingtrucks.The amountof openingof the
dischargegate shall be readily controlled. Tftere shall be sufficient
clearanceat all pointsfor the weighinghopperto functionproperly.The
weighingscale shall be of the beam or springlessdial type of standard
designand make, and shall be able to recordthe true weightwithintwo
(2) kg at maximumload. The beam type shall have separatebeamsfor
each size of aggregate,and each beam shall have an easilyoperated
lockingdevice. A dial whichwill show the weightwhen the load is within
forty five (45) kg of that requiredand an approvedsignal device shall be
provided.
The weighingscalesshallbe arrangedfor readystandardization, and with

each scaleshall be furnisheda set of standardweightsincludingseven
25 kg, two 10 kg, two 5kg and two (2) kg weights. For batchersof
capacityof hatf (112)cubic meter or less, the standardweight to be
furnishedshall be as approvedby the Engineer.The toleranceto these
scalesshallbe withinthose listedin table 3 of the US nationalbureauof
standardNBS handbook44. The standardweights shall be protected
againstthe defacementand injury,and shall be easily to handle and
attached.All parts of the weighing devices and appurtenanceof the
batchingequipmentshall be substantially made and shall be maintained
in properoperatingcondition.lf in the opinionof the Engineer,any part or
all of the weighingdevicesor other appurtenancesare not satisfactory,
they shallbe replacedin satisfactoryat the Contractor's
expense.
24n Q
g tv-u
In lieu of the automatic devices for controllingthe weighing of the
aggregatesand bulk cementas describedin the forgoingspecificationfor
batching equipment,the Contractormay be permitted to substitute
manually controlleddevices, provided approval for such devices is
grantedby the Engineer.
ii) Unloadingand HaulingEquipment
Aggregateshall be transportedfrom the batchingplantto field paver mixers

in batchboxes,vehiclebodiesor othercontainersof adequatecapacityand
construction
to carrythe volumerequired,properly.
Paditionsseparatingbatches shall be adequate and effected to prevent

spillingfrom one compartmentto anotherwhile transit or being dumped.
where cement is storedin bulk;the contractorshall use a suitablemelhod
of handlingthe cement from weighinghopper to transportingcontaineror
into the batch itself for transportationto mixer, with chute, boot or other
approveddevice,to preventloss of cementand arrangedto providepositive
assurance of the actual presence in each batch of the entire cement
specified.
Loosecementshall be transportedto the mixerin waterproofcompartments

carryingthe full amountof the cement requiredfor the batch or it may be
carriedin compartmentscoveredby the aggregate.Batcheswhere cement
is placedin contactwith the aggregatesmay be rejectedunlessmixedwithin
one and a half hours of such contact. Cement in originallyshipping
packagesmay be transportedon top of the aggregates,each containingthe
numberof bags requiredby the job mix.
Batchesshall be deliveredto mixerseparateand intact.Each batchshallbe

dumpedcleanlyinto the mixerwithoutloss of cement,and when more than
one batchis carriedon the truck withoutspillingof materialfrom one batch
compartmentintoanother.
iii) Batchingto CentralMixing Plant
At a central mixing plant, batchesshall be dischargedfrom the weighing,

hopperintothe mixereitherdirectlyby gravityor by elevatingcontainer,large
enoughto containthe batch.The plantshallbe arrangedto ensurethat there
is no lossof cementduringtransferfrdrnthe weighinghopperto mixerdrum.
iv) FieldMixins Equipment
The concrete mixer shall be a batch mixer so designed as to ensure

positive,uniformdistribution
of materialsthroughoutthe mass. The size and
type of mixer used on variousclassesof work shall be as specifiedbelow
and shall be approvedby the Engineer.For all work, where the volume of
concreteto be placedjustifiesit, the mixershall have a capacityof not less
than one cubic meter, shall be of approvedmake and acceptableto the
Engineer,and shallcomplywith the followingrequirements:-
3't0-9
Mixers shall have a locking device preventingthe mixture from being
dischargedbeforethe expirationof the specifiedmixingtime; an automatic
locking device preventing materials being placed in the mixer before
dischargegate is closed,a regulatorthat will maintainthe rate of speedfor
which the mixer has been designed;a signaldevicethat will functionwhen
water is added; a verticalwater tank with an automaticdevice that will
measure and dischargethe requiredvolume of water; valves to prevent
overflowinto the mixing chamberor on to the ground when the discharge
valveis closedand intothe tank when open;and valvesand pipingin proper
order to prevent any leakage.The automaticdevice for measuringand
dischargingthe requiredvolume of water shall be arrangedto dischargea
predetermined volume,to be easilyadjustedto dischargea largeror smaller
volume,and to registerthe volumedischargedaccuratelyon a gaugeor dial
whichshallbe calibratedbeforethe mixeris used and shall be kept properly
calibrated.A by-passvalve shall permitthe dischargeof all the water into a
meastrriirgeafl fo-tllc pul.trtossofcalibration.ThdmEsuTing oflhe volume
of water requiredshall be done by means of adjustabledischargedevice
onry.
The loadingskipof the mixershallbe substantially madeand shapedso that

wet sand and othermaterialswill not remainin it when it is beingdischarged.
The mixer shall not be used when any of the devicesabove stated are not
functioningproperly,or when the bladesof the mixer have worn down to
ninety (90) per cent of their originalwidth. The Contractorshall furnish a
certifiedstatementfrom the manufactureras to their originalwidth. The
mixershallbe keptcleanand free from hardenedmortar.
v) Truck Mixers
Truck mixersshall be used only when permittedby the Engineerin writing.

Eachtransitmixershall have a watertightdrum, suitablemountedand fitted
with adequateblades capable of properlycombing the mixture.A batch
meter and lockingdeviceto preventdischargepriorto completionof mixing
shall be providedon each unft.Measuringtanks,equippedwith outsidetaps
and valvesto facilitatecheckingtheir calibration,shall be providedfor the
mixing watgr. All water added to the mixer shall be passed through an
approvedwater meter, located betweenthe water tank and mixer drum,
equippedwith indicatingdials and totaliser,and capableof measuringand
discharginga specifiedamountof waterwithinan accuracyof one per cent.
The device shall provide means of readilyver,ifyingthe amount of water
added to mixing shall be providedon each mixer. An inspectionopening
shall be providedon each mixer, to permit ready determinationof the
consistencyof the concretebeing placedin the forms. When pick-upand
throwover bladesare worn down two (2) centimeteror more in depth,they
shall be replacedwith new blades.The Contractorshall furnish a certified
statementfrom the manufacturer as to the originaldepthof the blades.
310.3.5 PlacingConcrete
a) General
The mixer shall be operated outside of the forms at all times except at
locationswherethe Engineerdeemsit not feasibleto do so.
310-10
When ordered by the Engineer,the subgrade shall be moistened as
directed,prior to the placementof the subgradepaper such as polythene
sheeting.
Concretemixed in centralplant shall be transportedwithoutdelayfrom the

mixingplantto the positionfor layingand any concretewhich in the opinion
of Engineerhas been mixed too long before reaching,the work will be
rejectedand shallbe removedfrom the site.The concreteshallbe deposited
on the subgradein successivebatchesfor the full width betweenforms and
in a mannerwhich will requireas littlerehandlingas possible.Spreading
shall be done by an approvedmechanicalspreaderin a mannerthat will
prevent segregationand separatiqn of the materials.Necessary hand
spreadingshall be done with shovels,not rakes. Workmen shall not be
allowedto walk in the freshlymixedconcretewith bootsor shoescoatedwith
earth or foreign substances.the amount of materialdepositedshall be
sufficientlyin excess of that requiredto form {he pavementto the r.equired
cross-section afterconsolidation in order to providea roll of concreteahead
of the front screedof the finishingmachinefor the full lengthof the screed.
concreteshall be thoroughlyconsolidatedagainstand alongthe faces of all

forms and along the full length and on both sides of ail expansionjoint
assembliesby means of vibratorsinsertedin the concrete.Vibratorsshall
not be permittedto come in contactwith a joint assembly,the grade or a
side form. In no case shaflthe vibratorbe operatedlongerthan fifteen(15)
seconds.concreteshall be depositedas near to expansionand contraction
joints as possiblewithoutdisturbingthem but shall not be dumpedfrom the
dischargebucket or hopper on to a joint assembly.The hopper is well
centeredon the joint assembly.Damage to joint assembliescaused by
dumpedconcreteshall be repairedimmediatelyas directedby the Engineer
at Contractor'sexpense. Trucks delivering concrete shall not run on
polythenesheetingnor shall they run on completedslabs until at least
fourteen(14) daysafterplacingthe concrete.
should any concretematerialsfall on or be worked into the surface of

completedslab,they shallbe removedimmediatelyby methodsapprovedby
the Engineer.
Placementof concreteahead of the initialspreaderstrike off shall not be

more than fifteen(15)minutesahead of final spreaderstrike-off.lf concrete
is placedin one(1)layeronly,the placementof concreteshall not be more
thantwenty(2O) minutesaheadof the spreaderstrikeoff.
In orderto secureadequatecompaction,the concreteis io be spreadwith a

surchargeabovethe finishedlevel of the layer.Spreading,compactingand
finishingoperationsare to be completedwithoutdelay.
The total time taken from the additionof the water to the mix until the
completionof the surfacefinishingoperationsshall not exceed thirty (30)
minuteswhen the shade or mix temperatureexceedstwenty seven (27)
degreeC or forty (40) minuteswhen less than twentyseven (27) degreeC.
The mixing and placing of the concreteshall progresso-nlyat such a rate
as to permit proper finishing,protectingand curing of the pavement.
310-11
The additivesshall be added to the concretemix so as to ensure more
settingtime. The top of the forms shall be kept free from accumulationof
concrete or foreign material. The Contractor shall not permit the
accumulationof laitancealong the edge of a siab poured adjacentto one
previouslyplaced. Any accumulationof laitance shall be removed and
replacedwith fresh concrete.As soon as the side forms are removed,the
edges of the slab shallfirst be inspectedby the Engineerand any minor
honeycombedareasshallthen be filledin with mortarcomposedof one part
of cement to two parts of fine aggregateunder the supervisionof the
Engineer.
b) WeatherConditions
401.3.6(l) of these
For concretingduringhot/coldweather,requirements
will be followed.
specifications
310.3.6 PlacingReinforcemen(
All pavement reinforcementshall be placed as shown on the plans. All

marginalbars,dowelbars,and tie bars requiredby the plansshallbe held in
proper position by sufficientnumber of metal bar supports or pins as
approvedby the Engineer.lf the centerjoint is to be sawedin lieu of placing
the metalcenterstrip,the tie bars may be installedmechanicallyby means
of equipmentand methods approved by the Engineer.The satisfactory
placementof the tie bars shall depend upon the abilityof the mechanical
deviceto placethe tie bars in theirtrue position..
The Engineermay require,
when satisfactoryplacementis not obtainedby mechanical'means, that the
tie bars be installedaheadof placingthe concreteand that they be securely
stakedand tied if necessaryto hold them in their exact position.The use of
removabledevices,supportingthe barsfrom the forms,will not be permitted.
Followingthe placingof the concrete,it.shallbe struckoff to conformto the

cross sectionshown on the plans and to an elevationsuch that when the
concreteis properlyconsolidated and finished,the surfaceof the pavement
will be at the elevationshown on the plans. When reinforcedconcrete
pavementis placedin two (2) layers,the entire width of the bottom layer
shall be struck-offto such lengthand depth that the sheet of fabric or bar
mat may be laidfull lengthon the concretein its final positionwithoutfurther
manipulation. The reinforcementshall then be placed directlyupon the
concreteafterwhichthe top layerof'the concreteshall be plabed,struckoff
and screeded. Any positionof the bottom layer of the concretewhich has
been placed more than thirty (30) minuteswith out being coveredwith the
tpp layer shall be removedand replacedwith freshlymixed concreteat the
contractor'sexpense.Plain concreteand bar reinforcedbridge approach
pavementmay be plaoedin'one(1) layer.
Where two (2) layersof wire mesh reinforcementare required,as at bridge

approaches,the bottomlayershallbe supportedin the requiredpositionwith
bar chairs.Separatorsshall be used for the top layer if the strikeoff cannot
be properlyused for the operation.Laps in adjustmentsheets or mats of
reinforcementshallbe as shownon the plans. Laps parallelto the
Jtv-lz
et-0 tt
'polaldLUoc
ale suotlelado
6urqsrur;pue 0urlalcuoc orll JoUe uorllsod :adold :reql ut uteulat
lllm steq lamoporl] pue lurol oql aJnsuao] Jauueu e ut pue alolouoc
eqg6urce;do1lor.rdece;dur pouolseJJo polels A;e:ncesoq lleqslurofaq1
'panoual aq Japloqlamopeq] uo esealOssaoxaAuy .sueld
llBr.ls
otll uo polBerput se uotlcaltpaLllut pualxelleqs pue leploq leMopaq] ul
eprlsol oal] oq lleLlsspue peseet6or.ll 'lomopqceajo pue pesea:6aq1
uo paceld aq lleqs sue;deq1uo umor.ls suotsueultpaq] lo anoalsdr;sy
'acedsuorsuedxeeq1
urtllm aJoqM{ue pepriu:edaq ;leqsolalcuoc1o sbnld op .eull1q6rel1s
e [!oJJluauu6r;e le]uoztJoL1oq] ut sJe]aullllLu
(g) xts ueql oJot! o]enep
'qels aq] autpeluac
lou lleqs slurofpeqsrutl ]o aq] o1 1e;;e.red
atl slamop
aLllpue qels luouaned aq1]o outpaluacoLl]o] Jelnctpued:ad sr ri;qulasse
lurof aq1 ]o aurUa]uecaLl] ]eL{l uorltsodB q3ns ut pallBlsuloq lleqs
pue sue;doLlluo paleubrsapedfi e Jo aq lleLls{lquasse lurofe:r1uaaq1
'le/'Aop
aql lo uoryod leql ol Ou;puoqulol] olarcuoc aql luanald o1 'laaur6u3
oLll ^q panoldde se luecuqnl to 'asee:6 preq Ll]rMpaleoc Alqbnotoql
uaLl]pue sueld eql uo umor1ssuotlceJtp oq] Lllyvlecueplocceut pelured
oq lleqsleq lamopqcea Jo q16ue1 aLllJo Jleqeu6 'lurofaLllJo oulpoluac
eq16uole suJoJ luoutanedeql uoamlaqpoLlolallsoq llprlseurl 6uuls y
'luauuened aq1lo qldep:edo.rdaql ol pue uotlcassso:c pelrnbe.r
otl] ol potltutJl {;elerncce aq lleL1sslulof uorsuedx31e epe.rbqnseq1
sru-!6Jrto-tffiE'ffi]E
^lenoualoloJaqdaap
slalaurluac(g) enrl
ueL{}ssol lou }uaulanedburlsrxeeq1bunnes{q epeLuoq lleqs lurofnneueq1
'1urofburlsrxoue 'luauanednneu
le lou st lenouol or.lljo uotleutulalaql pue
aql q]!Mlcouuoc o1 perrnbe:sr adfi Iue 1o lueuened burlsrxaJo leôujeJJl
'polpauroJ st IJoMa^tlcolopaLllJo asnes
otll lrlun )rom Jo uorsuedsnsloJ asnec oq lllM ':aeul6u3aL{}Iq pautulJolap
se 'Jouueurelqrssodlsaq all] ut pue lol palleo se slurof aq] ]onJlsuoc
ol aJnlre3 drqsueul4rom Jo lsaq aql qlyvtpue suolleorloadspue sueld aql
uo uMoqssltelapoLllr.lllMocueplocceur A;1cexa polonllsuooaq lleqsslutof
slurof r.f'0lc
'olelcuo3all] qllM
loelsaq]
Jo puoq plnoc
rredu-r1 qctqMlsnl lotLl]lo esool pue 'olecs lllrrtosool 'eseelb
'1uted'po 'Ulp slunoule
Jo leluatuulopu.loJJaat1oq lleqs ;ae1sOurc:olurag
'aue;daues aq] ut sloeqs
eq] Jo syed lle ploLlo1teq1a6o1
pat]Jo peualsel
a.gllBtlssleaqsluacefpeaql sleleulrluec(9;) ueeygaq lleqsluauaned eq1
Jo aurpaluacaL{}}o lalleled:o :elncrpuadlad :aqlrede; unururru eql 'sdeltol
suorsueurp^ oqs lou op sueldaq111 seale :e;nbelr lo] lo seuelluauened
lo sr.ltprm
lensnunlo1 ldacxepapruredaq lou lltmlueulanedaq11oautpoluao
Jointsfor pavementdesignedfor two (2) or less lanes of trafficshall be
assembledand installedin one (1) continuouspieceor the connections
between sectionsshall be made rigid and tight to prevent offsets in
sectionsof the joints. The lengthof individualpiecesof the expansion
joint filler shall be not less than the width of one ('l) traffic lane of the
pavement.
The finishingmachineshall be operatedin a mannerthat will prevenr

displacement of the joint. lf for any reasonit is necessaryto straightena
joint,any depressioncausedby this operationshall immediatelybe filled
with fresh concrete, respaded and brought to the original crown in
advanceof the longitudinal finishers.Any fluid laitanceor mortarcaused
by this operationshallbe removedand replacedwithfreshconcrete.
As the finishingmachineapproachesthe joint on the firsttrip,the excess

concreteshall be shoveledahead and the tamper and each screed,in
turn, shall be lifted over the joint. On the second trip of the finishing
machine,the screedmay be operatedoverthe joint.
b) ContractionJoints
Contractionjointsshall be of the type and dimensionsand at the spacing

shownon the plans. Sawed contractionjoints shall be cut by means of
an approvedconcrete saw. The joints shall not be sawed until the
concrete has hardened to the extent that tearing and reveling is
precluded.All joints shall be sawed duringthe initialcuring periodand
the sawingshall begin beforethe pavementstartsshrinkingand before
uncontrolledcracking takes place. Any procedurewhich results in
prematureand uncontrolledcracking shall be revised immediatelyby
adjustingthe sequenceof cuttingthe joints or the time intervalinvolved
betweenthe placingof the concreteor the removalof the curing media
and the cuttingof the joints. In no case shall the pavementbe left
overnightwithouthavingthe joints sawed. The joints shall be sawed at
the depth,spacing, and lines shownon the plans. Guidelinesor devices
approvedby the Engineershallbe providedto ensurecuttingthe joint in a
straightline and perpendicular to the centerlineof the pavement. The
dust resultingfrom sawing shall be completelyremovedfrom the joint
and adjacentareas by means of an air jet or a combinationof air and
water appliedunder pressureimmediatelyafter the joint has been cut,
and before filling with joint compound. When the plans specify that
dowels be installedthrough contractionjoints,'the subgrade at the
contractionjoints shall be accuratelytrimmed to the required cross
sectionand to the properdepth of the pavement.A string line shall be
stretchedbetweenthe pavementforms alongthe centerline of the joint.
Each dowelshall be paintedand thoroughlycoatedwith hard greaseor
lubricant,in accordancewith the directionshown on the plans or as
approvedby the Engineer,to preventthe concretefrom bondingto that
portionof the dowel. The entire joint assemblyshall be of the type
designatedon the plansand shall be installedin such a positionthat the
centerlineof the joint assemblyis perpendicular to the centerline of the
slab and the dowelslie parallelto the slab surface and parallel to the
centerlineof the slab. The greased ends of the dowelsshall be placed
310-14
in the directionas indicatedon the plans and shall be free to slide in the
dowel holder. Any excess hard grease on the dowel holder shall be
removed.
c) LongitudinalJoints
Longitudinal joints shall be constructedin conformancewith the details

shown on the plans.When the fabricatedsteel strip is specified,it shall
be held rigidlyin placewith an adequatenumberof pins drivenintothe
subgradeto ensure that it will remain true to line and grade during
concretingand finishingoperations. On multiplelane pavenientwhere
longituoinar jorntsare constructedat the form line,an approvedrecessed
form and tie bars will be required. The full depth fabricatedsteel strip
designatedfor otherlongitudinaljoints will not be permitted.When sawed
joints are specifiedor used, suitable guidelinesor devices shall be
furnishedto ensurecuttingthe longitudinal joint on the true lines as
shownon the plans. The sawingof longitudinaljoints shallbe performed
at a time that will precludeerraticor uncontrolled cracking. Sawedjoints
shall be filledwith the type of joint compoundindicatedon the plans.The
dust resultingfrom sawing shall be completelyremovedfrom the joint
and adjacentareas by meansof air jet or a combinationof air and water
appliedunder pressureimmediatelyafter the joint has been cut and
beforefillingwithjoint compound.
.Ioints
d) Construction
A butt constructionjoint shall be made perpendicular to the centerlineof

the pavementat the closeof each days work and also when the process
of depositingconcreteis stoppedfor a length of time such that, in the
opinionof the Engineer,the concretewill have taken its initialset. This
joint shall be formed by using a clean plank header having a nominal
thicknessof five (5) centimeters, a width of not less than the thicknessof
the pavementand a lengthof not less than the width of the pavement.
The headershall be cut true to the crown of the finishedpavementand
shall be accuratelyset and held in place in a plane at right angles to
centerlineand perpendicular to the surfaceof the pavement.
The top surfaceof the headershall be protectedwith steel as approved

by the Engineer.On the face along with the center of the header there
shall be fasteneda trapezoidalpiece of metal or wood the full lengthof
the header, five (5) centimeterswide and at least twenty five (25)
millimetersin depthto form a groovedjoint.The headershallhave drilled
holes to accommodatethe dowelor tie bars hereinafterspecified.Upon
resumptionof Wort<any surplusconcreterepaining upon the subgrade
shall be removed.The headershallthen be carefullyremovedand fresh
concretedepositedagainstthe old in such a manneras to avoidinjuryto
the edge of the old concrete.The fresh concreteshallbe vibratedintothe
groovein a mannerto ensurean interlocking joint.
310-15
joints
Dowelbars or loadtransferdevicesshallbe used in all construction
in accordancewith the detailsshownon the plans.lf no such detailsare
shown on the plans,tie bars as providedfor the longitudinaljoint, and
spaced at forty-five(45) centimetercenters,shall be placed acrossthe
joint in a plane parallelto the surface of the pavementapproximately
midway between the top and bottom surfaces of the pavement. The
edges of the joint shall be grooved,edged,and sealedwith the material
usedfor sealingexpansionand contraction joints.
No constructionjoint shall be placed within three (3) metefs of an

expansion,contraction, jotnt.
or otherconstruction
e) SealineJoints
a) Materials:Joints shall be sealed with material of the type

designatedon the plans.
b) Hot PouredJoints:The joints shall be sawed as providedin sub

item 310.3.7(b) and coveredas providedin sub item 310.3.7(c).
After the fourteen(14) or seventeen(17) day curing periodfor
the pavementhas elapsed,the jute o6other protectivecovering
shall be removedfrom the joint and the joint thoroughlycleaned
of all loose scale, saw dust, dirt, laitance or other matter.
Cleaningmay be accomplished with a compressedair jet, air and
water underpressure,wire brushesor in extremecasesthe joint
shall, when directedby the Engineer,be resawedto ensure a
completelycleanjoint. The joint surfacesand adjacentareas of
the slab shallbe thoroughlyclean.
The hot pouredjoint materialshall be heated in a heatingunit

approvedby the Engineerto the temperaturewithin the range
requiredas shown by tests. The joint shall be filled from the
bottom of the saw cut to the surface of the pavement.Any joint
with a depth greaterthan twenty five (25) millimetersshall be
filled with a minimum of two (2) layers, each layer being
approximately equalin depth.
c) Cold PouredJoints:The jointsshallbe sawedas providedin sub-

item 310.3.7(b)& 310.3.7(c) and cleanedof all loosesaw dust,
laitance,dirt,otherforeignmatterand free water.
The joints shall be filled immediatelyafter cleaning.The nozzle

used must be so designedthat the joint is filledcompletelyfrom
bottom to top. The joint shall be filled so it is roundedon top
about six (6) millimeters above the pavement surface.
lmmediatelyafter the joints have been filled, they shall be
covered with strip of nonabsorotive paper at least four (4)
centimeterswide. Eleven(11) kilogramglasslineor heavycraftis
suitable.The paper shall remain on the joint until it weathers or
wears off.
310-16
fl PermanentHeaderBoard
lmrnediatelyafter the forms are removed from the ends of concrete

pavementthat will be exposedto other than permanent
type surfacing
and temporaryand permanenttraffic,a headerboardhavingdimensioni
of not less than eight rs) centimeters (nornirrar)by twenty (20)
centimetersshall.be bolted securelyto the end of ttre pavementin
a
mannerto protect. gdoe of the pavementfrom damage.The header
!!e
boardshallextend.thefulr roadwaywidth,but may be in tilo (z) sections.
nt lhe time of ptacingthe concrete, six (6) (threefor each tane),thirteen
(13) millimetersby twenty (20) centimetersbolts shall be embedded
in
the end of the pavementin a manner that will hold the header board
securely.The headerboard shall be shapedto conformto the crown
of
the pavementand shall be installedflush with the concretepavement
surface.The finishingand installingof the'header board shall
be
c.rnsideredsubsidiary-worrpertiiniig to the other items in the Bill
of
Quantitiesand will not be paidfor direcily.
The headerwiilnot be requiredon concretebasecoursework.
310.3.8 Consolidatinsand Finishins
After being spreadand struck-offas providedin sub-item310.3.5"placing

concrete,"the concreteshall be furtherstruck-offand consolidated
with an
approved finishing machine to such an elevation that when
finishing
operatiorrs
are completed,the surfacewill conformto the requiredgradeand
crown.The finishingmachineshall operateover the entire'surface
at least
twice,the first time with the finishingmachinetamper ano notn
screedsin
operation.A uniformroll.of concreteapproximatelyfifteen (15) centimeters
abovethe pavementgradeshall be maintainedaheadof the front
screedfor
its entire length during the first trip over with the finishing
macnine.'
Excessivetampingor finishingresurtingin bringing of mortar to
the surfacewill not be permitted "n """"ii
After the last pass of the finishing machine, a mechanicaltongitudinal

finisher shall be operatedover the concrete surface.The forurard
motion of
the longitudinal finisher-shall
be so adjustedthat the screedwiil pass over
each portionof the surfaceat leasttwlce. The longitudinal finishershall be
operatedin a mannerthat will preventexcessives[imping of the
concreteat
the form lines or the metal center strip or the loss of the crown
of the
pavement.lf necessaryor when orderedby the Engineer,
the finishershall
be operatedin one directiononly or shall be operatedfrom only
-."ttion
the form to
the centerlinein order to ensure that the proper .ro..
of the
pavementis obtained.The leadingedge of the screedshall
clearthe forms
upon completionof each.transversepass in order to clear the pavement
surfaceof any laitanceor thin mortar.
In general,the additionof superficialwater to the surface of therconcrete

to
ass.istin finishingoperationswill not be permitted.tf the apptilaiion
of water
to the surfaceis permittedby the Engineer,it shail oe apptieioas
a fog spray
by meansof approvedsprayequipment.
310-17
As an alternativeto the longitudinalfinisher,the contractormay use a
machinecomposedof a cuttingand smoothingfloat, or floats,suspended
from and guidedby a rigidframe. The frame shall be carriedby four (4) or
morevisiblewheelsridingon, and constantlyin contactwith,the sideforms.
when directedby the Engineer,followingone of the precedingmethodsof

longitudinalfinishing,long-handled floats havingbladesnot less than one
and one half (1.5) metersin lengthand fifteen(1s) centimetersin widthshall
be used to smooth and fill in open{exturedareas in the pavement,Long-
handledfloatsshallnot be usedto floatthe entiresurfaceof the pavementin
ileu of, or supplementing,one of the precedingmethods of longitudinal
finishing.
when the longitudinal finishinghas beencompleted, the entiresurfaceshall

be testedwith straightedges not less than three (3) metersin length.The
straightedges shall be operatedparallelto the pavementcenterlinestarting
at the center and progressingtoward the forms. Advance along the
pavementshall be in successivestagesof not more than one half (l/2) the
length of the straightedges. All laitance,surpluswater, and inert material
shallbe removedfrom the surface.All high placesshallbe workeddown and
all low placesfilledby combinedoperationsof floatsand straightedges until
no irregularltiesexist.The propercrownof the pavementshallbe maintained
throughoutthe operations.
After floatingand straighteninghas been completed,the concreteshall be

finishedby using a belt made of canvas,rubber,or other approvedbelting
not less than fifteen (15) centimetersin width, nor less than sixty (60J
centimeterslongerthanthe widthof the pavement.This belt shallbe worked
with a longitudinal
and crosswisemotion. care shall be exercisedin the use
of the beltto ensurethat the edgesof the belt do not dig intothe surfaceof
the concreteor work the crownout of the pavement.Eithermachinebelting
or hand beltingwill be permitted.
As soon as all excessmoisturehas disappeared,and whilethe concreteis

stillplasticenoughto make a granularsurfacepossible,a drag shallbe used
whichshallconsistof a seamlessstripof damp burlapor cottonfabric,which
shall produce a uniform surface of gritty texture after dragging it
longitudinallyalongthe full width of pavemlnt. For pavement(5) metersor
more in width,the drag shall be such that a strip or burlapor fabricat least
one and one half (1.5) meters wide is in contact with the full width of
pavementsurfacewhilethe drag is used. The drag shall be maintainedin
such conditionthat the resultingsurface is of uniform appearanceand
reasonablyfree from grooves over two (2) millimeters in depth, as
determinedby the Engineer.Dragsshall be maintainedclean and free from
encrustedmortar.Dragsthat cannotbe cleanedshall be discardedand new
dragssubstituted.
After draggingthe surfacewith burlap,the concreteover the expansionjoint

fillershall be completelyremoved and the joint finished. The edgei of
the concrete at expansionjoints. shall be finishedwith an edgerto the
310-18
radius shown on the plans. The exposededge of the pavementshall be
finishedwith an edger to a radius of six (6) millimeters.Any tool marks
appearingon the slab adjacent to the joints or edge of slab shall be
eliminatedby draggingthe surface.In doingthis, the roundingof the corner
of the slab shallnot be disturbed.
310.3.8.1 HandFinishine
Unless otheruuise
specified,hand finishingmethodswill not be permitted
excep_t
underthe followingconditions:
i) In the event of breakdownof the mechanicalequipment,hand

methodsmay be usedto finishthe concretealreadydepositedon
the grade when the breakdown occurs, and no additional
concreteshall be placeduntilsuch equipmentis repairedto the
satisfaction
of the Engineer.
ii) Narrowwidthsor areas of irregulardimensionswhere operation

of mechanicalequipmentis impracticalas determinedby the
Engineer,may be finishedby approvedhand methods.
iii) Short lengthsof pavement,such as bridgeapproachpavement,

where the operationof mechanicalequipmentis impracticalmay
be'finishedby approvedhandmethods.
Concrete,as soon as placed, shall be struck-offand screeded.An

approved portable screed shall be used. A second screed shall be
providedfor striking off the bottom layer of concrete if reinforcementis
used.
The screedfor the surfaceshallbe at leastone (1) meter longerthan the

maximum wiOtn ot the slab to be struck-off.lt shall be of approved
design,sufficientlyrigid to retainits shape,and be constructedeitherof
metalor othersuitablematerialshodwith metal.
consolidationshall be attainedby the use of a suitablevibratoror other

approvedequipment.
In operation the screed shall be moved forward on the forms with a

combinedlongitudinal and transverseshearingmotion,movingalwaysin
the directionin which the work is progressingand so manipulatedthat
neitherend is raisedfrom the sideforms duringthe strikingoff process.lf
necessary,this shall be repeateduntilthe surfaceis of uniformtexture,
true to grade and cross section,and free from porousareas.
Afterthe concretehas beenstruck-off,it shallbe furthersmoothed,trued,

and consolidatedby means of a longitudinalfloat. The hand operated
longitudinal
float shall be not lessthan threeand one-half(3.5) metersin
lengthand fifteen(15) centimetersin width,properlystiffenedto prevent
flexing and warping.The longitudinalfloat, operatedfrom foot bridges
resting on the side forms and spanningbut not touchingthe
310-19
concrete,shall be workedwith a sawingmotion,while held in a floating
poiition parallelto the road centerline,and passinggraduallyfrom one
side of the pavementto the other,Movementaheadalongthe centerline
of the pavementshall be in successiveadvancesof not more than one
nalt ttizl the lengthof the float. Any excesswater or soupy materialshall
be wastedoverthe side forms on each pass'
At the optionof the Engineer,the long-handled floats having bladesnot

less than one and one rratt 1t.s; meters in length and fifteen ('15)
centimeters in width may be substituted for the hand operated
longitudinalfloat.
All other operationsafter this substitutionfor the mechanicalequipment

shallbe performedin the mannerpreviouslydescribed'
concreting operationshall be performedonly in daylight,under no

circumstaicesshallconcretepavementplacedor finishedat night.
3r0.3.9 RemovingForms
Unlessotherwiseprovided,forms shall not be removedfrom freshlyplaced

concreteuntil it has set for at least twelve (12) hours, except auxiliaryforms
used temporarilyin widenedareas. Formsshall be removedcarefullyso as
to avoiddamagbto the pavement.After the forms have been removed,the
sides of tfre ltab sfrait be cured as specified for the surface. Major
honeycombedareas will be consideredas defectivework and shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor'sexpense, as directed by the
Engineer.Any area or section so removed shdll not be less than three (3)
r"i"ts in lengtnnor less than the full width of the lane involved.When it is
necessaryto remove and replace a sectionof pavement,any remaining
portionof the slab adjacentto the jointsthat is less than three (3) metersin
length,shallalso be removedand replaced.
310.3.r0 Protectingand Curing of ConcretePavement
a) Initial Curins
finished,the initial
As the surfaceof the newly-laidpavementis progressively
curingand protectionoperations shall be started.
Upon completionthe finishingoperationand whilethe surfaceof concreteis

stillmoist,but no free water remains,a liquidcuringmembraneapprovedby
the Engineershallbe appliedto the exposedsurfaceof the pavementat the
rate nol lessthan one (1) litreper threeand two-thirds(3-213)squaremeters
of surfaceareawhen mechanicalpressuredistributors are used.The curing
membrane, except on irregular areas, shall be applied by means of
approvedself-propelled mechanical pressuredistributors or approved hand
.piuyt. Satisfactory means shall be provided for thoroughly mixingthe
310-20
curing membranecompoundbefore and during its use. The mechanical
sprayingequipmentmay be either a full width spray bar equippedwith
multiple nozzles or a traversingspray which travels from one edge of the
pavementto the other.In eithercase the path of adjacentnozzlesor passes
of the traversingsprayshalloverlapa minimumof one-half(112)thewidthof
the spray patternso that all portionsof the surface shali receivedouble
applicationsfrom adjacentnozzlesor passes.The pumping,pressureand
distributionarrangementshall be correlatedwith the foruvardspeed to
provideadequateand uniformcoverageof the pavementat not lessthan
the
minimumrate required.lrregularareas to which the mechanicaldistributor
cannotbe adaptedmay be coveredwith hand sprays.
when hand spraysare used,the curing membraneshall be appliedin two

(2) applications,each at a rate of not less than one (1) litre'per five (5)
squaremetersof surfacearea so as to providea total rate of application'oi
one (1)litre pertwo and one half (2-112)squaremetersof surfacearea.The
path o! the spray on the secondapplicationshall be at right angles
to the
path of the spray on the first application.when hand ope-rated iprays are
permitted,-the equipmentsupplyingthe pressureto the.spraynozzleshallbe
capableof supplyinga constantand uniformpressureto provideuniformand
adequate distributionof the curing membrane compound at the rate
required.lf from any cause,such as rain-fallsoon aftei its application,the
curing membrane is damaged, the contractor shall immediatelyapply
anotherapplicationof curingmembraneto the surfaceof the pavement.The
rate of applicationfor the replacementmembraneshall be the same as for
the originalmembrane.
Unless othenruisedirected by the Engineer, immediatelyfoilowing the

applicationof the curing membrane,an approvedshade-canvasshill be
placed.approximatelythirty (30) centimetersabove the pavementsurface.
The shade-canvasshall be constructedof materialsand in a manner
approvedby the Engineer.In no case shall any portionof the shade-canvas
come in contactwiththe pavement.The initialcuringshallbe continuedfor a
period of twenty four \24) hours from the time the curing membrane
is
applied.
when forms are removed,whether during the initial or the final curing
period,the edgesof the pavementshallreceivecuringmembraneat
the rate
of coveragespecifiedfor the pavementsurface.
The curingmembranemay be appliedto the verticaledgesof the pavement

by means of hand sprays or by nozzles attached to the mechanical
distributor,but the edges of the pavementshall be covered with curing
membraneat the ratespecifiedwithinthirty(30) minutesafterremovalof the
forms.
when cold-pouredjoint compoundis used, all joints shall be sawed during

the initialcuringperiod.The shade-canvasmay be moved at joint locations
for short periodsof time to permitthe sawing.Beforebeingseiated, the joints
shall be thoroughlycleanedof all loosesawdust, laitanceldirt,otherforeign
matter, and free of water.As the methodof final curing is different
310-21
from that of the initial curing,the cleaningand sealing of joints shall be
performedimmedlately followingthe removalof the shade-canvasat the end
of the initialcuring period and prior to the applicationof the polyethylene
sheeting.
When hot pouredjoint compoundis used,the jointsshallbe sawed,cleaned,

and filledwith jute or other acceptableprotectivematerialin the same time
sequenceas for cold-poured joints.
In no case shall any portionof the concretepavementbe exposedto the

directrays of the sun for morethan one (1) hour.
Followingjointingoperations,curingmembraneshall be appliedto the joint

area at the ratespecifiedfor the pavementsurface.
b) Final Curine
Upon completionof the initialcuringperiodand after the shade-canvashas

been removed and jointingoperationhas been completed,the pavement
shall be completely covered with White Opaque Polyethylene Film as
specifiedin AASHTOM 171.Adjoiningsheetsshall be lappeda minimumof
forty five (45) centimeters.The sheetingshall be held in place in a manner
Finalcuringshallbe continueduntilthe concretereachesan age of fourteen

('14)days. During this period,the curing membraneand polyethylene film
shall be protectedfrom damage from any cause. Any damage from one
cause shall be immediatelyrepairedby the Contractorat his expense.No
traffic,includingworkmenand pedestrians, shall be allowedon the surface
of the pavementuntilthe expirationof the fourteen(14) daycuringperiod.
When concreteis beingplacedduringthe time that the air temperaturemay

be expected to drop below fifteen (15) degrees C, a sufficient supply of
burlap, straw, hay, or other suitable blanketingmaterial shall be provided
alongthe work to protectthe concreteand maintaina minimumtemperature
of fifteen(15) degreesC in the concreteas measuredon the surfaceof the
pavement. An approved moisture barrier such as wet burlap or plastic
sheetingshall be placed on the concreteprior to placing the blanketing
material.This type of cure shall be maintainedfor a periodof seventytwo
(72) hours as the initialcure.After the initialcure as specifiedabove,a final
cure as specifiedabovemay be used. The final cure shall be maintainedfor
a period of fourteen(14) days, thus making a seventeen(17) day curing
periodfor coldweatherconcreting.
310.3.11 SurfaceToleranCe
As soon as the concretehas hardenedsufficiently, the pavementsurface

shall be tested with a three (3) meter straightedge or other specified
devices. Areas showing high spots of more than three (3) mitlimeters,
but not exceeding twelve (12) millimetersin three (3) meters between
310-22
any two contactpoints,shall be markedand immediatelygrounddown with
an approvedgrindingtool to a toleranceof less than three.(3) mm as
describedabove.where the departurefrom correctcross sectionexceeds
twelve(12) millimeters,
the pavementshall be removedand replacedbyand
at the expenseof the Contractor.
Any area or sectionso removedshall be not less than three (3) meteis in
lengthnor less than the full width of the lane involved.when it is necessary
to removeand replacea sectionof pavement,any remainingportionof the
slab adjacentto the joints that is tess than three (3) meters in length,shall
also be removedand replacedat the Contractor,s expense.
310.3.12 Testsfor Thicknessof Pavementand Degreeof.Compaction
i) Thicknessof Pavement
The Employerwill not be liablefor paymentof any excess in thicknessof

depthof pavement.Duringthe progressof the work, the thicknessor depth
of pavementwill be determinedby the Engineerfrom cores cut from the
concretepavementby the contractor.The cost of guttingand recoveringall
the cores describedin this clause and the followingparagraphshalf be
deemedto be includedin the ratesand pricesfor porflandcement concrete
Pavemententeredby the Contractorin the Billof euantities.
Unsatisfactorywork shall be repaired,replaced,or will be paid for at an

adjustedprice,as follows:
a) One 15cmdiametercore will be removedby the Contractorfrom

each lane, at such locationsas the Engineermay direct, and
shallrepresentnot morethan 1000SM of pavementarea.A lane
shall be consideredthe pavementsurface betweenlongitudinal
joints,or a longitudinaljoint
and pavementedge.
b) lf any core measurementis deficientmore than 6.5 mm from the

requiredthicknessa core measurementshall be taken at each
30m intervalin both directionslongitudinal
from the first deficient
core in the same lane, as definedherein,until the thicknessof
the pavementis foundto be not morethan 6.5 mm deficientfrom
the requiredthickness.Each deficientcore shall be considered
as representing the'conditionin the same lane or longitudinal
section, as above defined, for a distance of 15m, in each
directionlongitudinally
from the core.
c) Sectionsof pavementwhichare deficientin thickness,as

determinedby cores, by an amount more than 1.3 cm shall be
removedand replacedwith pavementof the specifiedthickness
at the expenseof the Contractor.The removaland replacement
shall startat the determinedpoint of deficiencyand proceed
longitudinallyas hereinafterspecilied, until the pavement is
to be not more than 6.5 mm Ueficientfrom the required
thickness.The old reinforcingsteel shall be left extended a
sufficientdistanceso as to allowthe new reinforcementsteel to
be lappedwith the old, the requireddistanceto be weldedto the
satisfactionof the Engineer.
310-23
d) The removal and replacementsof pavements shall extend
the full width each lane in which such deficiencyis
transversely
found.
e) All pavementswithin two (2) meters of the deficiencyspot shall

be removed,except that When any joint is more than two (2)
meters,all pavementsshallthen be removedto the nextjoint'
Sections of pavement which are deficient in thickness, as

determined by measurement of cores in accordance with
AASHTO T14il-49, by an amount more than 6'5 mm, but not
i"norethan 1.3 cm, will be paid for at an adjusted price as
specifiedin TableBelow:
DEFICIENCY IN THICKNESSAS DETERMINED

FROM CORES
Proportional Part of Contract of

Thickness Contract Price to be allowed.
3 00 mmto 6.5mm 95%
6 . 5m mt o 1 3 m m 75%
ii) Degreeof .ComPaction
The coresthat have been cut from the concretepavementaccordingto the

requirements of (i) above shall be examined by the Engineer's
Representative to check the degree of compactionachievedthrough the
sla'band to check the effectivenessof the bond betweenthe top and bottom
courseconcrete.
Should any core reveal that any part of the slab has not been adequately
compactedby revealinghoneycombedor segregatedconcreteand should
the bond betweenthe top and bottomlayersof concretebe suchthat a plane
of weaknessis present,then adOitionalcores shall be taken to check the
areas of defectiveconcretepavementaccordingto the procedurelaid down
in (i) above for determiningthe areas of concretepavementdeficientin
compaction.
Any areas of defectivepavementconcreteso found shall be replacedwith

new concretein accordancewith this sectionat contractor'sOWnexpense'
The Engineerreservesthe right to carry out crushingtests on any or all of

the conirete cores taken in accordancewith this clause,and shouldthese
tests show that any area of pavementconcrete has failed to meet the
strengthrequiremenisof the specificatibn, then such areasof concreteshall
be re-movedand replagedwith new concrete,mixed, laid, compactedand
finishedto the requirements own expense'
of this sectionat contractor's
310-24
iii) Refillineof Holes
Holes in the pavement.createdby the cuttingof cores shall be thoroughly

coatedon the insidewith a neat cementgrout and shall then be filledilith
concreteof the same mix as shownin the pavement. The fillingshall be in
two-equal layersand each shall be rodded25 times to its full-depth.The
surface shall be finishedflush and broomed. The surface shall be kept
thoroughlywet for 72 hoursthereafter.
310.3.13 Replacement
of DefectiveConcrete
Any concrete not complyingwith the specificationshall be cut out

and
replacedin accordancewith the specification over the full width of the slab
betweenlongitudinal constructionjointsand over a lengthextendingbetween
two transversejointseach of a typeotherthan a warping
foint.
310.3.14 ConcreteLug Anchors
"concrete Lug Anchors" shall be constructedin accordance

with the
dimensionsand notes and at the locationsshown on the plans.
unless
otheruviseindicated on the plans, the class, composition,consistency,
proportioning,batching,mixingand curingof the concreteused in concreie
lug anchors shall conform to the sarne requirementsas the
concrete
pavement.Reinforcingsteel,concreteand excavationfor
lug anchorsshall
be subsidiaryto the Billof euantitiesitem "concreteLug Ancliors."
310.4.1 Measurement
The unit of measurementfor paymentshall be the cubic meters

of the
completed and accepted poriland cement concrete pavement,
as
measured in place.The numberof cubic metersof the completedporfland
cement concrete pavementshall be determinedby the rengin measured
along the centre line and upon the surfaceof the roao, times"ihe
width as
snownon the Drawingsplus the areas of any wideningon curves,
turnouts
and intersection,authorizedand measured-separateiy.Measurement
pavement thickness will be ensured by erecting of
shutters for screeding
concreteat requiredlevel.
The unit of measurementfor bridgeApproachslabs shall be the

square
meters of the area actuallyconstructedin accordancewith the Drawings
or
as directedin writingby the Engineer.
concrete Lug Anchorsshall be measuredby the linearmetersin prace,

the
measuringbeing made along the centerlineof the concrete lug
anchor
transverseto the pavementcenterline. No measurementwill
be made of
unauthorizedareasor for extrathickness.
310-25
310.1.2 Payment
The number of cubic meters of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement,

measuredas specifiedin sub-item310.4.1above , will be paid for , at the
pricetenderedper cubicmeter in the Bill of Quantities,adjustedas specified
for deficiencyin thickness,which priceshallincludethe cost of constructing,
finishing,curing,protectingand cleaningthe pavementas above described;
the preparationof subgradeto receivethe pavement;the constructionof all
joints of whatevertype; cutting of cores and fillingof holes, all materials,
includingjoint filler and other material, equipment,labour and all else
necessarytherefor,and all otherwork in connectiontherewithand incidental
there to in accordancewith the specificationand Drawings. Reinforcing
steel shall be measuredseparatelyunder relativeitems of work.
The numberof cubic metersof BridgeApproachSlabs,will be paidfor at the

price tenderedper cubic meter in the Bill of Quantities,which price shall
includethe cost of constructing, finishing,curing,protectingand cleaningthe
slab as abovedescribed;the surfacepreparationof the sub-baseto receive
the slab; the constructionof all joints of whatever type; all materials,
includingjoint filler and other joint material,equipment,labour and all else
necessarytherefor,and all otherwork in connectiontherewithand incidental
theretoin accordancewiththe Specification and Drawings.

No. Measurement
3 1 0a PlainConcrete
Pavement CM
3 1 0b ConcretePavementCM
Reinforced
3 1 0c ConcreteLugAnchors M
310-26
ITENI 3I I ASPHALT CONCRETE WEARING COURSE (PLANT MIX)
WITH CELLULOSE FIBRE.
3l l.l DESCRIPTION
The work shallconsrstof furnishingaggregates,asphaltbinderand cellulose

fibre at a controlasphaltbatchingplant,'mixedat a specifiedtemperarure,
spreadingand compacting the mixturein an approvedmanneron primedor
tacked surface of base, subbase,bridge deck or concretepavement,in
accordancewith these specificationra'io in conformitywith lines, grades,
typical cross-sections,shown on the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
311.2 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS
3lt.2.l VlineralAggregates
a ) Coarse Aggrcgates
coarse Aggregatesshall be crushed, non-absorptivestones and unless

othenvisestipulated,shall conformto the followingqrialityrequirementsof
AASHTOM 283 for classA aggregates:
1. Los A.ngelesabrasion,AASHTOT 96 30% max.

2. Flatand ElongatedParlicles,
ASTM D 4791,Comparinqtenqthto
thickness(measuredon mate ial
retainedabovethe No. 4 sieve)
2.5:1 15 oh max.
3. Sodiumsulfatesoundness loss
(5 cycles),AASHTOT 104 15 oh max.
4. Particles.
retainedon the No. 4 sieve
shallhave at least
one fracturedface, 1 0 0% m i n .
two fracturedfaces 75 % min.
5. Absorption,
MSHTO T 85 2 o/orfax.
6. Coarseand finedurabilitv
index. 40 o/omix.
AASHTOT 210
Mixeswith relativelypure carbonateaggregatesor any aggregatesknownto

polishshallnot be used.
h) FineAggregates
Fineaggregate shallconsistof a blendof 100% crushed,manufacturedsancl.lt

shallconformto the qualityrequirements of MSHTo M 20. The sodiumsulfate
soundnessloss in 5 cyclesshailnot exceed15 percent.ln addiiion,the liquid
iimitshallnotexceed25 as determinecl bv AASHTOT g9.
Jti-l
c) CombinedAggregates
The severalaggregatefractionsof courseand fine for the mixtureshall be

sized, graded, and combined in such propotlions that the resulting
comoositebtendconformsto Table-Abelow.
Table A
by WeightPassingSieves,AASHTOT 27 &f 11)

(Percentage
Sieve Designation PercentaqePassinq
3/4 in. 1 0 0%
1t2 85-95
3/B 60-75
No.4 20-23
N o .B 16-24
No. 30 12-16
No. 50 12-15
No. 200 8-10
0.020mm lessthan 3*
* To be controlled and mineralfillertaken

of aggregate
froma combination
fromrepresentative samples.
stockpile
3rr.2.2 AsphaltCement
a) AsphaltCementshallbe AC-20or similargradeand conformto AASHTO

M 226.
b) AsphaltCementshallbe mixedat a temperatureas requiredto achievea

kinematic viscosity of 150 to 300 centistokes.Typical plant mixing
temperature is 310o-325oF and at no time shallthemixingtemperature
exceed325 "F.
31t.2.3 Mineral Filler
a. Mineralfiller shouldconsistof finelydividedmineralmater such as rock

or limestonedust or other suitablematerial.At the time of use it should
be sufficientlydry to flow freelyand essentiallyfree from agglomerations.
Fillershould be free from organicimpuritiesand have a plasticityindex
not.greaterthan 4. Fillermaterialforthe mix shall meet the requirements
ofAASHTOM 17.
b. Commercialmineralfiller added to the mixture,shall be limitedto less

than20ohof its weightsmallerin sizethan 0.02 mm.
31r.2.4 Fibre
Cellulose
Fibrestabilizer,cellulosefibre is to be utilized.Dosageratesfor celluloseis

0.3 % by weightof the total mix. Allowabletolerancesof fibre dosageshall
be +/- 10 % of the requiredfibre weight.The selectedfibre shall meet the
propertiesdescribedin Table-Butilizingthe listedtest procedures.
311--2
Table B
C E L L U L O S EF I B R EP R O P E R T T E S
1 ) SieveAnalysis
d. MethodA - AlpineSieveAnalysis:
FibreLength: 0.25"(maximum)
PassingNo 100sieve 70 % (+1-19 o1"1
MethodB - MeshScreenAnalysis;
FibreLength: 0.25"(Maximum)
PassingNo. 20sieve 85 oh(+l- lgo1"1
No. 40 sieve 65 % (+l- 1go 1
N o . 1 4 0s i e v e 30 % (+t- 10%)
2) Ash-Content: 1B% 1+1-non-volatiles)

3) p H : 7.5 (+l--.9;
4) OilAbsorption: 5.0 (+l- 1.9;
(timesfibreweight)
5) MoistureContent. <50
l a) Method A - Alnine Sieve Analvsis
This test shall be performedusingas AlpineAir Jet sieve (Type200 LS). A

representative five gram sampleof fibre shall be sievedfor 14 minutesat a
controlledvacuurnof 22 inches(+/- 3) of water.The portionremainingof the
screenshallbe weighted.
b) Method B - Mesh ScreenAnalvsis
Thistestshallbe performed usingstandardNo. 20,40,60,g0, 100 and 140

sieves,nylon brushesand a shaker.A representative 10 gram sample of
fibreshallbe sieved,usinga shakerand two nylonbrusheson eacn screen.
The amount retainedon each sieve shall be weighedand the percentage
passingcalculated.Repeatability
of this methodis suspectand needsto be
verified.
2) Ash Content
A representative
2-3gram sampleof fibreshallbe placedin a tarredcrucible
and heatedbetween1100oFfor not less than two hours.The crucibleand
ash shallbe cooledin a desiccator
and reweiqhed.
3) pH Test
Fivegramsof fibreshallbe addedto 100 ml of distilledwater,stirredand let

set for 30 minutes.The pH shall be determinedwith a probecalibratedwith
pH 7.0 buffer.
311-3
4) OilAbsorptionTest
Five gramsof fibreshallbe accuratelyweighedand suspendedirt an excess

of mineralspiritsfor not less than five minutesto ensuretotal saturation.lt
will then be placed in a screen mesh strainer(approximately 0.5 square
millimeterhole size) and shaken on a wrist action shakerfor ten minutes
(approximately 1 - l14inchmotionat24Oshakes/minute). The shakenmass
shall be then transferredwithout touching, to a tarred container and
weighed.Resultsshallbe reportedas the amount(numberof timesits own
weight)the fibresare ableto absorb.
5) MoistureContent
Ten gramsof fibre shallbe weighedand placedin a 250" forcedair oven for
two hours.The sample will then be reweighedimmediatelyupon removal
from the oven.
311.2.5 DesiqnMix RequiremenE
Design parametershall be rn accordancewith Hot Mix AsphaltDesign by

MarshalMethodutilisingAASHTOT - 245.
Sr. N o Test Parameter Desiqnation
t, WM percent. 3-4 T-166,T-209,T-269

ii. AsphaltContent% 6 . 0m i n . of total mix.
iii (Kg).
Stability 1 0 0 0m i n . MarshallMethod
tv. VMAperbent. 1 7m i n . MS-2
Flow0.01inch. 8-14 MarshallMethod.
vi. Compaction No. of
blowson each side of
specrmen. Er\
MarshalMethod.
vii. Drain Down Test, 0.3max.
percent.
The mix designtest propertyvaluesand cures used to developthe job mix

in accordancewith the Asphalt InstitutesManual Series No. 2 (MS-2).
Acceptabledeviationsfrom variousvaluesof JMF shallbe as under:
a. Agqregates
PassingNo.4 and largersieves !5%

PassingNo.8 to No. 100sieves !3%
PassingNo. 200 sieve +1ok
b. AsphaltCement
Percentby wt. in totalmix !4.3%

c. CelluloseFibre
Percentby wt. in total mix. + 0 . 0 3%
311-4
3lr.3 CONSTRUCTIONREQUIREMENTS
311.3.r NlixingPlant
Plantsused for the preparationof the mixtureshall conformto AASHTOM

156and the following.
a. HandlineFiller
Adequatedry storageshall be providedfor the mineralfiller,and provisions

shallbe made for proportioning the fillerintothe mixtureuniformlyand in the
desiredquantities.Mineralfillerin a batchplantwill be addeddirectlyintothe
weigh hopper.In a drum plant mineralfiller will be added directlyinto the
drum mixer.Specialattentionis directedto providingappropriateequipment
for accuratelyproportioningthe relative large amounts of mineral filler
requiredfor mixture.
b. Fibre Addition
Adequatedry storageshalt be providedfor the fibre additive,and provisions

shall be made for proportioning.fibre
into the mixtureuniformlyand in the
desiredquantities.
c. BatchPlant
Loosefibreor palletizedfibreshallbe addedthrougha separateinletdirectly

into the pugmill before adding bitumen in the mix. The additionof fibre
should be timed to occur duringthe hot aggregatecharging.Adequatedry
mixingtime is requiredto ensureproperblendingof the aggregateand fibre
stabilizer.Dry mixingtime shall be increased5 to 15 seconds.Wet mixing
time shall be increasedat least 5 secondsfor cellulosefibres to ensure
blendlingwith the asphaltcement.
d. Hot - Mixture Storage
When the hot mixture is not to be hauled immediatelyto the projectand

placed,suitablebins shall be provided.Such bins shall be eithersurge bins
to balanceproductioncapacitywith haulingand placingcapacityor storage
bins which are heated and insulated and which have a controlled
atmospherearoundthe mixture.The holdingtime shall be withinlimitations
imposedby the Engineer,basedon laboratorytests of the storedmixture.In
no casewill mixturebe kept in storageovernight.
311.3.2 HaulingEquiBment
Hauling equipmentand paver shall be of . a type normally used for the

transportand placementof dense grade asphalthot mix. Truck beds shall
be coveredand insulatedif necessary,so that he mixturemay be delivered
on the road at a temoeratureof not lessthan 130 oC.
311-5
311.3.3 Pavers
Paversshall be a type normallyused for the placementof dense graded

asphalt hot mix. They shall be self-contained, power-propelled units
provided with an adjustable activated screed, heated and capable of
spreadingand finishingcoursedof asphaltplantmix materialin lane widths
applicableto the specifiedtypicalsectionand thicknessshownon the plants.
The paver shall be capableof being operatedat fonarardspeeds consistent

with satisfactoryplacementand compactionof the mixture.The paver shall
be capableof strikinga smoothfinishof uniformtexture.
31r.3.4 Conditionineof Existinq-.rsgr:tac9
a. lmmediatelybefore placing the mixture,the existing surface shall be

cleanedof loose or deleteriousmaterialby brooming or other approved
means.
b. A thintack coat of asphaltemulsion(SS-1,SS-1 h, CSS-1,CSS-1h or

similarmaterial)conformingto AASHTOM 140 or M 208 shall be applied
to ensure uniform and complete adherenceof the overlay.The asphalt
emulsionused for this purposewill be dilutedwith an equal part of water
and be appliedat the rate of approximately.1 gal/squareyard.
c. Where the existingsurface is distorted,a levelingcourse of hot asphalt

mix shall be requiredto restorepropercross-sectionprior to construction
of the overlay.
311.3.5 FacinsAnd Finishine

oF. The
The mixture shall be placed at a temperaturenot less than 290
mixturetemperatureshall be measuredin the truckjust priorto dumpinginto
the spreader.
The mixture shall be spread and struck off to the establishedgrade and
elevationwith asphaltpavers.
Facing speed will be adjusted so that sufficient time is allowed for

compactionoperationsand to providecontinuity.
311.3.6 Compaction
lmmediatelyafter the mixture has been spread and struck off, it shall be
thoroughlyand uniformlycompactedby rolling.
a. Due to the nature of mixture,the surface shall be rolled immediately.

Rollingshall be accomplishedwith steel wheel roliers of a minimum
weight of 10 tons. Rollingproceduresshall be adjustedto providethe
specifiedpavementdensity.Rollersshall move at a uniform speed not to
exceed 3 mph with the drive roll nearestthe paver. Rolling shall be
continueduntiland rollermarks are eliminatedand the minimumdensity
has been obtained.The Contractorshall monitor density during the
compactionprocessby use of nucleardensitygaugesto assurethat the
minimumrequiredcompactionis beingobtained.
3 11 - 6
b. To preventadhesionof the mixtureto the rollers,it shall be necessaryto
keep the wheels properlymoisturedwith water mixed with very small
quantitiesof detergentor otherapprovedmaterial.
c. The pavement shall be compacted to at least g4o/oof maximum

theoreticaldensityand at no morethan 6% air voids.
d. Once sufficientin-placedensity has been achieved,rolling operating

shouldcease,as over-rollingmay cause migrationof asphdltcementand
fillerto the compactedpavementsurface.
3t1.4 CONTROL OF ASPHALT MD(TURE
The mixture furnished by the Contractor shall conform to the job-mix

formula, within the allowable deviations from the target values. The
allowabledeviationsfrom the target values for the JMF of the aggregate
shallbe +l- 4% for the 314",112"
and 3/8"sieve,+/- 3Yoforthe No. 4, No. 8,
No. 30 and No. 50 sieve,and +/- 2o/ofor the No. 200 sieve.The allowable
deviationfrom the target value for the asphalt content shall be +/- 0.3
percent.
311.5 TRIAL / EXPERIMENTAL SECTIONS
Test section (s), a minimum of 200 meter each, shall be constructedto

examine the mixing plant process control, placement procedures,mix
surface appearance,compaction patterns and to calibrate the nuclear
densitydevice.
311.6 WeatherLimitations
The mixture shall be placed only when the air temperature is four (4)
degrees centigradeor above and no asphaltshall be laid under foggy or
rainyweatheror over moistsurface.
311.7.1 Measurement
The quantitiesof Asphalticwearingcourseshall be measuredby volume in

CM. laid and compactedin place. Measurementsshall be based on the
dimensionas shownon plans or as otherurrise directedor authorizedby the
Engineer.A toleranceof + three (3) mm shall be allowed in compacted
thicknessof wearingcourse.However,any asphaltin excessof 3 mm shall
not be paid and any layer deficientby more than 3 mm may be rejected
unlessrectifiedby overlayingadditionallayer at no extra cost, approvedby
the Engineer.
The quantityof asphalticmaterialused is includedin the asphaltconcrete

QuantitiesBitumen,wasted or remainingon hand after completionof the

work, shallnot be measuredor paidfor.
311-7
The quantityof cellulosefibreshallbe measuredin Kg. and paidseparately'
311.7.2 Payment
The quantitydeterminedas piovidedabove shall be paidfor at the contract

unit jrice respectivelyfor each'of the particularpay items listedbelowand
shown in tne bitt of Quantities,which prices and paymentshall constitutefull
compensationfor all the costs necessaryfor the propercompletionof the
work prescribedin this item.

No. Measurement
311 a AsphalticConcretefor SM
WearingCourse(ClassA)
3 1 1b Cellulosefibre SM
311-B
ITI]M 312 PROOF ROLI,ING
312.1 DESCRIPTION
Theworkshallconsistof conducting proofrollingby a specifiedtypeof roller

to confirmthe adequacyof compaciionfor ihe-underlyinglayersof an
existingroad or naturalsurface.The proof rollingshall'be-carriedout in
accordancewith these specificationsand in coriformation with the lines
shownon the drawingsor as directedbythe Engineer.
312.2 CONSTRUCTION
REOUIREMENTS
1. The proofrollingis to be carriedout on any type of granularmaterial,
subgradematerialor asphalticlayersas tho ciie mai oe. However,in
case, the proof rolling is to be carried out on granularmaterial/
subgrade,all the undulations shall be removedoy irre contractoras a
pre-requisite
of this item for which paymentshalt be deemedto be
includedwithinthisitem.
2- The equipmentrequiredfor compaction

may be any of the followingor
combination
thereof:
a. Combinationvibratoryroller_ min.10tonscapacity.
b" Padfootvibratoryroller- min.10tonscapacity.
c. Pneumatictyperoller,g wheeler_ 21 tonscapacity.
312.3 MEASUREMENT
ANDPAYMENT
312.3.1 Measurement
Proofrollingshallbe measuredby the unitof squaremeterin the areasas

designated on the drawingsor directedbythe Engineer.
312.3.2 Payment
Thequantityof completed and acceptedwork,measuredas providedabove

will be paid at the unit price quotedby the contractorfor furnishingall
equipments,. Labour,and otheritemsnecessaryfor the completionof the
work.

No. Measurement
312 ProofRolling SM
312-1
striln'I,cnu.r.s
STRUGTURES
ITEM 4OO GENERAL
,100.1 DESCRIPTION
This item containsa generaldescriptionof the specificitems of work, the

materials,constructioi requirements,and methods of measurementand
payment for all concrete structures including bridges, culverts, piles'
compositestructuresof concretesuch as barriersand steel, prestressed
and posttensionedgirderand all brickand stone masonrystructuresbuiltas
indicatedon the drawingsand in conformitywith the lines,grade,dimension
in conjunctionwith ant instructionsissued by the Engineer. Materials,
equipment,workmanshipand construction methodsappliedin the work shall
conformto the requirementslaid down hereinand shall also followthe best
modernconstructionpracticeswith the approvalof Engineer.This item shall
also includeconstructionof certainstructuralfeaturesand incidentalitems
which are either common to all types of structuresor which may apply to
any of them.
,100.2 CLEARING OF SITE
The contractorshall clearthe sitesfor proposedstructuresof trees,bushes,

stumpsand debris,in the manneroutlinedin section10'1"clearingand
Grub'bing"cost of which shalt be deemed to be included in the price bid for
the vari6us items. Special clearingof site such as removal of existing
prices
bridges,buildings,concretepavementetc., will be paid for at the
tendLredfor these items, but where no such prices are provided for, all
costsin connection with the specialclearingshall be deemed to be included
in tlre price tendered for various items of the structuresin the Bitl of
Quantities.
Removal or relocationof public or private utilities such as telephone,

telegraphlines,power lines,sewer and water pipe lines,railwaytracksand
theii appurtenances etc., shall be arranged by the Employer's
n"pr"r"ntrtlu" with the concerned Government Agency/Agencies,
AuionomousBodies,Utilitycompaniesinvolved.The Employershall bear
the costs of relocatingsuch utilities.
,100.3 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The structureson verticalcurvesor the structureswhich have superelevated

roadwaysbecauseof horizontalcurvesand those spans on which definite
finished camber is necessaryin order to form a uniform grade line, all
requirespecialcare and attentronregardingto the elevationand alignment
of their railingand kerbs.
400-1
400.4 FOUNDATIONDATA
Referto clause400(4).3(b)
400.5 FINAL CLEARING
upon completionof structure,the contractorshall clean up the site, remove

all temporarybuildings,false work, lumber,equipmentand all other debris.
The contractorshall level off all excavatedmaterialnot used for back fill
around piers, bents, abutment, culvert, headwallsand on embankment
slopes.Bridgedecksand side walks shall be left in cleanand workmanlike
condition.No specificpaymentfor clearingup shall be made but the cost
shallbe includedin otheritemsshownon the billof quantities.
400.6 OPENING TO TRAFFIC
Bridges or slab or box culverts h4ving decks constructedwith porfland

cement concrete shall remain closed to all traffic and contractor,s
equipmentsubjectto the resultsof tests made of the concretebut not less
than twenty eight (28) days after the placingof concrete.
The above time of openingto traffic is applicablewhen temperaturesare

aboveten (10) degreec. when temperaturesare belowten
1io1degreec,
the time of openingto traffic shall be increasedat the discretion-ofthe
Engineer.In any event bridgesor culvertswith concretedecks shall not be
openedto trafficwithoutthe approvalof the Engineer.
400.7.1 Measurenlelt
The quantities of various pay items which constitute the completed and
acceptedstructuresshall be measuredfor payment accordingto the plans
and specificationfor the severalpay items appearingin the Biil of euantities
and in term of the prescribedunits providedfor theleveral pay items.only
acceptedwork shall be includedfor paymentand the measuredquantity
shall be basedon the dimensionof componentas shown on the plansor ai
directedin writingby the Engineer.
400.7.2 Payment
The quantitiesmeasuredas providedabove shall be paid for at the unit

pricesbid for the severalpay items appearingin the Bill of euantities
which
paymentand priceb shall be full compensitionfor furnishinj, preparing,
fabricating,transporting,placingancl erectingall materialtor ine complet,e
structure,for all labour,equipment, tool and all other items necessaryfor
the completionof work such payment shali constitutefull paymeni for
completed structure and no allowance will be made roi cofferdam
construction,form lumber,falsework and otherincidentalexpenses.
400-2
ITEM ZIOO
(A) BRTDGESAND CULVERTS
,{00.A.1 DESCRIJTION
All steel and concretebridgesand concreteculvertsshall be constructedas

indicatedoir the plans,in conformitywith the lines,grades,dimensionsand
designshorvnon the plansarrdin accordancewith the provisionof item 107
"StructuralExcavationand Backfill",item 401 "Concrete"", item 402 "False
Work and Centeringfor BridgeS",item 403 "Form Work", item 404 "Steel
Reinforcement", and item 405 "Pre Cast ConcreteStructures", and all other
pay itemswhichare to constitutethe completeconstructionof the structure,
;100.A.2 MATERIALS
The materialsused shall be those prescribedfor several contractitems

which are to constitutethe completestructure.
400.A.3 CONSTRUC'TIONREQUIREMENTS
a. Clearingthe Site
The contractorshallclearthe site of the proposedstructureof trees,bushes,

stumps,and debrisin accordancewith section101 "Clearingand Grubbing".
Special clearingof site such as removal of existing buildings,concrete
pavementshallbe paidfor at the pricestenderedfor these items,but where
no such prices are providedfor, all costs in connectionwith this special
clearingshallbe deemedto be includedin the pricetenderedfor the various
itemsof structuresin the tenderedBillof Quantities.
Removal or relocationof public or private utilitiessuch as telephoneor

telegraphslines, power lines, undergroundcable lines, sewer and water
supply lines,railwaytracks and their appurtenancesetc. shall be arranged
by the employerrepresentative with the specificgovernmentagency,utility
companies and person involved.The Employer shall bear the cost of
relocatingsuch utilities.
b. FoundationData
Foundationdata includingthe locationof all boreholestogetherwith the

records of ground conditionsencounteredhave been obtainedfrom soil
investigationby test boring, test pits or other sources. lt is the Engineer's
responsibility
to ensureby additionalinvestigations throughthe contractorat
the very beginningof constructionwork that the foundationlevelsgiven in
the Drawingscoincidewith the localrequirements.
400(A)-1
c. Alignmentand Grades
All structuralmemberssuch as prefabricated girders,cast in situ deck slab,

cast in situ superstructures,bridge rails including kerbs, wheel guards,
safety fencing shall be so constructedand placed that finished vertical
alignment and gradeshallbe as shownon the Drawings.
Rails, sidewalks and Kerbs on the curved portion of structureshall be

constructed, as far as possible after the completion of the entire
superstructureslab. In such cases,the heightof rail, sidewalkand/orkerb
may vary with respectto the grade line of the slab in order to producethe
desiredappearance.
d. ErectionMethod
Beforemovingany constructionequipmentto the site, the contractorshall

submitfor approvalan outlineof the method he proposesto follow in the
erectionof structure.
e.NavigableStreams
The channelof navigablestreamsshall be kept clear for safe passageof

water. The contractorshall provideand maintainall necessarylight and
signals in accordancewith the navigationauthority'srequirements.The
contractorshall pay due regardto the hazardof the riverflow duringperiod
of intenserainfall.All nraterialdepositedin the channelshall be removedto
the requireddepthand clearancelinesat the contractor's expense.
f. Concreting.
The concreteof Bridgesor culvertsshallbe pouredand surfacefinishedand

curedas per requirementsconformingto item401.3
g. Final Clearing
upon completion of structures,the contractorshall clean up the site

conformingto requirements
in item400.5
It. PublicBodies/Service
Authorities
The Contractor'smethodologyshall meet all statutoryrequirements of the

railway,irrigationor ServiceAuthoritiesand his ratesshallincludefor all
costsof meetingthese requirements.
400(A)-2
400.A.4 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
400.A.4.1 Measuremdnt
The quantitiesof variouspay itemsof Bridgesand culvertswhich constitute

the completedand accepted structuresshall be measuredfor payment
accordingto the plansand specification for the severalpay items appearing
in the Bill of Quantitiesand in term of the prescribedunits providedfor the
severalpay items. Only acceptedwork shall be includedfor paymentand
the measuredquantityshall be based on the dimensionof componentas
shownon the plansor as directedin writingby the Engineer.
-100.A..t.2 Pavment
The quantitiesmeasuredas providedabove shall be paid for at the unit

pricesbid for the severalpay items appearingin the Bill of Quantitieswhich
payment and prices shall be full compensationfor furnishing,preparing,
fabricating,transporting,placingand erectingall materialfor the complete
structure;for all labour,equipment, tool and all other items necessaryfor
the completionof work. Such payment shall constitutefull payment for
completed structure ancl no allowance will be made for cofferdam
construction, form lumber,falsework and otherincidentalexpenses.
400(A)-3
ITEM 401 CONCRETE
401.1 DESCRIPTION
This work consistsof furnishingplacing,
curing,finishingincludingtransport
'approved 'ind-
of cement concrete made from typ6 of cem-ent,watei, fine
coarse aggregates all in accordance with the requirementsin these
speciflcationsand conforming.tolhe lines, grades, bnd typical sections
shown on the Drawingsor called for in the special provisiohsand to the
approvalof the Engineer.
40r.r.l CLASSESOF CONCRETE

The classes of concrete recognized in these specificationsshall be
designated: A,B,C,D1,D2,D3,Y and Lean concrete.The class of concrete
to be used shall be as called for on the Drawingsor as directedoy tne
the speciar provisiors. Thlefoilowingrequirtfieiiii
Eng.ineeror specified.,in
shallgovernunlessotherwiseihown on the Drawings.
class 41 concrete shall be used everywhere, for non-reinforcedand

reinforcedconcretestructures,,except as-noted below or directed-byth;
Engineer.concrete placedunderwaier shail be class 42 with a minimum
cement content of three hundredfifty (350) kg per cubic meter of concrete
r,yith..q
slump bgtyegl ten (10)and fiftebnlisy-cin. concreteptacedroi pitei
shall be class43 with a minimumcement'cohtentof four huhdreo
per cubicmeter. laoo) rg
ClassB Concreteshallbe used onlywherespecified.

class c concreteshallbe usedfor cribbing,or as otherwisedirectedby the
Engineeror specifiedin the Specialprovisi6hsor on tne Orawings.
class D1,D2 or D3, concreteshall be used for pre-stressedand post-

tensionedelements,as indicatedon drawings.
class Y concreteshall be used as a filler in steel grid bridgefloors,in thin
reinforcedsections,or as othenvisespecifiedin the-speciatFrovisions.
Lean concrete shall be used in thin layers underneathfootinqsand when

calledfor on the Drawingsor directedny tne Engineer.
The concreteof the variousclassesshall satisfy the requirementsshown in
Table401-1
IABLETI0LI
Po t Conc n
Min. Cement Max. Size 28 days Conristency Maxlmum
Classof Kg/Cubic of Coarse Compressive Consistency Permissible
Concrete Meter Aggregate Strength(Min) (Range in Slump) Water - Cement
(Cylinder) Vibrated Ratio
(mm) (Ke/Sq.cm.) (mm)
A1 300 20 210 25-75 0.58
A2 350 25 245 100-150 0.58
A3 400 38 280 100-150 0.58
B 250 51 170 25-75 0.65
(- 275 38 210 25-75 0.58
D1 450 25 350 50-100 0.40
D2 500 25 425 50-100 0.40
D3 550 25 500 50-100 0.40
400 13 210 25-75 0.58
Lean Concrete 175 51 100
401-1
40t.\.2 TYPES OF CONCRETE WORIG
Under Ground Concrete
concrete pouredbelowNaturalsurface Levelwith or withoutshutteringand

shoring.
On Ground Concrete
concretepouredby erectingformworkwith necessarybracingson ground.
Elevated Concrete
concrete poured by erecting props, bracing and towers to support the

formworkat higherlevels.
401.2.1 PortlandCement
cement remainingin bulk storageat the mill, prior to shipment,for more

than six (6) monthsor cement stored in local storage by contractorfor more
than three (3) months after shipment from the factory may be retested
before use and shall be rejected if it fails to meet any of the speciflcation
requirements.
Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of the standard

specifications for Portland cement, AASHTO Designation Mgs (ASTM
Designationc150). The type of the cement to be used, unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings,shall be type l.
sampling of cement shall be in accordancewith AASHTO Designatioh

r-127.
Millcertificates
shallaccompany
deliveryof the materialto thework.
cementshallbe deliveredin sufficientquantitiesto ensurethat thereis no
suspensionof the work of concretingat any time. Differentbrand or
differenttypesof cementfromthe samemill,or the samebrandor typefrom
differentmills shallnot be mixedor used alternatelyin the same item of
constructionunlessauthorizedby the Engineer,after preparingnew mix
design.
40r.2.2 Fine Aggregate
The fine aggregateshall consist of sand, stone screenings; or other

approvedinert materialswith similar characteristics, or a l;ombination
thereof,havingclean, hard, strong, sound, durable,uncr.rated grains
-shale
fr.ee. from injuriousamountof dust, lumps,soft or flaky particles,
alkali,organicmatter,materialreactivewith alkalisin the cementloamor
otherdeleterious substances, and shall not containmore than three (3)
percentof materialpassingthe No.200sieveby washingnor morethanone
percentof claylumpsor one(1)percentof shale.The.useof beachsandis
prohibited withoutthewrittenconsentof theEngineer.
401-2
The coarseaggregateshall be of uniformgradingwith maximumsizes as
requiredfor the variousclassesof concreteas shown in Table 4O1-2and
when tested in accordancewith AASHTO DesignationT-11 & T-27 shall
meetthe followinggradingrequirements.
TABLE 40T.2
GRADING OF COARSEAGGREGATES
Percentageby Weight Passing LaboratorySieves

Designated H a v i n qS q u a r eO p e n i n g s ,i n I n c h e s
tlo 3
Sizes z12
a
111 1 N o .4
t/r-in. No. 4 '100 30-1 0 0 40-70 0-15

to
t/o-in. No.4 1 0 0 90-100 20-55 0-10
to
,1nn 0-10
1 - i n .t o N o .4 95-100 25-60
1 1l z - i n t. o N o ,4 1nn 95-100 35-70 10-30 0-5
2 - i n .t o N o .4 100 95-100 35-70 10-30 0-5
11lz-in.3lq-in. 1nn 90-100 20-55 0-15 0-5
2 - i n .t o 1 - i n . 100 90-100 J5-/U 0-15 0-5
* Not morethan five 5 percentshallpassNo.8 sieve.
Coarseaggregateshall containnot more than one (1) percentby weight of

materialpassingthe No.200 sieve by washingand not more than five (5)
percentof soft fragments.
It shall have an abrasionloss of not more than forty (40) percentat five
hundred(500)revolutions, when testedin accordancewith MSHTO T-96.
When testedin accordancewith AASHTOT-104,for five cycle,the loss with

the sodiumsulphatesoundnesstest shallbe not morethan 12 percent.
Natural aggregatesshall be thoroughlywashed before use. Testing of

coarseaggregateis specifiedunderltem 401.3.9of these Specifications.
The aggregateshall be non-alkalilsilica reactivewhere the concreteis to be

pouredunderwateror exposedto humidconditions.In case the Contractor
proposesto use the aggregatehavingthe alkaline/siliceous characteristics
with the intentionto use it with Blast FurnaceSlag Cement, he will under
take to carryout the job with out any extracost and shall arrangeto conduct
the necessarytestsas directedby the Engineer.
101.2.1 CombinedAggregate
The coarse and fine aggregate shall be combined in the proportions

accordingto the approvedtrial mixesfor each classof concrete.
401-4
For exposedwork, the fine aggregateshall be free from any substancethat
will discolourthe concretesurface.
The fine aggregate shall be uniformlygraded and when tested in

accordancewith AASHTO DesignationT-11 and T-27 shall meet the
followinggradingrequirements:
GRADING OF FINE AGC;REGATES
SieveDesignation PercentagePassingby Weight.

3/8 inch 100
N o .4 95-100
N o .1 6 45-85
No.50 10-30
N o .1 0 0 2-10
No.200 0-3
In case if fine aggregates fail under Fineness Modulus or Gradation

howevermaterialpassingNo. 4 in combinedaggregate,qualifiesfor these
requirements,then the materialcan be accepted.
Fine aggregatesshall be of such qualitythat mortar specimens,prepared

with standardPortlandcement and tested in accordancewith AASHTO
DesignationT-71,shalldevelopa compressivestrengthat 7 days of not less
than 90 percentof the strengthdevelopedby a mortarpreparedin the same
mannerwith the same cement6nd gradedsand havinga finenessmodulus
of 2.3 to 3.1. Naturalaggregatesif requiredshall be thoroughlyand
uniformlywashedbeforeuse. Sand equivalent(T-176)shall be 75 min.
For the purposeof determiningthe degreeof uniformity,a finenessmodulus

determinationshall be made upon representative samplessubmittedby the
Contractorfrom such sourcesas he proposesto use. Fine aggregatefrom
any one sourcehavinga variationin finenessmodulusof greaterthan 0.20
eitherway from the finenessmodulusof mix designsamplessubmittedby
the Contractormay be rejectedtill new trial mixes are preparedand tested
by the contractor.
Testing of the aggregate is specified under ltem 401.3.9 of these

specifications.
401.2.3 CoarseAggregate
The coarse aggregateshall consist of crushedor broken stone, gravel or

otherapprovedinert materialswith similarcharacteristics, or a combination
thereof,havingclean,hard, strong,sound,durableuncoatedparticles,free
from injuriousamount of soft, friable,thin elongated,or laminatedpieces,
alkali, organic or other deleterious matter and conforming to the
requirements of theseSpecifications.
401-3
.101.2.5 Rubbleor CyclopeanConcrete
Rubble or cyclopeanconcreteshall consist of tough, sound, and durable

rock. The stone shall be free from coatings, seams, or flaws of any
character. In general,the percentageof wear shall not exceed fifty (50)
when tested in accordancewith the Standard Method of Testing for
Abrasionof CoarseAggregateby the use of the "Los Angeles Machine",
ASTM C535.
401.2.6 Storageof qlment andAggreqates
a) All cement shall be stored,immediatelyupon arrivalon the site of the

work, rn weather-proofbuilding, which will protect the cement from
dampness. The floor shall be raisedfrom the ground. The buildingsshall
be placed in locationsapprovedby the Engineer. Provisionsfor storage
shall be ample, and the shipments of cement as received shall be
separately stored in such a manner as to provide easy access for
identificationand inspectionof each shipment. Storagebuildingsshallhave
capacityof a sufficientquantityof cement for at least thirty (30) days use.
Bulk cement,if used,shall be transferredto elevatedair tight and weather-
proof bins. However,if approved,sacked cement on small jobs may be
storedin the open, upon a raisedplatformprovidedthat ample wa+erproof
coveringis ensured. Storedcementshall meet the test requirements at any
time after storagewhen retestis ordered by the Engineer.At the time of use
all cement shall be free flowingand free of lumps. Cement bags shall be
weighedat randomto checkfor variation.
Copiesof cementrecordsshall be furnishedto the Engineershowing such

detailas, the quantityused duringthe day run or at each part of the work.
Cement held in storage for a period of over sixty (60) days, or cement
which,for any reasonthe Engineermay suspectof beingdamaged,shallbe
subjectto a retest beforebeing used in the work.
b) The handlingand storingof concreteaggregatesshall be such as to

preventsegregationor the inclusionof foreignmaterials.The Engineermay
require that aggregates be stored on separate platforms at satisfactory
locations.
In orderto securegreateruniformityof the concretemix, the Engineermay

requirethat the coarse aggregatebe separatedinto two or more sizes.
Differentsizes of aggregateshall be storedin separatebins or in separate
stock pilesto preventthe materialat the edges of the pilesfrom becoming
intermixed.
lf aggregatesare storedon the groundthe bottom layer of aggregateshall

not be disturbed or used without.recleaningand as approved by the
Engineer.
401-5
10L.2.1 Water
The waterfor curing,for washingaggregatesand for mixingshall be subject

to the approvalof the Engineer.lt shallbe free from oil and shallcontainnot
more than one thousand(1,000)partsper millionof chloridesnor morethan
one thousandthree hundreds(1,300)partsper millionof sulfates(SO+). In
no case shall the water containan amount of impuritiesthat will cause a
changein the settingtime of Portlandcementof more than twentyfive (25)
putceintnor a reduCtionin the compressivestrength of mortar at fourteen
to the result
it+; O"ys of more than five (5) percent when compared
obtainedwith distilledwater.
ln non-reinforced concrete work, the water for curing, for washing

aggregates,and for mixingshall be free from oil and shall not containmore
ttrantwo thousands(2,000)parts per millionof chloridesnor more than one
thousandfive hundreds(1,500)partsper millionof sulfatesas soa.
In additionto the above requirements, water for curing concreteshall not

containany impuritiesin a sufficientamount to cause discolourationof the
concreteor produce etching of the surface.
when requiredby the Engineer,the quality of the mixing water shall be

determinedby the StandardMethod of Test for Quality of Water to be used
in concrete,AASHTOMethodsof samplingand Testing,Designation: T 26.
401.2.8 Admixtures
Admixturesshallonly be allowedto be usedwith writtenpermissionfrom the

Engineer. lf air-entraining agents,water reducingagents,set retardersor
stringth accelerators are'peimitted to be used, they shall not bb used in
greater dosages than those recommended by the manufacturer,or
for each
[ermitted by the Engineer,and shalt conformto the requirementF
of the agenfs specifiedby the manufacturer'
,101.3 CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
The manufacturing,transport, handling and placing of concrete shall

conformwith the requirementsgiven hereinafter.
Unlessotherwisespecified,ordinaryPortlandcement shall be used for all

types of concrete. When sulphateresistingcement or_othertype of cement
ii'required,it will be specifiedon the Drawings/orin BOQ or orderedby the
Engineer.
.t01.3.1 of Concrete
Proportioning
All concreteshall be proportionedby wbighing,except as specifiedherein.

The proportionsby weight of cement,fine aggregates,coarse aggregates
and water necessary to produce concrete of the required strength and
consistencyshall be approvedby the Engineer. such approvalmay be
withdrawnat any time, and changesin the proportionsmay be requiredfor
the purposeof iequiredworkability,density,impermeability,durabilityand
strength.
401-6
Based on the approvedmix proportions,the contractorshall prepare lists
showingthe numberof kilogramsof the variousmaterialto be used in the
batch size adopted. The requiredconsistencyshall also be shown. such
lists are subjectto approvalby the Engineer,and shall be posted at the
mixer.The amount of water in the mix is the total amount of free water,
includingthe free waterheld by the aggregates.
No concreteshallbe placedin the works untilthe resultsof the twenty eight

(28) days test indicatethat the design proporlionsare satisfactoryas per
requirementsunder ltem 401.3.10 "Testing of compressive sirengih".
Adjustmentof the proportionsshall be subjectlothe followingprovisions:
a) Adjustmentfor variationin workability- lf it is found impossibleto obtain

concrete of the
.desired workability with the proportions originally
approved,the Engineershall make such changesas aie necessary.
b) Adjustmentfor new materials- No changein the sourceor characterof

the materialshall be made withoutdue noticeto the Engineerand no
new materialsshall be used until the Engineer has aicepted such
materialsand has approvednew proportionsbasedon triarmixes.
The contractor'sattentionis drawn to the time requiredto prepare and test

trial batchesand the contractorshall be responsiblefor productionof trial
batches at a sufficienilyearly date so that the progressof the work is not
delayed.
401.3.2 Consistency
concrete shall have a consistencysuch that it will be workable in the

requiredposition. lt shall be of such a consistencythat it will flow around
reinforcementsteel but individualparticlesof the toarse aggregatewhen
isolatedshall show a coatingof mortarcontainingits proportl6nate amount
of sand. The consistencyof concreteshall be deierminedto be as dry as it
is practicableto satisfy the requirementsfor transportationand placing
of
the concreteas describedhereinafter.
consistency of concrete shall be determined as specifiedin AASHTO

T-119. The consistencyof concreteat the time of deliveryshall be as
shownin Table 401.1or as designatedby the Engineer.
401.3.3 Mixing Concrete
a) Mixins General
The concreteshallbe mixedonly in the quantityrequiredfor immediateuse.

Concretethat has developedan initialset shallbe rejected.
concreteshallbe thoroughlymixedin a mixerof an approvedsize and type

that will ensurea uniformdistribution
of the materialsthroughoutthe mass.
401-7
All concreteshall be mixed in mechanicallyoperatedmixers. Mixingplant
and equipmentfor transportingand placingconcreteshould be arranged
with an ample auxiliaryinstallationto provide a minimumsupply of concrete
in case of breakdownof machineryor in case the normalsupplyof concrete
should be disrupted.The auxiliarysupply of concreteshall be sufficientto
completethe castingof a sebtionup to a construction joint .
Equipmenthaving componentsmade of aluminum or magnesiumalloys,

which would have contacted with plastic concrete during mixing,
transportingor pumpingof Portlandcementconcrete,shallnot be used.
Concrete mixers shall be equipped with adequatewater storage and a

controllingthe quantityof
devicefor accuratelymeasuringand automatically
water used.
Materialsshall be measuredby weighing,except as otherwisespecifiedor

where other methods are specificallyauthorizedby the Engineer.The
apparatusprovidedfor weighingthe aggregatesand cement shall ensure
accuratemeasurement of each ingredient.
The accuracyof all weighingdevicesexceptthat for watershall be such that

successivequantitiescan be measuredto within one (1) percentof the
desired value. Cement in standard packages (bags) approved by the
Engineer need not be weighed. The water measuringdevice shall be
accurateto plus or minus half percent1 0.50%. All measuringdevicesshall
be subjectto the approvalof the Engineer. Scalesand measuringdevices
shall be tested at the expense of the Contractoras frequentlyas the
Engineermay deem necessaryto ensuretheir accuracy.
Weighingequipmentshallbe isolatedso that vibrationor movementof other

operatingequipmentdo not effectthe accuracyof reading.When the entire
plant is running,the scale readingat cut-offshall not vary from the weight
designatedby the Engineermore than one (1) percentfor cement,one and
half (1.lz) percentfor any size of aggregate,or one (1) percentfor the total
aggregatesin any batch.
Wherevolumetricmeasurements are authorizedby the Engineer,the weight

proportionsshallbe convertedto equivalentvolumetricproportions.In such
cases, suitableallowancesshall be made for variationsin the moisture
condition of the aggregates,including the bulking effect in the fine
aggregates.Boxesor similarcontainersof the exact volumerequiredshall
be filled and struckoff. Measurementby wheel barrowvolumeswill not be
permitted.
b) Mixine at Site
Concretemixersmay be of the revolvingdrum or the revolvingblade type

and the mixing drum or blades shall be operateduniformlyat the mixing
speed recommendedby the manufacturer. The pick-upand throw-over
blades of mixer shalt be restoredor replacedwhen any part or sectionsis
worn two and half (2.5) cms. or below than the original height of the
manufacturer'sdesign. Mixersand agitators,which have an accumulation
of hard concreteor rnortar,shallnot be used.
aot-a
When bulk cement is used and volume of the batch is one cubic meter or
more, the scale and weigh hopperfor Portlandcement shall be separate
and distinct from the aggregate hopper or hoppers. The discharge
mechanism of bulk cement weigh hopper shall be interlockedagainst
openingbeforethe full amountof cementis in the hopper.The discharging
mechanismshall also be interlockedagainstopeningwhen the amountof
cement in the hopper."js underweightby more than one percent or
overweightby morethan three(3) percentof the amountspecified.
When the aggregatescontainmore water than the quantitynecessaryto

produce a saturatedsurface-drycondition,representativesamples shdll be
taken and the moisturecontentdeterminedfor each kind of aggregate.
The temperatureof mixedconcrete,immediatelybeforeplacing,shallbe not

more than thirty two (32) degreeC. Aggregatesand water shall be cooled
as necessaryto produce concrete within this temperatures limit. lf ice is
used to cool the concrete,dischargeof the mixer will not be permitteduntil
all ice is melted.
The batch shall be so charged into the mixer that some water will enter in
advanceof cementand aggregates.All water shall be in the drum by the
end of the firstquarterof the specifiedmixingtime.
Cementshall be batchedandt,charged into the mixer by meansthat will not

result in loss due to the effect of wind, or in accumulationof cement on
surfaces of conveyorsor hoppers, or in other conditions which reduce or
vary the requiredquantity of cementin the concretemlkture.
The entire contentsof a batch mixer shall be removedfrom the drum before
materials for a succeeding batch are placed therein. The materials
composinga batchexceptwater shall be depositedsimultaneously into the
mixer.
Allconcreteshall be mixedfor a periodof not less than one and half (1.112)
minutesafter all materials,includingwater, are in the mixer. During the
periodof mixing,the mixer shall operateat the speed for which it has been
designed.
Mixersshall be operatedwith an automatictimingdevicethat can be locked

by the Engineer. The time device and dischargemechanismshall be so
interlockedthat during normal operation no part of the batch will be
dischargeduntilthe specifiedmixingtime has elapsed. In case of failureof
the timingdevice,the Contractorwill be permittedto operatewhileit is being
repaired, provided he furnishes an approved timepiece equipped with
minuteand secondhands. lf the timingdeviceis not repairedwithintwenty
'four(24) hours, further use of the mixer will be prohibiteduntil repairs are
made.
The first batch of concrete material placed in the mixer shall contain
cement,sand,and water in excessto the requirementof mix, to ensurethat
the drum does not extract mortar from the mix changing its design
characteristics.When mixingis to stop for a period of one hour or more,the
mixershallbe thoroughlycleaned.
401-9
c) PlantMixins
At centralmixing plant, batchesshall be dischargedfrom the weighing

hopperintothe mixereitherdirectlyby gravityor by an elevating
container
largeenoughto containthe batch. The plantshallbe arrangedto ensure
thatthereis no lossof cementduringtransferfromweighinghopperto the
mixerdrum.Themixingtimeshallneitherbe lessthanfifty(50)second,nor
morethanninety(90)seconds.
The plastisizer,acceleratoror retarderor water reducingadmixture,if

required,shall be fed separatelyat the rate recommendedby the
by laboratory
or as established
marrufacture, trials.
d) TransitMixine
Truckmixers,unlessotherwise authorizedby the Engineer, shallbe of the

revolving'drum andso constructed
type,watertight, thatthe concretecan be
mixedto ensurea uniformdistributionof materialsthroughout the mass.All
solidmaterialsfor the concreteshallbe accuratelymeasuredand charged
intothe drumat the proportioningplant.The truckmixershallbe equipped
with a deviceby whichthe quantityof wateraddedcan be readilyverified.
The mixingwatermay be addeddirectlyto the batch,in casethe concrete
batchis pouredwithintwentyfive (25)minutesof addingwater.
The maximum sizeof batchin truckmixersshallnot exceedthe maximum

ratedcapacityof the mixeras statedby the manufacturer,and stampedin
metalon the mixer. Truckmixingshallbe continued for not lessthanfifiy
(50)revolutions including
afterall ingredients, water,are in the drum. The
mixingspeedshallnotbe lessthansix(6)rpm,normorethanten (10)rpm.
Mixingshatl begin withinthirty (30) minutesafter the cementhas been

addedeitherto the wateror aggregate, butwhencementis chargedintoa
mixer drum containingwater or surface-wetaggregateand when the
temperatureis abovethirtytwo (32)degreeC, this limitshallbe reducedto
(15)
fifteen minutes.The limitation in time betweenthe introductionof the
cementto the aggregate and the beginning of the mixingmay be waived
when,in the judgmentof the Engineer, the aggregateis sufficiently
free
frommoisture, so thattherewill be no harmfuleffectson the cement.
e) Partial Mixins at the CentralPlant
When a truck mixer, or an agitatorprovidedwith adequatemixing blades, is

usedfor transportation,the mixingtime at the stationaryplant mixer may be
reduced to thirty (30) seconds and the mixing completed in a truck
mixer/agitator.The mixingtime in the truck mixeror agitatorequippedwith
adequatemixingbladesshallbe as specifiedfor truck mixing.
O Stiff Concrete]|Iix
For mixingconcreteof zero slump to be laid by pavers,gravitymixer shall

not be used.Only force mixer of movingbladesshall be allowedto ensure
homogenousmix.
401-10
s) Hand Mixine
Hand mixingof materialsshallnot be allowedin any case.
40r.3.4 Hauling and Delivervof Mixed Concrete
a) Hauling
Mixedconcretemay be transportedto the deliverypointin truck'agitators

or
truck mixers operatingat the speed designated by the manufacturer,
provided the consistencyand workabilityof the mixed concrete upon
discharge at the delivery point is suitable for adequate placementand
consolidationin place.
Truck agitators shall be loaded not to exceed the manufacturerlsrated

capacity.They shallmaintainthe mixedconcretein a thoroughlymixedand
uniformmassduringhauling.
Bodies of non-agitatinghauling equipment shall be so constructedthat

leakageof the concretemix, or any part thereof,will not occur at any time,
and they shallbe self-cleaning
duringdischarge.
For zero slump concreteto be laid be paver, concretewill be allowedto be

hauledin open trucks.Howeverconcretehauledin open{op vehiclesshall
be protectedduringhaulingagainstrain, or exposureto the sun for more
than twenty (20) minuteswhen the ambient temperatureexceedstwenty
five (2S)degree
C.
No additionalwatershall be incorporatedinto the concreteduringhaulingor

after arrivalat the deliverypoint.
The rate of dischargeof mixed concretefrom truck mixer agitatorsshall be

controlledby the speed of rotationof the drum in the dischargedirection
with the dischargegatefullyopen.
when a truck mixer or agitatoris used for transportingconcreteto the

deliverypoint,dischargeshall be completedwithinone hour, or beforetwo
hundredfifty (250)revolutionsof the drum or blades,whichevercomes first,
after the introductionof cement to the aggregates. Under conditions
contributingto quick stiffeningof the concrete,or when the temperatureof
the concreteis thirty(30) degreec or above,a time less than one hour will
be requiredexceptwhen retarderis used in which case it shall be one (1)
hour.
when non-agitatinghaulingequipmentis used for transportingconcreteto

the deliverypoint,dischargeshall be completedwithin one hour after the
additionof the cementto the aggregates. Under conditionscontributingto
quick stiffeningof the concrete,or when the temperatureof the concreteis
thirty (30) degreec or above,the time betweenthe introductionof cement
to the aggregatesand dischargeshallnot exceedfortyfive (45) minuteb.
401-11
b) Deliverv
The organizationsupplyingconcreteshall have sufficientplantcapacityand

transportationvehiclesto ensure continuousdeliveryat the rate required.
The rate of the deliveryof concreteduring concretingoperationsshall be
such as to providefor the proper handling,placing,and finishingof the
concrete.The rate shallbe such that the intervalbetweenbatchesshallnot
exceed twenty (20) minutes. The methodsof deliveringand handlingthe
concreteshall be such as will facilitateplacingwith the minimumrehandling
and withoutdamageto the structureof the concrete.
c) RetemDering
The concreteshall be mixed only in such quantitiesas are requiredfor

immediateuse and any concretethat has developedinitialset shall not be
used. Concretethat has partiallyhardenedshall not be retemperedor
remixed.
401.3.5 Handlingand PlacineConcrete
a) Generdl
In preparationfor the placing of concrete all sawdust, chips and other

constructiondebrisand extraneousmattershall be removedfrom insidethe
formwork,and struts,staysand bracesservingtemporarilyto holdthe forms
in correct shape and alignment,pendingthe placing of concreteat their
locations,shall be removedwhen the concrete placing has reached an
elevationrenderingtheirservicesunnecessary.Thesetemporarymembers
shall be entirelyremovedfrom the formsand not buriedin the concrete.
No concreteshall be used that does not reach its final positionin the forms
withinthe time stipulatedaboveunderltem 4O1.3.4"Haulingand Deliveryof
MixedConcrete".
Concreteshall be placedso as to avoidsegregationof the materialsand the

displacementof the reinforcement.The use of long troughs,chutes,and
pipesfor conveyingconcreteto the forms shall be permittedonly on written
authorization of the Engineer.In any case the Engineerwill rejectthe use of
equipmentfor concretetransportationthat will allow segregation,loss of
fines, or in any other way will have a deterioratingeffect on the concrete
quality.
Open troughs and chutes shall be of metal or metal lined; where steep
slopesare required,the chutesshallbe equippedwith bafflesor be in short
lengthsthat reversethe directionof movement.
All chutes,troughsand pipesshall be kept clean and free from coatingsof

hardenedconcreteby thoroughlyflushingwith water after each run; water
usedfor flushingshallbe dischargedclearoff the structure.
401-12
When placingoperationswould involvedroppingthe concretemore than
one and half (1.v2) meters, it shall be conveyedthrough sheet metal or
otherapprovedpipes. As far as practicable, the pipe shall be kept buriedin
the newly placedconcrete. After initialset of the concretethe forms shall
not be jarred and no loadingof any kind shall be placed on the ends of
projectingreinforcementbars.
The concreteshall be placedas nearlyas possibleto its final positionand

the use of vibratorsfor extensiveshiftingof the mass of fresh concretewill
not be permitted.
b) PneumaticPlacing
Pneumaticplacingof concretewill be permittedonly if authorizedby the

Engineer. The equipmentshall be so arrangedthat no vibrationwill occur
that mightdamagefreshlyplacedconcrete.
Where concrete is conveyed and placed by pneumatic means, the

equipmentshall be suitablein kind and adequatein capacityfor the work.
The machineshall be located as close as practicableto the work. The
dischargelinesshallbe horizontalor inclinedupwardsfrom the machine.
At the conclusionof placingthe concrete,the entire equipmentshall be

thoroughlycleaned.
c) Pu{npine
The placingof concreteby pumpingwill be permittedonly if specifiedin the

SpecialProvisionsor if arjthorizedby the Engineer.The equiprnentshall be
so arrangedthat no vibrationwill occur that might damage freshly placed
concrete.
Where concreteis conveyedand placedby mechanicallyappliedpressure

the equipmentshall be suitablein kind and adequatein capacityfor the
work. The operationof the pump shall be such that a continuousstreamof
concretewithoutair pocketsis obtained.When pumpingis completed,the
concreteremainingin the pipeline,if it is to be used,shall be ejectedin such
a mannerthat there will be no contamination of the concreteor separation
of the ingredients. After this operation,the entire equipment shall be
thoroughlycleaned.
d) PlacingConcreteUnderWater
Concreteshall not be placedunder water exceptwhere inevitablein which

case approvalmust be soughtfrom the Engineerand the work carriedout
under his immediatesupervision.In this case the methodof placingshall
be as hereinafterspecified.
Concretedepositedunderwater shall be classA concretewith a minimum

cementcontentcf three hundredfifty(350)Kg per cubicmeterof concrete.
401-13
(10) and fifteen(15)
The slumpof concreteshallbe maintainedbetweenten
cm. To preventsegregation,it sha||be careful|y p|aced in a.compactmass,
in iir nn"f positionlby-means of a tremie, a bottom-dump bucket,or other
disturbedafter being placed.water
approvedmeans, and it shall not be
mustnot be allowedto flow past the fresh concretesurface'
25 cm
A tremieshallconsistof a tube havinga diameterof not less than
with gaskets with a
constructedin sectionshavingflangedcouplingsfitted
hopperatthetop.Thetremiesha||besupportedSoaSto.permitfree
the work and
movementof the dischargeend over the entiretop surfaceof
necessary to retard or stop the flow of
lo ,. to permitrapid loweringwhen
shall be closedat the start of work so as to
concrete.'The dischargeend
preventwaterenteringthetubeandshallbecomp|ete|ysubmergedin
of the
concreteat all times;tie tremie tube shall be kept full to the bottom
sha|l
hopper. When a batchis dumpedintothe hopper,the f|ow of concrete
by slightlyraisingthe dischargeend,but always keeping it in the
Oe'ihOuceC
pfaceO.on"r"te.lhe flo* shallbe continuousuntilthe work.lS completed'
of the
when the concreteis placed with a bottom-dumpbucket,the top
doors shalt open freely downward and
bucketshall be open. The bottom
The bucket shall be completely filled and slowly
outwardwhen tripped.
on the
loweredto avoid backwash. lt shall not be dumped until it rests
,rrf""" upon which the concreteis to be deposited and when discharged
shallbe withdrawnslowlyuntilwell abovethe concrete'
and
Dewatertngmay proceedwhen the concreteseal is sufficientlyhard
shall
material be removedfrom
strong. nii taitanceor other unsatisfactory
will not
the eiposed surfaceby scraprng,chippingor other means, which
injurethe surfaceof the concrete.
e) ComPaction
thoroughly
concrete, dunng and immediately after placing shall be_
under footings and concrete deposited
compacted,except lean concrete
walls, beams, columns, etc. shall be placed in
under water. concrete in
more than thirty (30) centimeters except as
trorizontatlayers not .thick
provided. when less than a complete layel is placed in one
hereinafter
shall be
oput"tion,it shall be terminatedin a verticalbulkhead. Each layer
placedand compactedbeforethe precedinglayer has taken initial set to
avoid surfaces of separation
br""L.t injury to the greel concrete and to avoid the
betweenthe-layers. iach layer shall be compactedso. ?s.
formationof a construction joini with a preceding layer,which has not taken
an initialset.
shall
The compactionshall be done by mechanicalvibration.The concrete
unlessspetiat authorizationof other methods is given
be vibratedinternally
design,
ov fi.]" Engineeror is providedherein. Vibratorsshall be of a type,
shall be
and frequencyapprovedby the Engineer.Theiintensityof vibration
over a radius
iuctr as'visiblyto affecta mass of ioncretewith a 3 cm slump
numberof
of at leasthalf a meter. The Contractorshall providea sufficient
afterit is placed in the
vibratorsto properlycompacteach batchimmediately
forms. Vibratorsshall be manipulated so as to thoroughly
401-14
work the conirete aroundthe reinforcement
and embeddedfixturesand into
the corners and angresof the torms
ano shail be appriedat the point of
placingand in the a-reaof freshrypt""J"on"r"t".
insertedinto and withdrawntromirre The vibratorssha, be
srowry.The vibrationshail be
of sufficientdurationand intensityto"on"r"t"
compactthe concretethoroughrybut
shail not be continuedat any'onepoint
to tre extentthat rocarized,areas of
grout are formed. Appricaiionoi
vibratorsshail be poinis uniformry
spacedand not fartherapart than twice
'notradiusover"twhich the vibration
the
is visibty effective. Vibration srrari
be appried direcry to the
reinforcement or to sectionsor layersof concretethat
degreethat the concreteceasesto o" pr*ti. have hardenedto the
undervibration.rt shailnot be
used to make concretefrowin the forml
over oistancesso greatas to cause
segregationand vibratorsshail not be
used to transport
'!'u' 'svv' r vvr
concrete
rurEr neitherin
the forms nor in troughsor chutes.
Vibrationshall be supplemented
by such externalvibratoras is necessary
ensure smooth surfacesand dense concrete to
arong form surfacesand in
cornersand locationsimpossibleto reach
with the no"*"ruior"i-r.
401.3.6
a) General
The concrete in integrarpart of

continuousry, "r"lcontraciorwiit'not a structure shat be praced
and the oe arroweJio workon
any such part unresssufficienfly inspected "oi.ri"n""
ano approvJ mJteriatfor the
concreteis at hand'
compretethe partwithout?rd manpowerand equipmentare sufficientto
interruption
in thepracing'orthe
"on-"r"t".
construction jointsshailbe ailowedonrywhere
otherwiseapproved.rf not detaireooir specifiedon the pransor
the prans,or in the case of
emergency, construction jointsshailbe pracedas directed.
inclinedreinforcement shearKeysor
strbttbe used*n!r" necessary to transmit
bondthetwosections shearor
together.wnen snearkeysor inclinedreinforcement
are notprovided, theconcrete shailbe roughened
concretedue to discontinuity as directed.Jointsin the
of workshailbe avoided;il; as possibre.
suchjoints,whennecessary, shailbe constructed
the Engineer. to meet the approvar of
pracing
Ih"n the of concreterstemporariry discontinued, the concrete after
fjp e.nouoh,to retainit. dr'ape,'shailbe
9."-"*i,n.g
otherobjectionabre creaned of raitance and
materiarto a sufficient'depthto expose sound
where a "feathered edge"mightoe prooiceoat a constru"tion concrete.
the stopedtop surfaceof a w-ng*uit, an ;oint, in
producean edge thicknes"oi not'ress insetformwork;;;i be used ". to
succeedingrayer. work sha, not than 15 centimeters in the
be discontinued- ;iil; fifty (50)
:::9",,^": gf th1lop of any face; untessprovisionhas been macre
coprngressthan s0 centimeters for a
thick,in which.;;, ; p"rrii"o by the
Engineer, theconstruction jointmayoe''maoe at the ,nc"rrii" oicoping.
401-15
I t- tot
'suolslôld
lepads eLllulJo sueldotli uo uMotlsaq llBqs
alaieuoc eql 'suolleJaplsuocubtsap,tq pe:tnbetaJoqA
acuanbos6urceld
'sueds snonurluocJoJ 'sJoIBl ul ^luonadn lqbno.rqpue lapll6
leluozlJoq
aql lo q16ua;llnJeql :o; r{;tuto;runpelrsodepoq lleqs s:eptt6 ul a}ol3uo3
'spua aql piemol Jeluac oql uoJl butllom pue ueds eql ]o Jaluac oq]
'sueds alduts ro3
1e Ouruur6eqfq palrsodepaq Ilqerelerd 1leqsalalcuoo
sulunloJpuB'sq8IS'sJoprlc
(p
aut;punolb
oLll
aql oôqe llervr6u6n Jo acel pasodxa aql ul olqlslôq ll$ lutof ou leql
'slutofuol}cnJlsuo3
polecolos pue leluozuoL{ aq lleqs 'slqeploneunolaqn
'Iun slLl}louor.lle sP palsrulsuoc aq
lleqs llerrnoulM qcea ',alqrssod11
'qelslanooeqlOutroqcuelo1sllemapls
'asec sltll ul 'peceldsl qels do1aql
aql ur uel aq lletls sr{a) aleudoldde
arojaqlas ol pomollBpue paceldaq lleqssllPMaql ul olalcuoceq11q61eq u;
sJalau (Vtt't):apenb pue ouo uelll aloul spanlncxoq lo uollcrulsuocaLllul
'Uallnc oql
lo slxe er.llo] selDue]qbt:le pue leclyoâq lleqs
fuessecau 'pesn sl uollcnilsuoc potllotll sltll uaLlM
slurof uorlcnrlsuoc lo
'lrun crL{}rlouour 'lq6teq
e se polcnr}suo3eq deu qels dol pue sllerdoplsaq1
ul ssalJo s;alaul (Vtt ) layenb pue ouo spa^lncxoq Jo uollcrulsuocaql ul
'1utoIuotlcrugsuoc
'olqlssod 'luanald o1 se
eq1 q6no:ql rale/\Alo uotle;ocladeql se .re1se
pelcruisuocos s{a1 ;eurpn1r6uolpasleJ}o sueou r(qIlqe-relard'eseqUa^lnc
'asec
aql ol slleôpls eq1 Durpuoqlo, opeul oq lleqs uotstnold.olqellns
slql ul pelcnllsuoc sl ua^lnc aql lo lepuleulol aql alolaq las ol paÂolle
'1e:auabu;
pue peceld aq lleqs sya^lnc xoq Jo s6urloollo qels aseq aql
'Uanlnceq] stxe eq1o1selDue
]o lq6tl le aq llellsslutoluot1cru]suoc
leclyon
sFrin5mBTr
'aut1punolOoql aôqe aq]
llennbutrur
lo ocej pasodxaaql ul alqlslnaq lllMlutofou ]eq] pa]ecolos pue le]uozlJot1
'{;lectq1l;ouoru
aq lleqsalqeproneunalaqM s1;ean 6utmut slutofuol]cnJ]suoC
'suolslnord
palcru]suocaq lleqs sllem uteUncpue a1e1dpaq alelsuoo eqJ
'slleMy.€ulnqe {Luoseu }o uol}cnllsuocaLllJa}lV
lercadgur perllcedsse
'pauelssr alojcuocpasJolulalaql oJoJaql9s o] poMolle
'leleua6 u1
pue paceld aq lleqs uotiepunolaq] Molaq alal3uoc ueal oq)
Sire^lr-5n-BISlQ'
'alalcuosaLll ocelns oql leou puoq

io
'loa]s outctolute:aq]
laols alajcum aLll lealq lo elnfut o1 lou lo outueelc
eull 6uunp 'pospJaxoaq lleqs aleC oloJcuoolasun oql olut palppndeq
'panoulolaq
lou lleqslsnp pup sdttlclepou paPC lleqs sulo1 lo sacepns
eql pue laels butclolulol aql uodn paqselds lepotl Jo suollelnuncce
lle aloJcuoo 6urceld Jo aouenulluocslp oql 6ur'no11o1 {1e1etpeutuu1
concrete in girder haunchesless than one (1) meter in height shall be
placed at the same time as that in the girder stem, and the column or
abutmenttops shall be cut back to form seatsfor the haunches.whenever
any haunch or fillet has a verticalheight of one (1) meter or more, ilre
abutmentor columns,the haunch;and the girder shall be placed in three
successivestages;first,to.lowerside of haunch;second,to the lower side
of thb girder;and thirdto completion.
For haunchedcontinuousgirders,the girder stem (includinghaunch)shall

be placedto the top of stem. where the size of the poui is such that it
cannot be made in one continuousoperation,verticalconstructionjoints
shall preferablybe locatedwithin the area of contraflexure.
concretein slab spansshall be placedin one continuousoperationfor each

span unless otheruviseprovided.The floors and girdersof through girder
superstructuresshall be placed in one continuous operation unless
otherwisespecified,in which case a special shear anchorageshall be
providedto ensuremonolithicactionbetweengirderand floor.
concretein T-beamor deck girderspans may be placedon one continuous

operationor may be placed in two separateoperations;each of which shall
be continuous;first, to the top' of the girder stems and second. to
completion.ln the latter case, the bond belween stem and slab shall be
providedby suitableshear keys or by artificiallyrougheningthe surfaceof
the top of the girderstem. In general,suitablekeys may be formed by the
use of timberblocks approximatelyfive (5) byten (10) cm in cross-settion
and havinga lengthof ten (10) cms less than the wiotn orthe girderstem.
These key blocksshall be spaced along the girderstems as riquired, but
the spacingshall be not greaterthan thirty (30) cms centerto center.The
blocks shall be removedas soon as the concretehas set sufficientto retain
its shape.
concretein box girdersmay be placedin two or three separateoperations.

In either case the bottom slab shall be placed first. dond betweenthe
bottom slab and stem shall be positiveand mechanical. lf the webs are
Pfaceoseparatelyfrom the top slab, bond betweenthe top slab and webs
shall be securedin the same manner as for T-beams. Requirementsfor
shear keys for T-beamsshall also apply.to box girders,except that keys
need not be deeperthan the depthto the top of bottomslab reiniorcement.
concrete in columnsshall be placed in one continuousoperation,unless

othenvisedirected. The concreteshall be allowedto set ai least 24 hours
beforethe caps are placed.
when frictioncollarsare usedto supportcap forms,the concreteof columns

shallhave been pouredat leastseven(7) days earlier.
Unless otheruise permitted, no concrete shall be placed in the

superstructureuntil the column forms have been strippedsufficienflyto
determinethe characterof the concretein the columns. The load ol the
superstructure shall not be allowedto come upon the bents until the test
cylindersrepresentingthe bents have obtainedthe minimumcompressive
strengthbut in no case in lessthan seven (7) days.
401-17
e) ConstructionJoints
Constructionjoints shall be made only where shown on the Drawingsor

called for in the pouring schedule, unless otherwise approved by the
joints,also in cases
Engineer. lf not detailedon the Drawings,construction
of emergencyshall be placedto meet the approvalof the Engineer. Shear
keys or reinforcement shall be used,unlessotheruvise
specified,to transmit
shearor to bondthe two sectionstogether.
Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete, which has

hardened,the forms shall be retightened. The surface of the hardened
concreteshall be roughenedas requiredby the Engineer,in a mannerthat
will not leave loose particles of aggregate or damage concrete at the
surface.' lt shall be thoroughlycleaned of foreign matter and laitance.
When directedby the Engineer,the surface of the hardenedconcretewhich
will be in contactwith new concreteshall be washed with water to ensure
an excessof mortarat the junctureof the hardenedand the newlydeposited
concrete,the cleanedand wateredsurfaces,includingverticaland inclined
surface, shall first be thoroughly covered with a coating of mortar of the
same proportionof sand and cement as the class of concreteused against
which the new concrete shall be placed before the grout or mortar has
attainedits finalset.
The placingof concreteshall be carriedout continuouslyfrom joint to joint.

The face edges of all joints,which are exposed,to view shall be carefully
finishedtrue to lineand elevation.
f) Rubbleor CicloneanConcrete
Rubbleor cyclopeanconcreteshall consistof Class B concretecontaining

large embeddedstones.The stone for this class of work shall be placed
carefullyso as to avoid damageto the forms or to the partiallyset adjacent
concrete. Stratifiedstone shall be placed upon its natural bed. Stone shall
be washed and saturatedwith water beforeplacing.
The total volumeof the stoneshall not be greaterthan one third of the total
volume of the portionof the work in which it is placed.For walls of piers
greater than sixty (60) cms in thickness,stone of such size that one man
can handle it, shall be used. Each stone shall be surroundedby at least
fifteen(15) cms of concreteand no stoneshall be closerthan thirty(30)cms
to any top surfacenor any closerthan fifteen(15) cms to any coping.For
walls or piersgreaterthan one (1) meterin thickness,largerstone(50 Kg or
more) may be used. Each stone shall be surroundedby at leastthirty(30)
cms of concrete,and no stoneshall be closerthan sixty(60) cms to any top
surfacenor closerthan twenty(20) cms to any coping.
g) ConcreteExposedto SeaWater
provided,concretefor structuresexposedto
Unlessotherwisespecifically
sea water shallbe ClassA. The clear distancefrom the face of the
concreteto the nearest
faceof reinforcement
steelshallbe notlessthan10
cms.The concreteshallbe mixedfor a periodof not lessthan2 minutes
and the watercontentof the mixtureshall be chrefullycontrolledand
401-18
6L-LjV
'ruioJtun
aq lleLlspaloosos ele0aJ66eaql Jo
'Duuelenn
]ualuocJelemoq] ]eql paptôld Iq e1e6e:66eos;eoc1o 6ur1oo3(rr
]o aurl aL*]e acruorl aar,aq relrsraleMaq]]",r1p$il:fY::ll*::;

lo uorlrppe{q :o slloc a6ueqcxaleaq {q ra}em o}arcuocJo bultttqC(l
:suotleltutl
sôqe
aLllA olaq alalcuoc1o a.lnleledualeq1daal ol pasn eq IeLu 6urnnol;o1
eq1
'Ilr1enbuo
]oo1laleluaul:lap.raqlo{ue Ourcnpo.rlur
}noq}marnge:edue1
Ll6lq lo slcal;a leluotxulop aleutulla o1 'fuo1ce1stles aq o] leul alecs
llnJpue s1selfuoletoqel^q umoLlsseq aq qctqMuotpodoldur pue aleu e
'Jaststlseld
lo e xlu aLllut selelodlocurJolselluocaql ssalun'6ur,ie1
Jo atuu
aql le C ae:6ap (Zg)orrnlr{ylq1peecxa}ou lleLlsalaJOUoc1oelnletaduo}orll_
reqlEaiAloH u! IJOA\(!!!
'a3epnsalolouoc
aql Jo rlsemJoMoll 6ur6euepJoJepou a3elns
aql ol aOeutepluanaldot paprno:dsr uorlcelo:dalenbapessalunpaddolsaq
lleqsio oclaululoclou lleL{sa}alcuoo1oOurceld aq} ,ulelJo suo4tpuo3lapun
f itssio-iETtriili!
'esuedxa
s;olcelluoOeql 1epacelda.r
pue panoujaloq lleqsolalcuocpaberuep{ue pue Isu s,Joleel}uo3oq} }e
aq lleqs iaqleam p;oc 6uunpto raqleamloq 6uunp paceldelercuoc,tuy
'suorlelado6uunc
pue 6urceld6uunp suot]tpuocleluauluoJtnuaJaqlo Jo laqleam ol anp
a6etuepuol1 alaJcuoclcalold ol papoause ualel aq lleqs suotlne3aJd
iffiuE$'1
;uorlrpuoJIBluaruuoJrlutr
uto{ aloJJuoJJo uorlJeloJdt
.JoljeaJaq]
s:noq (72) onnl,{luenas }seel le 1o por:ad e lo, pue luaulace;d6uunp
alajcuosaLllr.ll!^]celuocut aq lou llellssltoslo leleM oullellv .laâllaleM
ro punolb anoqe 'sLuc(gg) Iyll 1seelJe st alolcuoc aLllltlun lo uotlcasoLll
1o uotla;duoclllun snonutluooaq lleqs burcegd,alqtssodJaâJaqM utaJeq
suotlecrlrcads
Ll]lMocuepJocceut 1 ace;d ol uale] aq lleqs elec lelcads
'sposJo Jalemautlelle
lo uotlce oql ol pesodxaaq Aeu aleJcuoColaqM
ralBA\llB{lv ro slrosrlE)IIvol pesodxgalalruo3 (Q
'paqJnlstpun 'sulloJall] ulolJ

'aoe1.lns ual aq lleLls
soruocalor3uocaql se eq1 .s{ep (Oe)IUtLltueq} ssol }ou
;eur6r.ro
1o poued e Jo] olalcuoc aLll rlltn loeluoc ut atuo3 lou lleLlslolem eas slanal
aseql uaenlag ':eaur6u3or.llIq pauruJalapse lelem q6rq aureLlxopue
ralemMol suaJlxo lo slanaluaer/Uaq pauloJ oq lleqs sluro[uorlcntlsuocoN
'poproneeq pue palceduoc
lleqs slelcod lte Ilq6noroql eq lleqs alalcuoo
al11 '{lrpqeeruladultunultxeu }o a}alcuoc ecnpold o} se os pa1e1n6eL
iii) Reclaimingof aggregatefrom stock piles by the tunnel methodto avoid
usingthe surfacelayerof the stockpilewith shadeand wind protectionof
conveyorelevatingto batchingplant.
iv) Night work provided that (i), (ii) and (iii) are proved inadequateor
unsatisfactory
in their resultsand providingalso that the Engineerhas no
otherreasonfor refusingpermissionfor nightwork.
The Engineer shall have power to order the suspension of concrete

productionin case of not taking precautionary
measuresby the contractor
as mentionedabove.Underno circumstances will the Contractorbe entiiled
to ieceive any additionalpaymentfor complyingwith the requirementsof
thisclause.
iv. Work in Cold Weather
Exceptby writtenapprovalof the Engineer,concretingoperationsshall not

be continuedwhen a descendingair temperaturein the shade and away
from artificialheat falls below five (5) degree c, nor resumed until an
ascendingair temperaturein the shade and away from artificialheat
reaches two (2) degree c. In such cases, the mixing water and/or
aggregatesshall be heatedto not less than twenty one (2i) degree c nor
more than sixtysix (66) degree c, priorto being placedin the mixer by an
approved type of heating device so that the temperatureof the concrete
shall not be less than ten ('10)degreec, nor more than twenty seven (27)
degreec, at the time of placing.No materialscontainingfrost shall be used.
cement or fine aggregatescontaininglumpsor crustsof hardenedmaterials
shallnot be used.
401.3.7 ConcreteSurfaceFinishing/Rendering
O_General
Concretesurface finishesshallbe classifiedas follows:

BridgeDeckSurfaceFinish
SidewalkSurfaceFinish
OrdinarySurfaceForm Finish
Class1 SurfaceForm Finish
The bridgedeck surfacefinish shall be given to the surfaceof the bottom

slabsof all box type underpassstructures.
The requirementsfor sidewalksurfacefinish apply to the surface of the

bottom slabs in box culverts,except that the acceptablevariationfrom a
three-meterstraightedgeshallbe 10 mm, and broomingshall be omitted.
The ordinary surface form finish shall be the final finish applied to all
surfacesafter removalof forms, unlessotherwisespecifiedor calledfor on
the drawings.
The class 1 surfaceform finishshall be appliedonly wherespecified,or as

requiredby the Engineerwhen the ordinarysurfacefinishdid not produce
the requiredsmooth,even surfaceof uniformtextureand appearances.
441-20
b) BridseDeckSurfaceFinish
A smooth ridingsurfaceof uniformtexture,true to the requiredgrade and

cross-section,shall be obtained on all bridge roadway decks. The
Contractormay use hand tools, or finishingmachinesor a combinationof
both, conformingto the requirementsspecifiedherein for finishingbridge
roadwaydeck concrete.
Finishingof concreteplaced in bridge decks shall consist essentiallyof

compactingand strikingoff the surface of the concrete as placed and
floatsthe surfaceso struck.off.
floatingwith longitudinal
The placingof concretein bridgeroadwaydecks will not be permitteduntil

the Engineeris satisfiedthat the rate of producingconcretewill be sufficient
to complete the proposed placing and finishing operationswithin the
scheduletime, that experiencedfinishingmachineoperatorsand concrete
finishersare employedto finish the deck, that fogging equipmentand all
necessaryfinishingtoolsand equipmentare on hand at the site of the work
and in satisfactoryconditionfor use. Finishingmachinesshall be set up
sufficientlyin advanceof use to permitinspectionby the Engineerduringthe
daylighthoursbeforeeach Pour.
The adjustmentand operationof deck finishingmachinesshall be verified

by movingthe machineover the full lengthof the deck sectionto be placed
and traversing the float completely across all end bulkheads before
placementof concreteis begun.
Unless adequate lightingfacilitiesare provided by the Contractor,the

placingof concretein bridgedecks shall cease at such time that finishing
operationscan be completedduringdaylighthours.
Rails for the supportand operationof finishingmachinesand headersfor

hand-operatedstrick-off devices shall be completely in place and firmly
securedfor the scheduledlengthfor concreteplacementbeforeplacingof
concrete. Railsfor finishingmachinesshall extendbeyondbothends of the
scheduledlength for concreteplacementto a sufficientdistancethat will
perrnitthe float of the finishingmachineto fully clear the concreteto be
placed. Railsor headersshallbe adjustablefor elevationand shallbe set to
elevations,with allowancefor anticipatedsettlement,camber,and deflection
of false work, as requiredto obtain a bridge roadway deck true to the
requiredgrade and cross-section. Rails or headersshall be of a type and
sftall be so installedthat no springing or deflectionwill occur under the
weight of the finishingequipmentand shall be so locatedthat finishing
equipmentrnay operatewithoutinterruptionover the entirebridgeroadway
deck to be finished.
Railsor headersshall be adjustedas necessaryto correctfor unanticipated

settlement whichmay occurduringfinishingoperations.
or deflection,
401-21
Shouldsettlementor other unanticipatedeventsoccur,whicir in the opinion
of the Engineerwould preventpouringof bridge deck conformingto the
requirementsof these specifications,placing of deck concrete shall be
discontinueduntil correctivemeasuressatisfactoryto the Engineer are
provided.In the eventsatisfactorymeasuresare not providedpriorto initial
set of the concretein the effectedarea, the placingof concreteshall be
discontinuedand a bulkhead installedat a location determinedby the
Engineer.All concretein placebeyondthe bulkheadshall be removed.
Unlessotherwisepermittedby the Engineer,bridgedeck concreteshall be

placedin a uniformheadingapproximately parallelio the bridgepier or bent
caps. The rate of placingconcreteshall be limitedto that which can be
finishedbeforethe beginningof initialset exceptthat concretefor the deck
surfaceshallnot be placedmorethanthree(3) metersaheadof strickoff.
After the concrete has been placed, compacted,and consolidated,the

surfaceof the concreteshall be carefullystruck off by means of a hand-
operated strick board operatingon headers,or by a finishing machine
operatingon rails. A uniformdeck sudace true to the requiredgrade and
cross-sectionshallbe obtained.
Following strike off, the surface of the concrete shall be floated

longitudinally.In the event strike-offis performedby means of a hand-
operated strike board, two (2) separate hand-operatedfloat boards for
longitudinalfloatingshall be provided. The first float shall be placed in
operationas soon as the conditionof the concrete will permit and the
secondfloat shallbe operatedas far back of the first float as the workability
of the concretewill permit.
In the eventthe strikeoff is performedwith a finishingmachine,longitudinal

floatingof the concreteshall be performedby means of a hand-operated
floatboardor a finishingmachineequippedwith a longitudinal woodenfloat.
The longitudinal woodenfloaton the finishingmachineshall have a length
of not less than two and half (2.5)metersnor more than three and half (3.5)
meters. When both strikeoff and longitudinalfloatingare to be performed
by finishingmachines,one machine,with operator,shall be used for strike
off and a second machine,with a second operator, shall be used for
longitudinal floating. Longitudinalfloatingmay be performedwith the same
finishingmachinethat is used for strikeoff providedthat the lengthof deck
'10metersand
unit being placedis not more than the strikeoff operationis
completedfor said deck unit beforethe conditionof the concreterequires
that longitudinalfloatingbe started.
Finishingmachinesused for strike off havinga wheel base 1.8 metersor

less shall be followed by 2 separate hand-operatedfloat boards for
longitudinalfloating. All the provisionsin this ltem pertainingto hand-
operated float boards shall apply to the 2 separate float boards for
longitudinal
floating.
401-22
Longitudinal floats,either hand-operated or machine-operated, shall be
used with the long axis of the ffoat parallefto the center line of the bridge
roadway. The float shall be operatedwith a combinedlongitudinaland
transversemotion planing off the high areas and floating the material
removedinto the low areas. Each pass of the float shall lap the previous
pass by one-halfthe lengthof the float. Floatingshall be continueduntil a
smoothridingsurfaceis obtained.
In advance of curing operations,the surface of the concrete shall be

texturedby broomingwith a stiff bristledbroomor by othersuitabledevices,
which will resultin uniformscouring.The operationshall be performedat a
time and in a manner to produce a hardenedsurface havinq a uniform
texture.
Hand-operated float boards shall be from three and half (3.S)to five (5)
meters long, ribbedand trussedas necessaryto providea rigid float and
shallbe equippedwithan adjustable handleat eachend. The floatshallbe
wood, not less than two and half (2.5)cms thickand from ten (10) cm to
twenty(20) cm wide. Adjustingscrewsspacedas not to exceed60 cms on
centersshall be providedbetweenthe float and the rib. The float board
shallbe maintainedfree of twistand true at all times.
Hand-operatedfloat boards shall be operatedfrom transversefinishing

bridges. The finishingbridges shall span completelythe roadway area
beingfloated& a sufficientnumberof finishingbridgesshall be providedto
permit operationof the floats without undue delay. Not less than two (2)
transversefinishingbridges shall be providedwhen hand-operatedfloat
boardsare used. When a finishingmachineis usedfor longitudinal floating,
one finishingbridgeequivalentto the transversefinishingbridgespecified
hereinshallbe furnishedfor use by the Engineer.
All finishingbridges shall be of rigid constructionand shall be free of

excessivewobbleand springingwhen used by the operatorsof longitudinal
floatsand shallbe easilymoved.
lmmediatefollowingcompletionof the deck finishingoperations,the

concretein the deck shall be cured as specifiedin ltem 401.3.8"Curing
Concrete"hereinafter.
The finished surface of the concrete shall be tested by means of a

straightedgethree (3.0) meterslong. The surfaceshall not vary more than
three (3) mm from the loweredge of the straightedge.All high areas in the
hardenedsurfacein excessof three (3) mm as indicatedby testingshall be
removedby abrasivemeans. After grindingby abrasivemean has been
performed,the surfaceof the concreteshall not be smooth or polished.
Ground areas shall not be of uniformtexture and shall presentneat and
approximately rectangularpatterns.
Where the concreteof the bridge deck is to be covered by bituminous

surfacing,earth,or other cover,two and half 2.5 cms or more in thickness,
the surfaceof the concreteshall not vary more than nine (9) mm from the
loweredgeof the three(3) meterstraightedge.
401-23
vz-rjv
lsadsalslLllul aOPn[
pue 'suollsafadr!l laqlo puB suolFseldop
olos or.l]aq lleqs loaulouf otll
'sa6lnqAllq6rsun aoll 'ecueleaddepue alnixal ullojlunlo sooe!ns uana
Jo
ecnpoLdol peunbe:6ulqstugleuotllppe Jolunoue aLl]ulrolse]bullnquluoc e
aq lllM)lom r,ulo1 pue sullo; Outpltnq
ut pasn sleueleutlo JalceleLlc ul aleo ]o
'sa61nqIllq6tsun aa:]
aa:6op oq1 'suollJa;-ladut Jor.ilopue suotssaldep ]o
'acueleaddepue olnlxo] txloJtun sooelns uo1oecnpoldo1fuessecause
Jo
arnlcrulsall] lo socefns oLli6utqstut;]o ]slsuocllells t1slu4ocefns L sselC
rlsruu uirod aJBJrnSI ssBll (a
'polcalleeln]3nJls
ol1lJo suorl.todotll Jo luauace;dal pue lenoual oql eltnbal pue anllcalop
'}uaula3lo}ulal
alarcuooaLllelelcap{eur aq lae}s aq} }o alll aql Labuepua
o1 io {11et:aleuJoJn}onjlsaq} 1o q16ual1saql }cajJe o} se re}celeqc Jo
'laautOu3eq1 uotutdooql ul seloqlo slalcod lcol ,l
]ualxoue qcns]o ale 1o
,,sarn]3nJls6utLn3,, (c) g e L0t uall ul

slueualrnbalaql q]tMacueu.ltoluoc ul palnc aq lleqsJeUolA leeut6u3 aql
{q palcerrpse leyou uMolqlte lo Jepoul pelced Jaq}let-llrmpslllJaq lleqs
sle)cod pue suotsso.rdep reqlg 'pues sped oml pue ]uaulac Ued auo ]o
lsrsuoclleqs seloq lloq lllj ol posn lefol^ alal3uot eql jo ocepns aLl]LlllM
'sllec aLl]olul paplôlosl
qsnu paôuer oq lleqs s]loq Llcnsases qcltlMul
ssaccelueueulad ssalunpoôl.lalaq ]ou peeu slaplt6xoq jo slloc oq] olul
6utlcefordslloq ulol leuoul tlllm palll] pue peuealcaq lleqs uotssardep
Jo soloq 6ut1;nsetaLlI panoulol aq lleLlg olalcuoo punos.unlaqlo
pue slelcod lcot llv 'olaJcuocotll io acelns eq] A olaq suc (9 2) lleq pue
oM] ]seol 1e1o qldap e ol ponouralaq lleqslo]seJluoCottr]Jo ecualuanuoc
aql.rol paceld 1elar-uIue pue slloq Lulo] lle'ulolaq paptnoLdse ldacx3
'Pettnbalaq
]ou
sllocaq] se Llsns'posolcuo ale Llclr''l^^
l|lMsurjJo leôuat aq] lslap:rbxoq Jo
'acejJnsro punolOlepun pollnqeq o] ale qslqM'saoepnsuO tlslugL sselC
eq] o] {ro}eteda:dJo qslulJleulj e se laqila sa3eJjnsa}oj3uoc|1eo1parldde
aq lleqs Llstut]acefns fueurpl6 s{ennpalanei}[!olJ alqtstûol]elnolocslp
'aial3uoc aql
pue surpls Outnouel 's1a1cod)3ol lle Outltedel Jo a3elns
or,l]ul suotssa:dep lo saloq 6ur11111o ]slsuoolleqs Llsluga3efns {:eutplg
(p
qsluldruroc aruJrns,\.IBtIIp.lo
saqsluslq]o aor] oq
'abpa1qbtells e ropunuu (9) xls
lleqsocefns paqsluuaq] pue lalaur-oalLl]
uel{}aJou {len 1oulleLlsacepns aql $urLuoolq }o ocue^pe ut f;aletpauLut
parpdde aq lleqs1t '{:essecau sl la}em pue cUeJ}}o aull
acelns aLllol }!
Ouruuoolg 'slulofuotsuedxe pue sa6pe;1euo
oq
aq] ol aslo^suell lleqs lle le
pesn aq lleLlsloo] 6urOpapenorddeuV Luoolqe LlllmparlsluUpue 6ut1eo11
'pleoq a)llls e sueaul,iq go 1cnrlseq lleqs
lroc ro uapooMe qllMpoleolJ Jo
olaJouocotl] pue palcedutocaq lleqs 1tpaceldueaq seLlala:cuocaLlllaUV
I{sluld ecBJrns {lBAtepIS (J
sue;daql uo umoqsst OutuaPutn

a:nlnJ uaqm paqrnlstpun l;ol pue Ieanpeo; aql se aue;d aues aq) ol $o
pue s6utltel'sqJncoL1]
-rapunsocefns >1capabptrg
lcnrls aq lleqslle^ apls
After completionof the ordinarysurfacefinish,areas which do not exhibit
the requireosmooth,even surfacecif uniformtextureand appearance
shall
be sanded with power sanders or other approved abrasive means
until
smooth,even surfacesof uniformtextureano appearanceare obtained.
The
use of power carborundumstones or disks'will be requiredto remove
bulgesand otherimperfections.
class '1surfacefinishshall not be applieduntil a uniformappearance

can
be obtained.
class 1 surfacefinish may be requiredto be appliedas the finat finish

for
the followingsurfaces,unressotherwisedirectedby the Engineer:
i) All form finish surfaces of bridge super-structures,

except the under
surfacesbetweengirdersand the insideverticalsurfacesof r girders.
ii) All surfacesof bridgepiers,columnsand abutments,and retaining

walls
gb9y" finished ground and to at reast three tenth (0.3) meter berow
finishedground.
iii) All surfacesof openspandrelarch rings,spandrelcolumnsand abutment

walls.
iv) All surfacesof pedestrianundercrossings,

exceptfloorsand surfacesto
be coveredwith earth.
v) surface above finished ground of culvert headwalls,endwalls

and
retainingwalls.
vi) sur^faceinsideof culvert barrels having a height of one and

half (1.5)
meters or more for a distanceinside the barrel at least equar
to the
heightof the culvert.
vii)Allsurfacesof railinqc
fl SurfaceRendeIinE
All faces cl concretewhichare to come in contactwith back fill or pavement

materials.shall be appriedtwo coats of hot bitumenof approvedquarity,
beforeplacingany materialaroundconcrete.
j101.3.8 qutrclslsrsIg
a) General
All newly placed concrete shalr be cured in accordance with

these
specifications,
unlessotherwisedirectedby the Engineer.
b) Methodof Curine
The curing method shail be one or more of the foilowingas described

hereinafter.
441-25
Water Method
CuringcompoundMethod
ReinforcedWaterproofpaper Method if requiredby
the Engineer.
Forms-in-PlaceMethod
SteamMethod
Polyethytene
SheetingMethod
Water Method
The concreteshallbe kept continuously

wet by the applicationof waterfor a
minimumperiodof seven(7) days afterthe concretehas been placed.
cotton mats,burlaps,rugs,carpets,or earthor sand blankets,may be used

as a curingmediumto retainthe moisture,the entiresurfaceof the concrete
shall be kept damp by applyingwater with a nozzlethat so atomizesthe
flow that a mist and not a sprayis formed,untilthe surfaceof the concreteis
coveredwith the curingmedium. The moisturefrom the nozzleshall not be
appliedunder pressuredirecilyupon the concretein a quantitysufficientto
cause a flow or wash the surface. At the expirationof the curingperiodthe
concretesurfaceshallbe clearedof all curingmediums.
when concretebridge decks and flat slabs are to be cured without the use
of a moistureretainingmedium,the entiresurfaceof the bridgedeck or slab
shall be kept damp by the applicationof water with an atomiiing nozzleas
specifiedin the precedingparagraphuntil the concretehas set, after which
the entiresurfaceof the concreteshall be sprinkledcontinuously with water
for a periodof not lessthan seven(7) days.
CuringCompoundMethod
surfaces exposed to the air may be cured by the applicationof an

imperviousmembraneif approvedby the Engineer.
The membrane-formingcompound used shall consist of a practically

colourlessliquid.The use of any membraneformingcompoundthat will alter
the naturalcolourof the concreteor imparta slipperysurfaceto any wearrng
surfaceshall be prohibited.The compounoshaltbe appliedwith a pressure
spray in such a manner as to cover the entire concretesurface with a
uniformfilm, and shall be of such characterthat it will harden within 30
minutesafter application.The amountof compoundappliedshall be ample
to seal the surfaceof the concretethoroughly.power operatedspraying
equipment shall be equipped with an operationalpressure gauge and
meansof controlling the pressure.
The curingcompoundshall be appliedto the concretefollowingthe surface

finishing operation immediately after the moisture sheen begins to
disappearfrom the surface,but beforeany drying shrinkageor craze cracks
begin to appear. In the event of any deray in tne ap[licationof curing
401-26
compound,which results in any drying or cracking of the surface,
applicationof water with an atomizingnozzle as specifiedunder "Water
Method", shall be started immediatelyand shall be continued until
applicationof the compound which shall not be applied over any free
standingwatersurface.Shouldthe film of compoundbe damagedfrom any
causebeforethe expirationof seven(7) days afterthe concreteis placedin
the case of structures,the damagedportionshall be repairedimmediately
withadditionalcompound.
curingcompounds shallnot hardsettlein storage.They shallnot be diluted

or altered in any manner after manufacture.At the time of use, the
compoundshallbe in a thoroughly mixedcondition. lf the compoundhas not
been used within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of
manufacture, the Engrneermay requireadditionaltesting before use to
determinecompliance to requirements.
An anti-settlingagent or combinationof anti-setilingagents shall be

incorporated
in the curingcompoundto preventcaking.
The curingcompoundshallbe packagedin cleanbarrelsor steelcontainers

or shallbe suppliedfrom a suitablestoragetank locatedat the job-site.on-
site storageta,'ks shall have a permanentsystem designedto completely
re-disperseany settledmaterialwithoutintroducingair or any other foreign
substance.Containersshall be well sealedwith ring seals and lug type
crimplids.The liningsof the containers shallbe of a characterthatwill resist
the solventof the curingcompound.Eachcontainer shallbe labeledwiththe
manufacturer'sname, specificationnumber, batch number, number of
gallons,and dateof manufacture, and shallhavea labelwarningconcerning
flammability.The labelshall also warn that the curingcompoundshall be
well stirredbeforeuse. when the curing compoundis shippedin tanks or
tanktrucks,a shippinginvoiceshallaccompanyeachload.The invoiceshall
containthe sameinformation as that required'hereinfor containerlabels.
Curingcompoundmay be sampledby the Engineerat the sourceof supply

and at thejob-site.
ILeinlbrcetl
WaterproofParrerMethod
The exposedfinishedsurfacesof concreteshall be sprayed with water,

using a nozzle that so atomizesthe flow that a mist and not a spray is
formed,untilthe concretehas set, afterwhichthe waterproofpapershall be
placed.The paper shall remain in place for a period of not less than 72
nours.
Reinforcedwaterproofpaper shall complywith ASTM c 171 specifications.

It shall be composedof two sheetsof Kraftpapercementedtogetherwith a
bituminousadhesiveand reinforcedwith fibre. The waterproofpaper shall
be formedintosheetsof such widthas to providea completecover of entire
concretesurface.
401-27
All joints in the sheets shall be securelycementedtogetherin such a
manner as to provide a waterproofjoint. The joint seams shall have
minimumlap of ten (10)cm.
The sheetsshall be securelyweighteddown by placinga bank of earth on

to the Engineer.
the edges of the sheetsor by othermeanssatisfactory
Shouldany portionof the sheetsbe brokenor damagedwithinseventytwo

(72) hours after being placed,the broken or damaged potlions shall be
immediately repairedwithnew sheetsproperlycementedintoplace
Sectionsof sheets,which have lost their waterproofqualitiesor have been

damagedto such an extentas to renderthem unfit for curingthe concrete
shallnot be used.
1\llethod
Forrns-in-Place
Formedsurfacesof concretemay be cured by retainingthe forms-in-place.

The forms shall remainin placefor a minimumperiodof seven (7) days
after the concrete has been placed, except that for members over five (5)
cms in leastdimension, the formsshallbe in placefor a minimumperiodof
five (5) days.Woodenforms shallbe kept wet by wateringduringthe curing
period
StearnMethod
After placingand vibrating,the concreteshall be allowedto attainits initial

set beforesteamis applied.Duringthe placingof concreteand application
of steam, provisionshall be made to preventsurfacedryingby meansof a
coating of approvedmaterial.The optimum curing temperatureshall not
exceedsixtyfive (65)degreeC.
Polyethylene Method
Sheeting
The wet surfaceof fresh concreteshall be coveredwith white polyethylene

sheetingas soon as possiblewithoutmarringthe suface and shouldcover
all exposedsurfacesof the concrete.The edges of the sheetingshall be
weightedsecurelywith a continuouswindrowof earth or any other means
satisfactoryto the Engineerto providean air-tightcover.Adjoiningsheets
shall overlapnot less than thirty(30) cms. and the laps shall be securely
weightedwith earlh, or any other means satisfactoryto the Engineerto
providean air-tightcover.
c) CuringStructures
All newly placedconcretefor cast-in-placestructures,other than highway

bridge decks, shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place
method, or, as permittedherein, by the curing compound method,all in
accordance in ltem401.3.8(b),"Methodsof Curing".
withthe requirements
4A1-28
The curingcompoundmethodmay be used on concretesurfaceswhich
are
to be buriedunderground,and surfaceswhere only ordinary surface
Finish
is to be appliedand on which a uniformcolouris not requireoano which
will
not be visiblefrom any publictraveledway.
The top surfaceof highwaybridgedecks shall be cured by both the

curing
compoundmethod,and by the water method.The curing compound
sharl
be applied progressivelyduring the deck finishingopurition immediately
after finishingoperationsare completedon each lndividual portion
of the
deck. The water cure shalr be appriednot raterthan four (4) trours
after
completionof the deck finishingor, for portionsof the decKs on
which
finishingis completedafter normalworkinghours,the water cure be
applied
not laterthan8.00a.m.the followingmorning.
when deemed necessaryby the Engineerduring periodsof hot weather,

water shall be applied to concrete surfaces being cured by the
curing
compound method o.1ov forms-in-pracemethod, untir the Engineei
-t.he
determinesthat a coolingeffectis no longerrequired.
d) CuringPrecastConcreteMembers
Precastconcretemembersshail be cured for not ress than seven (7)

days
by the water method or by steam curing for a period in which go%
of
strengthachieved,at the optionof the contractor.steam curingfor precast
membersshallconformto the followingprovisions:
After placemenlof the concrete,membersshall be held for a

minimumfour
(4) hoursprecastingperiod.
To prevent moisture ross on exposed surfaces during the presteaming

period,membersshail be coveredimmediatery aftercast'ingor-in"
surfacesshallbe keptwet by fog sprayor wet blankets. ""po."d
Enclosuresfor steam curingshall allow free circulationof steam

about the
memberand shall be constructedto containthe live steam with
a minimum
moistureloss. The use of the tarpaulinsor similarflexiblecovers
will be
permitted,providedtirey are kept in good repair and
secured in such a
mannerto preventthe loss of steamand moisture.
steam at jets shall be row pressureand in a saturatedcondition.

steam at
Jets.shall not impinge direcflyon the concrete,test cyrinders,or forms.
Duringapplicationof the steam, the temperaturerise within
the enclosure
shall not exceed twenty (20) degree c per hour. The curing
temperature
throughoutthe enctosureshail noi exceedsixtyfive
losy oegi;e c and shall
be maintainedat a constantleveifor a sufficienttime n'"""J""iy
to develop
the requiredcompressivestrength.contror cyrindersshail
be covered to
preventmoistureloss and shallbe placedin a location
where temperatureis
representative of the averagetemperatureof the enclosure.
401-29
Temperaturerecordingdevices that will provide an accurate continuous
permanentrecordof the curingtemperatureshall be provided.A minimum
of one temperaturerecordingdeviceper sixty(60) metersof continuousbed
lengthwill be requiredfor checkingtemperature.
curing of precastconcretewill be consideredcompletedafter a termination

of the steamcuringcycle.
e) CuringPrecastConcretePiles
All newly placedconcreteprecastpiles, both conventionallyreinforcedand

prestressedshall be cured by the "Water Method"as describedin ltem
401.3.8(b) exceptthatthe concreteshallbe keptundermoisturefor at least
fourteen(14) days. At the option of the Contractorsteam curing may be
used in whichcasethe steamcuringprovisions in ltem 401.3.8(b)"Quring
PrecastConcreteMembers"shall apply exceptthat the concreteshall be
kept wet for at least seven (7) days includingthe holdingand steaming
period.
,t01.3.9 Testingof Aggreqates
Samplesof fine and coarseaggregateto be used shall be selectedby the

Engineer.lt shall be the responsibility of the contractorto designatethe
sourceor sourcesof aggregateand to obtainthe necessarysamplesand
submit them for testing at least thirty (30) days before actual concreting
operationsare to begin.
samplesof aggregatesshall be obtainedand testedin accordancewith the

followingstandardAASHTOmethods:-
i) Samplingaggregates T-2
ii) Sieveanalysis T-27
iii) Amountof materialpassing
the No,200sieve. T-11
iv) Organicimpurities r-21
v) MortarStrength T-71
vi) Sodiumsulphatesoundness T-104
vii) Friableparticles r-112
viii) Abrasionloss T-96
ix) SpecificGravity T-84
x) Absorption. T-85
xi) Production of PlasticFines. T-210
xii) FinenessModulus T-27
xiii) SandEouivalent T-17
xiv) PotentialReactivityof Carbonate
Rocksfor ConcreteAggregate
(RockCylinderMethod). ASTMC 586
xv) PotentialAlkaliReactivityof Cement
-AggregateCombinations
(Morta-BarMethod). A S T MC 2 2 7
xvi) PotentialReactivityof Aggregates
(Chemical Methods) ASTMC 289
401-30
No aggregatefor testingduringthe productionof concreteshall be sampled
at the dischargegates of the bins feeding the weight hopper. The
contractor,at his expense, shall provide safe and suitable faciiitiesfor
obtainingthe samples.No concretingwork on the projectwill be permitted
untilthe Engineersignifiesin writinghis approval,
followingthe performance
of the necessarytests,on all the materialsinvolvedin makingconcrete.
J 0 I . 3 .l 0 Testingof Compressir-e
Strength
concretecompressivestrengthrequirements consistof a minimumstrength

at the age of twentyeight(28) days and the minimumstrengthwhich must
be attainedbefore various loads or stressesare appliedto the concrete.
The variousstrengthsrequiredare specifiedin Table401-1.
The compressivestrengthof concretewill be determinedfrom test cylinders,

which have been fabricated from concrete sampled and tested in
accordancewith AASHTOT 23 and AASHTOT 22
A set of six (6) cylindersshall be taken from each fifty (50) cubic metersof
each class of concreteor fractionthereofplacedeach day, three (3) of the
six (6) cylindersto be testedafter seven (7) days and three (3) aftertwenty
eight(28)days.
a) The minimumaverage28 days test resultof all samplestestedat any

timeshallbe the specified
twentyeight(28)daysstrength.
b) No individualsamplestested after28 days shall show a test resultlower

thaneightyfive(85)percentof the requiredtwentyeight(2g)days.
concreterepresented by any singletest cylindersthat failsto complywith

the requirementunder(b) abovewill be rejectedunlessthe contractorat his
expense,providesevidencethat the strengthand quality bf tre concrete
placedin the work are acceptable.lf such evidenceconsistsof tests made
on cores taken from the work, the cores shall be obtainedand tested in
accordancewith the specifications
of AASHTOT-24.
Testresultsof the coresshallmeetthe followingrequirements:-
a) Averagetest resultof the coresshallbe lessthanthe minimumrequired

twentyeight(28) days strength
b) No individualcore shall show a strengthless than Ninety five (95)

percentof the requiredtwentyeight(28)days strength.
Shouldthe abovetest resultsfail to complywith the requirements,

concrere
of that particularpour shall be rejectedand removedas directed by the
Engineer.Further more contractorshall redesign the concrete mix for
approvalof the Engineer.
In case, seven (7) days strengthshows less than seventy(70) percentof

the twentyeight(28) days strength(in case of type-lcement),Engineermay
stop furtherwork on that particularportionof concrete,unlesstwenty eight
(28)days strengthgivessatisfactory results.
401-31
for Mix Productiotls
T ri:rl B:rtches
The placingof concreteshallnot beginuntiltrialbatchesof the mix design

to be used have been producedby the Contractorand testedand approved
by the Engineer.The trial mix proportionsshall be such that the average
test cylindersshatlbe 20% higherthan the
sirengthof five (5) consecutive
twentyeight(28)daysstrengthand no individual
speciiieci testcylindershall
be belowthe specifiedstrength.
When concrete compressivestrength is specified as a prerequisiteto

applyingloadsor stressesto a concretestructureor member,test cylinders
will be cured under conditionssimilarto those at the castingsite. The
compressivestrengthof concrete determitredfor such purposeswill be
tests.
evaluatedon the basisof individual
10r."l UITEJ\{ENTAND PAYNIENT

N{I,],TS
-t01.1.1 l'1e:tsrtre urcnt
The quantityof concreteto be paidfor shallbe the numberof cubicmeters

of concreteof the variousclassescompletein placeand accepted.
In measuringthe uoiurneof concreteic, Oe paid for, the dimensicnto be

appliedshall-,.,e
thoseshownon the Drawingsexceptwhereothersoroered
by the Eng,,teerin writing.
volumeof concreteshall be made for the

from the theoretical
Deductiorrs
volumesof drainingholes,weep holes,pipes and conduits,etc., in case
areasexceed500 squarecentimeters,
wheretheircross-sectional
The measurement of
shallnot includeany concreteusedin the construction
or
cofferdams falsework.
The volumeinvolvedin fillets,scorings,or chamfersten squarecentimeters

area or less shall be disregarded
In cross-sectional when measuringthe
quantityof concreteto be Paidfor
Concretefor railings,pipe culverts,etc., is not to be measuredunderthis

item,but underseparateitems.
-10l.-1.2 Pavrnetrt
The acceptedquantitymeasuredas providedaboveshallbe paidfor at the

contractunit price respectivelyfor the pay items listed below that as per
shown in the Bill of Quantitieswhich prices and paymentshall be full
compensationalso for such works as curing, surface finishing and/or
renderingas required,formationof construction jointsand any such work
and incidentalsnecessaryto complete the item except worksthat are paid
for underotherpay items
401-32
For all concretestructuresor portions,thereof,no separatemeasurement
or
paymentshall be made for false work, centering,formwork
or any other
temporary work to complete the concrete structure or portion thereof,
paymentfor all such temporaryworksshallbe deemedto be included
in the
contractpricepaid undervariousitemsof concretework.
Pay ltem Description. U n i to f

No. Measurement
401a ConcreteClass .. ..
(i) UnderGround CM
(ii) On Ground CM
(iii) Elevated CM
401b ConcreteClassB t- tvl
401c ConcreteClassC
(i) Underground CM
(ii) On Ground CM
(iii) Elevated CM
401d (i) ConcreteClassD1 CM
(ii) ConcreteClassD2 CM
(iii) ConcreteClassD3 CM
401e ConcreteClassY CM
401f Lean Concrete CM
4 0 1g PrecastConcrete,Class...... CM
401-33
rTtM -r02 F'ALSEWOITKAND CENTERINC FOR BITIDGES.
{ 0 2 .I pIsc'lUPTtoN
This work shallconsistof ihe desrgn,suppiyand construction

of falsework
whichwill providethe necessaryrigidityto supportthe roadsimposed,
and
producea structure, finishedto the linesand gradesindicatedon the plans
or as requiredby the Engineer.
J02.2 N,lATERIALREOUIREMENTS
Timberand lumberto be used for falseworkshallbe of sound

lumberand
complywiththe requirement
in AASHTOM 168.
structuralsteelto be used for falseworkshall complywith the requirements

of standardspecifications for StructuralsteetAASFiTo M 1g3. Fieinforcrng
steel if it is to be used for falseworkshall complywith the requirements
of
AASHTOM 3r - 82. concretewhen usedshallconformto ltem'401
of these
specifications.
{02.3 CONSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
{02.J.l FalservorhDesignandDrawings
Detailedworkingdrawingsand backupcalculations of the falseworkshallbe

furnishedby the contractorto the Engineer.No falseworkconstruction
shall
start until the Engineerhas reviewed and approvedthe drawings.
The
contractorshall providesufficienttime for the Engineerto
comptetethis
review.such time shall be proportionateto the complexityof the falsework
designand in no caseshallbe lessthanone (1) week.
The contractormay revise the farseworkdrawingsat any

time provided
sufficienttime is allowedfor the Engineer'srevieir before construction
is
startedon the revisedportions.
Assumptionsused in designof the falseworkshall includebut

not be limited
to the following:-
i ) For designing
falseworkand centering,a weightof 2,400 kg. per cubic
meter shall be assumed for green concrete.Ail farsewoik
shail be
designed arrd ccnstructedto provide the necessary rigidity
and to
supportthe ii-ieci..r
without appreciablesetflementor bero-rmaiion.
The
Engineermay rcquirethe contractorto emproyscrewjacksor
approved
wedgesto jake up any settlementin the formworkeitherbefore
or during
the placirrgof ,:j0ncrete.
i i ) The entire superstructurecross-section,except

rairing, shall be
con-qrdereci to he placedat one time, exceptwhen in the o-pinionof the
Enoirper a podionof the roadis carriedby girderspreviousty
ir::i,,ii1q cast and
aitaineda cerlainstrenqth.
402-1
Z-ZOV
laour6uf aql ^q Outlunn

'sueld
ur penorddessalunuol1aloLllpeptulJadaq lllMuotletnapou lcelluoO
'uotlecol
io] alnpeLl3s
sr olarcuoc6utcegd
orl] uo uAAoLls e aJoqMleql idacxe
lurof uorlcnJ]suoopue ecuenbes 6urceld a]olcuoo pasodotd 6unnoqs
uerberp 6urceld e:n1cn:1s:adnse apnlout lleqs sOunnelpllomosleJ aqI
'sroquraur6utlreL
anticelold
fuerodLual
Jo Jeal3sLuc(69) {yrql iseel }e aq lleqs slaquou lronnas;e3(ttt
cqJer]ctlqndo1luecefpelo lano lenouloJpue uotlcnl]suoc

lroMasleJ Jo sa6els lle 6uunp posn aq lleLls DutceLqelenbapy (tt
'6uruuer1:o dec llomaslej
aq] o] paroL{cue
{;arnces oq lleLtsueds e ut labut.tlslotJa}xaLlsef (t
urnuirurLU
:suorsrnord eq] ol paltultlaq tou lnq apnlcullleLls
6utnno11o1
pelrnberare s6uruedoptes alaLlmsuotlecolaLll]e u6tsap)JomasleJ aql
'salctqaÂq
lceduutol palcefqns]t alqe]saq ll1ltn
llomasleJ
eLll ]eql arnsua o] papoau )lom aql lo] soJnlealleuotltppe{ue aptnold
'ctgel] Dututeluteut
to; peltnbelale sOutuedollomosleJ
lleLlsJolcerluoCaLll
araLlMs,{ennpeor o1 luacefpe pue laô lloMasle} Jo uol}cnj}suo3aL.lllol
Llcnsse peu6rsappue
)JoAaslejse poJaprsuoc
aq lleqs pue
sbueqrono sqelsbutpoddnsslutop(xt
'sasroJ
aql ^q pasnec speol palsnlpeelto peseoJoul{ue poddns
Dursserlsard
'possallsaLdeq o] sl alalsuoc aql
o1 pau0rsapoq lleqs IJoMasleJaql Jl(lllA
'suorlepueuluocalesaql 6ur,ilraêlep JaLllolo san6olelecqsluln]
'reautbu3otl] ^q palsanbal suollepuaulLuooal
lleqs rojcerluo3aLll Jl
s,Jarnlcejnueui oLl] poacxa ]ou lleLlssaclâp polnlcelnueullaLllo pue
'suLunloc 'slalcerq's1ce[uo pasnsuot]cagap pue Dutpeol ulnlulxeulaql(!lA
'un6eqseq burceldaq)ralJelncco ,{eu qctqan
'luaual]Ies panoldde
lqbrps{ue }calJocpue dn ale} o} Japlo ul s>1cef
'polcalp uaqry1 6ulyoddns-1;asqcre
uo paceld eq lleLls 6ur:eluac
'sexoq
aq] ropuaro] sraluac1o 6uuanno;lenpel6aq] Jo] saslnoplaLllolo
pues 'sa6pam alqe]rnsJo sueau Aq apeu oq lleqs suolslôld sueld
6uualuacpeno:ddeaq1o16urploccepal3nllsuocaq ;;eqs6utLeluacqcLy (tn
s6utnnetgalll uo paieclpulJo pa4lcads

reque3 aL{} 'ern}onl}s pallstuU aq1 anrD o} }os aq lleqs >1lo,tnas;e3(n
sluaulel]]asalqemollelo sanle^6ut:eeqllospoleulllsa
Ourpaacxalnol.l]tmuuaql uodn pesodt-utspeol oqi {llec o1 paubtsap
aq lleqss6utlool1roâslel sbutnnelp)ro^ asle;aq] uo lo]3elluoCaql ^q
peleubrsapoq lleqs(I.rppue lenn)suorllpuocllospue sonleÔutleaqllos (^l
apdLadsuo](0;) ual peecxaasecou ul pue sepdaqllo1anleÔutleeq

oql lauueurpanoLdde
oll] paecxe]ou lleqsseltd:aquutluo pesnOurpeol
pue 'uanup'pecedsaq lleqsqcrqan '6ut;tduo papoddns
ue ur paôLUaJ
'6utiooi ')lo^ asle3 (lll
aq lleqs e uo papunoiaq louues qslLl^
fuolce1st1es
The falseworkdrawingsshall show any pedestrianopenings,which are
requiredthroughthe falsework.
Anticipatedtotal settlementsof falseworkand forms shall be indicatedby

the Contractoron the falseworkdrawings.Theseshouldincludefalsework
footingsettlementand joint take-up.Anticipatedsettlementsover two (2)
cms will not be allowedunlessotherwisepermittedby the Engineer.Deck
slab forms between girders shall be constructedwith no allowancefor
settlementrelativeto the girders
Detailedcalculations
by the Contractorshowingthe stresses.deflections,
and camber necessaryto compensatefor said deflectionsin all load
supporting
membersshallbe includedin the worktngdrawings.
After approvingthe Contractor'sfalseworkdeflectioncamber,the Engineer

will furnish to the Contractor the amounts of camber necessary to
compensate for vedicalalignmentor anticipated
structuredeflection,
if this
is not shown on the drawings.The total camber used in constructing
falseworkshallbe the sum of the aforementionedcambers.
102.3.2 FalservorkConstruction
and Dran'ings
The falseworkshall be constructedto conformto the falseworr drawings.

The materialsusedin the falseworkconstruction shallbe of the quantityand
qualitynecessaryto withstandthe stressesimposed.The workmanship
used in falseworkconstructionshallbe of such qualitythat the falseworkwill
supportthe loads imposed on it without excessivesettlementor take-up
beyondthat shownon the falseworkdrawings.
Falseworkshall be foundedon footings,capableof supportingthe loads

imposedon it.
When falseworkis supportedon piles,the pilesshall be drivento a bearing

value, equal to the calculatedpile toadingas shown on the falsework
drawings.
Suitablejacks or wedges shall be used in connectionwith falseworkto set

the formsto theirrequiredgradeand to take up any excessivesettlement in
the falseworkeitherbeforeor duringthe placingof concrete.
The Contractorshall provide tell-talesattachedto the soffit forms easily

readableand in enoughsystematically-placed locationto determinethe total
settlementof the entire portion of the structurewhere concreteis being
placed.
Shouldeventsoccur,includingsettlementsthat deviatemore than + 2 cms

from thoseindicatedon the falseworkdrawings,whichin the opinionof the
Engineer would prevent obtaining a structure conforming to the
requirementsof these specifications,the placing of concrete shall. be
discontinueduntilcorrectivemeasuresare providedto entiresatisfactionof
the Engineer.In the event, satisfactorymeasures are not taken to
correctnessof excessivesettlements, the contractorshall not be relievedof
responsibility
for conformingto the requirements of thesespecifications.
402-3
{02.3.3 ItemovingFalsc*'orlr
Unlessotherwiseshown on the drawings,or permittedby the Engineer,

falseworksupportingany span of a simple span bridges shall not be
releasedbefore 14 days after the last concrete,excludingconcreteabove
the bridgedeck, has been placed.Falseworksupportingany span of a
continuousor rigidframe bridgeshall not be releasedbefore 14 days after
the last concrete,excludingconcreteabove the bridge deck, has been
placed in that span and in the adjacentportionsof each adjoiningspan
wherefalseworkis to be released.
Falseworksupportingdeck overhangsand deck slab betweengirdersshall

not be releaseduntil seven (7) days after the deck concrete has been
placed.
In additionto the above requirement,no falseworkfor bridges shall be

releaseduntil the supportedconcretehas attaineda compressivestrength
of atleasteighty(80) percentof the requiredtwentyeight (2g) days strength.
Falseworkfor cast-in-placeprestressedportionsof structuresshall not be

releaseduntilafterthe prestressing
steelhas beentensioned.
All falseworkmaterialsshall be completelyremoved.Falseworkpilingshall

be removedatleastsixty (60) cms belowthe surfaceof the originalground
or stream bed. when falseworkpilingis driven within the limitsof ditch or
channelexcavationareas, the falseworkpiling within such areas shall be
removedto atleastsixty (60) cms, belowthe bottomand side slopesof said
excavatedareas.
All debrisand refuseresultingfrom work shallbe removedand the premises

left in a neat and presentablecondition.
402.-l MEASUREMENT
AND PAYMENT
For all concrete structures,prestressedconcrete structuresor oortions

thereof,no separatemeasurementor paymentshall be made for falsework
supportingsuch structures.All falseworkcosts shall be consideredas
includedin the contractpricespaid (cost/cMor LM of structuralmembersor
lump-sum) for the various items of concrete work and no additional
compensation will be allowedthereof..
402-4
ITEM 403 FORMWORK
403.1 DESCRIPTION
Theworkshallconsistof providing,
erecting
andremoving concrete formsof
sufficientstrengthwith all necessarybracings,fasteners,etc. and in
conformitywiththe requirements
hereinafter
specified.
403.2 MATERIALREOUIREMENTS
Formsshallbe of wood,metalor otherapproved materials andshallbe built

mortartightand of sufficientrigidityto preventdistortiondue to the pressure
of theconcreteandotherloadsincidentto the construction operations.
403.3 CONSTRUCTION
REOUIREMENTS
403.3.r FormworkDesignandDrawines
The contractorshall prepareworkingdrawings,backupcalculationsand

materialdatafor the formworkandshuttersto be submittedto the Engineer
for approvalunlessotherwisedirected.
The requirementsfor designof formworkare the sameas describedunder

Item402.3.1- FalseworkDesignandDrawings.
403.3.2 FormworkConstruction
concreteforms shall be constructedand maintainedso as to prevent

warpingand the op€ningof jointsdue to the shrinkageof the lumberand
shallbe true to the dimensions, linesand gradesof the structureand with
the sufficientstrength,rigidity,shapeand surfacesmoothnessas to leave
the finishedworkstrueto the dimensions shownon drawingsor requiredby
the Engineer andwiththe surfacefinishas specified.
Formsfor exposedsurfacesshallpreferably be linedwith metal,plywood,or

otherapprovedmaterial,or maywiththe Engineer's permission,be madeof
dressedlumberof uniformthickness.Forms shall be filled at all sharp
corners(Minimum two (2) cms triangular
fillets)and shallbe givena levelor
draftin the caseof all projections,
suchas girdersand copings,to ensure
easyremoval.
Formfastenersconsistingof form bolts,clampsor otherdevicesshall be

used as necessaryto preventspreadingof the forms during concrete
placement. The use of ties consisting of twistedwire loopsto holdformsin
positionwill not be permitted.Metalties or anchorage withinthe formsshall
be so constructed as to permittheirremovalto a depthof at leastfive(s)
cmsfromthefacewithoutinjuryto theconcrete.
403-1
Fittingfor metalties shallbe of suchdesignthat,upontheirremoval,the
cavitiesthat are leftwill be of the smallestpossiblesize.The cavitiesshall
be filledwith cementmortarand the surfaceleft sound,smooth,even,and
uniformin colour.Anchordevicesmaybe castintothe concretefor lateruse
in supportingformsor for liftingprecastmembers.The useof driventypesof
anchoragesfor fasteningforms or form supportsto concretewill not be
permitted.
The insidesurfacesof formsshallbe cleanedof all dirt,mortarand foreign

material. Forms,whichwilllaterbe removed, shallbe thoroughlycoatedwith
form oil priorto use.The form oil shallbe a commercialqualityform oil or
otherapprovedcoatingwhichwill permitthe readyreleaseof the formsand
will not discolourthe concrete.All exposedsurfacesof similarportionsof a
concretestructureshall be formedwith the sameformingmaterialor with
materialswhich producesimilar concretesurface textures,colour and
appearance.
Concreteshallnotbe depositedin the formsuntilall workin connectionwith

constructingthe forms has been completed, all materialsrequiredto be
embedded in the concrete
have been placedfor the unitto be poured,and
the Engineerhasinspected andapproved saidformsandmaterials.
The rate of depositingconcretein forms shall be such as to prevent

permitted
of theformsor formpanelsin excessof the deflections
deflections
Maximumdeflectionalloweddue to propsettlement
by thesespecifications.
is 5 mm and due to bendingof shuttersis 3 mm, whenmeasured with 3
meterstraightedge.
Formsfor all concretesurfaces,whichWillnot be completelyenclosedor

hidden below the permanentground surface, shall conform to the
requirements hereinfor forms for exposedsurfaces.Interiorsurfacesof
undergrounddrainagestructuresshall be consideredto be completely
enclosedsurfaces.
Formworkfor concreteplacedunderwatershallbe watertight.

Whenlumber
is used,thisshallbe planedandtonguedandgrooved.
Formsfor exposedconcretesurfacesshallbe designedand constructed sq

thatthe formed surface
of the concretedoesnot undulateexcessivelyin any
directionbetweenstuds,joists,form stiffeners,form fasteners,or wales.
Undulations exceedingeithertwo (2) mm or 11270of the centerto center
distancebetweenstuds,joists,formstiffeners,
formfasteners,or waleswill
be consideredto be excessive.Shouldany form or formingsystem,even
though previouslyapprovedfor use, producea concretesurfacewith
excessiveundulations,its use shall be discontinueduntil modifications,
satisfactoryto the Engineerhave been made. Portionsof concrete
structureswith surfaceundulationsin excessof the limitshereinmay be
rejectedby the Engineer.
403-2
Forms shall be set and maintainedtrue to the line designateduntil the
concreteis sufficientlyhardened.Forms shall remain in place for periods,
which shall be determined,as hereinspecified.When forms appearto be
unsatisfactoryin any way, either beforeor during the placingof concrete,
the Engineer will order the work stopped until the defects have been
corrected.
The shape, strength,rigidity,watertightness,and surface smoothnessof

reusedforms shall be maintainedat all times.Any warpedor bulgedlumber
must be resized before being reused. Forms that are unsatisfactoryin any
respectshallnot be reused.
For narrowwalls and columns,wherethe bottomof the form is inaccessible,

the lower form boards shall be adjustableso that they may be removedfor
cleaningout extraneousmaterialimmediatelybeforeplacingthe concrete.
403.3.3 Removalof Formwork
ln the determinationof the time for the removalof falseworkand forms,

considerationshall be given to the location and chara;ter of the structure,
the weather, and other conditionsinfluencingthe setting of the concrete,
and the materialsused in the mix.
lf field operationsare not controlledby beam or cylindertests, the following

periods,exclusiveof days when the temperatureis below five (5) degree C,
for removal of forms and supportsshall be used as a minimum subject to
the approval of the Engineer and to the requirements of ltem 402.3.3.
RemovingFalsework.
Arch Center 14 Days

CenteringUnderBeams 14 Days
SupportsunderFlatSlabs 14 Days
FloorSlabs 14 Days
VerticalWallSurfaces 24 Hours
Columns 24 Hours
Sideof Beams 12 Hours
Top SlabsR.C.Box Culverts 14 Days
Sideformsfor cast-in-place beams,girders,columns,or othermembers

wherethe formsdo not resistdeadload,bendingshallremainin placefor at
leastforty(40)hoursafterplacingconcretefor the members.Sideformsfor
precastmembersmay be removedthe next day after placingconcrete
therein.
lf highearlystrengthcementis usedor by the use of additional

cement,
theseperiodsmaybe reducedas directed.
are controlled
\Men fieldoperations by cylindertests,the removalof forms,
supportsand housing,andthe discontinuance of heatingand curing(where
applicable)may beginwhen the concreteis foundto have the required
compressive strength,providedin no case shall supportsbe removedin
lessthanseven(7)daysafterplacingthe concrete.
403-3
All formsshallbe removed,exceptwhenno permanent accessis available
to the cells,the formssupporting
the deckof boxgirdersand the formsin
hollowabutmentsor piersmay remainin place.prior to completionof
formingfor the deckforms,the insideof box girdersshallbe clearedof all
loosematerialandsweptclean.
Methodsof formremovallikelyto causeoverstressing of the concreteshall

not be used. In general,the forms shall be removedfrom the bottom
upwards.Formsand theirsupportsshallnpt be removedwithoutapproval.
supportsshallbe removedin sucha manneras to permitthe concreteto
uniformlyandgradually
takethe stressesdueto its ownweight.
In general,archcenteringor falseworkshall be struckand the arch made
setf-supporting beforethe railingor coping is placed.This precautionis
essentialin oiderto avoidjammingof the eipantionlointsjnd' variationsin
alignment. For filledspandrelarches,such portionsof the spandrelwalls
shallbe leftfor construction
subsequent to the strikingof centeis,as may be
necessary to avoidjammingof the expansion joints.
centersshall be graduallyand uniformlyloweredin such a manneras to

avoidinjuriousstressesin any partof the structure.In archstructures
of two
or more spans,the sequenceof strikingcentersshallbe approvedby the
Engineer.
403.4 MEASUREMENT
AIID PAYMENT
For all concrete structures,

. prestressedconcrete structures,precast
concrete elementsor portionsthereof, no separate measurementor
paymentshall be made for formworksupportingsuch structures.All
formworkcostsshallbe considered as includedin the contractpricespaid
(cosucMor LM of structuralmembersor lump-sum) for the variousitemsof
concreteworliandno additionalcompensation will be allowedthereof.
403-4
ITEM 404 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
404.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of furnishing, fabricating and placing of steel

reinforcementof the type, size, shape and grade required in accordance
with these specifications,and in conformitywith the requirementsshown on
the Drawingsand SpecialProvisionsor as directedby the Engineer.
404.2 IUATERIAL R.E,OUIRE]UENTS
All materials shall conform to the requirements hereinafter given. Test

reports from approved sources shall be submitted to the Engineerfor all
steel reinforcementused. These reports shall show the results of chemical
and physicaltestsmade
r) DeformedBilletSteelBars (Grades40 and 60) for Concrete

AASHTOM-31(ASTM4-615)
Reinforcement
ii) Deformed Steel Wire for ConcreteReinforcement-AASHTO

M-225(ASTMA-496)
iii) WeldedSteelWire Fabricfor ConcreteReinforcement-AASHTO

M-55(ASTMA-185)
iv) Steel Bar Mats for ConcreteReinforcementAASHTO

M-54
(ASTMA-184)
v) Cold-DrawnSteelWire for ConcreteReinforcement-AASHTO

M-32(ASTMA-82)
vi) Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete

M-221(ASTMA-497)
Reinforcement-AASHTO
vli) Structural
Shapesfor ConcreteReinforcement
ASTMA-36
4043.r Fabricationof Bent Bars
a) Order Lists
Before materials.areordered all order lists and bending diagrams shall be

furnishedby the Contractor,for the approvalof the Engineer.The approval
of order lists and bendingdiagramsby the Engineershall in no way relieve
the Contractor of responsibilityfor the correctness of such lists and
diagrams.Any expenses incident to the revisionsof material furnished in
accordance with such lists and diagrams to make it comply with the
drawingsshall be borne by the Contractor.
404-1'
b) Storinsand SurfaceConditionof Reinforcement
Steel reinforcementshall be stored above the surface of the ground on

platforms, skids, or other supports and shall be protected as far as
practicable from mechanical injury and surface deteriorationcaused by
exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work,
reinforcementshall be free from dirl, detrimentalrust, loose seals, paint,
grease, oil, or other foreign materials.Reinforcementshall be free from
injuriousdefectssuch as cracks and laminations.Surfaceseams, surface
irregularities,or mill scale will not be cause for rejection,providedthe
minimumdimensions,cross-sectionarea, and tensilepropertiesof a hand-
wire brushedspecimenmeets the physicalrequirementsfor the size and
gradeof steelspecified.
c) Fabrication
Bent bar reinforcementshall be cold bent to the shapes shown on the

drawingsor requiredby the Engineer.Bars shall be bent around a pin
havingthe followingdiameters(D)in relationto the diameterof the bar (d):
Stirrups& columntie bars D=4xd
Otherbarshaving
d<3.5cm(1-3l8")(No.1
1 bar) D=Sxd
d>3.5cm(1-3l8") D = 10xd
404.3.2 Placing and Fastenins
a) Protection of Material
Steelreinforcementshallbe protectedat all timesfrom injury.When steel,

placedin positionas shownon the Drawings, has easilyremovable and
detrimental
rust,loosescale,or dust, it shall be cleanedby a satisfactory
method,approved bythe Engineer.
b) PlacineandFastening
Reinforcingsteelshall be accuratelyplacedin the positionshownon the

Drawings andfirmlyheldduringthedepositing andfinishing of theconcrete.
cover,the distancebetweenthe externalfaceof the barandthe faceof the
finishedconcrete,shallbe as indicatedon th€ Drawings.Reinforcing steel
barsembeddedin concreteshall not be bentafterthey are in place.Bars
shallbe tiedat all intersections
with 16 gaugeblackannealed wireexcept
that wherespacingis less than 1 ft (0.3m)in each direction,alternate
intersections
needto be tied.All intersections
shallbe tied in the top mat of
reinforcementpladedon bridgedecks and the top slabs of box culverts.
Abruptbendsshall be avoidedexcept where one steel bar is bent
aroundtheother.
444-2
stir.rupsand ties shallalwayspassaround. the outsideof mainbarsand be
,""ur"fy attachedthereto.Att ieinforcingsteel shallbe securelyheldat the
from steel forms, which remain in place by means of
;rp";'d;t""ce forms. All reinforcingsteel,
or chairsplaced on the
latvanizeosteel bars held at the proper distance
E*""pt as mentioned above, shallbe securely
galvanized steel
fromthe formsby meansof templates,concreteb|ocksor be
Metalchairsshallnotbe usedagainstformed surfaces, which will
"f.r"i6. in the finishedstructureaftei tne forms are stripped.Blocks for
"*p"i"O
troiOingreinforcement away from contactwith the forms shall be precast
blocksof approvedshape,and dimensionsand shall have 16-
"on"rJt"
g""g" br"il annealed'tie wiresembeddedin them.The precastconcrete
blockshallhavea compressive strengthequalto that specifiedfor the class
by
of concreteto be placedin the work.Layersof bars shallbe separated
approvedmetalchairsor bolsters.
before
Any brokenor damagedconcretespacerblocksshall be removed
iS placed.T"he use of pebbles, pieces of broken. stone or brick,
"lii"r"t" blocks as spacers will not be permitted'Reinforcing
r"t"r pip" or wooden
foreign
steefwn'enplacedin the workshailbe free fromflakerust,dirt and
materialandbeforeanyconcreteisp|aced,anymortarwhichmaybe
shall be
aoneringto the reinforcingsteel shall be removed.No concrete
placing of the reinforcing
J"p".it,iO until the Engin6erhas inspectedthe
to placethe concrete.The Contractor shallallow
steeland givenpermisJion
the reinforcement and forms are in place
tne enginlerfour hourstime after
Any
the inspection. bar of incorrectsize, lengthor shape shallbe
to condluct
wi*i correct bars. Any bar located or spaced
ilmoueo and replaced given
shallbe relocatedor spaced correctlybefore permission is
incorrectly
and correctionsshall be at the
to placetoncreteand such replacements provisions
contractor'sexpense.All concreteplacedin violationof these
shallbe rejectedandremoved'
c) Splicine
All reinforcement shall be furnishedin the full lengthsindicatedon the

oi"*ing, unlessotherwisepermitted.
-drawings, splicingof bars,exceptwhereshown
on the will not be permittedwithoutthe writtenapprovalof the
;;g;;;";. SptiJeisnattbe staggered as far as possibleandwitha minimum
morethan
seiarationof not less than fort' (aO)times bar diameters.Not
except
on! tnirO(1/3)ofthe barsmay be splicedin the samecross-section,
whereshownon thedrawings.
with a
Unlessotherwiseshownon the Drawings,bars shall.be lapped
(40)timesthe bir diameter.In lappedsplices'the
,ini*rrn overlapof forty
placed in tontict and wired together.Lapped will.not
splice-s
barsshallbe
to
be permittedat locationswhere the concretesection is insufficient
of one bardiameteror one and one third
frouiO"a minimumcleardistance
ir_ila1 the maximum size of coarse aggregatebetweenthe spliceand the_
if
i""r"rt adjacentbar..Weldingof reintorclngsteel shall be done only
by ihe writing'
Engineer.in Spiral
detailedon the Drawingsor if-authorized
reinforcement shallbelplicedby lappingai leastoneand one half(1-112)
irrn, ot"by buttweldingunlessotherurise shownon the Drawings.
404-3
d) Lanningof Bar Mat
sheet of mesh or bar-matreinforcementshall overlapeach

other sufficienfly
to maintaina uniform strength and shall be secureiy fastened
at the ends
and edges.The overlapshall not be lessthan one mesh in
width.
e) Covering
The minimum covering,.measuredfrom the surface of

the concrete to the
face of any reinforcement bar shail, unress otherwise
shown on the
Drawings or directed by the Engineer, be not ress than
s cms except as
follows:
Top of slab 4.0cm

Bottomof Slab 3.0cm
Stirrupsand ties in T-beams 3.5cm
In the_footingsof abutments.andretainingwailsthe minimumcovering
be 7.5 cm. In work exposedto the action6f sea waterine sharl
mini.n* covenng
shallbe 10 cm.
404.4.1 Measurement
The
.quantity-to be paid for shail be the carculatedtheoreticarnumber of
metric tons of reinforcementsteer bars, mesh or mats
as determinedfrom
the approved bar bending diagrams and incorporated
in the concrete and
accepted,exceptwhen reinforcementis paid foi under pay-it"rs.
ot
"i
The weight of prainor deformed bars or bar mat wiil
be computedfrom the
theoreticalweight of plain round bars of the same nominal
size as shown in
the followingtabulation:
Size Weightin Size Weight in

mm Kilograms mm. Kilograms
perMeter per Meter
6 0.222 20 2.466
8 0.395 22 2.984
10 0.616 25 3.853
12 0.888 32 6.313
13 1.042 35 7.553
16 1.578 40 9.865
clips,tiesseparators, and othermaterialusedfor positioningandfastening

the.reinforcemenJin praceand structurarsteershailnot be incruoedin thJ
yreiojrtcalcutated
for paymentunderthis item.rf barsare substitutedupon
the contractor'srequestand as a resultmoresteeris used
than specified,
on|ytheamountspecifiedsha||bemeasuredforpayment
404-4
When laps are madefor splices,otherthan those shownon the Drawingsor
required by the Engineerand for convenienceof the Contractor,the extra
steelshallnot be measurednor paidfor.
When continuousbarsare shownon the Drawings,withoutthe splicesbeing

shown the necessarysteel in the spliceswill be paid for on the basisof the
individualbarsnot beingshorterthan twelve(12)meters.
For bent bars,the lengthalongcentre-lineof bar will be paid.
404.4.2 Payment
The acceptedquantitymeasuredas providedabove shall be paid for at the

contractunit prices respectivelyfor the pay items listed below and shown in
the Bill of Quantitieswhich priceand paymentshall be full compensation for
furnishing materials, labour, equipment and incidentals necessary to
comoletethe item.
Pay ltem Description. Unitof

No. Measurement
404a as perAASHTOM 31
Reinforcement
Grade40 Ton
404b as perAASHTOM 31
Reinforcement
Grade60 Ton
404c as perAASHTOM-225
Reinforcement Ton
404d as perAASHTOM-55
Reinforcement Ton
404e as perAASHTOM-54
Reinforcement Ton
404f as perAASHTOM-32
Reinforcement Ton
4049 as perAASHTOM-221
Reinforcement Ton
404h (Structural
Reinforcement Shapes)
as perASTMA-36. Ton
404-5
ITEM 405 PRESTRESSED
CONCRETE STRUCTURES
405.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of prestressingprecast or cast-in-placeconcrete by

furnishing,placingand tensioningof prestressingsteel in accordancewith
detailsshown on the plans, and as specifiedin these specificationsor as
This work shall also include the furnishing and installationof any
appurtenantitem necessary for the particular prestressingsystem to be
used, includingbut not limitedto ducts, anchorageassembliesand grout
usedfor pressuregroutingducts.
405.2.7 PrestreSSinE
ReinfoicementSteel
Prestressing steel shall be hightensile wire conforming to ASTM

Specification 4-421 or AASHTO Designation M-204; strand or rope
conformingto ASTM specificationA-416 or AASHTo DesignationM-203 or
hightensilealloybarsas follows:
High{ensile-strength alloy bars shallbe stressrelievedand cold stretchedto

a minimumof 9,100 Kg/sq.cm.After cold stretchingthe physicalproperties
shall,be as follows:
r) Minimum Ultimatetensilestrength 16,5T0Kg/sq.cm

ii) Minimum yieldstrength,measured
bythe 0.7 percentextensionunder
loadmethodshallbe notlessthan g,100Kg/sq.cm
iii) Minimum mgdulusof elasticity 1.75x 10 Kg/sq.cm
'
iv) Minimum elongbtion in 20 bardiameter 4 percJnt
v) Diameters afterrupture - 0.75mm
vi) Diameters tolerance - 0.25mm
The steelshallbe free from injuriousdefectsand shall have a smooth

surface.Material,which shows injuriesdefectsduring or prior to its
installation
in thework,shallbe rejected.
wire and strandshallbe suppliedin coilsof sufficient

diameterto ensure
thattheylieoutstraight.
The Engineermaycallfor a relaxation teston prestressing

steelin case,he
is not satisfiedwith the sourceof manufacture.Relaxationfor prestressing
steelshallbe measured overa periodof thousand(1000)hoursstressed at
seventy(70) percentof its ultimatetensilestrengthgivingless than six (6)
percent elongation.
a) Testins
All wires,strands,or barsto be shippedto the siteshallbe assigneda lot

numberandtaggedfor identification purposes.Anchorageassemblies to be
shipped shallbe likewiseidentified.
405-1
of the lot to be furnished.
All samplessubmittedshallbe representative
All of the materialsbpecifiedfor testing shall be furnishedfree of cost and

shall be deliveredin time for teststo be made well in advanceof anticipated
time of use.
The contractorshall furnishfor testingthe followingsamplesselectedfrom

each lot as ordered by the Engineer.The selectionof samples shall be
made at the manufacturer's plantby the Engineeror his representative'
PretensioninqMethod Samplesat least 2.10 M long shall be furnishedof

eachwtrepr strandsize.A sampleshall be takenfrom each and everycoil'
Post-Tensioninq Method Samples of the following lengths shall be

furnished:
For wires, sufficientlengthto make up one parallel-laycable one and half

(1.5) M long consistingof the same number of wires as the cable to be
iurnistred.For strands,one and half (1.5)M lengthshallbe furnished.
For bars to be furnishedwith threadedends and nuts,one and half (1.5) M

betweenthreadsat ends.
Anchorage Assemblies Two anchorage assembliesof each size of

anchorageto be usedshall be furnished,completewith distributionplates.
405.2.2 Concrete
The materialsfor concreteshall conformto the requirementsof item 401.

The concreteshall be Class D as shown in table 401-1 unless otheruvise
shownon the Plans.
405.2.3 Steel
Reinforcement
of item404.
steelshallconformto the requirements
Reinforcement
General
Unless otherwiseordered by the Engineer,the Contractorshall certify for

the Engineer's approval that a technician skilled in the approved
prestressingmethod will be availableto the Contractorto give aid and
instructionin the use of the prestressingequipmentto obtainthe required
results.
The tensioningprocess shall be conducted so that the tension being

suppliedand the elongationmay be measuredat alltimes.
Duringthe prestressing operations,standingbehindor underjack will not be

allowedin orderto ensurethat no one is injuredby the flyingspindle,tendon
or the jack in the eventof a breakoccurring.
405-2
40s.3.
t Prestressing
Method
Themethodof prestressing to be usedshallbe optionalwiththe contractor,

providedhe introduces no changein the positionof centroidof the total
prestressing forceover the lengthof the memberand in the magnitudeof
the final effectiveprestressingforce as prescribedin the Drawings.The
prestressing systemchosenby the Contractor shallhavebeenindicated
the tender.This optionshail be subjectto arr requirements in
hereinafter
specified.
lndependentlyfrom the prestressing

systemto be applied,the foilowing
pointshaveto be ensured.
(i) The safety.g.f t!" anchorage of the prestressing

tendonsand
their suitability
for the transmission
of forcest6 tne concrete
underall loadswhatsoever.
(ii) Thatthe actuallossesdueto frictioncoincidewiththe calculated

onesforthe prestressing.
(iii) The suitability

of the proposedsteelfor the chosenprestressing
system.
(iv) The lengthof transmissionof the forceto the concreteand the

minimumstrengthof the ratternecessaryfor prestressingin
systems,wherethe prestressing.erementi are fuily or partiaily
anchoredto the concretethroughbondandfriction.
(v) Thesuitability
of measurestakento protectprestressing
tendons
fromcorrosionuntirthefinartensioning
is carriedout.
The contractorshailsubmitwell in advanceto the Engineerfor
approval
complete detailsof the methods,materials,
and equipmEnt he proposes
usein the prestressing to
operations.
suchdetailshailouflinethe methodand
sequenceof stressing,completespecifications and details of the
prestressingsteer and anchoringdevicesproposed
for use, anchoring
stresses,type of encrosures,and ail oirrei data p"rtrining
prestressingoperation,incrudingthe proposedarrangementto the
prestressing of the
unitsin the members.
An agreement certificatefor the prestressing

systemshallbe submittedand
approvedby the Engineerbeforeany structurilmemberto be prestressed
may be tensioned;this agreemenicertificatemust ne issrleo
by an
authorisedtestinglaboratoryotherwisethe Enginee,,"y oioer
such an
agreementcertificate
lrom a laboratoryof hislnoice at'tfre cost of the
contractor.All rulesrgferrlng to this agieementcertificatehere in afterare
subjectto theapproval of the Engineer.
405.3.2 PrestressingEquipment
Hydraulicjacks shail be equippedwith accuratepressuregauges.

contractormay electto.substitutescrewjacks or ot'hertypes The
jacks.ln thatcase,provingringsor otheripproved ior nyoraulic
devicesshallbe usedin
405.3
connectionwith the jacks. All devices,whether hydraulicjack gauges or
otherwise, shall be calibratedso as to permitthe stressin the prestressing
steel to be computed at all times. A certified calibration curve shall
accompanyeach device. Safety measuresshall be taken by the contractor
to preventaccidentsdue to possiblebreakingof the prestressingsteel or the
slippingof the gripsduringthe prestressingprocess.All equipmentsshall be
thoroughlywashed with clean water at least once every three (3) hours
duringthe groutingoperationsand at the end of use for each day.
405.3.3 Enclosures
steel shall be accuratelyplacedat locations

Enclosuresfor prestressing
shownon theplansor approved by the Engineer.
All enclosures shallbe of ferrousmetallicmaterialand shallbe completely

mortar-tightwith the exceptionthat the contractor,at his option,with the
approvalof the Engineer,may form the enclosuresby meansof coresor
ductscomposedof rubberor othersuitablematerialwhichcan be removed
the prestressing
priorto installing reinforcement.Enclosures shallbe s[rong
enoughto maintain theirshapeundersuchforcesas will be imposedupon
them.Theyshallbe six (6) mm. largerin internaldiameterthan the bar,
cable, strand or group of wires, which they enclose.Where pressure
groutingin specified,coresor ductsshallbe providedwiththe pipesor other
suitable connectionfor the injection of grout after the prestressing
operations havebeencompleted.
405.3.4 Pl?cine Steel
All steel units shall be accuratelyplacedin the positionshown on the

Drawings or required andfirmlyheldduringthe placingand
by the Engineer
settingof theconcrete.
Distancefrom the forms shall be maintained by stays,blocks,ties, or

hangersapprovedby the Engineer.Blocksfor holdingunitsfrom contact
with the forms shall be precastmortar blocksof approvedshape and
dimensions. Layersof unitsshallbe separatedby mortarblocksor other
devices.
equallysuitable Woodenblocksshallnotbe leftin theconcrete.
horizontal
Suitable andverticalspacersshallbe provided,
if required,
to hold
thewiresin placein trueposition
in theenclosure.
405.3.5 PlacingConcrete
Concreteshall be controlled,mixed, and handled as specified in other

articlesof this sectionunlessotherwisespecifiedherein.
Concreteshall not be pouredin the forms untilthe Engineerhas inspected

the placingof the reinforcement,conduits,anchorages,and prestressing
steeland has givenhis approvalthereof.
The concreteshallbe vibratedinternallyor externally,or both,as orderedby

the Engineer.The vibratingshall be done with care in such a manneras to
avoiddisplacement of reinforcement,conduits,or wires.
405-4
405.3.6 Pretensioning
The pretensioningelements shall be accurately held in position and

stressed by jacks. A record shall be kept of the jacking force and the
elongationproducedthereby.Severalunits may be cast in one continuous
line and stressedat one time. Sufficientspaceshall be left betweenends of
units, if necessary, to permit access for cutting after the concrete has
attained the required strength. No bond stress shall be transferredto the
concrete,nor end anchoragesreleased,until the concretehas attaineda
compressivestrength,as shown by cylindertests, of at least two hundreds
and eighty(280) kg/sq.cmand as approvedby the Engineer.The elements
shallbe cut or releasedin such an orderthat lateraleccentricityof prestress
w i l l b em i n i m u m .
405.3.7 Post-Tensioning
Tensioningshall be carriedout only in the presenceof the Engineeror his

representative unless permission has been obtained to contrary.
lmmediatelybefore tensioning,the contractorshall prove that all tendons
are free to move between jacking points and that members are free to
accommodatethe horizontaland verticalmovementsdue to the applications
of prestress.
Tensioningof prestressingreinforcement shall not be commenceduntiltests

on concretecylinders,manufacturedof the same concreteand cured under
the same conditions,indicatethat the concreteof the particularmemberto
be prestressed has attained a compressive strength of at least 280
Kg/sq.cm.
After the concrete has attained the required strength, the prestressing
reinforcementshall be stressed by means of jacks to the required tension
and stresstransferredto-the end anchorage(s).Stressingshall be from both
ends unless otherwiserequired in the Contract or agreed by the Engineer.
The tensionihgprocessshall be so conductedthat the tensionbeingapplied
and the elongationof the prestressingelements'maybe measuredat all
times. The friction loss in the elements,i.e., the differencebetweenthe
tensionat the jack and the minimumtensionin the prestressingsteel shall
be determinedby the formula:
F,=2(Fn-acE)
d
Where
tI tr - - totalfrictionloss
p
-t
,= tensionat thejack
Observed
a= areaof theprestressing
cross-sectional element.
observed elongation
of theelementwhentheforce
at thejackis F.,.
405-5
E = secantmodulesof elasticityof the elementfor the
stress F1 as determinedfrom the stress-strain
diagramof the element.
d = distancefrom the jack to the point of lowesttension

in the element.Wherejackingis donefrom bothends
of the members,the pointof minimumtensionis the
centerof the member.Wherejackingis donefrom one
end only,d is the distanceto the otherend of the
member.
Any surpluslengthof tendonshall be cut off by an approvedmethodwhich

will not affect the strengthof the stressedtendon, with particularcare if the
use of spark erosion or oxyacetylene burning methods of cutting are
A recordshall be kept of gauge pressuresand elongationat all times and

submittedto the Engineerfor his approvalwith in twenty four (24) hours of
each tensioning operation. The tendons shall be maintained in such a
condition that they can be re-stressed until the Engineer has given final
approvalafterinspectingthe tensioninglog.
40s.3.8 Groutins of BondedSteel
Post{ensioned prestressed bridge' members preferably shall be of the

bondedtype in which the tensionedsteel is installedin holes or flexible
metal ducts cast in the concreteand bondedto the surroundingconcreteby
fillingthe tubes or ducts with grout. The grout shall be a mixture of cement
and fine sand (passiriga No.30 sieve) in the approximateproportionof one
part cementto 0.75 part sand, the exact proportionsto be adjustedto form a
grout havingthe properconsistencyand under no circumstances, shall the
water cement ratio exceed 0.45. The compressivestrengthof the hardened
groutshall not be less than one hundredand seventy(170) Kg/sq.cmafter
seven (7) days at a temperatureof eighteen (18) degree C, when making
preliminarytrialsfor quality.The grout shall be mixedfor a minimumof two
(2) minutesand untila uniformconsistencyis obtained.
All prestressingreinforcementto be bonded shall be free of dirt, loose rust,

grease,or otherdeleterioussubstances.Beforegrouting,the ducts shall be
free of water, dirt or any other foreign substance.The ducts shall be blown
out with compressedair until no water comes throughthe duct. For long
memberswith drapedstrandsan open tap at the low point of the duct may
be necessary.
The groutshall be fluid (consistencyof thick paint)but proportionedso that

free water will not separateout of the mix. Unpolishedaluminumpowder
may be added in an amount per sack of cement as approved by the
Engineer. Commercial plasticisers used in accordance with the
manufacturer'srecommendationmay be used provided they contain no
ingredientsthat are corrosiveto steel. Sufficientpressureshall be used in
groutingto force the grout completelythroughthe duct, care being taken
that rupturingof the ductsdoes not occur.
405.3.9 Handlins
Precast prestressedconcrete members shall be transported in an upright

positionand the points of support with respect to the member shall be
approximatelythe same during transportationand storage as when the
member is in its final position.In the event that the contractor deems it
expedientto transportor store precastgirdersin other than this positionit
shouldbe done at his own risk.
care shall be taken duringstorage,hoisting,and handlingof the precasting

unitsto preventcrackingor damage.Unitsdamagedby improperstoringor
handlingshall be replacedby the Contractorat his expense.
Prestressedstructuralmembersshall be constructedin conformrtywith the

drawingsgoverningthe particulirtype of structureto oe ouittor as required
by the Engineer.
40s.3.10 Manufactureof Prestressed

Membersoff the Site
i) The details of the method of manufactureshall be approved by the

Engineerbeforework is started.When the methodhas been approved,
no changesshall be madewithoutthe consentof the Engineer.
ii) The contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance of the date of
commencementof manufactureand the dates when tensioningof
tendons,castingof membersand transferof stresswill be undertakenfor
the first time for each type of beam.
iii) The contractorshall send to the Engineernot more than seven (7) days
after the transfer.of stress, a certificateshowing the force and strain in
the tendons immediatelyafter they were anchored,the strengthand age
of the test cubes cast in accordancewith specified procedure and the
minimumage in hoursof the concreteat the time the stresswas applied
to the member. A copy of all twenty eight (28) days cube test results
relating to the work shall be sent to the Engineer as these become
available.Records shall be kept so that the identityof those who stress
the tendons,cast the concreteand transferthe stress on any memberor
line of memberscan be traced.
iv) where the Engineer'sRepresentativerequirestests to be carriedout, no

beams to which the test relateshall be dispatchedto the site until the
tests have been satisfactorilycompleted.
405.3.1r ComnositeSlabBridses
a) The manufacturingtolerancesfor the precast membersshall no-vrhere

exceedthose given for the length,cross-sectionand straightnessin BS
code of PracticecP116(1969).The structuraluse of precastconcrete.ln
addition,where beamsare laidside by side in a deck:
(i) The differencein soffit level betweenadjacentunits beforethe in

situ concrete is placed shall no-where exceed five (5) mm for
unitsup to five (5) metersnor ten (10) mm for longerunits.
405-7
(ii) The width of the deck soffitshallbe withinplustwentyfive 1+25;
mm of that describedin the Contract.
(iii) In adjacentspans, the continuityof line of the outside beams
shallbe maintained.
(iv) The width of the gap betweenindividualbeams shall not exceed
twicethe nominalgap describedin the contract.
(v) The alignmentof transverseholesshallpermitthe reinforcement
or prestressingtendonsto be placedwithoutdistortion.
b) The in-situ concrete shall be placed in such a sequence that the

advancingedge of the freshly depositedconcreteover the full width of
joints is approximatelyparallel
deck or betweenlongitudinalconstruction
to the deck supports.
c) Beamsshallbe preventedfrom movinglaterallyduringthe placingof the

in-situconcrete.
405.3.12 Samplinqand Testins
a) Testing of PretensionedBeams
(i) Any beam requiredby the Engineerto be subjectedto a load test

will be selected after transfer and wherever possible before the
beam has been removedfrom the castingyard to the storage
area. The Contractorshall not proceedwith a load test until he
has obtained the approval of the Engineer to the detailed
arrangements.Exceptwhere otherwiseagreed by the Engineer,
the load test shall be carriedout not less than twenty eight (28)
days after casting.The cost of the load test shall be born by the
Contractor.
(ii) The beam shall be supportedat its designpointsof bearing.The

specifiedtest loads shall be appliedequallyat the third pointsof
the span in not less than ten (10) approximatelyequal stages.
The maximumload shall be sustainedfor five (5) minutesand
then removed in not less than five (5) approximatelyequal
stages.The mid-spandeflectionrelativeto a straightreference
line joining the points of supportshall be measuredfor each
valueof the load and five (5) minutesafterremovalof the load.
(iii) Loadsshall be measuredwith an accuracyof + two (2) per cent
or 50kg and deflectionswith an accuracyof + decimalfive (0.5)
millimeter.
(iv) The load-deflection graphshall be plottedfrom these valuesand
shall show no appreciablevariationfrom a straightline. lf after
five (5) minutesof removalof the loadthe beam does not show a
recovery of at least ninety (90) per cent of the maximum
deflectionrecorded during the test, the test loading shall be
repeated.The beam shallbe consideredto have failedthe test if
the recoveryfive (5) minutesafter removalof the test load for the
secondtime is not at leastninety(90) per cent of the maximum
deflectionrecordedduringthe secondtest.
405-8
(v) The result of the test shall be deemed to apply to the other
beamscast in the same productionline but in the eventof failure
any additionalbeam may be separatelytestedat the contractor's
option.
(vi) The contractorshallsupplyto the Engineerrecordsheetsof the
test showingthe age of the beam at the time of the test, loads,
deflections,load-deflectioncurves and calculated value of
Young'sModulesof Elasticity(E).
(vii) In addition,the recordsheets suppliedby the contractorto the
Engineershall show the temperaturesof the top and bottom
surfacesof the beam measuredat the time of the test.
b) Testingof Prestressing
Anchorages
Anchoragesfor post-tensioningshall be tested in accordancewith the

proceduredescribedin 854447 or as approvedby the Engineer.For each
anchoragesystemusedin the works, the characteristic valuefor anchoraqe
efficiencyshall be not lessthan ninety(90) percent.
40s.3.13 CuringConcrete
a) General
For all prestressedconcreteoperationsthe curing proceduresshall be well

established and properly controlled. Curing shall be commenced
immediatelyfollowinginitialset or completionof surfacefinishing.Members
shall be keptwet duringthe entireperiodof curing.
b) Method of Curins
The curingmethodsshallconformto thosedetailedunderitem401.3.g.
405.4.r Measurement
Measurementand paymentsfor the various items in prestressconcrete

work shall be made in accordancewith appropriateitems of relevant
sections,as depictedin the drawings.
405.4.2 Pavment
405.4.2.1
The quantityto be paid for shall be the number of prestressedconcrete

structuralmembersof the severaltypes and sizes,constructedand installed
in place, as per drawingscompletedand accepted.Each member shall
includethe concrete,reinforcementand prestressingsteel, enclosuresfor
prestressingsteel, anchorage, plates, nuts, formwork, shuttering and
centeringif required,and othersuch materialcontainedwithinor attachedto
the unit.
405-9
405.4.2.2 Prestressed
Cast-in-Place Concrete
The work to be paidfor underthis item will be only the prestressing

work as
specifiedhere and shown on the Drawingsor requiredby the Engineerand
shall include supply and installationof prestressinQsteel, spacers,
enclosures,anchorages plates, nuts and other such material deemed
necessaryto completethe work. Steel reinforcement,concrete,falsework,
and formworkwill, unless otherwiseprescribed,be measuredand paid for
accordingto item No.401and404 respectively.
Pay item No. Descriptionand Unit of Measurementfor PrecastPrestressed

Concrete Members and Castin-Place Prestressed Concrete will be
covered,under specifiedBOQ item numberprovidedin specialprovisions,
as per drawingsand otherrelateddocumentsfor followingitem separately.
(a) ConcreteMember(includinggrouting) CM.

(b) Prestressedropes/strands, Size ..... Ton.
(c) Prestressed
Wire Size ..... Ton.
(d) PrestressedHardware,includingSheets,
Male/FemaleCone and Anchorsetc. Ton.
405-10
ITEM 406 JOINTS AI\D BEARING DEWCES FOR CONCRETE
STRUCTURES
406.1 DESCRIPTION
The work coveredin this item shallconsistof furnishingall plant,equipment,

materials and labour in performing all operations in connection with
furnishingand placing(in concretestructures)all deck expansionjoints and
seals, metal bearingpads and elastomericbearing pads completeand in
accordancewith the specifications,the Drawings,and or as requiredby the
Engineer.
406.2.1 ConcreteJoint Filler
a. PreformedExpansionJoint Filler
Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer preformed joints filler shall

conformto the requirementsof AASHTOM-213.
b. NeonreneRubberSheetwith BitumasticSeal
Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, neoprene rubber sheets six

(6)mmin thickness,meetingthe requirementsof ltem 406.2.3,shallbe used
as a joint fillercoveredwith a bitumasticseal as shownin the Drawings.
406.2.2 Steelfor DeckExnansionJoint Seals
Plates,anglesor otherstructuralshapesincludinganchorboltsrequiredfor
the expansionjoint seals shall conform, unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer,to the requirementsof AASHTO M-160 and shall be hot zinc
sprayed (galvanized)with the exceptionof the nuts and washerswhich shall
be in stainlesssteel.
406.2.3 Elastomerfor DeckExnansionJoint Seals
Elastomershall be of the componentas neopreneor of polyvinylchloride

(PVC), at the option of the Contractor.Neopreneshall be manulactured
from a vulcanizedelastomericcompoundcontainingneopreneas the sole
elastomer and shall have the following physical characteristicsin
accordancewith ASTM MethodD15. Part B.
406-1
Hardness,DurometerA, 45 + 5 points
ASTM D 2240.
TensileStrength,
ASTM D 412 127 Kgs/squarecentimeter
min.
Elongationat Break 400 percentmin.
CompressionSet, 22 Hoursat
70 degreeC. ASTM D 395, MethodB. 20 percentmax.
ASTM D 746
Low Temperature, Notbrittleat 40 degreeC.
OzoneResistance,Exposureto
100 PPHMOZonefor 70 hoursat
38 degreeC. Sampleunder
20 percent.ASTM D 1149. No cracks
- Volumeincrease
Oil Deterioration
aftersoakingin ASTM oil No. 3 for
70 hoursat 100 degreeC. ASTM D 470 120percentmax.
406,2.4 Metal BearinsDerices
Unless othemrisedirected by the Engineer or provided in the Special

Provisions,the requirementsfor metal bearings shall conform to the
following:
a) AASHTOM 107 for bronzeueai-iirg.
b) AASHTOM 108 for rolledcopperalloy bearings.
c) ASTM B 438 for sinteredmetal powder bearings.
d) AASHTO M 160 for galvanizedsteel bearings.
406.2.5 ElastomericBearinsPads
General
Elastomericbearingsas herein specifiedshall includeplain bearings

(consisting
of elastomer only)and laminated bearings(consisting
of layers
by bondedlaminates.
at theirinterfaces
of elastomerrestrained
for bearingpads shall conformto

steei plateslaminations
The reinforcing
therequirementsof AASHTOM 183.
Elastomericbearingpads shall conformto the requirements

in these
specifications
andthe Provisions.
Special
406-2
Pads twelve (12) mm'and less in thicknessmay be either laminatedor all
elastomer.
Pads over twelve(12) mm in thicknessshall be laminated.
Laminatedpads shall consist of alternate laminationsof elastomerand

metalor elastomerand fabricbondedtogether.
The thicknesscalledfor an elastomericbearingpad is deemed to be the

totaleffectivethicknessof the elastomericlaminations.
The outsidelaminationsshall be metalor fabric.The outsideedges of metal

laminationsshallbe coatedover with elastomernot morethan three (3) mm
in thickness.
The edges of the steel reinforcingplates of the bearing pads shall be

carefullytreatedto preventnotch effects.
Steelplatesshallbe fullyenclosedin elastomerso that thereis no dangerof

corrosion.
Laminationsof elastomershall be 12 mm + 3 mm thickness.Variationin

thicknessof an individualelastomerlaminationshall not exceedthree (3)
mm withinthe width or lengthof a pad and the variationin thicknessof all
elastomerlaminationswithin a pad shall be such that each metal or fabric
laminationwill not vary by more than three (3) mm from a plane parallelto
the top or bottomsuface of the pad.
The total overallthicknessof a pad shall not be less than the thickness
shown on the plan nor more than six (6) mm greaterthan that thickness.
Variationof total thicknesswithin an individualpad shall not exceedthree
(3) mm.
The lengthand width of a pad shall not vary more than three (3) mm from
the dimensionsshownon the Drawings.
Where elastomericbearing pads over twelve (12) mm, in thicknessare

shown on the Drawingsor requiredby the Engineers,such pads may be
manufacturedas a moldedlaminatedpad, or at the optionof the Contractor,
may be madeup by stackingindividuallaminatedpads.
When laminatedpads are stacked,their contactsurfacesshall be cleaned

prior to stacking and an approved method shall be used to hold the
individualpads in the stack in proper alignment.Pads of all elastomeror
with fabric laminationsmay be cut from large sheets. Cutting shall be
performedin such a manner as to avoid heating of the materialand to
producea smoothedge with no tears or otherjaggedareasand to cause as
littledamageto the materialas possible.
Cornersand edges of molded pads may be roundedat the option of the

Contractor.Radiusat cornersshall not exceed ten (10) mm and radius of
edgesshallnot exceedthree(3) mm.
406-3
such that,when a
The bond betweenelastomerand metalor fabricshall be
failure
separation, shall occur within the elastomerand
,urpr" is testedfor
not betweenthe elastomerand metalor fabric'
than twenty(20)
Metal laminationsshall be rolledmild steel sheetsnot less
gaugein thickness.
synthetic polymer
Fabric laminationsshall be either, (1) a long chain
"uno
o n t i"r"inthalic
, i n i n g a t | e aacii
s t e i girh tQ)
y f i vi etong
(85)p e r c esynthetic
chain e t h yfrom
e s t e r f r o mamid
n t o f p o | y po-lym.eric |eneg|yco|
Each ply of fabric shall have a
frexametnyenediamineand adipiCacid.
of width in both
breaking ltrength of not less ihan 125 Kg' per cm'
shall be single ply ai top and. bottomsurfaces
directions.Fabriclaminations
ottrrepaoandeitherdoub|ep|yordoub|estrengthwithinth-epad'
and shall
The sole potymerrn the elastomericcompoundshall be neoprene
be not lessthan sixty(60) percentby volumeof the total compound'
Thee|astomer,asdeterminedfromtestspecimens,sha||conformtothe
following:
Test ASTM Requirements

tion
Tensilestrength,Kgs/sq.cm D412 1 6 0M i n .
Elongationat break,Percent D412 350Min.
Compressionset,22 hrs. at 67
degreeC, Percent(MethodB) D 395 25 Max.
Tear Strength,Kgs Percmt D 624(DieC) 1 3M i n .
Hardness(ShoreA) D 2240 6015 points
Ozoneresistance20% strain,100
hrs.at 38 degreeC 1 1001 20 (exceptNo
parts I degreeC Cracksper
100,000,000)
D 1149
Low temPeraturestiffness,
Young'sModulusat 35 degreeC Kgs per cm (2) D 797 350Max.
5
Low temPeraturebrittleness'
hours at - 40 degreeC Passed
D 736
406-4
After acceleratedaging in accordancewith ASTM DesignationD s73 for 70
hoursat 100 degreec, the elastomershall not show deteriorationchanges
in excessof the following:
Tensilestrength,percent + 15
Elongationat Break,percent - 50 (but not less than 300% total

elongationof the material)
Hardness,points +10
ShearTest (withoutverticalload) 7 Kg/sq.cm(Min)
sampling.shall be performedin accordancewith AASHTO M2s1-74 as

appropriatefor the tests requiredduringor immediately
aftermanufacture.
The contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a certificationby the

manufacturerthat the elastomer,and fabric (if used), in the elastomeric
bearingpadsto be furnishedconformsto all of the aboverequirements. The
certificationshall be supported by a certified copy of the results of tests
performedby the manufacturerupon samplesof the elastomerand fabricto
be used in the pads.
The Engineerwill take a sample of not less than 15 x 30 cm in size for

testing from each lot of pads or batch of elastomer to be furnished,
whicheverresults,inthe greater number of samples.The sampleswill be
selectedat random at the point of manufactureor, at the option of the
contractorat the job site. samples taken at the job site shail consist of
completepads as detailedon the plans, and the contractorshall furnish
additionalcompletepads to replacethose taken for testing.pads shall be
available'forsamplingthree (3) weeks in advance of intended use. All
samplepadsfor testingshall be furnishedby the contractorat his expense.
406.3.I OnenJoints
open jointsshall be constructedat the locationsshown on the Drawingsor

requiredby the Engineerusing a suitablematerial,which is subsequenily
removed.when removingthe material,care shall be exercisedto avoid
chippingor breakingof concrete.Reinforcement shall not extendacrossan
openjoint,unlessshownon the Drawings.
106.3.2 Filled Joints
when joints of preformedtype are requiredon the Drawingsor by the

Engineer,the filler shall be placed in correct positionbeforJ concreteis
being placedagainstthe filler.preformedFillerwith holes and cracks shall
not be permittedand shallbe reiected.
406-5
406.3.3 SteelJoints
Plates,anglesor other structuralshapesshall be accuratelyshapedat the

shop, to conformto the sectionof the concretefloor as per drawings.The
fabiicationshall conformto the requirementsin Special Provisions.Care
shall be taken to ensurethat the surfacein the finishedplane is true and
free of warping.Methodsapprovedby the Engineershall be employedin
placingthe jointsto keep them in correctpositionduringthe placingof the
concrete.The openingat expansionjoints shall be that to avoid impairment
of the clearancein any manner.
-t06.3.,1 Water Stops{JointSeals)
Water-stopsshall be furnishedand installedin accordancewith the details

shown on the Drawings or where required by the Engineer and in
accordancewiththe provisionsin thesespecifications.
Water-stopsshall be furnishedin full lengthfor each straightportionof the

joint, without field splices Manufacturer'sshop splices shall be fully
vulcanized.
Reinforcing bars provided to support the water-stops shown on the

Drawingsor as requiredby the Engineershall be securelyheld in position
by the use of spacers,supportingwires, or other approveddevices.such
reinforcingbars shallbe considered,for paymentpurposes,as a part of the
water-stop. lf, after placing concrete, water-stops are materially out of
positionor shape,the surroundingconcreteshall be removed,the water-
stop reset,and the concretereplaced,all at the contractor'sexpense.
Field splices for neoprene water-stops shall be either vulcanized,or

mechanical,usingstainlesssteel parts,or made with a splicingunionof the
same stock as the water-stop,at the option of the Contractor.All finished
splicesshall have a full size tensilestrengthof eighteen(18) kg per cm of
width.
Field splicesfor polyvinylchloridewater-stopsshall be performedby heat

sealing the adjacent surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. controlledelectricsourceof heat shall
A thermostatically
be used to make all splices.The heat shall be sufficientto melt but not char
the plastic.
Water-stopswhen being installedshall be cut and spliced at changes in

directionas may be necessaryto avoid bucklingor distortionof the web or
flange.
.106.3.5 Metal BearingDevices
steel bearing plates, bars, rockers,assemblies,and other expansionor

fixed devicesshall be constructedin accordancewith the detailsshown on
the plansand shallbe hot-dipgalvanizedafterfabrication.
406=6
Bronzeor copperalloy plates,if specified,shallconformto the requirements
of the SpecialProvisions.
The bearingplatesshall be set level and the rockersor other expansron

devicesshall be set to conformto the temperatureat the time of erectionor
to the settingspecified.
when bearingassembliesor masonryplatesare shown on the Drawingsto

be placed (not embedded)directlyon colcrete, the concretebearingarea
shallbe constructed slightlyabovegradeand shallbe finishedby grinding
or other approved means to a true level plane which shall not vary
perceptibly
from a straightedge placedin any directionacrossthe area.The
finishedplaneshall not vary more than three (3) mm from the etevation
shownon the Drawingsor that requiredby th,eEngineer.
d06.3.6 Elastomeric
BearingPads
when elastomericbearingpads are shown on the Drawings,the concrete

surfaceson which pads or packingare to be placedsrrait be wood float
finishedto a levelplanewhichshallnot varymorethanone and a half(1.5)
mm from a straightedgeplaced in any directionacross the area. The
finishedplane shall not vary more than three (3) mm from the elevation
shownon the Drawingsor that requiredby the Engineer.
406..1 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
106.1.r Measurement
a) Filled ConcreteJoints
The quantityto be paid for shall be in square metersof either expansion

joint preformedjoint filleror expansionjoint with neoprenerubbersheet
-with
six (6) mm thick and coveredwith bitumasticseal,completedand accepted
in work.
b) SteelJoints
The quantityto be paidfor shallbe the numberof kilogramsof steelfor steel

joints fabricated,galvanized and placed in the work completed and
accepted.
c) Water Stotrs
The quantityto be paid for shall be the numberof linear meters of water-
stop placedin the work, completedand accepted.
d) BearingDevices
The quantityto be paid for shall be the number of cubic centimeterof

bearingdeviceseithersteel bearingor elastomericbearingpads installedin
the work completedand accepted.
406-7
e) AsphalticFelt
The quantityto be paid shall be in squaremeterof 3 ply rating-Fibre/Fabric

naseo asphalticfelt weighingforty one 41 kg to forty five (45) kg per 20
square meter includingltr,ifing coat/paintcoat and flood coat of special
industrialbitumenand sand OtinOing as approvedby the Engineer,laid in
placeas directedbYthe Engineer.
406.1.2 Payment
The acceptedquantitymeasuredas provideda-boveshall be paid for at the

contractunit pricerespectivelyfor the pay items listedhrelowand shown in
the Bill of Quantitieswhich priceand paymentshall be full compensationfor
furnishingall materials,labour, equrpment,tools and incidentalsand any
work pertaininE tOjoints and bearingsand which is not paid for separately'
necessaryto comPletethe item'
Pay ltem Description. Unitof

No. Measurement
406a PremouldedJointfiller
12 mm thickwith Bitumastic
JointSeal. SM
406b NebpreneRubberJoint Filler

12 mm thickwith Bitumastic
JointSeal. SM
406c SteelExpansionJoints. Kg
406d WaterStops6" Size M
406e ElastomericBearingPads (Accor-

dingto size and thickness) Cubiccm.
406f AsphaltFdlt (3 Ply) SM
4069 SteelormetalBearingDevices Each
406-8
ITEM 407 PILING
407.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of performingall operationsin connectionwith

furnishing,driving,cuttingoff and loadtestingof pilesto obtainthe specified
bearing value complete in place and stricfly in accordancewith these
Specificationsand as shownon the Drawinos.
The contractorshallfurnishthe precastpilesin accordancewith an itemized

list,whichwill be providedby the Engineer,showingthe numberand lengths
of all piles.when cast-in-placeconcretepilesare specifiedon the orawiigs,
the Engineerwill not furnish the contractor,an itemizedlist showingthe
numberand lengthof piles.when test piles and load tests are requiredin
conformancewith sub-items 407.3.9and 407.3.9 respectively,the data
obtainedfrom suchtest loadswill be used in conjunctionwith otheravatilable
subsoil informationto determinethe number and lengths of piles to be
furnished.The Engineerwill not preparethe itemized'iistof piies for any
portionof the foundationarea until all loadingtests represeniativeof that
portionhave been completed.
The contractor shall provide an oufline of his proposed method for:

constructinglarge diameterpile when submittinghis tender;the proposed
methodof boringbeingstated.
Not less than two weeks before the contractor proposes to commence
piling,detailedpropos.alfor the piling shall be deiiveredto the Engineer.
These proposalsshall include full details of materials,equipment and
methodto be used in the construction of piles.
lf it is proposedto use bentoniteslurry,this shallalso be describeo.
work on piling shall not commenceuntil the contractor,sproposalshave

beenapprovedby the Engineerand communicated to the contractor.
The requirementsherein are minimum. Strict compliance with these

requirements will not relievethe contractorof the responsibility
for adopting
whateveradditionalprovisionsmay be necessaryto ensure the successful
completionof the work.
The kind and type of piles shall be as shown on the Drawingsand/or as

specified.No alternatetypes or kinds of piling shall be used, exiept with the
writtenapprovalof the Engineereachtime.
407-1
407.2.1 Types of Piles
a Untreated Timber Piles
Untreated timber piles shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M

168.
b. Treated Timber Piles
Treatedtimberpilesshallconformto the requirements of AASHTOM 133

and M 168."Unless otherwise the timberpiles
calledfor on the drawings,
shallbe treatedwith creosoteaccordingto the StandardAWPA Pl of the
AmericanWood-Preservers Association.
c. Reinforced Concrete Cylindr
Diameter of reinforced concrete piles shall be as shown on the Drawings

andmayor maynothavepermanent
lining,as shownon the drawing.
Reinforcing underltem 404 - Steel

Steelshallconformto the requirements
Reinforcement.
for specifiedClass as provided

Concreteshall meet all the requirements
underltem401andshallbe of Class-Dunlessotherwise specified.
d. StructuralSteelPiles
Structuralsteelpilesshall be rolledsteelsectionsof the type, weightand

shape calledfor on the Drawings.The piles shall be structuralsteel
conforming to the requirements of ASTMA 7 and ASTMA 36, exceptthat
steelproduced by theAcid-Bessemer processshallnotbe used.
The steelpilesshallbe coatedwithred leadpaintconformingto AASHTO

M 72 as instructed
by the Engineer,
unlessotherwisespecified.
e. PrecastConcretePiles
Concretefor piles shall meet all the requirements

for the specifiedclass as
providedunder ltem 401 - Concrete.The concreteshall be of Class-Dl
unlessotherwisespecified.
ReinforcingSteel shall conformto the requirementsunder ltem 404 - Steel

Reinforcement.
Prestressedconcrete piles shall conform to ltem 405 Prestressed

ConcreteStructures.
407-2
Precast piles shall be made in accordance with the Drawings,.and
reinforcement shall be placedaccuratelyand securedrigidlyin such manner
as to ensureits properlocationin the completedpile.The concretecoveras
measuredto the outsideface of ties or spiralsshall not be lessthan five (5)
cm.
The pilesshall be cast separatelyor, if alternatepiles are cast in a tier, the

intermediatepilesshall not be cast untilfour (4) days afterthe adjacentpiles
have been poured. Piles cast in tiers shall be separatedby tar paper or
other suitable separatingmaterials.The concrete in each pile shall be
placedcontinuously. The completedpilesshall be free from stone pockets,
porousspots, or other defects,and shall be straightand true to the form
specified.The forms shall be true to line and built of metal, plywood,or
dressedlumber.A two and half (2.5)cm chamferstrip shallbe formedon all
edges. Forms shall be watertightand shall not be removedwithin twenty
four (24) hours after the concreteis placed.Piles shall be given a surface
finishaccordingto ltem 401.3.7- ConcreteSurfaceFinishing.
Pilesshallbe curedin accordance of ltem401.3.8(e)

withthe requirements
- CuringPrecastConcretePiles.
Piles shall not be moved until the tests indicatea compressivestrengthof

eighty (80) percent of the design twenty eight (28) days compressive
strengthand they shall not be transportedor drivenuntilthe tests indicatea
compressive strength equal to the design twenty eight (28) days
compressivestrength
When concretepiles are lifted or moved, they shall be supportedat the

points shown on the Drawingsor, if not so shown, as instructedby the
Engineer.
40'7.2.2 Pile Shoes
Pile shoeswhen requiredshall be of the designas calledfor on the

Drawingsor by the Engineer.
407.2.3 Pile Splices
Materialsfor pile splices,when splicingis allowed,shall be of the same

qualityand characteristicsas the materialsused for the pile itselfand shall
followthe requirementsgivenon the Drawingsunlessotherwisedirectedby
the Engineer.
407.3.1 Driven Piles
a. Locationand SitePreparation
Piles shall be used wherq.indidatedon the Drawingsor as directedby the

Engineer.
407-3
All excavationsfor the foundationin whichthe pilesare to be drivenshall be
completed before the driving is begun, unless otherwise specified or
approved by the Engineer. After driving is completed, all loose and
displaced materials shall be removed from around the piles by hand
excavation,leaving clean solid surfaces to receive the concrete for
foundations.
tr. Determinationof Pile Length
The criteriafor pile length and bearingcapacitywill be determinedby the

Engineeraccordingto the resultsfrom test piles and load tests. The piles
shall be driven to such depths,that the bearingloads indicatedon the
Drawingsare obtained.
The criterionfor pilelengthmay be one of the following:
1) Piles in sand and gravel shall be driven to a bearingvalue

determinedby use for the pile drivingformulaor as decidedby
the Engineer.
2) Piles in clay shall be driven to the depth ordered by the

Engineer.However,the bearingvalue shall be controlledby the
appropriatepiledrivingformulaif calledfor by the Engineer.
3) Piles shall be driven to refusalon rock or hard layer when so

orderedby the Engineer.
The contractorshall be responsiblefor correct pile lengths and bearing

capacitiesaccordingto the criteriagivenby the Engineer.
c. PileDrivins
All pilesshall be drivenaccuratelyto the verticalor the batteras shown on

the drawings.Each pile shall,atterOrivingj, be withinfifteen(15) cm from the
theoretical location underneath the pile cap or underneath the
superstructure in the case of pile bents.All pilespushedup by the drivingof
adjacentpilesor by any othercauseshallbe drivendown again.
Pilesshall be used only in placeswhere a minimumpenetrationof three (3)

metersin firm materials,or five (5) metersin soft materials,can be obtained.
Where a soft stratumoverliesa hard stratum,the piles shall penetrateto
hard materialupto a sufficientdistanceto fix the ends rigidly.
All pile driving equipment is subject to the Engineer's approval. The

Contractoris responsiblefor sufficientweightand efficiehcyof the hammers
to drive the piles down to the required depth and bearing capacity.
Hammers shall be gravity hammers, single acting steam or pneumatic
hammersor diesel hammers.Gravityhammersshall not weigh less than
sixty (60) percentof the combinedweightof the pile and drivinghead and
not lessthan 2,000 Kg. The fall shallbe adjustedso as to avoid injuryto the
pileand shallin no caseexceedone (1) m for timberand steelpilesand one
half (0.5) M for concretepiles unlessotherwisespecifiedor approved by
the Engineer.The plantand equipment furnished
for steam
407-4
hammers shall have sufficient capacity to maintain, under working
conditions,the pressureat the hammerspecifiedby the manufacturer. The
boileror pressuretank shall be equippedwith an accuratepressuregauge
and anothergaugeshall be suppliedat the hammerintaketo determinethe
drop in pressure between the gauge and the hammer. \A/hen diesel
hammersare used,they shall be calibratedwith test pilingand/ortest loads
in accordancewith ltem 407.3.9.
Water jets shall be used only when permittedin writing by the Engineer.
When water jets are used,the numberof jets and the nozzlevolume and
pressureshall be sufficientto erodethe materialadjacentto the pile freely.
The jets shall be shut off at a depth not less than three (3) M beforefinaltip
elevation is reached, and the piles driven solely by hammer to final
penetrationas requiredby the Engineer.
Piles shall be supportedin line and positionwith leads while being driven.
Pile driving leads shall be constructedin such a manner as to afford
freedomof movementof the hammer,and shall be held in positionby guys
or steel bracesto ensurerigid lateralsupportto the pile duringdriving.The
leadsshall be of sufficientlengthto make the use of a followerunnecessary,
and shall be so designedas to permit proper placingof batter piles.The
drivingof piles with followersshall be avoided if practicableand shall be
done only underwrittenpermissionfrom the Engineer.
The method used in drivingpiles shall not subjectthem to excessiveand

undue abuse producingcrushingand spalling of the concrete,injurious
splittingand broomingof the wood,or deformationof the steel.Manipulation
of pilesto force them into properposition,if consideredby the Engineerto
be excessive,will not be permitted.
The pile tops shall be protectedby driving heads, caps or cushions in

accordancewith the recommendations from the manufacturerof the pile
hammerand to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The drivinghead shall be
providedto maintainthe axis of the pile in line with the axis of the hammer
and providea drivingsurfacenormaltothe pile.
Full-lengthpiles shall be used where practicable.Splicingof piles when

permittedshall be in accordancewith the provisionsof ltem 407.3.5.All
pilesshallbe continuously drivenunlessotherwiseallowedby the Engineer.
d. Pile Drivins Formulae
Pile driving formulasmay be used to determinethe number of blows of

hammerper unit of pile penetrationneededto obtainthe specifiedbearing
capacityfor pilesdrivenin the sub-soilsat the site. Pilesshall be drivento a
final resistanceas indicatedon the plans determinedby the following
formula:
407-5
For drop hammer
Qatt = WH/[6(S+2.5)]
For single-acting
steamor air hammers.and
for diesel
Hammershavinqunrestrictedreboundof rams.
Qatt = wH/[6(S+0.25)] (Usewhen driven

weightsare smaller
than strikingweights)
Qa, = WH/[6{S+0.25(WDA
/S)}l (Usewhen driven
weightsare largerthan
strikingweights)
Fordouble-acting
steamor airhammers
dnddieselhammers havingenclosed
rams
Qall = E/[6(S+0.25)j (Usewhen driven

weightSare smaller
than strikingweights).
Qarr = E46{S+0.25(WDM/S)}] (Usewhen driven

weightsare larggrthan
strikingweights)
In the aboveformulas:
Qatt = pileloadin Kilograms.

Allowable
IA'
vv Weightof striking
partsof hammerin Kilograms.
H The heightof fall in centimeters

for steam,and air
hammers,and the observedaverageheightof fall in
centimeters,
of blowsusedto determinepenetrationfor
dieselhammerswithunrestricted
reboundof hammer.
S Averagenet penetration per blow in centimetersfor the
last 10 to 20 blowsof steam,air, or dieselhammer,or
for thelast15centimeters of drivingfor a drophammer.
The actualenergydeliveredby hammerper blow in

- centimeter.
Kilogram
WD Drivenweightsin Kilograms
Note: Ratioof drivenweightsto strikingweightsshouldnot exceed

three.
WS = Weightof strikingpartsin Kilograms.
Modifications
of basicpiledrivingformula:
407-6
a) For piles driven to and seated in rock as high capacity-end-
bearing piles: Drive to refusal (approximatelyfour (4) to five (5)
blows for the last 0.625 centimetersof driving). Re-drive open
end pipe piles repeatedlyuntil resistancefor refusal is reached
withintwo and half (2.5)centimetersof additionalpenetration.
b) For piles.driventhrough stiff compressiblematerialsunsuitable

' for pilebearingto an underlfingbearingstratum:
Add blows attained before reaching bearing stratum to required

blowsattainedin bearingStratum.
c) For pilesinto limitedthin bearingstratum:
Driveto predetermined
tip elevation,and determineallowableload by
load test.
The bearing power as determined by the appropriateformula in the

foregoing list will be considered effective only when it is less than the
crushingstrengthof the pile. other recognizedformulafor determinigrg pile
bearing power may be used when given in special specification.However,it
shall be understoodthat the relativemeritsand reliabilityof any of the pile
formulacan be judged only on the basis of comparisonswith the resultsof
loadtests.
407.3.2 Cast-in-Place
Piles
Piles, cast-in-place,
shall consistof one of the types either shown on the
drawingand/ords specified.The tbrm shaft whereverused in this section.
shall mean eitherpilesor shafts.
a. Woriring i)rawines
At least 4 weeks before work on shafts is to begin, the contractor shall

submitto the Engineerfor reviewand approvgl,an installationplan for the
constructionof drilledshafts.The submittalshall includethe following:
i. List of proposed equipment to be used includingcranes, drills,

augers, bailing buckets, final cleaning equipment, desanding
equipment,slurry pumps, samplingequipment,tremiesor concrete
pumps,casingetc.
ii. Detailsof overallconstructionoperationsequenceand the sequence
of shaftconstructionin bentsor groups.
iii. Detailsof shaftexcavationmethods.
iv. When slurry is required,details of the method proposedto mix,
circuldteand desandslurry.
Detailsof methodsto cleanthe shaftexcavation.
vi. Details of reinforcement placement including support and
centralization
methods.
vii. Detailsof concreteplacement,curingand protection.
viii. Detailsof any requiredloadtests.
tx. Otherinformation shownon the plansor requestedby the Engineer.
407-7
8-10'
leql alrdoq] oprslnoposJo burueyos"ro buruesoollnJuJeqasne3 ol se

qcns aq lou lleLlse:npeco.rdeq1 '{pedo.rd:eq1oJo sactruos'saln}cnlls
luecelpe o1 :o se;rd palelduoc l;lerped lo palalduoc o1 abeuep
ut 6u11;nse:
suorlerqrAosnecol se qcnsaq lou llBqssuotletedoleqlo pue
eloqoroqJo uorlnooxaur pasn alnpecordTpoqlaul otlf 'suotleledo6uuoq
'1se1
Jo peoqeio 6ur:np lno pauec eq o1 (palrnber1r) ltos alts ut pue
uolel oq o1 seldues lros smolle ]eLll r.lcnseq lleqs poqlaLuaq1
'asuadxe pollgoq lleLlssalol{eJoq
srLlle rolcerluocr{qololouocueal L.l}tM
pelcefey ':eeurbu3 aLll ^q panoldde ro parlnads ostmloqlo ssalun
'sburnnergoql uo umor.lsuorleôla
dll eqt o] polltJpoq lleqs seloq llv
'Illn;s altuoluaqJo/pue6ursec
fierodue] Jo osn oLlt Iq aloqaloq Io aseq pue llem alll lo (6urrrre.rq
or.lluo umorlsse) :apeq :o {lrlecryan'r{llttqepsuteluteulqctqMauo aq
lleLlspoLlloruOursecluaueurad Jo poL{}aulOursecifue:oduel 'poqlaul lam
'poqlourr{rp aq1:eqgter{;;eraueb6uuoq
1o lueuldrnbapue poqlaut aqf
slnp-eco-IfEu1roi1[
aloqaro{-lllr(I u! }ssl salld 'r
'esuedxa
srLl]B Jol3ertuoSaql rtq elercuocueal qltM pelluoq lleLls 'paôual oq lou
'sedrd.ro slleLlspalcoleg 'euo pelcafe.raL{l
uec r.lcrr{M ol luacefpe uenup eq
ggeqs adrdro llaqs Meu e ro 'pace;de:pue panouialaq lleqs sadrd.ros;;eqs
pelcafag'pelcelaroq llfvran;enOuueaqslr asearcap{;leue1euol se }uo]xa
ue.Llcnso1 esde;;ocleryed smorlslo ualorq ro uanup {pedordur st r.lcLlm
'adtd.ro 'lurodr{ue JolotuetppecnpeJlo esdelloclo} poutuexo
1leqsAuy }e
aq lleqs sedrd .ro sllaqs leats aLll 'utolot.l]aloJcuocpue laals 6urc.ro;ure.r
butcepdogror.rdpue uonrJp6uraq.raye'sadrd.roslloqs loals Jo osec aql ul
'sbunne:p
aLl]uo pelels sB aq lleLlsOurur1eq1,to{celncce leuorsuaLutp aql 'Xau aL{}
pue q16ue1 auo uaomlaquorloos-ssorc or.1]
ur uorlrsodur pe.re66e1soq llgr.ls
sple^ qcns puB uorlcas-ssoJc auo r{ue ur peAoldueaq lleqs splaM ueas
peutpnlr6uol (e) ee:ql ueql alou.l oN e0t9 'S g qlnn Dufildruocr{p1ereue6
splom llno uotle:1auedllnJ ^q polcauuooeq lleqs se1eldpa1loraq1 egrd
io q16ua1paurlunaql ur aloLlralatilBrpeld alrsrnbalaql Molleol sE ralauerp
:e6re; qcns :o ald or.{}Jo Jolou.letpleutuou aql ueql ssal }ou lalauerp
rouur aql ol pallor pue lno oq lleqs se1e1daql '090t 'S'g qlnn 6ur[;dr"uoc
e1e1dlaals ppr.tissau)crql unultul.u LUul (Ot.) uel lo paulo] {1qe1rns
6urur1 'sbunnelpalll uo umor.ls
luaueu:ed e aprno:dlleqs lopeJluoc otl] ]l
8u-;q1@
'lcerluoooql Jopunsarlrlrqrsuodsa:
lalllo srr.l1o Aue ro s6unne:p asoLll jo esn {q paure}qo s}lnsal ro}
,iltlqrsuodsal]o JolceJluoCaLlla atlar)ou llln ;eno:ddeqcng '-raeut6u:laql
{q penorddeuooq oneq s6urnnerp Llcnslr}unpe:rnbere:e sbunnerp6ur>1.ronn
Ll3rqMroJ sueLlspolllJpjo uorlcnJlsuoc aql uels lou lleqs rolceJluoc aLlI
has to be filled with concrete.The equipmentused for executionof
boreholeshall be adequateto ensure that each pile penetratesto the
requiredfoundinglevel.
. Use of Casinq
Suitablecasings shall be furnishedand placed when requiredto

preventcavingof the hole beforeconcreteis poured.Casing,if used
in drillingoperationsshall be removedfrom the hole as concreteis
pouredunlessotherwisespecified.The bottomof the casingshall be
maintainednot less than fifty (50) cm belowthe top of the concrete
duringwithdrawaland pouringoperationsunlessotherwisepermitted
by the Engineer. Separation of the concrete during withdrawal
operationsshallbe avoided.
.@!
if calledforshallconform
Reinforcement to therequirements
under
item 404. The steel shells/pipesshall be of sufficientstrengthand
rigidityto permit driving to the required bearing value or depth
withoutinjury.The steel may be either cylindricalor tapered,step
tapered or a combination,plain, circularor fluted. All types shall
conform to the correspondingASTM standards. The minimum
averagetensile strengthof steel shall be 3500 Kg/sq.cm(50,000
psi).
When called for on the Drawings or by the Engineer, the steel

shells/pipesshall be factorycoatedon both interioror exteriorsurfaces
by red lead paintconformingto AASHTOM-72 or as statedin the special
specifications.The coating shall not cause any hindrance while
assemblingthe pilesectionduringweldingoperations.
ii) TemnorarvCasinsMethod
The temporarycasing of appropriatediameterfor locatingthe pile and

pilotingthe boreholeshall be pitchedat the exact locationsas given on
the drawingsto ensurethat the casingwhen sunk is withinthe specified
tolerances.The casing shall be sunk to sufficientdepthby approved
methods.The depth shall be at least sufficientto preventthe ingressof

alluviumor otherloose materialsinto the bore when executedbelowthe
bottomlevel of the casing. In addition,the depth shall be such as the
contractor considers nepessary for the stability of the casing and/or
temporaryworks system during constructionin general and for the
followingconditionsand operationsin particularduringall conditionsof
rivercurrentwhichmay occurduringthe periodof works:
a: Opentemporarycasingto ensureagainstblow-inof soil.
b: Concretingof the pile,untiltemporarycasingis extracted.
407-9
. Safetv of Casinq
The contractorshall take all such measures and provide such

strengtheningand bracingas is necessaryand to the approvalof the
enginLer to ensure that the temporary.casing is not disturbed,
overturned, over-stressedor under-eroded in any condition of
temporarycasingshall be such that it will not disturbthe freshlycast
concreteand/orpermanentlrningand/orreinforcement.
Where the use of temporarycasing is approvedfor the purposeof

maintainingthe stabilityand over-rapidwithdrawalof the boringtools
.which could lead to excessive removal of soil and water and
disturbanceof the surroundingground and when boringthroughany
permeablestratum(includingsilt),the water level in the boringshall
be maintainedbetweenone (1) meter and two (2) metersabovethe
externalwaterlevel,unleSS the engineerdirectsotherwise.
The temporarycasingsshallbe free from significantdistortionand of

uniform cross sectionsthroughouteach continuouslength. During
concretingthey shall be free from encrustedconcreteor any internal
projectionswhich mightpreventthe properformationof the piles.
PermanentCasinsMethod
The permanentcasingconstructionmethodshall be used when required

by the plans. This method consistsof driving or drillinga casing to a
piescribeddepth beforeexcavationbegins.lf full penetrationcannot be
attained,the Engineermay requireeither excavationof materialwithin
the embeddedportionof the casingor excavationof a pilothole aheadof
the casing until the casing reachesthe desired penetration.In some
cases, ovrer-reaming to the outside diameter of the casing may be
requiredin orderto advancethe casing.
The casing shall be continuousbetweenthe elevationsshown on the

plans.Unliss shownon the plans,the use of temporarycasingin lieu of
or in additionto the permanentcasing shall not be used except when
authorizedby the Engineerin writing.
After the installationof the casing and the excavationof the shaft is
complete,the casingshall be cutoffat the prescribedelevationand the
reinforcingsteel and shaft concrete placed within the portion of the
casingleft in place.
iii) BentoniteSlurrv
Where the use of bentoniteslurry is approved for the purpose of

maintainingthe stabilityof the walls and base of bore, the contractor's
proposalsin accordaniewith (sub clausevi) hereofshall includedetails
of the slurry.Theseshallincludeinter-alia:
a. The sourceof the bentonite

b. The constitutionof the slurry.
c. Specificgravity,viscosity,sheerstrengthand PH valueof slurry'
407-10
d. The methods of mixing, storing, placing, removal and
recirculating
the slurry,and
e. The provisionof stand-byequipment.
Tests shall be carriedout to ensurethat the proposedconstitutionof the

slurryis compatiblewith the groundwater.Proposalsfor the constitution
and physicalpropertiesof the slurryshall includeaverage,minimumand
maximumvalues.The specificgravityof the slurryshall not be less than
one and three hundredth(1.03)in any case at any time. The contractor
shall use additives where necessary to ensure the satisfactory
functioningof the slurry.
ManufacturersCertificate
A manufacturer'scertificate showing the properties of the bentonite
powder shall be delivered to the Engineer for each consignment
deliveredto site. Independenttests shall be carried out at labbratory
approvedby the Engineeron samplesof bentonitefrequenfly.
Testson BentoniteSlurrv
The contractorshall carry out tests during the course of the piling to
checkthe physicalpropertiesof the bentoniteslurryin the works.These
tests shall include,inter-alia,density,viscosity,shear strengthand pH
tests. The test apparatusand test methods shall be those given in
"RecommendedPractice" standard by American petroleum lnstitute,
New York City,1957,referenceAPI RP29,Section-l, ll and Vl.
The frequencyof tests shall be that which the contractor considers

necessaryto ensure that the bentoniteslurry is in accordancewith his
proposalsand as such othertimes as the Engineermay direct.
shouldthe physicalpropertiesof any bentoniteslurrydeviateoutsidethe

agreedlimits,such slurry shall be replaced,irrespectiveof the number of
time it has been used by new bentonite slurry of correct physical
properties.
Adequate time shall be allowed for proper hydrationto take place,

consistentwith the methodof mixing,beforeusingslurryin the works.
Precautions
The contractorshallcontrolthe bentoniteslurryso that it does not cause
a nuisanceeitheron the site or adiacentwatenvaysor other areas.After
use it shallbe disposedin a mannerrothe approvalof the Engineer.
The level of the slurry in the bentoniteshall be maintainedso that the

internalfluidpressurealwaysexceedsthe externalwaterpressure.
lf chiselingis used when boring through hard strata or to overcome

obstructions,the stability of the excavationshall be maintainedby
methodsacceptableto the Engineer.
iv) ExcavationFrom Boreholes
The soil and debrisfrom insidethe pile boreholesshall be removedby

bucket,auguror circulatingbentoniteslurryprovidedthat no jettingat the
407-11
foot of the boreholeshall be permitted.Methodsof excavation,which in
the opinionof the Engineermay damagethe permanentliningof the pile,
shallnot be emPloYec.
Shouldthe excavationrevealany soil stratumbelowthe bottomof a pile

which.,is,in the opinionof the Engineer,unsuitablefor supportingthe
loadsthat will be imposedon it, the Contractorshallremoveall such sub
of the Engineerand shalllengthenthe pile
soil stratumto the satisfactton
if necessaryand cost of any such lengtheningshall be paid as per this
contract.
Excavationshall be carriedout as rapidlyas possiblein orderto reduce

to a minimum the time in which any strata are exposed to the
atmosphere,bentoniteslurry or water. In any case, a pile shall not
remain unfilledwith concretefor period exceedingeighteen(18) hours
of0".31:'3
aftercompletion
The materialsfrom pile excavationshall be disposedso that the same
does not interferewith any part of the permanentworks of this project,in
neat and workmanlikemanner.
v) Samplesand Tests
The Contractorshalltake soil samplesas given belowor as directedby

the Engineerto the designedtip elevationof the pile and shall carry ou{:
insitu StandardPenetrationtests within, and ahead of boreholeon the
line of verticalaxis of the pile at these locationsafter one and half (1.5)
meter interval.The costs of tests and collectionof samples shall be
deemedto be includedin the unit rates quoted by the Contractor.Each
disturbedsampleshall,as far as possible,be truly representative Af the
grading of insitu soil at the point from which it is taken, without
6ontaritnationby other material.lt shall be approximately five (5) Kg in
weight and shall be placed in a strong air tight container immediately
aftei its removalfrom the sampler. The container shall be sealed as soon
as the sample has been placed in and shall be taken to the site
laboratoryfor grading, moisture content and Atterberg Limits tests.
The apparatusand procedurefor the StandardPenetration Test shall be

in accordancewith the provisionsof ASTM D 1586 PenetrationTest and
split-barrelsamplingof soils and/orASTM D 1587 thin-walledsampling
oi soils, (exceptinsofaras any such provisionsmay conflictwith other
requirements of the contract).
vi) Limitationsof Boring Sequence
Piles shall be constructedin such a mannerand sequenceas to ensure

that no damage is sustainedby piles already constructedin adjacent
positions.The Contractorshall submitto the Engineerfor his approvala
programmeshowingsequenceof constructionof variouspiles'
407-12
vii) Tolerances
Followingconstruction
tolerancesshallmaintained
a. The drilledshaft shall be within 3 inchesof the plan positionin

the horizontalplaneat the plan elevationfor the top of the shaft.
b. The verticalalignmentof the shaftexcavationshail not very from
the plan alignmentby morethan 1/4 inch per foot of depth.
c. After all the shaft concrete is placed, the top of the ieinforcing
steel cage shalr be no more than 6 inches above and no more
than 3 inchesbelowplan position.
d. when casingis used, its outsidediametershall not be less than
the shaftdiame_ter shownon the plans.when casingis not used,
the minimumdiameterof the drilledshaft shall be tne diameter
shown on the prans for diameters24 inch6s or ress, and not
more than 1 inch less than the diametershown on the plantsfor
diametersgreaterthan24 inches.
e. The bearingarea of bellsshall be excavatedto the plan bearing
area as a minimum.All other plan dimensionsshown for the
bells may be varied, when approved, to accommodatethe
equipmentused.
f. The top elevationof the shaft shall be within 1 inch of the plan
top of shaftelevation.
g. The bottomof the shaftexcavationshall be normalto the axis of
the shaft within 3/4 inch per foot of shafl diameter.
viii) Inspection
After the borehole has reached its final stipulated positions, after the
samples have been taken out, as requiredby the'Engineer, and the
boreholehas been completelycleanedof all loose mattei and othenrvise
made ready to receivethe reinforcementand thereafterthe concrete.the
contractorshallso informthe Engineer.
The Engineershall inspectthe soil samples and test results thereon,

check the elevation of the bottom of the borehole and the amount and
direction,if any, by whichthe top of the casingis out of position,or out-
of-plumbhavingsatisfiedhimselfon theseand on any other pointswhich

he may consider relevant shall sign permission authorizing the
contractor to proceed with the placing of the reinforcement. The
contractor shall under no circumstancesproceed with the placing of
-first
reinforcementor with the subsequent concreting without having
obtainedthe authoritysignedseparatelyfor each ind every boreholeby
the Engineer.
ix) Pile Reinforcement
The reinforcement for each pile shall be assembledand securelytied by

TgSns of bindingwire and by weldedreinforcementrings of twentyfive
(25) mm diameterbar as shownon the drawings,in sucii a manner
as to
form a rigidcage.
407-13
The requiredconcretecover to the reinforcementshall be maintainedby
suitablespacerssecurelyattachedto the reinforcementand of sufficient
strengthto resistdamageduringhandlingof the reinforcement cage into
the pile. The distance between the spacers shall be such that the
required cover is maintained throughout and that there is no
displacementof the reinforcementcage in the course of the concreting
operation.
Shouldthe Contractorpreferto lower the reinforcement cage assembly

into the boreholein sections,he may do so providedthe same lapping
requirementsas for assemblyon the ground are followed,namely,the
longitudinalreinforcementshall be lappedas shownon the drawingsand
the spiral reinforcementshall be doubledover the lap zones. Spacers
maintaining concrete cover shall be located immediately below and
absvethe laps at 4 pointsspacedaroundthe cage.
407.3.3 Concretingof Piles
In general, item 401 of the General Specificationsshall be followed,

however,the followingparticularrequirements
shallbe observed.
i) Materials
Compressivestrength of concrete in piles shall be of class 43 as

prescribedin ltem 401, exceptif otherwiseindicated.
Suitableretarder,plasticisermay be addedas approvedby the Engineer.
The Contractorshall submitthe detailedproposedadditivefor approval,

which shall be approvedafter laboratorytrial mix results.The dosing of
retardersshall ensure initialsettingtime of not less than five (5) hours
correspondingto the ambient temperatureat which the concretingis
proposedto be carriedout.
of Concreting
ii) Commencement
Priorto placingany concrete
a. Any heavycontaminatedbentoniteslurry,which could impairthe

free flow of concretefrom the tremie pipe, shall be removed.
b. Any loose or soft material/watersoil shall be removed from the

bottomof the bore by methodsacceptableto the Engineer.
The Contractorshall not proceedwith the concretingof the pile until the
Engineergivesspecificpermitto do so aftersatisfyinghimselfof the:
!f Adequacyof the Contractorsequipmentand arrangement.

r-f Proficiencyof his personnel.
!) Cleanliness of the borehole.
407-14
Contractorshallhave a suitablelightingarrangementsat all timesfor
inspectingthe entirelengthof the shells,pipeor hole beforeplacingthe
reinforcingsteel or concrete.
Priorto the concretinga pile,sampleof slurryshall be takenfrom the

baseof the boreholeusingan approvedsamplingdeviceand its specific
gravityshall be determined.
iii) Placingof Concrete
The tremie shall be of not less than two hundred and fifty (250) mm
diametermade of watertight constr0ction. The means of supportingthe
tremieshallbe such as to permitthe free movementof the dischargeend
in the concretein the pile. The tremie pipe shall be fitted with travelling
plug, which shall be placed at the top of the pipe before chargingthe
tremie pipe with concrete as barrier between the concrete and water or
bentoniteslurry,so as to preventwater or bentoniteslurry enteringthe
tube and mixingwith the concrete.The tremieshall be carefullylowered
into the borehole so that the end of the tube shall rest at about one
hundred and fifty (150) mm above the bottom of the borehole,with
reinforcementin the borehole,and the hopper end of the tremie tube
shallbe filledwith concreteas aforesaid.lt shall be slighflyraisedso that
when the concretereachesthe bottomit flows out of the lower end of the
tube, and fills the bottom of the borehole. Thereafter, the rate of
withdrawalof the tremieshall be gradualso as to ensurethe end of the
tremie pipe is always one and half (1.5) meters below the top of the
concretein the borehole.An allowanceshall be made for the top five
hundred (500) mm of qoncretein borehole during concretingbeing
unsatisfactory. when the next batch is placed in the hopperthe tremie
shall'be slightlyraised but not out of the concreteat the bottom, until the
batch dischargesto the bottom of the upper. This operationshall be
controlledby calculatingthe volumeof concreterequiredto fill one linear
meter of pile and then by measuringthe rate of withdrawalof the tube
corresponding to the volume of the batch in the hopper.The flow shall
then the retarded by lowering the tube. The depth of the concrete in
borehole shall be measured at intervalsto keep a constant check that
the tremiepipe bottomis immersedin concrete.
concretingin each pileshall be carriedout in a continuousoperationwithout

stoppagesuntilthe pile has been completed.
lf the bottomof the tremie pipe ceasesto be immersedin the body of the
concrete in the pile and the seal is broken, concreting shall cease
immediatelyand such remedialmeasuresas the Engineermay accept or
directshall be carriedout. The contractorshall take precautionsto ensure
that the concreteis free of voids and shall preventthe entry of water and/or
collapseof soil into concrete.lf any soil or other deleteriousor extraneous
materialsfall into any pile excavationpriorto or duringconcreting,it shall be
removedimmediately.
concretingshall continueuntil the concretehas reaehedan elevation

five hundred (500) mm higher than the designatedpile cut off level
shownon the drawings,or as othenr'uise
407-15
The concreteshallbe plaied in one continuousoperationfrom tip of cutcjff
elevationand shallbe carriedout in such a manneras to avoidsegregation.
The methodof placingthe concretearidthe consistency(slump)shall
conformto the requirements of the
of ltem 401 or to the satisfaction
Engineer.
No shellor pipeshall be filledwith concreteuntilall adjacentshells,pipesor

piles within a radius of three (3) M or five (5) times the pile diameter,
whicheveris greater,have been drivento the requiredresistance.
After a shell or pipe has been filled with concrete,no pile shall be driven
withinseven(7) metersthereofuntilat leastseven(7) days have elapsed.
J07.3.1 Withdrawal of TemporaryCasing
lf the methodof constructioninvolvespartialwithdrawalof temporarycasing

as concretingproceeds,a sufficienthead of concreteshall be maintained
above the bottom of the temporary casing to ensure that no voids are
formed within the pile and to preventthe entry of ground water and to
preventthe collapseof soil intothe concrete.
lf such entry or collapseshould occur, the temporarycasing shall be re-

driven before the concrete has set and all defective concrete shall be
removedor the constructionof the pile shall be abandoned,in which case
the provisionof the clause herein which refers to "DefectivePiles" shall
apply.
The withdrawalof the temporarycasing shall be carried out before the

adjacentconcretehas taken its initialset.
The methodand timing of withdrawalmust be such as to ensure that the

space betwe'enthe pile and the surroundingground shall be filled with
concrete.
407.3.5 Splicineof Piles
Splicingof piles,when permittedby the Engineer,shall be made as shown

on the Drawingsor as specifiedwith materialshaving same quality and
as for materialsused for the pile itself.
characteris.tic
i) PrecastConcretePiles
For precastconcretepiles,the splicingshallbe done accordingto one of the

followingmethodsunlessotheruuisp specified;'
1) Using prefabricatedjoints mounted in the forms and cast

togetherwith the pile sectionsand joined togetheras specified
by the manufacturerand approvedby the Engineer.The joints
shallbe of the designand type as shownon the Drawings.
2) By cuttingaway the concreteat the end of the pile, leavingthe

reinforcementsteel exposedfor a length of forty (40) times steel
bar diameters. The final cut of the concrete shall be
to the axis of the pile.Reinforcement
perpendicular of the same
407-16
size as that used in the pile shall be welded to the projecting
steel and the necessaryformworkshall be placed, care being
takento preventleakagealongthe pile.The concreteshallbe of
the same qualityas that used in the pile. Just prior to placing
concrete,the top of the pile shall be wetted thoroughlyand
covered with a thin coating of neat cement, or other suitable
bondingmaterialto the satisfactionof the Engineer.The forms
shall remainin placenot lessthan seven (7) days.The pile shall
not be drivenuntilthe28-daysdesignstrengthis reached.
3) Any other methodshown on the Drawingsor approvedby the

Engineer.
ii) SteelPiles.Shellsor pipes
For steelpilesshellsand pipe,the splicingshallbe as under:
lf the orderedlengthof the steel pile, pipe, or shell is insufficientto obtain

the specified bearing value, an extension of same cross-sectionshall be
spliced to it. Unless otherwiseshown on the Drawings,splices shall be
made by butt-weldingthe entirecross-section to form an integralpile using
the electricarc method.The sectionsconnectedshall be properlyalignedso
that the axis of the pile will be straight.Piles bent or othenrrrise
injuredshall
be rejected.
407.3.6 Cuttins of Piles
Tops of piles shall be embeddedin the concretefooting as shown on the

drawings.
Concretepiles shall,when approvedby the Engineer,be cut off at such a

level that at least five (5) cm of undamagedpile can be embeddedin the
structureabove. lf a pile is damagedbelowthis level,the contractorshall
repair the pile to the satisfactionof the Engineer. The longitudinal
reinforcementof the piles shall be embeddedin the structureabove to a
lengthequalto at least (40)times the diameterof the main reinforcingbars.
The distancefrom the side of any pile to the nearestedge of the footing
shallnot be lessthan twenty(20) cm.
when the cut-offelevationfor a precastconcretepile,steelshell,pipe or for

a cast-in-place concretepile is belowthe elevationof the bottomof the pile
cap, the pile may be built up from the butt of the pile to the elevationof the
bottom of the cap by means of a reinforcedconcreteconstructionaccording
to ltem 401,tf approvedby the Engineer.
cut-offs of structuralsteel pilesshall be made at right anglesto the axis of

the pile. The cuts shall be made in clean,straightlines and any irregularity
due to cutting or burning shall be leveled off with deposits of weld metal
priorto placingbearingcaps.
407-17
101.3.7 Piles
Defective
Any pile deliveredwith defects such as damaged during driving or cast

insitu',placed out of its proper location,incapableor partiallycapable of
permanentlycarryingthe load which it is intendedto carry,drivenbelowthe
elevationfixed by the Drawing or by the Engtneer,due to the immature
settingof the concretein the pile or due to caving/collapse of the borehole
fully o-rpartially,or due to any cause of which Engineershall be sole judge
to deteiminesfrattUe corrected at the expense
contractor's by one of the
followingmethods approved by the Engineer:-
a) The pile shall be withdrawn and replaced by a new and when

necessary,bYlongerPile.
b) A secondpile shallbe drivenor cast adjacentto the defectivepile.
c) The pile shall be splicedor builtup as otherwiseprovidedhereinor the
undersideof the footingloweredto properlyimbedthe pile'
The contractorshallundertakesuchadditionaltests/works as the Engineer

may specify to provideadditionalfoundations to supplementthe defective
pile! and so modifythe structureto be supportedas to ensurethat loadwill
be transferredsafelyto the additionalfoundationsof existingpile'The
contractorshallbe responsiblefor the cost of such additionalfunctionsand
testsand/orof the extrawork carriedout in such modification to the
structure.
A concretepile shall be considereddefectiveif it has a visible crack or

cracks,extendingaroundthe four sidesof the pile, or any defect,which, in
the opinionof the Engineeraffectsthe strength,or life of th'epile.
When a new pile is drivenor cast to replacea rejectedone, the Contractor,

at his expense,shall enlarge the footing as deemed necessaryby the
Engineer.
407.3.8 TestPiles
Test piles which are shown on the Drawingsor ordered by the Engineer
shall conformto the requirementsfor piling as specifiedand shall be so
located that they may be cut-off and become a part of the completed
structure.
Test oilesto be load tested in accordancewith ltem 407.3.9shall be driven

in locationsdeterminedby the Engineer.These piles shall not be utilizedin
the structureunlessotherwisedirected.
Test piles driven by the Contractorfor his own use in determiningthe

lengthsof pilesto be furnishedmay be so locatedand they may be cut-off
and-becomea part of the completedstructureprovidedthat such test piles
conformto the requirementfor pilingin thesespecifications.
407-18
Any pile,whichafterservingits purposeas a test pile is found unsatisfactory
for utilizationin the structure,shall be removed if so ordered by the
Engineer,or if approvedby the Engineerit shall be cut-offbelowthe ground
line and footings, but such approval does not in any way relieve the
Contractorof his responsibilities.
Test piles shall generallybe drivenwith the same equipmentthat is to be

used for driving foundationpiles. When required,the ground shall be
excavatedto the elevationof the bottomof the footingbeforethe test pile is
driven.
When diesel hammers are to be used for driving end bearing piles, or
friction piles where the bearingcapacityshall be checked by pile driving
formulas,the Contractorshallin advancecarry out test pilingor load teststo
determinethe energydevelopedbv the hammer.The Contractormay elect
one of the followingmethodsfor the calibration:
a) By test drivingthe same type of piles successivelywith diesel

hammerand gravityor singleacting hammer,or by drivingtwo
differentpiles with diesel hammer and gravity or single acting
hammerrespectively.
b) By drivingtest pilesto a depth determinedby the Engineerand
loadtestingthe same pilesin accordancewith ltem 407.3.9.
c) Calibrationtestsshall be made at leastat two differentsites until
the resultsare satisfactory
to the Engineer.
Calibrationof dieselhammersmay not be requiredif the hammerhas been

previouslycalibratedundersoil conditionsand for the same size and type of
pile,providedthat the calibrhtion
data is acceptedby the Engineer.
407.3.9Load Tests
A load test shall consistof the application

of a load equalto a minimumof 2
times the specifiedbearingcapacityor as otherwiseprovidedfor hereinor as
directedby the Engineer.Loadtestsshallbe made where specifiedand/orwhere
calledfor by the Engineer.Unlessotherwisepermittedby the Engineer,the load
tests shall be completedbeforethe remainingpiles in the same structureare
drrvenor cast.
Loadtestsshallbe madeby methodsapprovedby the Engineer. The contractor

shallsubmitto the Engineerdetailedplansof the loadingsystemand apparatus
he intendsto use at leastthree (3) weeks in advance.The apparatusshall be so
constructedas to allowthe variousincrementsof the load to be placedgradually
withoutcausingvibrationto the test piles.Tensionanchorpilesif used,shallbe
of a designand drivento a depth satisfactoryto the Engineer. steel shellsor
pileswhosewallsare not of adequatestrengthto withstandthe test loadingwhen
empty,shall havethe requiredreinforcement and concreteplacedbeforeloading.
The load test shall not be started until the concretehas attaineda minimum
compressivestrengthof ninetyfive (95) percentof the designtwenty eight (2g)
days compressivestrength.lf he so elects,the contractor may use high early
strengthcementin the concreteof the loadtest pile and the tensionpiles.
407-19
Suitableapprovedapparatusfor determiningaccuratelythe load on the pile
and the settlementof the pile undereach incrementof load shall be supplied
by the C,ontractor.The apparatusshall have a working capacityof three
times the design load for the pile being tested. Reference points for
measurementof pile settlementshall be sufficientlyaway from the test pile
to precludeall possibilityof disturbance.
All pile load settlementsshall be measuredby adequatedevices,such as

gauges,and shallbe checkedby meansof an Engineer's level.Incrementof
deflectionshall be read just aftereach lgad incrementis appliedand at 15-
minuteintervalsthereafter.The safe allowableload shall be consideredas
50 percentof the load which, after48 hours of continuousapplication,has
causednot more than 6 mm of permanentsettlement,measuredat the top
of the pile.
The firstloadto be appliedto the test pile shallbe 50%, of the piledesign
loadand the firstincrementshallbe up to the pile designload by applying
additionalloads in three equal increments. A minimumperiodof 2 hours
shall intervene between the applicationof each increment,except that no
increment shallbe addeduntila settlement of lessthan one tenth(0.1)mm
is observedfor a 1S.-minute intervalunderthe previouslyappliedincrement.
lf thereis a qu'estionas to whetherthe test pilewill supportthe test load,the
load incrementsshall be reducedbyfifty (50) percent,at'the directionof the
Engineer,in order that a more closely controlledfailure curve may be
plotted.The full test load shall remainon the test pile not less than forty
eight(48)hours.The fulltest loadshallthenbe removedand the permanent
settlementread.
When directedby the Engineerload tests snall then be continuedbeyond

the doubledesignload in 1O{onincrementsto failureor a maximumof three
(3) timesthe designload.
The pile may be consideredto have failed when the total permanent
settlementexceeds(6) mm.
407.3.10 Backfilling EmntyBorine
When each pile has been cast, the empty bores remainingshall not be
back{illed unless required by the constructionproceduresand activities
followingthe completionof pilingwork.
407.3.r1 Pile Records
The Contractorshall keep recordsof the pilesdrivenor installed.A copy of

the recordshall be givento the Engineerwithintwo (2) days after each pile
is driven.The recordform to be used shall be approvedby the Engineer.
The pilerecordsshallgive full information
on the following:
407-20
Driven Piles Cast-in-PlacePiles
Piletypeand dimension. Piletype and nominaldimensions.
Drivingequipment,type,weight, Date of boring commenced,level

reach-andefficiencyof hammeretc. reachedeach day and date of
casting.
Dateof casting(forconcrete Soil samplestakenfrom pileboring

piles)and driving. operationand soil test results.
Detailsof Reinforcement. Strata and ground water

encounteredwith levels,description
shall be in accordance with
B . S . C . P2.0 0 1 .
Test resultson concrete Length of finished pile and tip

elevation
Depthdriven& tip elevation. Dia of borehole.
For gravityand single-acting Elevationof the bottomof borehole.

hammers:the heightof drop.
For doubleactinghammers:the Dateof placingconcrete;

frequencyof blows. theoreticaland actual quantitiesof
concreteused in pile.
Finalset for last20 blowsfor every Lengthsand diameterof temporary

10 pilesand when the Engineerso casingand permanentliningand
requiresthe penetration alongthe the elevationof the tip of temporary
wholedrivendepthshallbe casingand of permanent lining.
recorded.
Detailsof any interruption

in Detailsof Reinforcement.
driving
Levelof piletop immediatelyafter Detailsof penetrationduringboring

driving,and the levelwhen all operation or driving of steel shell
pilesin the groupare driven. (drivingrecordsas for drivenpiles).
Detailsof re-driving. Quality,consistencyand othertest

resultson concrete.
Any otherrelevantinformation. Time interval between boring or

drivingand concreting.
Anv otherrelevantinformation.
407-21
On completionof the pilingfor each structure,the Contractorshall deliverto
the Engineera drawingrecordingthe exact locationand the final depth (tip
elevation)
of all piles.
407.3.L2 ConfirmatoryBoring
The contractorshall carry out confirmatoryboringat bridgesite at locations

indicatedby the Engineer.
Boringshall be carriedout with ASTM D 1s86 penetrationTest and split

barrelsamplingof soil.Additionally,
when undisturbedsamplingis required,
the procedureshallconformto ASTM D 1587,Thin walled samplingof soil.
Diameterof boreholesshall be twenty(20) centimeterscasedthroughout its

length and shall be down to the designatedelevation.In-situ standard
penetrationtest shall be carriedout at one and half (1.5) meters interval
from designatedtop elevationto the bottom of the hole. Undisturbed
samplesshall be takenfrom substratum.lf clay is encountered,undisturbed
sampleswill be takenat intervalof three(3) meters.
At leasttwo boringsare requiredat each bridgesite.The boringshallextend

to a depth of at least three (3) meters below the pile tip elevationas
indicatedin the drawings.
407.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be paid for shall be the numberof linear metersof piles,
completedand accepted,measuredfrom the pile tip elevationto the bottom
of pile caps, footings or bottom of concretesuperstructure in the caseof
prlebents.In case the bottomof pilecaps or footingor bottomof pile bent is
aboveN.s.L and methodof fabrication is suchthat the work aboveN.s.L is
done as that of columh,the same shall be measuredas concreteand steel
for column.No allowanceshallbe madefor cut-offsor the requiredlengthof
concreteor reinforcement steel placedinto the concretestructureas called
for on the drawings.Any additionalpile lengthsthat may be necessaryto
suitthe contractor'smethodof operationor for any otherreasonshallnoi be
includedin the measurements.
For cast-in-situpiles,helicaland verticalsteelwill be measuredin Tons.

Pile casing where ever providedwill be measured in linear meters.
Measurementshallbe madefor permanenilyplacedpile casings shown
on drawings.lf the contractor likes to use temporarycasing for the
convenienceof preparingof boreholes,the same shallnot be measured
whetherleft at site or withdrawnaftercompletingthe boreholes.
Test piles when ordered by the Engineer,whether or not utilizedas

service piles in the structureshall not be inctuded in the above
measurements. Acceptedtest pileswill be measuredseparatelyas the
numberof linearmeters.
407-22
Pileshoeswhen calledfor on the Drawingsor by the Engineershallbe
measuredby the numberacceptedin place
Splicingof pilesif not shown on the drawingswill not be allowedexcept

that the lengthof reinforcementis to exceed 12 meterin which case the
splicingwill not be measuredor paid directlybut the cost thereofshall
be consideredas includedin the unit pricefor piling.
Load tests shall be countedas the number of completeand acceoted

foadtestsas describedin ltem 407.3.9.
Concretefootings or pile caps shall be measuredand paid for as

providedunder ltem 400 "Structures".
Additionalquantitiesof concrete,
reinforcementand formwork caused by incorrectlocationof piles or
additionalpiles necessaryto replace defectivepiles shall be to the
Contractor's
exoense.
107.4.2 Payment
The quantitiesof pilingleft in place in the acceptedstructuremeasured

as providedabove shall be paid for at the contractunit price per linear
meterof pilesof the differenttypes listedbelowand shown in the Bill of
Quantities.
For cost-in-situpiles,rate per linear meter will includeall items except

for helicaland verticalreinforcement,which will be paid as per steel
reinforcementitem404.
. For pre cast piles,the cast of steel shall be includedin the rate per
linearmater.
Pile casing will be paid at the contractunit price per linear meter for pile
casrng.
Test piles whetheror not used in the completedstructureor constructed

adjacentto structureas per requirementsof the contractdocumentshall be
paidfor at the contractunit pricefor pile installation.
Load tests shall be paid for at the contractunit price for pile load Tests,
eitherone and half (1.5)times or two (2) times the designload.The unit
pricefor test loadingto three (3) timesthe designload shall includethe total
loadtestwithall loadincrements as describedin ltem407.3.9.
Paymentfor tubular steel piles left in place shall includethe cost of the
concretecore of the specifiedclass of concreteand the steel reinforcement
of the said concretecore.
The quantityto be paidfor confirmatoryboringshall be the numberof linear

metersof the boringcompletedand accepted.
407,23
Such prices and payment shall be considered full compensationfor
furnishing all materials, performingstandard penetrationand all other
relevantlaboratorytests, labour,equipment,tools, fuel, welding,if needed
and other incidentalexpensesincludingsplicing,caging providingcovers
etc. necessaryto completethe item as directedby the Engineer.
Pay ltem Description. Unit of

No. Measurement
4O7a UntreatedTimberPiles M
407b TreatedTimberPiles M
407c PrecastConcretePilestype M
407d Cast-in-place
ConcretePiles,type M
407e StructuralSteelPiles,type _- M
407f PileShoes,type_ Each
4O7g Test Piles,type_ M
407h PileLoadTeststo 1.5timesthe
designload Each
407i Pile LoadTeststo 2 times
the designload. Each
407i Pile LoadTeststo 3 timesthe
designload. Each
407k Boring
Confirmatory M
4071 Permanent
PileCasing,type_ M
4O7m TemporaryPileCasingtype_ M
407-24
ITEM 408 SHEET PILING
408.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of furnishing,driving,cutting off and removal, if

required,of sheet piles in accordancewith the Drawings,or as designated
by the Engineer.sheet piles for cofferdamsin connectionwith foundations
for structuresshall be included in the unit price for ltem 1O7-Structural
Excavation.sheet pilingshall be a separatepay item only when stated in
the Bill of Quantities.
408.2.r Timber Sher!-Piles
The timber, unless otherwisedefinitelynoted on the Drawingsor in the

special Provisions,may consist of any species,which will satisfactorily
standdriving.lt shall be sawn or hewn with squarecornersor with tongue-
and-groovejoint as directed by the Engineerand shall be free from holes,
loose knots, wing shakes, decay or unsound portions, or other defects
whichmightimpairits strengthor tightness.
408.2.2 ConcreteSheetPiles
concrete, reinforcement,and manufactureof concrete sheet piles shall

conform to the specificationsgoverningPrecastconcrete piles under ltem
407 - Piling.Jointdetailsshall be as indicatedon the Drawings.
408.2.3 SteelSheetPiles
steel Sheetpilesshall be of the type and weightindicatedon the Drawings.

The steel shall conform to AASHTO M 223 or AsrM A s7z. permanent
steel sheet piles shall be coated with red lead paint conformingto AASHTo
M 72 as instructedby the Engineer.
-{08.2.4 Bracine
Bracings or anchors for sheet piles shall be made of wood or steel

accordingto the Drawingsor as designatedby the Engineer.
For temporarysheet piling like cofferdamsfor excavations,the contraetor

shall be solely responsiblefor the design and constructionof the bracing.
The Drawingsshall have the approvalof the Engineer,but such approval
does not in any way relievethe Contractorof his responsibility.
408-1
408.3 CQNSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
408.3.1 Installation
Timberand concretesheetpilesshall be sharpenedat theirlowestends.
All sheet pilesshall be drivento the elevationshown on the Drawingsor as

directedby the Engineer.Where it is impossibleto drive to the elevation
shown on the Drawingsdue to sub-surfaceconditions,the piles may be
stoppedat a higherelevationwith the written permissionof the Engineer.
However,beforegrantingsuch permissionthe Engineershall investigateto
ascertain that the Contractor has adequate equipment for the required
drivingand that the pilescan not be drivento the elevationshownwith the
properuse of this equipment.
The tops of a permanentsheet pilingshall be driven or cut-offto a straight

lineat the elevationindicatedon the Drawings.
The requirementsgoverningthe installationof sheet pilingshall conformto

thosegoverningpilesas set forthunderltem 407.3.3and 407.3.11.
408.3.2 Removal
Temporarysheet pilingshall be removedor cut off at the streambed or the

originalgroundwhen directedby the Engineer.
In case when the Engineerorderssheet pilingto be left in placefor erosion

protection,the Contractorand the Engineershall agree on an equitable
price.
408.4 MEASURET{ENTAND PAYMENT
408.4.1 Measurement
When statedas a separatepay item in the Bill of Quantities,sheetpilingwill

be measuredby the square meters of sheet piling or as a Lump Sum as
shown on the Drawingsor directedin writing by the Engineer,completein
place and accepted.Measurementof piling, which has been delivered
accordingto Drawings and cannot be driven to the directed elevation
becauseof subsurfaceconditionsshall be measuredb the drivenelevation.
408.4.2 Payment
Paymentof TimberSheetPiles,ConcreteSheet Pilesand SteelSheetPiles

as determinedundermeasurementshall be made at the contractunit price
per square meter or as a Lump Sum for the pay items listed below and
'the
shown in Bill of Quantities.Such prices and payment shall be'
consideredfull compensationfor all materials,labour, equipment,tools
paint, bolts, Wales and incidentalsnecessaryto completethe item. All
necessary bracings,whether shown on the drawings or not, shall be
includedin the contractprice.
408-2
The undermentionedpay itemsand pricesshallnot applyto the equitable
rate for sheet piling left in place for erosion protectionaccordingto ltem
408.3.2.

No. Measurement
40Ba TimberSheetPiles SM
40Bb ConcreteSheetPiles SM
408c SteelSheetPiles SM
408-3
ITEM 409 WELL FOUNDATION
409.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consistof performingall operationsin connectionwith the

constructionof a well to be used as a foundationfor a pier or abutment'The
work shallbe comprisedof five separatemain operations: 1)the castingof
well kerb in properposition.2) the erectionof well steeningby stages3) the
sinkingof the erectedkerb and well steeningto the requiredelevation 4)
the pr6perpluggingof the well, and 5) the constructionof the transomslab
all in accordalcewitlrspecifications, and the Drawingsor as directedby the
Engineer.
409.2.1 StructuralSteel
Structuralsteelshallconformto the requirementsof AASHTOM 183 (ASTM

DESIGNATION: A 36 unlessotherwise specified)'
Reinforcingsteel shall conformto the requirementsunder item 404 Steel

Reinforcement.
409.2.3 StructuralConcrete
Structuralconcrete shall conform to CIaSSA concrete requirementsas

specifiedunderltem 401-Concrete.
409.2.4 Brickworh
Brick work shall conformto the requirementsas specifiedunder ltem 410-

BrickMasonryof thesespecifications.
109.2.5 Fill Sand
Fill sand shallconsistof naturalsand free from deleteriousmaterialssubject

to the approval of the Engineer and as specified and shown on the
Drawings.
409.3.1 EquiPment
Construction
All equipmentto be used in constructionshall be on the Site in first class

working'conditionand shall have been approvedby the Engineerbefore
is started.
construction
The numberof units,the sizes,etc.,of all equipmentshallbe adequateto

ensurecompletionof the work withinthe time specifiedin the Contract.
409-1
No equipmentshall be removedfrom the site without
the writtenapprovalof
the Engineer.
All equipment, toors and machinery used shail

be maintained in a
satisfactory
workingconditionthroughoutthe requiredperiodof therr
use.
409.3.2 StructuralSteelWork
(a) Notice of Ro'ing jrn4 Fabrication The

contractor shail give ampre
advancenoticeto the.Engineerottre neginningoiin"
*oirlt ihe miil and
9h.og,9o .that inspectionmay be providid. NJ materiatsnarr'be roiled or
fabricatedbefore the Engineerhas been notitieJ
v*rere-it,l'oro"r. nru"
been placed.
for The contractorshail furnishail faciritiesfor the

fbl :Irittttes
Inspection of materialsand workmanshipin the miil ,r,op, inspector
shallbe allowedfree accessto the necessarypartsof "nJ "no
the premises.
ofF
,\ el\/vr I rro
l"liy"-y,?!,11 of structure.
Ail structurar
steerworksshariconform
to
the "^s]9.
applicable
ASTMrequirementsas shownunder
item 413.rn casethese
requirements
arenotmet,the materiarthus
fabricated
shailbe iejected.
(d) rfandlinsMembers The fieldassembling
of the component partsof the
structureshail be done by the use of iwistint, n",ioi"g
tr 'otherwise
deforming the metar., No memberssrighilybent6r twisted"shattoe put in
placeuntiltheirdefectsarecorrecteo a'ncany membersseriously
in handling damaged
willbe rejected.
(g)Finish.ofstructuralSteelwortr Theworkmanship andfinishshallbe first
classand equarto the bestpractrce in mode.rn
bridge.r.,op..sn""ring and
clippingshallbe done neaflyand accurately ""rr
and po,iion-ofthe work
exposed to viewshallbe neaflyfinished.
409"3.3 SnecialConstructionOperations
(a) casrting.wellKerbs.Thecuttingedge
of the well kerb will be structural
steel pre-fabricatedand suppriedin segmentsconvenientfor siie assembry
by boltingtogetheras per rinesand d'imensionsshown
on ttre Drawings.
The segmentsof the cutting edge shail be interchang"ror".
The fitting
togethershall be checkedat the site of fabrication
work by the assembryof
at least two compretecuttingedges, formed of segments
at random
beforetheseare acceptedfor dispatchto the site of
work."t,or"n
None of the steel
work is to be paintedand no surfacepreparationis
calledfor otherthan the
removalof the rust and looseadheringmillscale.
Reinforcingsteerworkin the cuttingedge wiil be properryborted

to the steel
work and placedand assembledas shownon the Drawinos.
409-2
Structuralconcretefor the cuttingedge will be of the requiredstrengthand
shallbe finishedto the form and dimensionsshownon the Drawings.'
(b) Well SteenineWell steeningshall be made eitherof brick work in (1:3)

cementmortaror Portlandcementconcreteof the requiredstrengthand of
the form and dimensionsas shownon the Drawings.
Reinforcingsteel work will continuefrom the cutting edge into the well
steeningwith spacersmade of structuralsteelwork consistingof mild steel
platesof the size and dimensionas shownon the Drawings.'
(c) Well Sinking:Well sinkingincludesall operationsrequiredto sink the

wellin positionand to the yequired
elevation.
(1) Positionins:Each well kerb shall be correctlypositionedin place and

approvedby the Engineerbeforecommencement of furtherwork.
(2) Surrrrort:
Well kerb shall be adequatelysupportedto preventshift.ortilt
duringthe initialoperationand on excavationand sinkingwhetherthe well
has beenstartedon made up groundor in waterin excavation.
(3) Excavation
of Sinhins:The soil from insidethe well shall be removedby
mechanicalgrabbingor by otherdevicesas approvedby the Engineer.The
accuracyof the sinkingwill be the rbsponsibility
of the Contractor.
(4) Dewaterins:The Contractorwill be requiredto pump out the water from

insidethe wells in such a way as shall be approvedby the Engineer;but
notwithstanding any dewateringaid that the Contractormay use to assistin
the operationof sinkingthe wells,the safetyof plantand labourwill remain
the responsibility
of the Contractor.
(5) Limits of TiIt and Shift: The limit of departurefrom true vertical position
of any well shall not exceed one unit measuredhorizontallyin a vertical
distanceof sixtyunits.
The maximumhorizontaldisplacementof any well away from its correct

positionshallnot exceedtwenty(20) cm.
(6) CorrectineTilt etc: lt will be entirelythe responsibility

of the Contractorto
keep the tilt and shiftwithinthe specifiedtolerances.lf the above limitsare
exceeded,the Contractorwill be requiredto adopt measuresto overcome
the adverseaffectsof such shiftsand tilts. ln any case maximumpressure
at the baseof foundationsafteraccountingfor all shiftsand tilts shallremain
withinthe specifiedlimits.The measurestakenshallbe allowedonly afterits
approvalhas beenreceivedfrom the Engineer.
(7) Kentledse:
The use of railsand other , reavyweightsis permissiblein well
sinkingand in correctingerror of tilt and horizontaldisplacement.But the
Contractormudttake care not to damagethe well in the process;and in any
case he mustobtainthe approvalof the Engineerfor his proposedmethod.
409-3
(8) Limits of Well Sinkine:Each and every well shall be sunk to the level
indicatedon the Drawings.But in no case shall the Contractorstop well
sinkingunlesshe has firstobtainedthe approvalof the Engineer.
(d) Plueeineof Well: When the well has reachedthe final elevattonto which
it is to sink and has been approvedby the Engineer,the bottomof the well
will be pluggedby the depositingconcreteof the requiredstrength.
(1)ConcreteUnderWater: The concretedepositedunder water shall have

ten (10) percent excess cement. To prevent segregjationit shall be
carefullyplacedin the final positionby meansof a dump bucketor other
approvedmethodand shall not be disturbedafter being deposited.The
concreteshallbe placedunderthe supervisionof the Engineer.
(2)ContinuousPlacing:The concreteshail be placed in one continuous

operation.
(e) SandFiiline:When the well bottomhas been plugged,the well hole will
be filledwith sand as specifiedand shown on Drawings.The sand shall be
free from deleteriousmaterials.
(0 TransomSlab:When the well bottomhas been plugged,the welltop will

be providedwith a transom slab made of structuralconcreteof required
strength,and reinforcingsteel work, all accordingto the lines, dimensions
and form shownon the Drawinos.
-r09.4 SAMPLINGAND TESTING
The contractorwill have adequatearrangementsto the satisfactionof the

Engineerto collect disturbedsamplesof soil at every one and half (1.5)
meterelevationand at everychangeof soil strataand to deliverit in proper
bagsto the representativeof the Engineer.
The contractorwill also be requiredto obtainthree samplesof the natural

soil at the elevationat which the well kerb has been stoppedand another
samplethree(3)metersbelowthat elevationbeforehe is allowedto plug the
well.
.109.5 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
409.5.r Measurement
a) General
For the various items of work constructedunder this ltem, measurement

shall be made as narratedunderthe respectiveitems. The quantityto be
paid for shall be the original plan quantity measured as provided for
respectiveitems,exceptwhere changeshave been made by the Engineer
and order has been given in writing.
No measurementsfor or otherallowanceswill be made for work or materials

for forms,falseworks,supports,bracings,kenfledgeor pumping.
409-4
b) StructuralSteel
The quantityof strueturalsteel enteringinto and becominga part of the

completedstructure,and acceptedby the Engineershall be the computed
weightin metrictons of this materialenteringintothe completedstructureof
item of work.
The unitof measurementof structuralsteelwork shallbe metrictons.
The weightsof the rolled shapes,bars, platesand pipe railingshall be

computedon the basis of nominalweight as given in the manufacturer's
hand books,usingthe dimensions shownon the drawings.The weightshall
be computedon the basis of dimensionsand orderedoveralllengthsfor all
structuralshapes.No deductionsfrom the computedweight of rolledsteel
shall be made for caps, clips,shearededges,punchingborinEs,drillings,
millingor planingand no allowanceshall be made for the weightof weld
metalor for overrunin weight.
c) ReinforcingSteel
For well kerb, steening and transom slab reinforcingsteel shall be

of ltem 404.
measuredand paidfor accordingto the requirements
d) StructuralConcrete
For well kerb, steening,pluggingof well and transom slab construction,

concreteshall be measuredand paid for accordingto the requirements
under ltem 401. The unit rate includesthe cost of ten (10) oercentextra
cementto be usedwhere required.
e) BrickWork
ln (1:3) cement mortar for steening shall be measured and paid for
of ltem410.
accordingto the requirements
fl Well Sinhine
For any item of work carried out under this head, measurementshall be
made per linearmeter of twin or singlewell of specifiedexternaldiameter,
sunk belowthe bed level shownon the Drawings.The unit of measurement
shallbe one linearmeter.The unit ratefor sinkingtwin or singlewell shall
includeexcavation,pumping,supports,bracings,kentledge,tilt correction
soil samples,all accordingto the requirements given in ltem 409.3.3and
409.4.
s) Fill Sand
The well hole shall be measuredas the volumeof well hole requiredto be
filled.The unitof measurementshallbe in cubicmeters.
409-5
409.5.2 Payment
Payment will be made in accordancewith the unit prjcibin the Bill of

Quantitiesfor the various items in accordancewith the..specificationsand
shallconstitutefull compensation for furnishingall material,equipment,and
labour and for performingall operationsnecessaryto completethe work.
Provision delivery of materialsto site, handling and storage and all
incidentalsshall be includedin unit pricesfor variousitems.

No. Measurement
409 a Structural
Stdel Ton
409 b Reinforcing
Steel Ton
409 c Structural
Concrete CM
409 d Brickwork CM
409 e WellSinking CM
409 f FillSand CM
409-6
ITEM 410 BRICK MASONRY
410.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of furnishingall materials,equipmentand labour

required for constructing brickwork as shown on the drawings and in
accordancewith thesespecifications.
41o.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
Portlandcement shall conform to the requirementsset forth under item

401.2.1.
4t0.2.2 Sand
Sand for mortar used in brickworkshall conform to the requirementfor the

fine aggregatespecifiedin item 401.2.2except that the grading shall be
accordingto AASHTOM 45.
410.2.3 Water
The waterused in the preparationof mortarshall be free from objectionable

quantitiesof silt, organicmatter,saltsor other impurities.No water shall be
usedwithoutthe approvalin writingof the Engineer.
410.2.4 Mortar
The mortarfor all brickwork''shallconsist.ofone (1) part of Portlandcement

to three (3) parts of sand by volume and of sufficientwater to producethe
properconsistencyfor the intendeduse.
410.2.5 Bricks
The size of the bricksshall be standardsize (9"x4 112"x3")22.86

cm x 11.43
cmx7.62 cm. They shall be well-burntwithoutbeingvitrified.They shall be
of uniformcolour,regularin shapeand size with sharp and squarecorners
and parallelfaces.They must be homogeneousin textureand emit a clear
ringingsound when struck.They shall be free from flaws and cracks.They
shallnot absorbmore than 1/6thof theirweightof water afler beingsoaked
for one hour, and shall show no signs of efflorescenceon drying.
Compressivestrengthshall not be lessthan 1j0.62 kg/sq.cm(2000psi).
410-1
{10.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENIS
-l10.3.
r Mixingof Mortar
Methodsand equipmentused for mixingmortarshall be such that each

ingrediententeringinto the mortar shall be subjectto the approvalof the
Engineer.lf a mixeris used,it shallbe of approveddesignand the mixing
time after all the ingredientsare in the mixer, except the full amount of
water,shallbe not lessthan two minutes.
Mortar shall be mixed only in sufficientquantitiesfor'immedrateuse. All

mortar not used withinthirty(30)minutesafter additionof the water to the
mix shall be wasted. Retemperingof mortar will not be allowed.Mixing
troughs and pans shall be thoroughlycleanedand washed at the end of
each day'swork.
1r0.3.2 Brick Layins
Brick work shall not be placedduringheavy or prolongedrain to wash the

mortar from the bricks. Mortar already spread, diluted by rain shall be
removedand replacedbeforerestoringthe work.
All bricks to be used in brickworkwith mortarjoints shall be immersedin

waterfrom three (3) to four (4) hoursbeforeuse.
All bricks shall be skillfullylaid with level courses, uniformjoints, square

corners,plumbverticalsand true surface,exceptwhere otherwiseshownon
the Drawings.
All walls and abutments shall be provided with weep holes. Unless
otherwiseshown on the Drawingsor directedby the Engineer,the weep
holes shall be placed at the lowest points where free outlets can be
obtainedand shall be spacednot morethan two (2) meterscenterto center.
All surfaces exposed to weather.shall be struck pointed to give a good

workmanlikeappearanceand to sealthe cavitiesin mortarjoints.
J l0.J.J Curing
All brickworkshall be cured for at least seven (7) days after laying.The
curingmethodshallbe to the satisfactionof the Engineer.
410-2
-110.4 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
410.4.1 Measurement
Measurementof brickworkshall be made to the lines of the structuresas

shown on the Drawingsor as modifiedby the Engineerfor the appropriate
itemsin which such brickworkis incorporated.
The quantitiesto be measuredshall be the number of cubic met'ersof

brickworklaidand accePted.
410.4.2 Pavment
The quantitiesmeasuredas providedaboveshall be paid for at the contract

unit orice listedbelowand shown in the Bill of Quantities,which pricesand
payment shall be full compensationfor furnishingall materials,labour,
equipmentand incidentalsfor performingall the work involvedunder this
item:

No. Measurement
410 Brickwork CM
410-3
ITEN'I ,lI l
B4NDUM AND DRESSEDUNCOURSEDSTONEMASONRY
4l l.l DESCRIPTION
The item shall consistof Randomand Dresseduncoursedstone Masonry

with or without mortar. Dimensionsof such masonry may vary as per
drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
4tL.2 MATERIAL REOUIRENTENTS
1rt.2.l Stone
Randomor dressedstoneshallbe of approvedquality,soundand durable,

free from segregation's,seams, cracks and other structuraldefects or
imperfectiontendingto reduceits resistanceto weather.lt shallbe free from
roundedor weatheredsurfaces.
111.2.2 Mortar
Mortar for laying stone and pointing shall be composedof one part of
Pottland cement and .four parts of sand unless otherwiseshown on the
drawings.Portlandcement shall meet the requirementsof MSHTO M-gs
and sand shall meet the requirementsof AASHTO M-45. water used in
preparationof mortarshall conformto the requirementset forth under item
401.2.7.
-tI 1.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS
-111.3.r StoneSizeand Shape
lndividualstones shall have a thicknessof not less than twenty (20) cms
and a widthof at leastone and a half(1.1/2)timesthe thickness-andlength
of atleastone and a half (1 1/2)timestheirwidth
shape of stonesmay be irregularin randommasonry,howeverfor dressed

uncoursedmasonry,stones shall be cut in such a way that a well locked
masonrycan be laid.The size and shape of ring stonesfor archesshall be
as shownon the drawinqs.
. f1 1 . 3 . 2 Dressingof Stones
For 'A-class" Masonry,stones shall be dressedio exactsizesand shapes

and cut to lay on beds with top and bottomtruly parallel.Hallowbeds shall
not be permitted.Beds of face stoneshall be fine finishedfor a depthof not
less than thirty (30) centimetersVerticaljoints of face stone shall be fine
finished and full to the squarefor a depth of not less than twentyfive (25)
centimeters.
Exposed surfacesof face stoneshall be accordingto the plans,with edges

pitched to true lines and exact batter,chiseldraftJfour (4) centimeters
wide
shall be cut at all exteriorcorners.
41 1-1
Stonesfor B-ClassStoneMasonryshallbe roughlysquaredon joints,beds
and faces.Selectedstones,roughlysquaredpitchto lineshallbe usedat all
arrglesand endsof wall.
I r1.3.J Stretchers
Stretchershallhavea widthof bed not lessthan one and a half(1.1/2)times

theirthickness,and lengthof bed not less than twice nor more than three
and half (3.112)times their thicknessbut in no case less than ninety
centimeters.Stone masonrvin cementmortarshall be cured for at least
seven(7) days.
Jl1.3.1 Hcaders
Header,placedin each course.shallhave width not less than one and a

'1.2rneters
half (1 1/2)timestheirthickness.ln wallshavingthicknessof or
less,the headersshallextendentirelythroughthe wall. In wallsof greater
thickness, the lengthof headersshallbe not lessthantwo and a half(2112)
timestheirthicknesswherrthe coLrrse is fortyfive(45)centimeters or lessin
height,and not less than 1.2 metersin coursesof greaterheight.Header
shall bond with the core or backingnot less than thirty (30) centimeters.
Headershallhold in the heartof the wall spacednot furthera partthan2.5
meters center to center.There shall be atleast one header to everv two
streichers.
I I r.J.5 Coresand Backing
Coreand backingshallconsisteitherof roughlybeddedandjointedheaders

and stretchers,as specifiedabove or concreteas may be specified.When
stoneis usedfor coresof backing,at leastone-half(1.112)of the stoneshall
be of the samesizeand character as the face stoneand with parallelends.
No courseshallbe less than twenty(20) centimeters thick.Concreteused
for coresand backing shall conform to the requirementsspecifiedin
Item 401. The headersand stretchersin walls,havinga thicknessof one
meteror less shallhave a widthor lengthequalto the full thicknessof the
wall.No backingwill be allowed.
ll1.3.6 [-avingStone
lt shallconformio the requirement

as specifiedin ltem 41?-.2.g.
{r r.3.7 Arches
R e f e tr o l t e mN o . 4 1 2 . 2 . 1 4
ll LJ l\l EASURF-NtENl' Air-D PA\' \l EN'I'
-tr l.-1.I Lfeasurcnrent
The quantityof stonemasonryto be paidfor shall be the numberof cubic

metersmeasuredin the completedwork and the limitingdirnensions shall
not exceedthan those shown on the drawingsor fixed in writingby the
Engineer.
411-2
ClassC or leanconcreteshallbe measuredseparately as per dimensions
shown on the drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.No separate
measurementshall be made for stuck pointingwhich is deemed to be
included in stone masonry with rnortar, however roll pointing shall be
measuredseparately in squaremeter.
lr l.{.2 Pav!nent
The quantitiesdetermlnedas providedabove shall be paid for at the

contractunit price respectivelyfor each of the particularpay items listed
below and shown in the B.O Q., which price and paymentshall be full
compensation for labour,materrals,equipmentand incidentals to complete
the item as describedabove
Pay ltem Description. U n i to f

No. Measurement
4 1 1a StoneMasonryRandomDry CM
4 1 1b StoneMasonryRandomwith mortar. CM
4 1 1c StoneMasonryDressedUncoursedDry C M
4 1 1d Stone'MasonryDressedUncoursed
with mortar. CM
4 1 1e ConcreteClass-C. CM
4 1 1f Leanconcrete CM
4 1 1g RollPointing SM
411-3
ITEM J12 DRESSED COURSED STONE MASONRY
lt2.l DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of Dressed coursed stone masonry with mortar.
Dimensionsof such masonrymay vary as per drawingsor as directedby
theEngineer.
J12.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
"|2.2.1 StoneSize
The individualstonesshallbe largeand well proportioned. Theyshallnot be

less than twenty (20) nor more than fifty (50) cms in thickness.The
thicknessof courses, if varied, diminish
shall regularlyfrom bottom to top of
wall.The sizeof ringstones in archesshallbe as shown on the plans.
112.2.7. Mortar
set forth under ltem 411.2.2.

Moriarshallconformto the requirement
112.3 CONSTRUCTIONREQUIRI MENT
{ 12.3.1 SurfaceFinishesof Stone
For the purpose of this specificationthe surface finishes of stone are

definedas follows:-
Smooth-finished: Havinga surfacein whichthe variationsfrom the pitchline

d o n o te x c e e d0 . 1 5c m .
Havinga surfacein whichthe variationsfrom the pitchline

Rough-finished:
do not exceed1.25cm.
Scrabbled:Havinga surfacein which the variationsfrom the pitch line do

not exceedtwo (2) cm.
Rock-faced:Having an irregularprojectingface without indicationof tool

marks.The projectionsbeyondthe pitch line shall not exceed seven and
half(7.5)cmand no partof the face shallrecedebackof the pitchline.
112.3.2 DressingStone
Stones shall be dressedto exact sizes and shapes before being laid and
shall be cut to lie on their naturalbeds with top and bottomtruly parallel
Hollowbedswill not be permitted. The bottombed shallbe the full size of
the stone and no stone shall have an overhangingtop. In rock-face
constructionthe face side of any stone shall not present an undercut
contouradjacentto its bottomaxis givinga top-heavy,unstableappearance
when laid.
412-1
Beds of face stone shall be fine-finishedfor a depth of not less than thirty
(30)cm.
Verticaljointsof face stoneshall be fine-finishedand full to the squarefor a

depthof not lessthanfifteen(15)cm.
Exposed surfaces of the face stone shall be given the surface finish
indicatedon the plans,with edges pitchedto true linesand exact batter,
Chiseldraftsfour (4) cm wide shall be cut at all exteriorcorners.Face stone
forming the starlingor nosing of piers shall be rough-finished unless
otherwisespecified.
Fiolesfor stonehooksshallnot be permittedto show in exposedsurfaces.
I12.3.J Stlctchers
Stretchersshallhave a widthof bed of not less than one and halt (1.112)
timestheirthickness.
They shallhavea lengthof bed not lessthantwicenor
more than three and hal'f(3.112)times theirthickness,and not less than
ninety(90)cm
J1 2 . 3 . { Headcrs
Headersshallbe placedin each courseand shallhave a widthof not less

thanone and half(1 112)timestheirthickness. In wallshavinga thicknessof
1 2 meters or less. the headersshall extend entirelythr-oughthe wall. In
wallsof greaterthickness. the lerigthof headersshallbe not lessthan two
and half (2.112)timestheirthicknesswhen the courseis fortyfive (45) cm.
or less in height,and not lessthan 1.2 metersin coursesof greaterheight.
Headersshallbond with the core or backingnot less than thirty(30) cm.
Headersshallhold in the heartof the wall the same size shown in the face
and shall be spacednot furtherapart than 2.5 meterscenterto center.
Thereshallbe at leastone headerto evervtwo stretchers.
I r2.3.s C ores and Baelti
Cores and backingshall consist either of roughly bedded and jointed

headers and stretchers,as specified above. or concrete, as mav be
specified.
Whenstoneis usedfor coresof backing,at leastone-halfof the stoneshall

be of the samesizeand characteras the face stone,and with parallelends.
No courseshallbe lessthan twenty(20) cm. thick.
Concreteused for cores and backing shall conform to the requirements

specifiedin ltem40'1.
The headersand stretchersin wallshavinga thicknessof one meteror less

shall have a width or length equal to the full thicknessof the lryall.No
backingwill be allowed.
412-2
lTEi\{ J12 DRESSEDCOURSEDSTONEMASONRY
1L2.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of Dressed coursed stone masonry with mortar.
Dimensions of such masonrymay vary as per drawingsor as directedby
the Engineer.
1r2.2 MATERIAL REOUIRENTENTS
412.2.1 StoneSize
stonesshallbe largeand well proporlioned.

The individual Theyshallnot be
less than twenty (20) nor more than fifty (50) cms in thickness.The
thicknessof courses, if varied,shalldiminish from
regularly bottomto top of
wall.The sizeof ringstonesin archesshallbe as shownon the plans.
t12.2.?. Mortar
Mortarshallconfonnto the requirementset forth underltem 411.2.2.
1t2.3 CONSTRUCTION R.EQUIREMENT
J 1 2 . 3t . SurfaceFinishesof Stone
For the purpose of this specification the surface finishes of stone are
defined as follows:-
Smooth-finished:Havinga surfacein whichthe variationsfrom the pitchline

do not exceed0.'15cm.
Havinga surfacein whichthe variationsfrom the pitchline

Rough-finished:
do not exceed1.25cm.
Scrabbled:Havinga surfacein which the variationsfrom the pitch line do

not exceedtwo (2) cm.
Rock-faced:Havingan irregularprojectingface without indicationof tooi

marks.The projectionsbeyondthe pitch line shall not exceed seven and
half (7.5)cm and no partof the face shallrecedebackof the pitchline.
1L2,3,2 DressinsStone
Stonesshall be dressedto exact sizes and shapesbeforebeinglaid and

shall be cut to lie on their naturalbeds with top and bottomtruly parallel.
Hollowbedswill not be permitted. The bottombed shallbe the full size of
the stone and no stone shall have an overhangingtop. In rock-face
constructionthe face side of any stone shall not present an undercut
contouradjacentto its bottomaxis givinga top-heavy,unstableappearance
when laid.
411-l
1r2.3.6 Miring l\'lortar
The mortarshall be hand or machinemixed,as may be requiredby the

Engineer.In the preparation of hand-nrixed mortar,the sand and cement
sfrattOe thoroughlymixed together in a clean, tight mortar box until the
mixtureis of uniformcolour,afterwhich clean water shall be added in such
quantityas to form a stiff plastic mass. Machine-mixedmortar shail be
preparedin an approvedmixerand shall be mixed not less than one and
minutes.Mortarshallbe usedwithinfortyfive (45)minutesafter
half ('1.1/2)
mixing.Retemperingof mortarwill not be permitted.
tr2.3.7 LavingStonc
(a)General
Stone masonryshall not be constructedin freezingweatheror when the

stone contains frost. except by written permissionof the Engineerand
subjectto such conditionsas he may require.Stone Masonryin Cement
mortarshallbe curedfor a minimumperiodof seven(7) days.
(b) FaceStonj
Stoneshallnot be droppedupon.or slid over the wall,nor will hammering,

rolling,or turningof stoneson the wall be allowed.They shallbe carefully
set wrthoutjarringthe stonealreadylaid and they shall be handledwith a
Lewisor otherappliance thatwillnot causedisfigurement
Each stone shall be cleanedand thoroughlysaturatedwith water before

being set and the bed, which is to receiveit, shall be cleanedand well
moistened.All stonesshall be well bedded in freshlymade mortarand
settledin placewith a suitablewoodenmaul beforethe settingof the mortar.
Wheneverpossible,the face loints which can not be so pointedshall be
preparedfcr pointingby rakingthem out to a depthof five (5) cm. beforethe
mortarhas set. The face surfacesof stonesshall not be smearedwith the
mortarforcedout of the jointsor that used in pointing.No pinningup of
stoneswith spawlswill be permittedin beds.
Jointsand beds shallbe not lessthan one (1) cm. nor morethan one and
cm. in thicknessand the thicknessof the jointor bed shallbe
quader(1.114)
uniformthroughout.
The stonein any one courseshallbe placedso as to form bondsof not iess
than thirty (30) cm. with the stonesof adjoiningcourses.Headersshall be
placed over stretchersand, in general,the headers of each course shall
equallydividethe spacesbetweenthe headersof adjoiningcourses,but no
headersshall be pla(Obover a joint and no joint shall be made over a
header.
412-3
(c) StoneBackingand Cores
stone backingshallbe laid in the same manneras specifiedabovefor face

stone,with headersinterlocking with face headerswhen the thicknessof the
wall will permit.Backingshall be laid to break joints with the face stone.
stone cores shall be laid in full mortar beds so as to bond not less than
thirty(30)cm. withface and backingstoneand with each other.Bedjoints in
cores and backingshall not exceed 4.5 cm and verticaljoints shall not
exceedten (10)cm. in thickness.
(d) ConcreteCoresandBacking
The operationsinvolvedin the handlingand placingof concreteused in

cores and backingshall conformto the requirementsspecifiedrn ltem 401.
However,the puddlingand compactingof concreteadlacentto the ashrar
masonryfacingshallbe done in a mannerthat will eniure the fillingof all
spacesaroundthe stonesand securefull contactand efficientbond with all
stonesurfaces.
412.3.8 LevelingCourses
stone coresand backingshall be carriedup to the approximatelevel of the

face coursebeforethe succeedingcourseis started.
The conskuctionjoints produced in concrete cores or backing by the

intermittentplacingof concreteshall be located,in general,not less
than
fifteen(15)centimetersbelowthe top bed of any of masonrv.
"orri"
412.3.9 Resetting
ln case any stoneis movedor the joint broken,the stoneshall be taKenup,

the mortarthoroughlycleanedfrom bed and joints,and the stcne reset in
fresh mortar.
412.3.10 Dorvelsand-llramps
where required,copingstone,stonein the wingsof abutments,and stone in

piers shall be securedwith wrought-ironcrampsor dowelsas
indicatedon
the plans.
Dowel holesshall be drilledthrougheach stone beforethe stone rs placed

and, after it is in place,such dowel holes shall be extendedby dr-illing
into
the underlyingcoursenot lessthan fifteen(.15)cm.
cramps shall'be of the shapes and dimensionsshown on the plans or

approvedby the Engineer.They shall be insetin the stoneso as to be flush
with the surfaces.
cramps and dowelsshall be set in lead. care beingtaken to completelyfill

the surrounding
spaceswith the moltenmetal.
412-4
1r2-3.6 Mixing l\{ortar
The mortarshall be hand or machinemixed,as may be requiredby the

Engineer.In the preparation of hand-nrixed mortar,the sand and cement
snitl Ue thoroughlymixed togetherin a clean,tight mortar box until the
mixtureis of uniformcolour,after which clean water shall be added in such
quantityas to form a stiff plasticmass. Machine-mixed mortar shail be
preparedin an approvedmixerand shallbe mixednot less than one and
half(1.1/2)minutes.Mortarshallbe usedwithinfortyfive (45) minutesafter
mixing.Retempering of moftarwillnot be permitted
1r2.3.7 LavingStone
(a)General
Stone masonryshall not be constructedin freezingweather or when the

stone contains frost. except by written permissionof the Engineer and
subjectto such conditionsas he may require.Stone Masonryin Cement
mortarshallbe curedfor a minimumperiodof seven(7) days,
(-!t)-Ease-Dlqle
Stoneshallnot be droppedupon.or slid overthe wall,nor will hammering,

rolling,or turningof stoneson the wall be allowed.They shail be carefully
set withoutjarringthe stonealreadylaid and they shall be handledwith a
Lewisor otherappliance thatwill not causedisfigurement
Each stone shall be cleanedand thoroughlysaturatedwith water before

being set and the bed, which is to receiveit, shall be cleanedand well
moistened.All stones shall be well bedded in freshly made mortar and
settledin placewith a suitablewoodenmaul beforethe settingof the mortar.
Wheneverpossible,the face jointswhich can not be so pointedshall be
preparedfcr pointingby rakingthem out to a depthof five (5) cm. beforethe
mofiar has set. The face surfacesof stonesshall not be smearedwith the
mortarforcedout of the joints or that used in pointing.No pinningup of
stoneswith spawlswill be permittedin beds.
Jointsand beds shallbe not less than one (1) cm. nor more than one and
cm. in thicknessand the thicknessof the jointor bed shallbe
quarter(1.114)
uniformthroughout.
The stole in any one courseshallbe placedso as to form bondsof not iess
than thirty(30) cm. with the stonesof adjoiningcourses.Headersshall be
placed over stretchersand, in general,the headersof eaCh course shall
equallydividethe spacesbetweenthe headersof adjoiningcourses,but no
headersshall be pla6|ddover a joint and no joint shall be made over a
header.
412-3
4r2.3.11 Copings
sha|lbe carefu||y
Stonesfor copingsof wa|l,pier,and abutmentbridgeseats
piers, not more than two stones
selectedand fuliy dimensionedstones.on
of coprng' The copings of
shall be used to make up the entire width
width to extend at leastten (10)
abutmentbridgeseatsshali be of sufficient
cm.underthebacK-wal|.Eachstepformingthecopingofwingwa||shaiIbe
formedbyasing|eStone,whichsha|lover|apthestoneformingthestep
immediatelybelowit at leastthirty(30) cm'
T o p s o f c o p i n g s s h a | | b e g i v e n a b e v e | c u t a t | e a s t f i v ejoints
( 5 ) c m . w ibe
de,and
The vertical shall
beds, bevelcuts,and tops"shallbe fine-finished.
joints not more than
smooth-finishedand the coping shall be laid with
The undersides of projecting copings' preferably' shall
0.6 cm in thickness.
havea driPbead.
less.thana thitly
Joints in copingsshallbe locatedso as to providenot
OonOwitn the stonesof the under courseand so that no loint will
i3gl plates'
come "..r
directlyunderthe superstructuremasonry
4r2.3.r2 Arches
be as shownon the
The numberof coursesand the depthof voussoirsshall
p|ans.Voussoirssha||bep|acedintheorderindicated.shal|befu||size
the
dressedtrue to templaie,and shall have bond not less than
itrrougtrout,
and mortar
thickriessof the stone. Beds and joints shall be fine-finished
jointsshallnotexceedtwo(2)cm.inthickness.Exposedsurfacesofthe
indicatedon the
intradosand arch ring shall be given the surfacefinish
plans.
stonesshapedio fit
Backingmay consistof concreteas specifiedor of large
thearch,bondedtothespandrels'and|aidinfu||bedsofmortar.The
be given a finishing
extradosand interiorfaces of the spandrelwalls shall
(1:3) cement sand mortar which shall be trawled
coat of one ratio three
smoothto receivethe waterproofing'
drainage,and fillingshall be as specifiedfor

Arch centering,waterproofing,
concretearches.
412.3.r3 Pointins
pointingshallnot be done in freezrngweathernor when the stone contains

frost
wet wth
Jointsnot pointedat the time the stone is laid shall be thoroughly
mortar shall be
ct"an water and filledwith mortarafter properraking.The
pointingtool' The
well driveninto the joints and finishedwith an approved
wa|lsha|lbekept*"t*nit"pointingisbeingdoneandinhotordryweather
and kept wet for a
the pointedmasonryshall be pro[ectedfrom the sun
periodof at least3 days aftercompletion'
Afterthepointingiscomp|etedandthemortarset,thewa||sha||be
and left in a neatand workmanlikecondition'
thoroughly'cleaned
412-5
112.1 M [ASUIIEIVIENT
AND PAYMENT
ll2.J.t Mcasurcment
The quantityof stone masonryto be paid shall be the number

of cubic
metersmeasuredin the completedwork and the limitingdimensions
shall
not exceedthan those shownon the drawingsor fixed oy tne Engrneer.
concrete class-c or lean shail be measuredseparatelyas per dimensions

shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engine"i. tto
separate
measurementshall be made for stuck pointing,wrrich is deemed
to be
included in stone masonry with mortar, however rolr pointing
shalr be
measu-red separatelyin square nreters.No separatemeasurementwill be
madefor dowelsand cramps.
112.1.2 Pavrncnt
The quantitiesdeterminedas providedabove shall be paid for

at. the
contractunit price respectivelyfor each of the parlicularpay items
listed
below and shown in the B.o.e., which price and paymentshail
be furl
compensationfor labour, materials,tools, equipment and incidentals
to
complete the item as described above. Dowels and cramps
shall be
consideredas subsidiaryitem.

No. Measurement
4 1 2a StoneMasonryDressedCoursed
with mortar. CM
4 1 2b ConcreteClass-C. CM
4 1 2c Lean Concrete CM
4 1 2d RollPointing. SM
412-6
IThNI {13 STEELSTRUCTURES
J1 J . I DESCRIPTION
Jl3.l.l General
This work shallconsistof steelstructuresand the steelstructureportionsof

compositestructures,constructedin conformitywith the lines, grades and
dimensions shownon the drawingsor as established by the Engineer.
The workwillincludeall labour,materials and equipmentrequiredto furnish,

fabricate,erectand paint structuralmetalscalledfor in these Specifications
or as shown on the plans. Structuralmetalswill includerivet, welding,
specialand alloysteels,metallicelectrodes.steelforging,and castings,and
iron castings.This work will also includeany incidentalmetalconstruction
not otherwiseprovided for, all in accordancewith these specifications,
Drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
{13.1.2 Drarvings
The Contractorshall submit to the EngineerworkingDrawingsfor steel

structuresfor approvalpriorto use in construction.Such workingDrawings
shall be submittedsufficientlyin advanceof the start of the relatedwork to
allowtime for reviewby the Engineerand correctionby the Contractorof the
Drawingswithoutdelayingthe work. Suchtime shallbe proportional to the
complexity of the work, but in no case shallsuch time be less than six (6)
weeks.
The workingDrawingsshall show detailsof any permittedoptionsproposed

in the work, detailsfor connectionsnot dimensionedon the plans,the
directionof rollingthe plateswhere specificorientationis required,the
sequenceof shopand fieldassemblyand erection,weldingseluencesand
procedures,the locationof all buttweldedspliceson a layoutDrawingof the
entirestructure.the locationof any temporarysupportsthat are to be used
and the verticalalignmentof the girder at each stage of the erection.
Substantiatingcamber calculationsshall be submittedwith the working
Drawrngs.
113.1.3 I nspcction
Structuralsteelwill be inspectedat the fabricationsite.The Contractorshall

notifythe Engineerwhen materialshave been deliveredto the fabrication
site and shall give the Engineerat least ten (10) days notice before
commencingthe fabricationof any structuralsteel.
4tJ-l
The Contractorshall furnishto the Engineera copy of all mill orders,
certifiedmill test reportsand a Cerlificateof Compliancefor all structural
steelto be used in the work otherthan steel which is to be used underthe
provisionsin ltem 413.2.6."Unidentified Stock Material".Certifiedmill test
reportsfor steelswith specificimpactvaluesshall include,in additionto
other.test results,the resultsof CharpyV-notch impact tests. When fine
grainsteelis specified, the test reportshallincludethe grainsize.Copiesof
mill orders shall be furnishedat the time, orders are placed with the
manufacturer. Certifiedmilltest reportsand Certificatesof Complianceshall
be furnishedpriorto startof fabricationof materialcoveredby thesereports.
The Certificates of Complianceshall be signed by the manufacturer and
shall certify to the Engineerthe specificationsto which the materialhas
been manufactured and tested,and that the materialis in conformancewith
said specifications and test requirements.
Materialto be used shallbe madeavailableto the Engineerso that the each

piececan be examined.The Engineershallhavefree accessat all timesto
any portionof the fabricationsite where said materialis stored or where
work on said materialis beingperformed.
{13.1.{ Shipping,Handlingand StoringMaterials
Membersweighingmorethantwo and one half (2.5)metrictons shallhave

the weightmarkedthereon.
In handlingand shippingof the steel work, every care shall be taken to

avoid bending,scraping,or overstressingthe pieces. All pieces bent or
otherwiseinjuredwill be rejected.
The loading,'transporting,and unloadingof structuralmaterialshall be so

conductedthat the metal will be keot clean.Materialto be storedshall be
placedabovethe groundupon platforms,skids,or othersupports.and shall
be kept free from dirt, grease, and other foreign materialand properly
drainedand protectedfrom corrosion.Girdersand beams shall be placed
uprightand shored.Long members,suchas columnsand chords,shallbe
supportedon skids placednear enoughtogetherto preventdamagefrom
deflection.
4r3.1.5 Falsework
Falseworkused for the erectionof structuralsteel shall conform to the

provisionsin ltem 402, "Falseworkand Centeringfor Bridges",exceptthat
dead loads shall consistof the weight of the structuralsteel and any other
portionsof the structureswhichare supportedby the falsework.
413-2
Falseworkand forms supportingthe concretework on steel structuresshall
be constructed so that any loadsappliedto girderwebs shall be applied
withinfifteen(15) cms. of a flangeor stiffenerand shall be distributed in a
mannerthat will not produce local distortionof the web. Temporary struts
and tiesshallbe providedas necessary to resistlateralloadsappliedto the
girder flanges and to prevent appreciable relative vertical movement
betweenthe edge of deck form and the adiacent steelgirders.
Loads imposedon existing,new or partiallycompletedstructuresby the

construction
Contractor's methodsand equipmentshallnot exceedthe load
carryingcapacity of the or portionsthereof,as determinedby the
structure,
Pakistan Code of Practice for Highway Bridges '1967or as specifiedby the
Engineer.
113.1.6 Members
Continuous
Unless otherwisenoted on the plans, structuralsteel girders have been

designedfor continuityin supporting girderdead load.The Contractormay
at his optionerectthe girdersin sucha mannerthat the girdercontinuity
for
dead load is or is not as assumedin design.Furnishingand erectingthe
girdersshallbe subjectto the requirementsin thisltem.
lf erectionproceduresare to be usedwhich will providethe designedgirder

continuityfor dead load,memberswithfieldjointsshallbe pre-assembled in
a no-loadconditionin a horizontal
or an positions.
upright
lf erectionproceduresare to be used whieh will result in steel girdersnot

attainingthe continuityfor dead load assumedin design,the Contractor
shall furnish to the Engineer for review a statement of steel erection
procedureswith calculations,in sufficientdetail to substantiatethat girder
capacityand geometrywill be correct.
lf erectionproceduresare to be used which will result in steel girdersnot

attainingthe continuityfor dead loadassumedin design,the structureshall,
after have
erection, a load carryingcapacityat least equal to the designed
structureshown on the plans. The Contractormay increase the cross-
sectionalarea or changethe steel gradesto providethe specifiedload
carryingcapacitysubjectto approvalby the Engineer. Any additionalsteel
or higherstrengthsteels requiredto accommodatethe methodof erection
selected shall be consideredto be made for the convenienceof the
Contractor"and no additionalpaymentwill be madetherefor.
lr3.2.l DescriDtion
The variousmaterialsshall conformto the specificationsof ASTM as listed

in the following tabulation with certain modificationsand additions as
specified.
413-3
,-t,rv
',,soleld uotleluatjo,,
'0 Jo
t'eLt uell lo sluaujoltnboleql Lllt^ setldruocuotleluoljooleld aql leql
os lnc aq lleqsa]ts uotlecuqelaql ]e leAlJJe
ol loud ]ncaJdlaols lejnlcnjlsllv
'sleqalo pue
sobueuioJJousoleldla6upr.lpue
sJeqa{a 'so6ueu
lo uotlectJqeJoql lo} pasn aq }ou lleqs o}eld loa}s polloC
'laals paddec pou.lrxlj
lo uer.lllaqlo oq lleLlsz/g
'gt
v pue Lw v v :suotleuolsac y\lIsv o] ourLtroluoclaals lprnlcnrtsllv
889V sruc0t ot g
gB9V :09aperc ',zLgv srlc g o] z
889V :09eperc',zlgv ',Lwv srucz o] 0
u u!f r,ud rsa(J l4ll)^v-slEtrelE I4l ssru)lcrqJ.
-:DutMollo,
aql ol ulloluoolleLlslaals
lernpnrlsIolle nnolq16ue.r1s
q6rqse sueld eqguo pauOtsaploals lelnlcnlls
'pailtIS
. ,ittnlJo -l.Llos
raqlre0Z0f q6norql
g 1 9 gs a p e : 6' g 0 t V sJolcauuoc pnls
g apetc
'6e aperC
tV
'9 0 tl o : g o p e r c
'S ro '99 y v:8
:l ad{1 (zitdde
lou llt^ 6ur1sa1
crlelsotp{g) elrdlae1g
r09
ro g opere'009v 0urqnllernlcnllslaals uoqJeC
0tgzt aperc'/t
'8t v sbullsecuolt alqeelley!
900ssetS '' '''''''" ' 's6utlsec
v uo:r{et9
9t-99aperc'/z v sOurlseclaals-uoqieC
9tv
'899 slnu utd
c ssetc'899 v 6urOtol.ro1;aa1sIogly
c ssetc v slallorpue surd'6ur0lo1 lo, leals uoqJe3
/0e v " slnu pue sllo8
889 V leaisleinpn:1sAolge nnolq16uatlsqOrg
gzt,V " sJaqseM
pue slnu 's)loqlaalslelnlcnJlsq16ua4sqOr;1
' '' suoiJeolldde
6rvv Jetauab JoJspoJ
pepeorq]pue 'spnls 's]loqlaals qlDuallsrl6rH
,19 V Ourplean loJ alqeltnse1eldlaa1sIol1e
peredual pue paqcuanb'r.l]6uatls pgall{-q6rg
'zlg '
09 aperc v laals
,11p.:Y.:n
LUllquTJ:c {o;;eanolq16ue.r1s
q6rp
. ''' '
IVF V laelsuintpeue^
aseueOueu mo1q16ue.r1s
lelnlcnllsr{o11e q6rg
9ev laals lBrnl3ntls
uotleu8rsall 6115V ler.relElAI

All structuralsteel plate used for the fabricationof tensionflanges,eyebars
and hangerplatesand for spliceplatesof tensionflangesand eyebarsshall
meet the longitudinalCharpyV-notchimpact value requirementsspecified
herein. Sampling proceduresshall conform to the provisionsin ASTM
Designation;A 673. The H (Heat) frequencyof testing shall be used for
structuralsteelsconformingto ASTM Designations: A 36, A 441,A 572 and
A 588. The P (Piece)frequencyof te:;tingstrallbe used for structuralsteel
conformingto ASTM Designation: A 514. CharpyV-notch impactvalues
shallbe determined in accordance withASTM Designation'. E23.
Charpy V-notch (CVN) impact values shall conform to the following

minimumvalues:(Note:all metricvaluesin this test are roundedto closest
decimal).
Nlaterial
.lf the yieldpointof the mater:alexceeds65.000psi (+569.5Kg/Sq.cm),

the
temperaturefor the CVN impactvaluefor acceptabilityshall be reducedto
15 deg. F. (-9.45deg. C) for each incrementof 10,000psi (703 KgiSq.cm)
above65,000psi (4569.5Kg/Sq.cm).
Stud connector'sshall be producedby cold heading,cold rolling or cold

machining. Finishedstud conneciorsshallbe of uniformoualityand free of
injuriouslaps, fins, seams,cracks,twists,bends or other dbfects.Studs
shallnot have cracksor burstsdeeperthan one half (112)the thicknessfrom
the peripheryof the head to the shaft.Tensilestrengthof stud connectors
shall be determinedby test of bar stock after drawingor of full diameter
finishedstuds at the optionof the CcntractorStrenothrequirements shall
conformto the followinq.
413-5
TensileStrength Elongation Reductionof Area
(Min.)
) 0 , 0 0 0p s i
( M i n .6 (.Min.)20% 50%
( 4 2 1 8K q / S q . c m ) in 2 inches{50.8mm)
Stud connectorsshall be lurnishedwith arc shields (ferrules)of heat-

resistantceramicor othersuitablematerialfor welding.
r lJ.2.l StructuralSteel
steelplates,
Unlessotherwisespecifiedor shownon the plans,all structural
conform
shapesand barsshall to ASTM Desiqnation:A 36.
girderflangeplatesshownon the plansmay

At the optionof the Contractor,
be increasedin thickness,and may be increasedin lengthprovidedthat the
changecjoesnot involvea decreasein detailedthicknessof any portionof
said plates.For continuousgirders,increasesin lengthof girder flange
plates,which involvechangesin locationsof butt welds betweendifferent
thicknessof flangeplates,shallbe approvedin writingby the Engineerprior
to fabrrcation.
When stud type shearconnectorslcngerthan twenty(20) cms. are to be

used,they may consistof two (2) or more shorterstudsof the type shown
togetherwiihfull penetration
on the plansconnected welds.
Rolledshapes may be substitutedfor the welded sections,and welded

sectionsmay be substituiedfor the rolled shapes shown on the plans,
providedthat the shapesand sectionsto be substitutedcomplywith the
followingprovisions:
a) The depth,widthand averagethicknessshallbe at leastequalto those

for the shapeor sectionshownon the plans.
b) For welded sections,the flanges shall be welded to the web with

continuousfitletweldson each srdeof the web. All weldingshallconform
to the provisionsin ltem413.2.7,"Welding".
of the materialshall not be reduced

c) The strengthclassifrcation
-ll J.2.3 Castings
Steel,grayiron,and malleable ironcastingsshallbe providedwithadequate

continuousfillets cast in place in all re-entrantangles.The radius of
curvatureof the exposedsurfaceof a fillet shall definethe size of the fillet.
The sizeof filletsshallnot be lessthan one-half(112)of the thicknessof the
thinnestadjoinedmembernor lessthanone and one quarter(1.25)cms.
The dimensionsof the finishedcastingshallnot be less than the specified.

Castingsshall not be more than seven and half (7.5) percentoverweight
Largecastingsshallbe suspended and hammeredovertheirentirearea.No
cracks,flawsor otherdefectsshallappearaftersuch hammering.
4 tJ-O
,113.2.1 Pads
B.earing
:r.Mctal BearingDevices
Unlessotherwisedirectedby the Engineer,the materialsfor metalbearing

requirements:
shallconformto the following
AASHTOM 107for bronzebearings.

AASHTOM 108for rolledcopperalloybearings.
ASTM B 438 for sinteredmetalpowerbearings
AASHTOM 160for galvanized steelbearings.
b. PreformedFabricPads
The preformedfabric pads shall be composed of multiple layers of two

hundredand seventy(270)gms/SM(8-ounce)cottonduck impregnated and
boundwith high-quality naturalrubber,or of equivalent suitablematerials
compressed intoresilient padsof uniformthickness. The numberof ply shall
be such as to produce the specifiedthickness, after compressionand
vulcanizing.The finished pads shall with-stand compressionloads
perpendicularto the planeof the laminationsof not lessthan sevenhundred
(7OO)Kg/sq.cmwithoutdetrimental reductionin thicknessor extrusion.
BearingPads
c. Elastomeric
in ltem 406.2.5,
bearingpadsshallconformto the requirements
Elastomeric
"Elastomeric
BearingPads".
-113.2.5 SheetPacking(Concrete
Asbestos Joints)
Asbestossheetpackingshallbe approximatelyfifteen(15) mm thickunless

otherwiseshown on the plans, and shall be composedessentiallyof
compressedwhitechrysotileasbestosfibresboundtogetherwith a synthetic
rubberbinderand fillers.
The deformationof the sheetpackingundera load of three hundredand fifty

(350) Kg/sq.cmshall be not more than fifteen (15) percent.when tested
between planed steel plates under a load of fifty five (55) Kg/sq.cm,the
sheet packingshall show a static coefficientof frictionless than 0.4 after
1.00-1.25cm. movements.
Where asbestossheet packingis shown on the plansto be placedin joints

in the concrete,the bottomlayer of the packingshall be firmly attachedto
the concreteusingwater-proofcement.
{r3.2.6 UnidentifieclStockMaterial
Unidentified stock material,consistingof materialwhich cannotbe identified

with certifiedmill test reports,may be used subjectto the requirementsin
this item.
413-7
113.2.{ l].earing Pads
a. Metal Bearing Devices
Unlessotherwisedirectedby the Engineer,the materialsfor metalbearing

shallconformto the followingrequirements:
AASHTOM 107for bronzebearings.

AASHTOM 108for rolledcopperalloybearings
ASTM B 438 for sinteredmetalpowerbearings
AASHTOM 160for galvanized steelbearings.
tr.PreformedFabricPads
The preformedfabric pads shall be composedof multiple layers of two

hundredand seventy(270)gms/SM(B-ounce) cottonduck impregnated and
boundwith high-quality natural rubber,or of equivalent suitablematertals
compressed intoresilientpadsof uniformthickness. The numberof ply shall
be such as to produce the specifiedthickness, after compressionand
vulcanizing.The finished pads shall with-stand compressionloads
perpendicularto the planeof the laminationsof not lessthan sevenhundred
(700)Kgisq.cmwithoutdetrimental reductionin thicknessor extrusion.
BearingPads
c. Elastomeric
in ltem 406.2.5,
bearingpadsshallconformto the requirements
Elastomeric
"Elastomeric
BearingPads".
-113.2.5 SheetPacking(Concrete
Asbestos Joints)
fifteen(15) mm thick unless

Asbestossheetpackingshall be approximately
otherwiseshown on the plans, and shall be composedessentiallyof
compressedwhitechrysotileasbestosfibresboundtogetherwith a synthetic
rubberbinderandfillers.
The deformation of the sheetpackingundera loadof three hundredand fifty

(350) Kg/sq.cmshall be not more than fifteen(15) percent.When tested
betweenplaned steel plates under a load of fifty five (55) Kg/sq.cm,the
sheet packingshall show a static coefficientof frictionless than 0.4 after
1 . 0 0 - 1 . 2c5m . m o v e m e n t s .
Where asbestossheet packingis shownon the plansto be placedin joints

in the concrete,the bottomlayer of the packingshall be firmly attachedto
the concreteusingwater-proofcement.
113.2.6 ed StockMaterial
Unidentifi
Unidentified stockmaterial,consistingof materialwhich cannotbe identified

with certifiedmill test reports,may be used subjectto the requirementsin
thisitem.
413-7
When unidentifiedstock materialis proposedfor use the Engineermay, at
his discretion,selectrandomtest specimensfrom each piece.The number
of such test specimensshall be entirelyat the discretionof the Engineer.
Test specimensshall be cut and machined in accordancewith ASTM
requirements. Test specimensfrom unidentified stock material,including
thoserequiredfor retest,shallbe furnished,machinedand got testedby the
Contractorfrom approvedlaboratoryat his expense.
Fabricationshall not be commenceduntilthe materialsinvolvedhave been

Not more than fourteen(14\ metrictons of unidentified

stock materialmav
be used on one contract
Unidentifiedstockmaterialshallbe segregated
from all othermaterials
to be
usedin the work.
113.2.7 Weldins
Weldingmaterials, welding,welderqualification,
and inspectionof welding
shall conform to the requirementsof the American Welding Society
StructuralWeldingCodeor otheracceptedcodesas shownon the plansor
as approvedby the Engineer.Correction of weld faultsshall be carriedout
in the presenceof the Engineer.
J13.2.8 (ialvanizing
When galvanizing is showrfon the Drawings,such galvanizing of products

fabricatedfrom rolled,pressedand forged steel shapes, plates.bars and
strips three (3) mm thick or thicker,shall conformto the specifications
of
AASHTOM 111 (ASTMA 123),exceptthat completeseal weldingof tightly
contactingsurfacesof such productspriorto galvanizingis requiredonly
where seal welding is shown on the plans Except for pre-galvanized
standardpipe,galvanizing of materialthree(3) mm thickor thrckershallbe
performedafterfabricationintothe largestpracticalsections.
Galvanizingwill not be requiredfor stainlesssteel,mono metaland similar

corrosionresistantoarts.
All weldedareasshallbe thoroughly cleanedpriorto galvanizingto remove

all slag and other materialthat would interferewith the adherenceof the
zinc When it is necessaryto straightenany sectionsaftergalvanizing,
such
workshallbe performetl withoutdamageto the zinccoating.
Componentsof boltedassemblresshall be galvanizedseparatelybefore

assembly.Galvanizingof tapped holes will not be required.Galvanized
surfaces,whichare specifiedto be painted,shallnot be chemically
treated
aftergalvanizing
and priorto cleaningand painting
413-8
413.2.9 Cleaning
All steel works shall be blast cleanedafter fabricationin accordancewith the

Drawingsand to the satisfactionof the Engineer.steel work which is to be
in contactwith concreteshall be, afterfabrication, wire brushedand cleaned
to removeall looserust,dirt and grease.
413.2.10 Painting
a) ShopCoat (PrirUglQqaD
The shop or prime paint coat for metal structuresincludingedges, nuts,

bolts,etc. shall be a factory mixed red lead Ready-Mixedpaint, AASHTO
M-72.
Red lead pigmentin the dry form or as a pastein oil shall conformto ASTM
D 83. The ninetyseven(97) % gradeshallbe specifiedfor dry pigment.
b) First Field Coat (2nd nrime Coat)
The first field coat shall be a red lead paint as specifiedfor the shop coat,
tintedlightbrownas requiredwith lamp blackin an amountnot to exceed30
gms. per litreof linseedoil.
c) SecondFieldCoat(FinishCoat)
The paint to be used for the second field coat shall be field mixed and
conform,unlessspecifiedotherwiseon the Drawings,to one of the following
MSHTO Specifications:
FoliageGreenBridgesPaint, M67
BlackBridgePaint, M68
AluminumPaint(Paste-Mixing Vehicte) M69
Whiteand TintedReady-MixedPaint(Lead
and Zinc Base), M70
Red Lead (Dryand Paste-inOil), M71
Red Lead Ready-mixedPaint(Tintedwith
Lamp blackas directedby the Engineer), M72
d) Numberof Coatsand Colour
steel shall be paintedwith one shop or prime coat and with not less than
two field coats. The colour shall be as specifiedor determinedby the
Engineer.coats shall be differentin colourto permitdetectionof incomplete
application.
e)WeatherConditions
Paintshall not be appliedwhen the steelis damp,the air is misty,or when

in the opinionof the Engineer,conditions are otherwiseunsatisfactoryfor
the work.
413-9
413.2.9 Cleanins
All steelworksshallbe blastcleanedafterfabricationin accordancewith the

Drawingsand to the satisfaction of the Engineer.Steelwork which is to be
in contactwith concreteshallbe, afterfabrication,wire brushedand cleaned
to removeall looserust,dirt and grease.
,113.2.10 Paintins
a) ShopCoat(PrirUqCoat)
The shop or prime paint coat for metal structuresincludingedges, nuts,

bolts, etc. shall be a factorymixed red lead Ready-Mixedpaint, AASHTo
M-72.
Red lead pigmentin the dry form or as a paste in oil shall conformto ASTM
D 83. The ninetyseven(97)% gradeshall be specifiedfor dry pigment.
b) First Field Coat (2ndrrrimeCoat)
The first field coat shall be a red lead paint as specifiedfor the shop coat,
tintedlightbrownas requiredwith lamp blackin an amountnot to exceed30
gms. per litreof linseedoil.
c) SecondFieldCoat(FinishCoat)
The paint to be used for the second field coat shall be field mixed and
conform,unlessspecifiedotherwiseon the Drawings,to one of the following
AASHTOSpecifications:
FoliageGreenBridgesPaint, M67
BlackBridgePaint, M68
AluminumPaint(Paste-Mixing Vehicle) M69
White and TintedReady-Mixed Paint(Lead
and Zinc Base), M70
Red Lead (Dryand Paste-inOil), M71
Red Lead Ready-mixed Paint(Tintedwith
Lamp blackas directedby the Engineer), M72
d) Numberof CoatsandColour
steel shall be paintedwith one shop or prime coat and with not less than
two field coats. The colour shall be as specifiedor determinedby the
Engineer.coats shallbe differentin colourto permitdetectionof incomplete
application.
e) WeatherConditions
Paint shall not be appliedwhen the steel is damp, the air is misty,or when
in the opinionof the Engineer,conditionsare otheniruise unsatisfactory for
the work.
413-9
f) Application
Paintingshall be done in a neat manner and may be appliedwith hand

brushei or by spraying(withoutthe additionof a thinner).Aluminumpaint
shall prefera-ntyne applied by spraying. By either method the coating
appliedshall be smoothiyand uniformlyspread so that no excess paint will
collectat any Point.
g) Inaccessible
Surfaces
All surfaceswhich wilt'be inaccessible'dfterfabricationor erection,with the

exception of contact surfaces shall prior to assembly receive the full
protectivetreatmentspecifiedfor the componentof the structure including
any additional priming coat and finishing coats, which for accessible
surfaceswould be appliedsubsequentto erection.
h) Insnectionof Cleaninsand Paintins
The cleaning and painting of all structural Steel parts shall be subject to
detailed inslection and ipproval of the Engineer. Contractor shall be
responsiblefor all defects or faults and the correctionthereof at his own
exjense during fabrication,erection or subsequentlydiscovered before or
duringthe Periodof Maintenance.
.{13.3 CONSTRUCTIONAND FABRICATION REOUIREMENTS
413.3.1 General
The Contractorshall submit as soon as possibleto the Engineerfor his prior

approval,full details of their proposedfabricationand erection procedures
together with details and calculationsof any temporary wo-rls which the
contractor proposesto install for the purposesof erectionof the structural
steel work. Workmanshipand finish shall be equal to the best general
practicein modernbridgeshoPs'
41J.3.2 StraishteningMaterial
Rolled material before being laid out or worked shall be straight'

Subassembliesand completed members shall be straight before being
incorporated into the work. lf straightening it shall be done by
is necessary,.
methods acceptable to the Engineer. Details for methods proposed for
straightening sirallbe submittedin writingto the Engineer prior to their use'
After-straighlening,evidenceof fracture or other damage will be cause for
rejectionof the material.
413.3.3 Oiientationof Plates
steel plates for flanges, eyebars, hangar plates, and splice plates for
flangesand eyebarsshall be cut and fabricatedso that the primarydirection
of rJting is parallelto the directionof the maintensileor compressivestress
in the member.
413-10
413.3.4 Cuttine with Torch
for preparationof materialto

Torchcuttingshallconformto the requirements
the AmericanWeldingSociety'sStructuralWelding Code or equivalent.
413.3.5 Facingand BearingSurfaces
Surface of bearing and base plates and other metal bearing surfacesthat
are to come into contactwith each other or with ground concretesurfacesor
with asbestossheetpackingshallbe flat to withinthreetenths(0.3)cm. and
to withinone and six tenths (1.6) mm toleranceoverall.Surfaceof bearing
and base plates and other metal bearing surfaces that are to come in
contact with preformedfabric pads, elastomericbearing pads or Portland
cementmortarshallbe flat to withinthree (3) mm tolerancein thirty(30) cm
and to withinfive (5) mm toleranceoverall.
Steel slabs where not in contactwith other metal bearingsurfaces may be

hot-straightenedin lieu of machiningat the option of the Contractor,
providedthe abovetolerancesare met.
413.3.6 Fit of Stiffeners
Girder stiffenersdesignatedon the Drawingsas bearing stiffenersshall be

welded in accordancewith detailsshown on the Drawings.Where the end
of a stiffeneris shown as "Tight-fit"on the plans,the end of the plate shall
be so fitted that it bears on the girder flange with at least point bearing.
Localclearancesbetweenthe end of the stiffenerand the girderflangeshall
not exceed one and six tenths (1.6) mm. Except where stiffenersare cut
back, local clearancesbetweenthe end of the stiffenerand the girderflange
which are too greatto be sealedby the paintfilm shall be caulkedpriorto
painting.
113.3.7 BentPlates
rolledsteelplatesshallconformto the following:

Cold-bentload-carrying
a) They shall be so taken from the stock platesthat the directionof bending
will be at rightanglesto the directionof rolling.
b) The radius of bend, measuredfrom the concave face of the metal shall
be as specifiedin the Manual of Steel Constructionpublishedby the
AISCor equivalent.
c) Beforebending,the cornersof the plateshall be roundedto a radiusone
and five tenths(1.5)mm throughoutthat portionof the plateat whichthe
bendingis to occur. lf a shorterradius is essential,the platesshall be
bent hot.
413.3.8 End Connection

Anqles
Floor beams, stringersand girdershaving end connectionangles shall be

builtto exact lengthback to back of connectionangles.lf end connections
are faced, the finishedthicknessof the angle shall not be less than that
shownon the detailedDrawinqs.
413-11
{r3.3.9 FinishedMembers
Finishedmembersshall be true to lineand free from twists,bendsano oDen

joints.
413.3.10 ScrewThreads
Screw threads shall make close fits in the nuts and shall be American
StandardForm, exceptthat for pin ends of diametersgreaterthan 3.81 cm
(1.112inches)they shallbe made with six (6) threadsto 2.54 cms (1 inch).
413.3.1I Match - Markins
Connectingparts pre-assembled for the purposeof settingup for weldingor

for drillingor reaming holes for field connectionsshall be match-marked,
and a diagramshowingsuch marksshallbe furnishedto the Engineer.
413.3.12 Finish
Portionsof the work exposed to view shall be finished neafly. Shearing,

flame cutting,and chippingshall be done carefullyand accurately.All sharp
corners and edges, and edges that are marred, cut or roughened in
handlingor erectionshall be slightlyroundedby grindingor other suitable
means.
413.3.13 BoltedConnections
Boltedconnectionsunlessotherwiseshownon the Drawingsshall be made

with high-strengthsteel bolts conformingto ASTM DesignationA 325. All
boltsshall be installedwith a hardenedwasher under the nut or bolt head,
whicheveris the elementturnedin tightening.
Boltsmay be tightenedto the requiredtensionby use of a calibratedmanual

torque wrench, the turn-of-nutmethod, or by tighteningand using direct
tension indicators.The torque value or the direct tension indicatorgap
needed to develop the bolt tension will be determinedby the Engineer.
checkingof bolt tensionshall be done by the contractorin the presenceof
the Engineerand in such a mannerthat the Engineercan read the torque
wrenchgaugeor directtensionindicatorduringchecking.
Nuts shall be located,wherever practicable,on the side of the member,

which will not be visiblefrom the traveledway. Nuts or bolts that will be
partiallyembeddedin concreteshall be locatedon the side of the member
that will be encasedin concrete.
413.3.1.t Bolt Hotes
Boltholesshallbe eitherpunchedfull size,drilledfull size,sub-punchedand

reamed,or sub-drilledand reamed.
Attentionis divertedto the provisionsin ltem 419.3.17,"Assembly",and

detailsshown on the Drawingsfor connectionswhere drillingor reamingis
requiredafterthe joint is assembled.
413-12
The finished holes shall be cylindrical,perpendicularto the plane of the
connection and shallnot be morethan one and half (1.5)mm largerthanthe
nominaldiameterof the bolt.Holesshall be clean cut, withouttorn or ragged
edges. All burns, fins, sharp edges and hole irregularitieswhich would
preventsolid seatingof the partsshall be removed.
All holes punchedfull size,sub-punched,or sub-drilledshall be locatedwith

sufficientaccuracyso that after assembling(beforeany reamingis done) a
cylindricalpin three (3.0) mm smallerin diameterthan the nominalsize of
the punched,sub-punched,or sub-drilledhole may be passedthroughthe
holewithoutdriftingin at leastseventyfive (75) percentof the holesfor each
connection.All holes shall pass a pin four and a half (4.5) mm smallerin
diameterthanthe nominalsizeof the hole.
Mis-punchedor mis-drilledholes shall not be correctedby weldingunless

Punching,drillingand reamingshallconformto the following:
a) Punching
Punching or sub-punchingof structural steel conforming to ASTM

DesignationA 26 wherethe materialis thickerthan two and a quarter(2.25)
cm. will not be permitted.Punching or sub punching of high-strength
structuralsteel where the materialis thickerthan two (2.0) cm. will not be
permitted.
Holessub-punchedfor reamingshall be sub-puncheddecimalsix five (0.65)

cm less in diameterthanthat of the finishedhole.
b) Drilline
Drillingfull size shall be done with the parts assembledon to'a steel
template with hardened bushings or may be performedwith gang drill
equipmentif approvedby the Engineer.The Engineermay requirea proof
assemblyto checkthe fit of majorfieldconnections.
Where bolt holes are sub-drilledfor reaming, they shall be sub-drilled

decimalsix five (0.65)cm lessin diameterthan that of the finishedhole.
Drillingthroughtemplatesshall be performedonly after the templateshave

been accuratelyplacedand firmlyclampedor bolted.
lf members are drilledwhile assembled,the parts shall be held securely

togetherwhiledrillingis beingdone.
Stock drillingof plate partswith precisiongang drills will be permittedif atl

parts are firmly clamed during drilling and if the drill bits remain
perpendicular to the work duringdrillingoperations.
413-13
c) Reamins
Reaming shall be done after the pieces forming a built-up member are
assembledand are firmly bolted together so that the surfaces are in close
contactor after templatesare securetylocatedover the member.The pieces
shallbe takenapart beforebolting,if necessary,and shavingsremoved.lf it
is necessaryto take the membersapartfor shippingor handling,the pieces
reamedtogethershall be so markedin order that they may be reassembled
in the same position.Reamedpartsshallnot be interchanged.
Reaming templates shall have hardened steel bushings and holes

accuratelydimensioned.Templates shall have reference lines, which will
permit accuratelocation of the templateon the member or members to be
reamed. Templates used for reaming shall be properly located on the
materialand shall be firmly clamped or bolted in position.Templates used
for the reamingof matchingmembers,or the oppositefaces of one member,
shallbe exactduplicates.
Holesthrough assembledmaterialthatare to be reamed shall not consistof

bothsub-punchedor sub-drilledholesand holespunchedor drilledfull size.
413.3.15 Pin Connections
Pins shall be accuratelyturned to the dimensionsshown on the plans and

shall be straight, smooth, and free from flaws. The final surface shall be
producedby a finishedcut.
Pins and rollers shall be forged and heat-treatedin accordance with the
designationshownon the plans.
lf pins are larger than twenty three (23) cms. in diameter, a hole not less
than four decimal seven^five (4.75) cms. in diameter shall be bored full
length along the axis after the forging has been allowed to cool to a
temperature below the critical range under suitable conditions to prevent
injuryby too rapidcooling,and beforebeingannealed.
Holes for pins shall be bored true to the specified diameter, smooth and
straight, at right angels to the axis of the member an{ parallel with each
other unless otherwise required.The final surface shall be produced by a
finishingcut.
Machinedsurfacesfor pins and holes shall be coated with a rust inhibitor

that can be easilyremoved.
The distanceoutside-to-outsideof holes in tension members and inside-to-

insideof holes in compressionmembersshall not vary from that shown on
the plansby morethan decimaleight(0.8)mm.
The diameterof the holesfor pins shall not exceedthat of the pins by more
than half (0.5) mm for pins thirteen(13) cm. or less in diameter,or decimal
eight(0.8)mm. for largerpins.
413-14
Holes for pins in built-upmembers shall be bored after assemblyof the
member, or may be bored prior to assembly,providedproceduresapproved
in advance Oy itre Engineerare followedwhich resultin such holes being
positionedto the same degree of accuracyas would be obtainedif the holes
were bored after assemblY.
Pin-connected hangarplatesshall be boredin pairsor in stacksfirmlybolted

or clampedtogetherso that each pair of hangarplatesis matched.Pilotand
driving nuts shall be used in driving pins. Pins shall be so driventhat the
memberswill take full bearingon them. ln field assembling,the pin nuts on
pin connectionsshall be tightenedand the threadsburredat the face of the
nuts with a pointedtool.
413.3.16 Anchor Bolts
No anchorboltsshallbe cast in the concrete.
Anchor boltsshaltbe set in round holes drilledor cast in the masonry.The

size and lengthof boltsshallbe as indicatedon the Plans.
Bolts shall be accuratelypositionedby means of templates set to correct

locationand alignmentso as to ensure proper span lengths,and tops of
noted, bolts
bolts shall be carefullyset to proper elevation.Unlessothenruise
shall be installedplumb or normal to the finished bearingsurface of the
masonry.
When anchorbolt holes are drilled,a templateshall be used to locatethe

bolts accuratelyand permit reinforcingsteel bars to be shiftedclear of holes
before pouring concreteto prevent cutting these bars during drilling. The
drillingshallbe done priorto the erectionof structuralsteel.
Bolts set in holesdrilledor cast in the masonryshall have the portionbelow

the bridgeseat swedged,and the drilledor cast holesshall have a diameter
at least one 1 inch (25 mm) in excess of the diameterof the bolt.
Anchor bolts for steel stringers for all bridges (weathering steel and/or
paintedsteel)shall be A-36 galvanizedsteel and shall not be painted.The
nuts and washersused on anchor bolts shall also be galvanizedand shall
not be painted.
Holes cast in the masonryfor swedgedbolts shall be formed with removable

round sleeves sealed at their lower ends, and they shall be completely
removedafter the hole is cast. During cold weather,effectivemethodsshall
be used to preventthe freezingof water in anchor bolt holes'
After anchorbotlsare finallyand correctlypositioned,the holes aroundthem

shall be completelyfilled.No groutingof anchor boltswill be permitteduntil
all structuralsteel is set in its final position. After the masonry plates or
shoes are set, the space between the bolts and the round holes through
fixed plates or shoes shall also be filled with the same material. Slotted
holesin expansiondevicesshall remainunfilledto allowfree movement.
Mortarusedfor groutinganchorboltsshall be composedin accordancewith

one of the following:
413-15
a) one part Portland cement and one part mortar sand by dry loose
volume.
b) Non-shrinkgrout shall be used when specified.The grout shall have a

minimum compressivestrengthof 350 Kg/sq.cm (5000 psi) in seven
days when tested in accordancewith AASHTO r 106 except that the
cube mouldsshall remainintactwith a top firmlyattachedthroughoutthe
curing period.The non-shrinkgroutshall have a minimumexpansionof
0.o percentafter seven days when tested in accordancewith AASHTO
T 160.
when air temperatureis below four (4) degree c, the contractor shall
provide adequate cold weather protectionto maintain a minimum air
temperatureof four (4) degree c around surface of mortar for a period of
threedays.
lf anchor bolts are mortaredin place during cold weather,the bolts and
suiroundingmasonryshall be kept at a minimumternperatureof four (4)
degree C for a periodof three days.
when mortarfillingis used for bolts insertedin holes drilledor cast in the
masonry, the holes shall first be checked for depth by inserting and
withdrawingthe bolts. They shall then be partiallyfilled with mortar into
which the bolts shall be forced by uniform pressure or light blows from a
hammer(floggingand runningwill not be permitted)so that excessmortaris
pushedout at the top of the hole. The excessmortarshall be removedand
finished off flush with the top surfaces of the masonry, masonry plate or
shoe as the case may be.
Boltsshallbe set to projectapproximately

half (0.5)inch (13 mm) abovethe
nut and shallbe threadedto approximatety
hatf(0.5)inch (13 mm) betowthe
nut in its finalposition.
Nuts shall be drawn up tight except over the slotted holes of expansion
devicesin whichcasetheyshallbe positioned half (0.5)inch (13 mm) clear
of the moveableparts.All anchor bolt threadsshall be burredwith a sharp
pointedtool at the top of the nut. when nuts are set hatf (0.5) inch (13 mm)
clear of moveableparts, the bolt thread shall also be burred immediately
underthe nut to preventit becomingtightagainstthe moveableparts.
Rockersor expansionplateswith slottedholes shall be set with the proper

tilt or offsetas determinedby the temperatureprevailingat the time and'so
that they will be in their midway positionat twenty (20) degree c or as
indicated on the Drawings.
. 1 1 3 . 3 . 1 7 Assemblv
and ErectionProcedures
a) GenerAl
The contractorshallsubmitas soon as possibleto the Engineerfor his prior

approvalfull details of their proposed erection proceduretogether with
details and calculationsof any temporary works which the contractor
proposesto installfor the purposesof the erectionof the structuralsteel
work.
413-16
b) Stoiaseat SiteandHandling
The structuralsteelworkafter arrivalon Site shall be laid out in the area

allocated by the Contractor.lt shall be unloaded by crane, or other
appliance,and carefullystacked on timbers and subsequentlyhandledfor
erection in such a manner that no distortionor damage is done to the
variousmembers.No steelworkshallbe storeddirectlyon the ground.
g_lErectionGenerallv
The works on site shall comply with the requirementsstated in these

specificationsand the Contractorshall be responsiblefor providingall
materials,skilledand unskilledlabour,plant,equipment, and all
supervision
other things necessaryfor the erection of the steelworkon the Site as
specifiedin the ContractDocumentsand shownon the Drawings.
The Contractorshall ensurethat suitableplant and equipmentof adequate

capacityis usedon the Site.
d) Supervision
The erection of the steelwork shall be under the direct charge of a

competentSupervisorwho has had sound experiencein the erectionof
structuralsteelworkand who shall work full time on the Site from start to
completionof the work.
e) SecuritvDurine Erection
fastenedand
Duringerectionthe work shall be securelyboltedor othenryise
where necessarytemporarilybraced,so as to make adequateprovisionfor
all erectionstressesand conditions,includingthose due to the erection
equipmentand its operation.
Each part of the structureshall be alignedas soon as possibleafter it is

erected.Membersshall not be permanentlyconnecteduntil the structure
has been sufficientlyaligned,leveled,plumbedand temporarilyconnected
to ensurethat they will not be displacedduringthe erectionor alignmentof
the remainderof the structure.All temporarybracingshall be left in position
until such time as erectionis sufficientlyfar advancedfor it to be no longer
required.
f) TemDorarvConnections
Connectionsfor temporarybracingand additionalholes,membersor cleats

used to facilitatehandlingor erectionshall be providedin a manner,which
-doesnot weakenthe permanentstructureor impairits serviceability.
g) ErectionPacks.Etc
The Contractorshall provideand shall be deemedto have includedin his

ratesand pricesfor providinga suitablerangeof steelerectionpacks,shims
and wedgesto be used as necessaryto ensurethe accurateadjustmentof
line and levelof the steelworkerectedon Site and for the temporaryworks
referredto in the previoussub-item.
413-17
h) SettineOut
The contractor shall be responsiblefor the final positioning,leveling,

plumbingand alignmentof all steelworkand the accurateplacingof every
part of the steelwork in accordance with the Drawings and his own
fabricationdrawings.
No steelworkshall be finallyconcreteduntilthe positioning,levels,plumbing

and alignment of the steelwork (or part of the steelwork if agreed by the
Engineer)has beenfinallycheckedby the Contractor.
i) Work on Site
Allwork on Siteshallcomplywith the following:
1) The steelwork after erection and fixing complete shall comply with the
followingmaximumpermissibledimensional tolerances:
i) Departurefrom overall plan dimensionsat any level ....ten (10)

mm.
ii) Departurefrom theoreticalcentres of adjacent beams or girders in

any flooror roof ....five (5) mm.
iii) Departurefrom the true alignmentof any plate girder relativeto the
associated setting out geometry shown on the Drawing ... five (5)
mm.
iv) Departure from the true vertical centre line or any girder
throughoutits lengthof height....five (5) mm.
v) Departurefrom the specifiedlevel of ilre top of any beam .... five

(5) mm.
i) SiteConnections
The contractor shall make all site connectionsin accordancewith the

details shown on the contractor's detailedfabricationdrawings,which shall
complywith the requirementsof these Specifications.
Driftingshallnot be usedto correcta bad alignment.
Any additionalholes requiredin the steelwork(which must first be approved

by the Engineer)shall be drilledon the site. Burningholes in the steelwork
willnotbe permitted.
k) ContactSurfaces
All steel to steel contact surfaces shall be thoroughlycleaned and painted

with two coats of primer as described in clause No 413.2.10 in this
specification. The surfaces shall be brought together while the second
coatingis stilltacky.
413-18
l) SiteWeldine
Sitewe|dingwi|lon|ybepermittedwhereshownontheDrawingsandwith
priorconsentof the Engineer.
mi Inspectionof SiteWorks
AlIparlsofthesteel-workwiIIbesubjecttoinspectionbytheEngineer.The
duringthe
shall afford all facilitiesand assistancefor inspection
Contr""to1.
progressof the works.
at.least twenty
The contractorshall wheneverpossible,give the Engineer
or parts of the steelworkwill be ready for
four hours noticeof when materials
inspection.
Materialsor worKmanship or partsrejectedshallbe remediedor replacedby

the time for
the contractor without extra charge and without affecting
comoletionof the contract.
the contractor
lnspectionas aforesaidby the Engineershall not absolve
error or fault that may be discovered
from being responstblefbr any
subsequenllyand for the final accuracyof the Works'
n) Paintingafter Erection
manufacturer's
1) All paints shall be applied in accordancewith the
and
instructions as specifiedunderclause413'2'10'
2) Damagedareas of paint-worksha|lbe thorough|yscraped,.wire-brushed

primer, back to
and c|eanedto remove a|l rust, dirt, grease and |oose-
soundPaint.
painting.
All surfacesshallbe thoroughlycleanedpriorto further
cleaning and
Damagedareas shall then be treated as describedin the
paintingsection.
twenty-four
The second priming coat shall be allowedto dry for at least
hoursbeforeapplicationof the finishingcoat'
o) Insnection
Engineer'
1) The structuralsteelworkshall be subjectto inspectionby the
witt as far as possiblebe carried out at the Contractor's
That inspection
of
workshops,but the Engineermay at his discretiondefer inspection
parts have been
any parts of the structJral steelwork until after those
afford the
deliveredto the site. The contractorand his suppliersshall
at all places for inspection
requisitefacilitiesat all reasonabletimes and
and testingto be carriedout by the Engineer'
by
2)' All parts of the works done on the site will be subject to inspection
shall affordall facilitiesand for
assistance
the'Engineer.The Contractor
until
inspect"ionas aforesaidduring the progressof the site works and
the comPletion of the contract'
413-19
3) Materialsor workmanshipor parts rejectedon inspectionas aforesaid
shallbe remedied.orreplacedby the contractorwithoutextrachargeand
without affectingthe time for completionof the whole or any part of the
Works.
,ll3.jl MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
-t13.,1.
I Measurement
The quantityto be paid for shalr be the carculatedtheoreticalnumber

of
kilogramsof differentshapesof members.
113.4.2 PaYment
The pay item shall include fabrication,erection and protective

coating
(painting).The measurementshall be the total weight of
the finished
member comprisingplates, rolled sections,shear connectors,stiffeners,
cleats,packs, splice plates and all incidentals,necessaryto comptete
the
item,withoutallowancefor tolerancefor rollingmarginand other permissible
deviationsfrom standardweights,and excludingthJ weightsof wetds,
fillets,
bolts,nuts, washersand protectivecoatings.No deduciionsshall be
made
for notches,holes and the like each less t[an 0.01 squaremeter measured
in area.
Fabrication
shallinclude:
a) Preparationand supplyof shop drawings.
b) Examining and checking steel plates for segregation,

laminations, cracks and surface fraws and carryingl o,ii rny
remedialmeasuresrequiredby the Engineerin reipict of
such
defects.
c) Cutting,marking off, drilling,notching,machining,form fitting,

edge preparationand cambering.
d) Welding,riveting,boltingas the case may be, assemblingand

pre-heating.
e) Bolts,nuts and washersrequiredto fabricatethe steerwork

and
to completethe erectionand installationof steelworkon site,
togetherwith spares and serviceborts,drifts, draw-upcteats ani
the like.
welding shear connectorsto steermemberseitherat the prace

of fabricationor on Siteand prehedting.
g) Approvaltestingof welders.
h) Productiontests of welding during fabricationincluding non

destructivetesting.
Marking members for identificationand dblivery in matching

sequence.
413-20
Permanenterectionshall include:
a) Temporarybracing or stays to prevent displacementincluding

the provisionand removalof temporaryattachments.
b) Approvaltestingof welders.
c) Permanent bolted and welded connectionsrequired on Site

includingthe provisionof preheatand sheltersfor welding.
d) testing'
Productiontestsof Siteweldingincludingnon-destructive
Protectivecoatingshallinclude:
a) Specimenpanelsof blastcleaning.
b) Paintsamplesand dispatchingto testingauthority.
c) Paintapplicationproceduretrials.
d) Testing.
e) Masking and other measures to protect adjacent untreated

steelwork.
0 Jointfillersand sealingof boltedjoints.
s) Preparingmaterialsfor application.
h) Preparationof surfacesand paintingof steelworkat the placeof

fabricationand on Site.
Complyingwith any specialrequirementsin respectof ambient

conditionsfor the applicationof protectivetreatment and for
intervalsbetweensuccessiveoperationsand applications.
Stripcoats.

No. Measurement
413 StructuralSteelwork. Kg
413-21
DRAII{AGE
AI{I)
EROSIOI{ WORKS
DRAINAGE AND EROSION WORKS
ITEM 5OO GENERAL
The Contractorshall so schedule the constructionof drainage works that the

dischargeof runofffrom rain or othersources,bothduringand after construction,
is properlyprovidedfor.
To avoiddamageto works in courseof construction,the Contractorshall provide

adequatemeans of protection,includingall necessarytemporaryoutlet ditches,
dams or diversionchannels,culverts,'ditchesor other drainageworks for the
dischargeof runoffwater-duringconstructionand which shall be kept clear of all
that mightimpedethe flow of water.
obstructions
Theserequirements shallbe met withoutadditionalpaymentand all coststhereof

shallbe includedin the bid pricesfor any itemsunderthe contract.
Drainagestructuresshown on the Drawingsand their estimatedtotal quantities

are not to be taken as final.The Engineer,who will informthe Contractorof them
in writing,will decidethe finalquantities.
500-1
ITEM 5[I1 REINFORCEDCONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS
501 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction,reconstructionor repair of

culverts and water drainage structures in accordance with these
specifications,
and in conformitywith the lines, grades and dimensions
shownon the Drawingsor orderedby the Engineer.
The work shall includethe furnishingand laying of the pipe, and the
constructionof such joints and connectionto other pipes,catch basins,or
other structuresas may be requiredto completethe work as shown on the
Drawingsor as requiredby the Engineer.
The work shallalso includethe removaland disposalof existingculvertsand

structuresexcept such portionsas may be requiredor permittedby the
Engineerto be left in place.
The Engineerreservesthe rightto inspectand test the pipe after its delivery
to the work. Injuriousdefects revealedsubsequentto acceptanceof pipe
and priorto its installation
in the work shallbe causefor rejection.
The contractorshall not order and deliverthe pipes for any work until the
Engineerhas approveda listof sizesand lengths.
501.2 NTATERIALRf QUIREMENTS
The pipesshallmeetthe requirements of the AASHTo M-170,class ll and

lV as calledfor in the Billof Quantities.
cement, sand and watershallconformto the requirements specifiedrn item

401-concrete,exceptthat the gradingof sand shall meet the requrrements
of AASHTOM-45.
steel reinforcementshallconformto the requirements

specifiedin ltem 404
of thesespecifications.
Rubber ring gaskets for rigid pipe, if required, shall conform to the
requirements
of AASHTOM-198.
501.3 MANUFACTURINGREQUIREMENTS
Reinforcedconcrete pipe culverls shall conform to the requirementsof

AASHTO M-,I70.
501-1
DRAINAGE AND EROSION WORKS
ITEM 5OO GENERAL
The Contractorshall so schedulethe constructionof drainageworks that the

dischargeof runofffrom rain or othersources,bothduringand afterconstruction,
is properlyprovidedfor.
To avoiddamageto works in courseof construction, the Contractorshall provide

adequatemeans of protection,includingall necessarytemporaryoutletditches,
dams or diversionchannels,culveds,'ditches or other drainageworks for the
dischargeof runoffwater-duringconstructionand which shall be kept clear of all
that mightimpedethe flow of water.
obstructions
These requirements shallbe met withoutadditionalpaymentand all coststhereof

shallbe includedin the bid pricesfor any itemsunderthe contract.
Drainagestructuresshown on the Drawings and their estimatedtotal quantities

are not to be takenas final.The Engineer,who will informthe Contractorof them
in writing,willdecidethe finalquantities.
500-1
Z-LOq
'6urgsec alep al{l LlllMpolreu eq

Jo lleLlssadtd11y 6uunc
reye s,tep(t L) ueeUnollo por.rad edrdou ]eql paptnold
e urqlm pesn aq 11eqs
'sllnsarfuo1celsr1esanr611rr'n 'a^rleluasaidags,reaur6u3aq] Aq penordde
leq]
'spoilleur uorleurquroc ro poqleu raqlo Iue o1.rosqde:Oered 6utnno;po1
aq1
]o
ur paqucsap6uuncJo spoqlaLuaq] Jo euo Aue o1 palcafqnsaq gleqssadt6
Euilnj 9 ' f' r 0 s

'ge-I uorleubtsapglpgw ur poul.uralopse lqbtamfup aq11o
luac :ed (g) tq6le paacxa adtd
lou lleLls e1a:cuocaq] jo uotldrosqeralemaqI
tritfitKw s't'I0s
'suorlecrlced.S
aseq]ut sadtd
alaJcuoc ro1,,sacueralolalqeMollvrol alqeL,]uenalerut petitceds
pacro1uror
paacxo
llrx!l or..l] ]ou llBqsssaulcrql lleM pue ralourerpleuJalulul suollellen
seJuEJoloI 't
t'f 0s
'acelns JoualuluiloJlunpue qlooLuse qlm

llnpuocsnonulluoc
e uroJ 11eqsslurol eL]] plel uar.lmleq] u6rsep qcns ]o pue sadfi ]oloos
pue lo0rdsro ea6o aLllaq lleqssadrdUanlncalaJcuocpeclo1utal jo spuaeql
siErof 'r'los
f
'uJLu(g) xts edtdaql lo sacepnslalno

T 1oacuelolo]e urLlltm
pue rauuraql uaamlaqIennprupalecoleq lleqsluatuacroluroJ letlualajuncltO
aq1 Luc 0L paacxa ]ou lleqs (Llcttd)luauraoroJura; lerluaJa1rlnoltoaq] ]o
s6uu luacefpe]o sarluacOurcedsaql u.ro bS I l6y (OOZ'g) petpunquaâs
puesnoqlaoJqlueql ssal lou ]o rjlOuellsapsuale dolanepllells uot]3asJalul
ro acrlds papleM e Joq]rale Jaqureuraq] 'poplaM Jl arm uMerp-plo3
roj sJalourelp0t pue sreq ro] sJolauerp0t uell] ssal ]ou paooelaq lleLls
'paplaM
)uauracrolulaloq] lou aJe sacrldsaq111 tirol eLl] utqlnnuotytsod
loaroc pue adeqs loexa ur IlprDuluaulacroluroraq] urelureuro1edtd aq11o
lareq aq] qOno.rqlburpueyasraquauiro sJeq1eurpnl6uo1 ]uororgns uteluoc
qcrLlm'a6ec e olur palquosse aq outl qce=
lleLls llells ]uauleclolutal ]o
tu5tuS5lquteU z'g'I0s
'uoruppe
lsalel0/ t-y\ OIHSW :ad se €lqel palelalut palstlsluaulaltnbal
urnururul aqt o] r.rJoJuoc 1leqsadtd lo sozts snoue^ elll lo; lalau teoutl
rad qlOua.rgsaq] pue lueuJacrolurarJelncltc1o Altluenbaql 'ssaulclql llalls
lsal qltsuarls puB suolsuowlq

sfuerueJlnDau rf 't0s
i) SteamCuring
Pipesshall be placedin a curingchamber.free from outsidedraughts,and

cured in a moist atmosphere,maintainedat a temperaturebetweenthirty
eight (38) and fifty four (54) degreec by the injectionof steam for a period
of not less than twenty four (24) hours or, when necessary, for such
additionaltime as may be neededto enablethe pipe to meet the str-ength
requirements. When a curing chamber is not available,pipes may be
placed in an enclosureof canvas or other closely woven material and
subjectedto saturatedsteam at the temperature.and for the time specified
above. The enclosureshall be so erected as to allow full circulationof
steam aroundthe entire pipe. The interiorsurfacesof the curing room or
canvasjackets and the surfacesof the pipes shall be entirelymoist at all
tlmes.
ii) WaterSpravCurine
Under the conditionsof enclosureprescribedin (i) above, pipes may be

cured by subjectingthem to a continuousor freguenflyappliedfine sprayof
water in an enclosuremaintainedat a temperatureof not less that twenty
one (21) degreec for a periodof not less than seventytwo (72) hours,or
such additional time as may be necessary to meet the ,strength
requirements.
iii) SaturatedCoverCurinq
The sidesand top of each pipe may be coveredwith heavyHessianor other

suitablematerial,saturatedwith water before applyingand kept saturated
with water at a temperatureof not less than twentyone (21) degree c for
seventytwo (72) hours, or such additionaltime as may be necessaryto
meetthe strengthrequirements.The ends of the pipesshallbe so enclosed
as to preventthe free circulationof air throughor around the pipe. lf the
temperatureof the water is less than twentyone (21) degreec, the curing
period shall be increased as may be necessaryto meet the strength
requirements.The ends of the pipesshall be so enclosedas to preventthe
free circulation
of air throughor aroundthe pipe.
501.3.7 WorkmanshipandFinish
All pipes shall be substantiallyfree from fractures,large or deep cracks,

honeycombing, open texture,spellsand sudace roughness. The planesof
the ends of the pipe shallbe perpendicular
to the longitudinal
axis.
50r.J.8 Insrrection
The qualityof all materials,the processof manufactureand the finished

pipes shall be subject to inspection,test and approval at the place of
manufacture.The contractorshall make the necessaryarrangementswith
the manufacturerto set aside in a separatearea all pipes for which he
desiresapproval.
s01- 3
,-ro9
'palcafareq 'JaâÂoq'sodld aLl]

lleqs sadld a^llcojapaq] lo ]uoc
rod (0f ) uol ueql alou ul lslxa ocuololulncrtcotll punoleLuc(gt)
uol ueq] aroul ]ou 0utpuayaLo lulof arll Jo.lleqauo ueql ladaep
lou s11eds ll aoualo1ulncitc aql punole Luc(0t) ual ueql oloul
Ourpueyero lutol oq] ]o qldop aq1Jleq auo ueql -redaepslledg (nt
'lanocalalcuocolenbopeul
r{q pasne3 s)Jeu lsnl 6urpnlcul}uauloclo}ulallo a:nsodxa
pue aJnXaJuado .to 6utquoclauoq BullectpulslcaJapace;.lns (!!!
'f)urp;noupue Outxttu slcola6

alPclpulleLl]
lcapedr"ul (rt
'palca[a.t
'ronoÂoq'palcadsut sedtd eql Jo
aq lletls sadtd entlcelep oL1l
luac rad (Ot.) ual ueql oJotr.lul lslxa slurofeq] 1o qldep alll poacxa
'uotlcafalloJ osnec aq lou
lou saop ler.{})ceJc pua e16urse ;1
1leqslurofaql1o qldapoq] poecxalou saup lBql )cerc pua a;6uts
e lelll ldacxa 'llaqs aql qbnorql butssed s)celc lo solnlcell
-:6urano;;o1
aq11o{ue Jo}unocceuo lo s}uorua:tnbel uol}eculcodsa1oqeaLl}
1o,tue o] uroruoc ol alnlteJlo lunocceuo o]
uol1cefel icehns aq 1;eqssadt6
ftlFa-Eii 6'€'I0S
.slueulelrnbar
q10uellsot1l}eaulsuaurcedspo}sa}elaseLl}aLll1;euaqanrtluo
'polteJ qcea rol sueutceds
a;qeldacceeq ll$ adrd eq1 pue ]eLlluorutcods
|euo|}|ppeoM}uolsa}-aJepaMo||eaq||$lo}3eJ}uocaql.S}UaLUallnbeJ
lsa] aLl] loieu.t ol llel aôqe ( r.) qde.roeled ul palsll sluaulaltnbe.t
aLl] tlym acuBplocce ul peprnold suarutcedslsal aql 1o {ue plnoLls
tSeF5ETli
'leaut6u3aql Aq penolddeA.role.roqele ol lolcedsuleql Aq

'reôldru3 '6unsel 6utqstu:n1
po]3alassuotlcasaord aq1 aq] ol ]so3 ou le B
'alnlceJnueul
to; slueuaoue:le fuessecaualll e)eu lleLlslolcelluoc oql 'leaut6u3
jo lutod aql le olqellene lou ale selllllsel 6ullsel eql ]l
aql Aq peyeubrsaptolcedsul oq] ]o ecuaseld aql ul palcnpuoo slse]
pelrnba:oqt aêq o1sluauaouelle{:essecaueq} alPtu lleqslolcel}uoc otl}
,tse]Ll]ouells6urqsnlcaq] burlcnpuocjo} lueuudrnbaseq lajnlseJnueur aql ,l
iteuiil.rnb'iits5llii
'suotlectltcads
asaql
'palcalos oq lllm azts fuene jo auo ]seol
o] ruroluoclleLlsslsel lo1 sedt4
ldacxeluecrad(z) oru ueql aroruaq ]ou llrMlso] tol pe:tnba:suollsas
le ]eL.ll
jo raqurnueq1 :eeutbuf eql Aq uopuel le polsalosaq ll$ pue Jolselluo3
aLll Aq ]soo ]o eall poqsluln] aq llells slsa] 1o asodlnd aq1 to1 sadt6
ilaruJ-ta6jsSlli
v) Misplacedreinforcementalreadyexposedor verifiedby checking
with an approvedconcretereinforêment
covermeter.
501.,1 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS
501.{.1 Excar.a
lion
A trench shall be excavatedto the depth and grade establishedby the

Drawings.The bottomof the trenchshallbe shapedto conformto the shape
of the pipe for at leasttwenty(2O)percentof its outsidediameter.The width
of the trench shall not be greaterthan two(2) times the pipe diameter,to
permit satisfactory jointingand thoroughtampingof the'beddingmaterial
specified in item 502 under and around the pipe. Recesses shall be
excavatedfor any bells involved. where rock or hardpanis encountered,
the trenchshall be excavatedto a depthat least (30) centimetersbetowthe
grade establishedfor the bottom of the pipe. This excess depth shall
be
refilledwith approvedmaterialand thoroughlycompacted.
where in the opinionof the Engineer,the naturalfoundationsoil is suchas

to requirestabilization,
such materialshall be replacedby a layerof suitable
material.where an unsuitable material(peat,mulch,etc.)is encountered at
or below invert elevation during excavation,the necessary subsurface
explorationand analysisshall be made and correctivetreatmentshallbe as
541.4.2 PlacinePipe
The pipe shall be laid carefully,beil up-grade,ends fully and closery

lointed,
and true to the elevationsand grades given. proper facilitiesshall be
providedfor loweringthe sectionswhen they are to be placed in
a trench.
Each section shall be securelyattachedto the adjoiningsectionsby the
method specifiedfor the type of joint used. All joints, unless othenvise
specified,shall be filled with stiff mortar composed of one part porfland
cement and two parts sand. The mortar shall be placed so as to form a
durable,watertightjoint aroundthe whole circumferenceof the pipe.After
each sectionof pipe is laid and beforethe succeedingsection is laid the
lower portion of the bell shall be plasteredthoroughlyon the inside with
mortarto such depthas to bringthe innersurfaceof the abuttingpipe flush
and even. After the sectionis laid, the remainderof the joint shall be filled
with mortar and sufficientadditionalmortar shall be used to form a bead
aroundthe outsideof thejoint.The insideof thejointshallthen be wipedand
finished smooth. After the initialset, the mortar on the outside shall
be
protectedfrom the air and sun with a cover of thoioughlywetted
earth or
burlap. Any pipe,whichis not true in arignment or whichshowsany unoue
settlementafter being laid, or is damaged,shall be taken up and relaidor
replacedwithoutextra payment.All joints, includingany connections,shall
be capableof transferring the r.equired shearacrossthe point.
501-5
,-109
'palcafaraq 'JaôAoL1'sedtdeql
lleqssodtda^l]cs1apeL{} Jo}uac
red (g;.)uel ueql alou u! lslxo acuoloJulnollsaql punoleulc (0t)
ual ueLlloroul ]ou 6utpuelxa:o lutof aql ]o ,leq auo ueql ladeep
'acuelaluncJlsotll punoJeLUc(0t) ual ueql oJol'll
1ousl1edsjl
6urpuelxa;o lutof aq] Jo qldep eq1JleLlouo ueql redeep s1ledg (nl
'JanocalolcuocelenbePeut
l,q pasnec sIJeul lsnJ 6ulpnlcut luauaclolulel ;o a:nsodxe
pLrearnlxol uedo .to Dulquoc,teuoqbutlectpulslcalap ocelns (rrr
'Ourp1nou
pue Outxttu olBclpulleqlspeia6 (l
1ce;-iadut
'Pelcefe.l
'loâmoq 'palcadsut sedld aq] ]o
aq lleqs sedrd entlcalapalll
luac red (Ot,)ual ueLllaloul ul lslxo slutolaq] 1o qldep aql paacxa
'uotlcafa: lol asnec oq lou
lou soop lell] )ceJc pua a1Outs e 11
1leqslurofeqg1o qldapaql paacxo ]ou saup ]BLl])cel3 pue al6uts
'llaLlsaLll qOnolql butssed slcelc lo selnlcerl
e ]eql ldecxa
-:6ulnno;;o1
arl]lo {ue Jolunocceuo lo s}uaulelrnba: uotlect;tcadsa1oqeaLl}
1oIue ol uloluoc ol oJnllei
Jo lunocce uo uotlcefel
oi ]ce[qnsaq sodld
lleL{s
ffiii-ni 6'e'r0s
'sluaLualtnba: oq] laoul sueulpadspolsolalasoLl]oql 1;eueqm{1uo

q16ual1s
'pollel
elqeldacceaq lln adrd eq] pue leql uaulcads qcea lo1 suewtceds
'sluaue:tnbel
leuorlrppeoM] uo lsa]-al E poMolle aq lllm JolceJluoCeq1
lso] alli loour ol lle, aôqe ( l) qde:Oered ul pelsll slueulallnbe.t
aLll qlm aoueptocce ul pepno.rd sueupads ]sol oL{} 1o Aue plnoqs
tsaFsifm
':eaut6u3aq] Iq penoldde{ro}e.roqele o1:olcedsulaq1[q
'iaAoldru3 '6ut1sa1 6u;qstu:n;
palcolassuotlcosadrd arl] aql o] ]soc ou 1e i
'aJnlcplnugrl
.ro1slueLue6uel:efuessecauaql o)eu lleLlsJolselluoc aql
':eautbul
lo ]uroo otl] ]e alqeltene]ou oJe solllllcel burlsal aql jl
aql Aq paleu6rseptolcadsul oql lo ecuesald aql ul palcnpuoc slsel
pelrnbalaql aêq ol slueuaouelle {ressecauoq} a)PLUlleL.ls lolseJ}uocaq}
']se] r.llouarls
6urqsn:ceq] ourlcnpuocto1lueuudrnbe seq laJnlcejnueulaq] Jl
tu-iru--finbiilsqtli!
'suotlectltceds
esoLll
tol sadr6 'polgolasaq ezts ,{:ena auo }seal
o] tt.tJoluoc
lleqs slsal ll$ lo
]e ]eq] ldacxeluac:ed (Z) oMl uBtllaJouleq ]ou lllM lsal:o1 peltnba:suollsos
pue ro}3elluoC
]o roqurnueq1 teeut6uf aq] {q LuopuerlE pa}calasaq llyv\
oql Aq ]soo Jo aorJ paqsluln1aq lleLlsslse] 1o asodlnd aq1 ro1 sedt6
suatu-i5td$dlli
s01.4.3 Backfilline
joints sufficientlyset'
After the pipe has been installedand the mortar
granularmaierial (sand) and / or selected material from roadwayexcavation
6r borrowshallbe placed alongside the pipes in layersnot exceedingtwenty
(20) cms in depth and compacted to minimum ninety (90) percentof the
maximumdry density determined as per AASHTO T-191 Method, so thaton
each side of the pipe there shall be thoroughly compacted material at least
as wide as the external diameter of the pipe except insofar as undisturbed
materialobtrudesuponthiswidth.Eachlayershallbe moistened, if dry,and
then compacted by tamping with mechanical hammers or by hand tamping
as specified under item 108.3.1 -
with heavy iron tampers to the densities
Formation of Embankment withcommon Material.This methodof fillingand
compacting shall be continued until the embankmenthas reachedan
elevationol twenty (20) cms above the top of the pipe. When construction
calls for placing a high embankment over the pipes,specialinstructions
regardingthe method of back fitlingshall be givenby the Engineer.
501..1.,1 Plant
Construction
Movement of construction equipment,over a culvert shall be at the

placedat the
contractor'srisk. Any pipe injuredtherebyshaflbe repairedor
contractor'scost.
501.5 Headwalls
Where indicatedon the Drawings,the ends of the pipe culvertsshall be

protectedby concreteor masonryheadwallsconstructedas shown on the
brawings. wnen headwallsare constructed,the ends of the pipe shall be
neatlyCutoffflushwith the outsideface of the headwalls'
501.6.r Measureqrent
pipe
The quantitiesto be piid'fdr:.shallbe the number of linear metersof
piaced, contPl,Pte*and;accePted.
payment shall be made separatelyunder ltem 502 for furnishingand

or concretein the bed of the culvertas shownon
insiallinggranularmater:ial
the Drawings.
501.6.2 Pavment
The quantities,as measuredabove,shall be paid for at thei contractunit

price respectively,for each of the particularpay items listed below in the
boo. eryrent shall be full compensationfor furnishingand placing all
materialsincludingmortarfor joints,for excavatingtrenchesand backfilling'
and for all other iosts necessaryor usual to the proper completionof the
work prescribedin this item.Headwalls,wing-wallsand apronstogetherwith
paid for
the beddingfor the concretepipe culverl,will be measuredand
separately.
501-6
No. Measurement
AASHTOM 170,Glass ll Reinforced

Concrete pipe.
501 a Diameter310 mm M
501 b Diameter380 mm M
501 c Diameter460 mm M
5 0 1d Diameter610 mm M
5 0 1e Diameter760 mm M
5 0 1f Diameter910 mm M
501 g Diameter1070mm M
501 h Diameter1220mm M
501 i Diameter1520mm M
AASHTOM 170,Class lV Reinforced

Goncretepipe.
5 0 1j Diameter
310mm M
5 0 1k Diameter
380mm M
5 0 1| Diameter
460 mm M
501 m Diameter
610mm M
501 n Diameter
760mm M
501 o Diameter
910mm M
501 p Diameter
1070mm M
501 q Diameter1220mm M
5 0 1r Diameter
1520mm M
501-7
ITEM 502 BEDDING OR ENCASEMENT OF CONCRETE PIPE
CULVERTS
502.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of furnishingand placing granularmaterialor

concreteas specifiedin beddingand aroundconcretepipeculverts.
s02.2.1 GranularMaterial
Granularmatenalshallbe sand or selectedsandysoilall of whichpassesa

3/8 inch (9.5 mm) sieve and not more than fifteen('15)percentpassesNo.
200 sieve.
502.2.2 Concrete
ConcreteClassB shallbe as specifiedin ltem401.
502.3 CONSTRUCTIONREQUTREMENTS
The beddingmaterialas specifiedin ltems 502.2.1and 502.2.2 shall be laid

to the dimensionsshownon the drawingsfor the typesspecifledor directed
by the Engineer;the top surface of which shall be accuratelyshaped by
templateto fit the surfaceof the concretepipe culvertfor at least twenty (20)
percentof its outsidediameter.
Granularmaterialshallbe depositedin layersnot exceedingtwenty(20) cms

and shall be compactedto at least Ninety-five(95) percentof maximumdry
densityin accordancewith MSHTO T-180, MethodD. Howeverin case of
sand, sand saturationmethodfor compactionwill be allowed,and density
shall be approvedby RelativeDensityTest Methodvide ASTM-D 2049.
Concrete Class B shall be mixed, placed, finished and cured all in

accordancewithltem401.
s02.{.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be paidfor shall be the numberof cubic metersof granular

material,or concreteClassB, placedand accepted.
502-1
502.1.2 Pavment
Quantitiesmeasuredas providedaboveshall be paidfor at the contractunit

price, for each of the particularpay items listed below,which
onces and
paymentshallbe full compensation for furnishingand placingall materials,
labour,equipment,tools and incidentalrequrredfor completionof the work
prescribed in thisitem.

No. Measurement
502 a GranularMaterialin Beo CM

to ConcretePipe Culvert
502 b ConcreteClassB in Beddinq CM

and Encasementof
ConcretePipeCulvert
502-2
ITEM 503 UNDERDRAIN
503.1 DESCRIPTION
The work shallconsistof furnishingand installingunderdrainscompletein

and
accordancewith these specifications to the width shown on the typical
or drawings.
cross-sections
503.2.1 PerforatedConcretePiDe
This pipeshallconformto the requirements of AASHTOM 175 or to ASTM

C 444 for the specifieddiametersand strengthclasses.
503.2.2 PorousConcretePiDe
This pipe shall conform to the requirementsof AASHTO M 176 for the
specifieddiameters.
503.2.3 Granular Backlill
Granular backfill for bedding and surrounding underdrains shall be

aggregateconformingto the requirementsof ltem 201.2 - GranularSub-
base,GradingC.
In orderto avoidintrusionintothe sub-baseof the in placesurrounding

earth
material,it shallbe requiredthat the ratio:
Drs (Sub-base)
shallbe lessthan5
Des (Surrounding
Earth)
s03.3 CONSTRUCTIONREQUIREMENTS
r
503.3. TrenchandBedding
Trenchesshall be excavatedto the width, line and grade as shown in the

Drawings;Unlessshown othenviseon the Drawings,the depth shall vary
from 0.7 to 1.4 metersbelowthe bottomof a gutteror ditchwhen underdrain
is situated under a gutter or ditch, and to depths required for proper
drainage,as determinedby the Engineer.A bed of granularbackfill,ten (10)
cm thick, shall be spread, and compacted in the bottom of the trench
throughoutits entirelength.
503.3.2 PlacinsPipeand Backfiliine
The pipe shall be embeddedfirmlyin the beddingmaterial,bellsupgrade,

ends fully enteredin the adjacentbells and spot mortaredto providefor
centeringof the pipe, but the joint shall not be closedto allow infiltrationof
water.
503-1
Perforatedpipe shall be laid with the perforatedlength of the pipe on its
underside.
After the pipe has been placed and approvedby the Engineer,granuiar
backfillas specifiedin ltem 503.2.3shall be placedaround the drain for a
thicknessof at least thirty (30) cm and care shall be taken that no pipe is
displaced.The upperportionof the trenchshallthen be filledwith approveci
fine soil selectedfrom structural,comrnonor borrowexcavation. All filling
materialshallbe thoroughlycompacted,to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
s03.4.1 Measurement
The quantities
to be paidfor shallbe:
(1) The number of meters of underdrain,of the kind mentioned

below,in placeand accepted.
(2) The number of cubic meters of granularbackfill,in place, and

accepted.
s03.4.2 Payment
The quantities,determinedas providedabove, shall be paid for at the

contractunit pricefor the pay itemslistedbelow. These pricesand payment
shall be full compensationfor furnishingand placingthe underdrain,for
excavatingthe trench in which the underdrainis laid, for granularbackfill
used,for the backfilland all othercostsrelatedto the work prescribedin this
item.

No. Measurement
503a Perforated
ConcretePipefor
Underdrain,
Diameter'150mm M
503b Perforated
ConcretePipefor
Underdrain,
Diameter200mm M
503c Perforated
ConcretePipefor
Underdrain,
Diameter380mm M
503d PorousConcretePipefor
Underdrain,
Diameter150mm M
503e PorousConcretePipefor
Underdrain,
Diameter200mm M
503f Granular
Backfill
to Concrete
PipeUnderdrain. CM
503-2
ITEM 50.1 HEADWALLS, WING-WALLS. PARAPETS, APPROACH
SLABS. APRONS AND SIPHON INLETS/OUTLETS
504.1 DESCRIPTION
This ruorkshallconsistof constructionof sectionsas mentionedin the ltems

above in concrete.brickworkor stone work for concretepipe and other
culvertsand bridgesshownon the Drawings.
504.2.1 Formwork
Formworkshall be in accordancewith the requirementsof design or as

504.2.2 SteelReinforcement
with the material

shall be in accordance
Qualityof Steelreinforcement
requirementsof ltem404.
504.2.3 Concrete
for Concrete
of all materials
Qualityrequirements of ClassA, ClassB, Class
C, ClassY or leanconcrete as on
specified the Drawings and shallbe in
accordancewiththe materialrequirementsof ltem 401.
504.2.4 Brickwork
Quality of brick and other materials shall be in accordancewith the

requirementsof ltem410.
504.2.5 StoneWork
Stonework shallbe in conformitvwith item No. 412.
504.3 COIISTRUCTIONREOUIREM
504.3.1 Excavation
Excavationshall be in accordancewith ltem 107.3.1and in conformitywith

the Drawings.
504-1
50-r.J.2 (lranular Backfill
Granularbackfill,if orderedin writingby the Engineer,shall be furnished,

placedand compactedin accordance with ltem j07.3.3.
501.3.3 Formn'ork
Formwork shall be supplied and fixed in the positionsrequired for the

concreteto be cast as shown on the Drawingsand shall be erectedand
removedas directedby the Engineer.
50-1.3.{ SteelReinforcement
steel reinforcementshall be furnished,bent and fixed where shown on the

Drawings.Furnishing, bendingand fixingshailbe in accordancewith item
404.
504.3.5 Concrete
concrete class A, B, c or Y shown on the Drawingsshall be supplied,

placed,finishedand cured,as specified
in ltem401.
s04.3.6 Brickwork
Brickworkas shown on the drawingsshall be supplied,placedand finished

as specified
in ltem410.
50.1.3.7 StoneWork
Stonework shallbe constructedin cohformitywith item No. 412.
50.1.4 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
50,t.,1.l Measurement
Excavationand Backfillshallbe measuredas specifiedin ltem 107.
The formworkin placeand acceptedshallnot be measuredfor paymentand

shallbe deemedto havebeenpaidunderotheritems.
steel reinforcement
in placeand acceptedshallbe measuredas specifiedin
Item404.
concretein placeand acceptedshallbe measuredas specifiedin ltem 401,

as per concreteclassspecified.
Granularbackfillin placeand acceptedshall be measuredas specifiedin

I t e m1 0 7 .
504-2
Brickworkin placeand accepted shall be measured as specified in ltem
410.
Stone work in placeand acceptedshallbe measuredas specifiedin item

412.
50.1.-1.2 Pavment
Excavationand Backfillshall be paid for under differentltem of 107 as the

case may be.
The formworkin placeand acceptedshall not be paid and shall be deemed

to have beenpaid underotheritems.
Steel reinforcementin place and acceptedshall be paid for as specifiedin

Item404.
Concretein placeand acceptedshallbe paidfor as specifiedin ltem 40'1,as

per concreteclassspecified.
Granularbackfillin place and acceptedshallbe paidfor as specifiedin ltem

107
Brickworkin placeand acceptedshallbe paidas specifiedin ltem 410.
Stone work in placeand acceptedshallbe paidas specifiedin item 412.
504-3
ITfNr 505 MANHOLES
505.r DESCRIPTION
The work shallconsistof the furnrshingand erectingpre-castor cast in situ

concretemanholesof sizes shown in drawingswith the necessaryframes
and covers constructedin accordancewith these specificationsand the
specificationsfor the other work items involvedand in conformitywith the
dimensions, lines,elevations and designshownin the Drawings.
50s.2.1 PrecastConcreteUnits.
These units shall be cast to the dimensionsshown on the drawings.

structural concrete shall be class-A in accordance with ltem 4ol.
Reinforcementshall be used as per design drawings. The precast units
shall be cured in accordancewith AASHTO M 170. water absorptionof
individualcorestakenfrom such unitsshallnot exceedseven(7) percent.
A sufficientnumberof cylindersshall be cast to permitcompressiontestsat

seven (7) and twenty-eight(28) days,and to allowfor at leasttwo cylinders
for each test. lf the strengthrequirementis met at seven (7) days,the units
will be certifiedfor use fourteen(14) days from date to casting. lf the
strengthrequirements are not met at 28 days,all unitsmade from that batch
will be rejected.
cracks in units,honeycombedor patchedareas in excess of two hundred

(200) square centimeter,excessivewater absorption,and failure to meet
strengthrequirementswill be causefor rejection.
steel reinforcementshall be in accordancewith the requirementsof ltem

404.
s05.2.3 Frames.Gratesand Covers.and LadderRunqs
Metalunits shall conformto the dimensionsshown on the Drawingsand to

the followingrequirementsfor the designatedmaterials.
Gray iron castingsshall conformto the requirementsof AASHTo M 105.

Strengthclassshallbe optionalunlessothenvisespecified.
carbon steelcastingshall conformto the requirementsof MSHTO M 103.

Gradeshallbe optionalunlessotherwisespecified.
structuralsteel shall conform to the requirementsof AASHTo M 1g3 or

ASTMA 283, GradeB or better.
Greyiron itemsshallconformto MSHTO M 10S.
505-1
Galvanizing,where specified for these units, shall conform to the
of AASHTOM 111.
requirements
Malleableiron castingsshall conform to the requirementsof AASHTO M

106. Gradeshallbe optionalunlessotherwisespecified.
505.2.-l Mortar
Mortarshallbe composedof one part Portlandcementand two partsof fine

aggregate,by volume unless otherwisespecifiedand sufficientwater to
make the mortar of such consistencythat it can be handled easily and
spreadwith a trowel.Aggregatefor mortarshallconformto ltem 401.2.2.
505.2.5 Concrete
ln case of cast in situ concrete manholes.concreteshall be of Class A

unlessotherwiseshownon the Drawingsor as directedby the Engineer,and
shall conform to the requirementsprescribedfor that particularclass of
concretein ltem 401. Forms of approvedquality shall be used to give
reasonablefair finishfrom inside,whileroughform work may be allowedfor
shallbe followedas per item 401.
outsidefinish. All otherspecifications
505.3 CONSTRUCTIONR.EQUIREMENTS
505.3.1 Excavation
Excavationshallconformto the requirements

of ltem 107.
505.3.2 Backfill
Backfill shall conform to the requirementsof ltem 108, unless where

granularbackfillas specifiedin ltem 107 is requiredby the Drawings,or is
specifiedin writingby the Engineer.
s0s.3.3 Concrete
Concreteconstruction
shallconformto the requirements
of ltem 401.
Bendingand fixingof steelshallconformto the requirements

of ltem 404
505.3.5 Pre-cast Concrete Units
Pre-castconcreteunits shall be erectedin the positionsshownon the

Drawings,or as required
bythe Engineer.
Duringerectionof the unitsoutsideof the manholeshallbe finishedsmooth

andthejointsflushedfullwithmortar.
50s-2
505.3.6 Cgnnections
SectionsoJ connectionpipe shall be incorporatedinto the constructionand

placedat the elevation,'direction
and grade required. The innerends of the
pipe shallbe flushwiththe innerfacesof the walls.
505.3.7 Metal Frames
Metal frames shall be set on full mortar beds or otherwisesecuredas shown

on the Drawingsand the frames,covers,and gratingsshallbe accuratelyset
true to the line and elevationrequiredto fit the adjoiningsurfaceas apprwed
by the Engineer.
505.3.8 Cleaning
Upon completion each manhole shall be thoroughly cleaneo of any

accumulationof silt, debris,or foreignmatterof any kind and shall be kept
clear of such accumulationsuntilfinal acceptahceof the work.
505.4.r Measurement
The quantitiesto be paidfor shallbe:
(1) The numberof concretemanholes,completewith framesand

covers and all other relevantcomponents,in positionand
accepted,
fromone(1) meterto two (2) metersdeep;
(2) The numberof concretemanholes,completewith framesand

covers'and all other relevantcomponents,in positionand
accepted,morethantwo (2) metersand up to three(3) meters
deep;
(3) The nurnberof concretemanholes,completewith framesand

covers and all other relevantcomponents,in positionand
greaterthan3 meterin depth.
accepted,
In the determination
of the depthof a manholethe distanceshall be
measuredfromthetop surfaceof the manholecoverto the undersurfaceof
thefoundation
of themanhole.
505-3
505.4.2 Payment
The quantitiesmeasuredas providedabove sha]Jbe paid for.at.the contract

in
unit price respectively,for each of the pay items listed belowthat is shown
the Bill of Quantities,which prices and payment shall be full compensation
for furnishingand placingall materials,and for all other costs necessaryor
usual to the propercompletionof the work prescribedirf this item.
Excavationand backfill shall be measuredand paid for as specified under

Item 107 or 108,as the case may be'
paid
Granularbackfill,which is in place and acceptedshall be measuredand
for as specifiedin ltem 107.

No. Measurement
505 a Manhole1 M to 2 M
Concrete
deep Each
505 b ConcreteManholemorethan2 M
to 3 M deeP: Each
505 c ConcreteManholegreaterthan
3 M.deep. Each
505-4
lI'EN,!506 DROP INLETS AND CATCH BASINS
506.r DESCRIPTION
This work shallconsistof constructing

concretecatch basins,and drop inlets
includingthe furnishingof metalframes,gratesand lids,and the necessary
excavation and backfill in accordance with these specificationsand the
specificationsfor other work items involved and in conformity with the
dimensions,elevationsand designshownon the Drawings.
5$6.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
506.2.1 SteelFrames.Gratesand Lids
Steelframes,gratesand lids shallconformto the requirements

of AASHTO
M-105.
506.2.2 Concrete
concrete shall be as specifiedin ltem 401, of the class indicatedon the

Drawings.
s06.2.3 Masonry
When so indicatedon the plans or approved by the Engineer,brick or

concrete block masonry may be used in lieu of concrete for the walls of
catch basinsor drop inletsas specifiedin item 410, "BrickMasonry".
5t)6.2.1 SteelReinforcement
Qualityof reinforcingsteelif used in constructionof catch basinsshall be in

accordancewith the materialrequirements of item 404.
50(r.3 CONSTRUCTIONREOUIREMENTS
5{)6.J.1 Fl,xcavation
and Backfill
Excavationand backfillshallconformto the requirementsof ltem 107 or 10g

as the case may be.
506.1.2 ConcreteConstrueltion
concrete of the specifiedclassshall be supplied,placedfinishedand cured

as specifiedin ltem 401.
506-1
506.3.3 Connections
Inlet and outlet tile, sewer pipe and conduit for connections with such
structuresshall be of the same size,type and class as the tile, sewer pipe,
and conduit with which connectionsare made and shall conform to the
pertinentrequirementstherefor.
Pipe placedin concretefor inlet or outletconnectionsshall extendfrom the

inside surface of the walls and beyond the outside surface of the walls a
minimum distance of forty five (45) centimeters distance to allow for
connectionswith conduits or sewers, and the concrete shall be carefully
constructedaround them so as to prevent leakage around their outer
surface.
506.3.4 Frames.Gratesand Lids
All frames shall be set on full mortar beds or otherurisesecuredas shown on

the Drawings. Gratesand lids shall be fitted or securedto the frames so that
rockingor chatteringwill be eliminated.
The frames, grates and lids shall be accuratelyset so that the complete
installationwill be at the correct elevation required to fit the adjoining
surface,the grates and lids shall not be in place while the adjoiningconcrete
is struck-offand finished.
506.3.5 Cleaning
All catch basins and drop inlets shall be thoroughly cleaned of any
accumulations of silt,debris,or foreignmatterof any kind, and shall be kept
clearof such accumulations untilthe finalacceptanceof the work.
s06.4 MEASUR.EMENTAND PAYMENT
506.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be measuredshallbe:
1) The number of drop inlets of the type specified in the

constructionof Drop inlets,completein place and accepted.
z) The number of catch basins of the type specified,complete in

place,and accepted.
506-2
506.4.2 Payment
The quantitiesmeasuredas providedabove qhall be paid at the contractunit

price for each of the pay items listed below. Such prices and paymentshall
be full compensationfor furnishingan( placingall materials,and for all other
costs relativeto the propercompletionof the work prescribed.
Granular backflll in place and accepted shall be measuredand paid for as

specifiedin ltem 107.

No. Measurement
506a Droplnlets,Type Each
506b CatchBasins,Type Each
506-3
ITEM 507 GABIONS
507.1 DESCRIPTTON
This work shall consist.of wire-meshgabions,furnishedand placed in

accordancewith these specifications, and the specificationsfor the other
workitemsinvolved, and at the and
locations in conformitywiththe linesand
gradesshownon the Drawings.The work in general,coversgabionsused
for river and streamstabilizationwork, such as bank revetments, jetties,
groinsdeflectors,scourprotection andretaining structures.
507.2.1 General
Gabionsshall be enclosedby galvanized steelwlre mesh,whichshall be

suppliedfoldedflatto facilitatetransportandhahdling.
Gabionsshallbe furnishedin accordance withthe variouslengths,widths

and heights required by the Drawings, or as direciedby the Engineer.lf not
otherwise required, all gabions shall be one meter in width. The lengths
shallbe multiplesof 2,3 or 4 timesthe width of the gabionandheightsshall
bethree tenth (0.3),one half(0.5)or one (1)meter.
507.2.2 Wire
All wire shatlbe a goodcommercialqualityof steeland size as per Drawtngs

coatedwitha prime westernspelleror equal(AASHTOM 120)appliedat a
rateof notlessthan0.8ouncespersquarefoot (0.25Kg/Sq.M) of uncoated
wire.
Uniformityof coatingshallwithstandten (10)one-minute dipsby the Preece

Test in accordance with AASHTO T-66. "Uniformityof Coatingby the
PreeceTest (CopperSulphate Dip) on Zinc Coated (Galvanized) lron or
SteelArticles".Wire mesh srlall withstand 220 hours of exposure before
failure by rusting of any part when subjected to a salt spray test in
accordancewithASTMB 117.
Thetensilestrengthof the wireshallbe in the rangeof fourthousand(4,000)

to six thousand(6000)kg. / sq. cm. and shallhave an elasticityto permit
elongationof the mesh equivalentto a minimumcif ten (10) % without
reducingthe gaugdor tensilestrengthof thewire.
507-1
The minimumsize of the wire used in fabricationof the gabionbasketsshall
be as follows:-
Diameter US Steel
mm Wire Gauge
BodyWire (2.3) 11
Selvedgeor PerimeterWire (2 8)
Tyingand ConnectingWire (1.e5) .l .7
507.2.3 Fabrication
Gabions shall be in the form of rectangular baskets of the requtred

dimensions and shall be manufacturedfrom wire as specified above.
Gabions shall be made of steel wire triple twisted forming a uniform
hexagonatmesh patternwith openingseight (s) am by ten (10) cm or by
twelve (12) cm. The edges shall be formed into securely connected
selvedges adequate to prevent raveling. Individual basket ties and
connectionsshallbe made by usinga quantityof wire not lessthan 8 percent
of the weight of each basket.
When the gabion length exceeds its width, it shall have securely tied
diaphragmsconnectedat all edges to form individualcells of equal iength
and width. Diaphragmsshall be of the same materialand manufactureas
specifiedabovefor the gabions.
Four cross-connecting wires shall be providedin each cell havinga heightof

one half the width or less, and eight (8) cross-connectingwires shilt be
providedin each cell havinga heightgreaterthan one halfthe width.
All the characteristics,values aJrdfigures given in the above specifications

are subjectto the toleranceof plus or minus five (5) percent.
507.2.4 Rock Fill
Fill for gabions shall consist of hard, durable rock pieces that will not
deteriorate when submerged in water or exposed to severe weather
conditions.Rock piecesshall be generallyuniformlygradedin sizesranging
from ten (10) cm to twenty (20) cm. Filledgabionsshall have a minimum
densityof one thousandthree hundredsixty (1,360) kg per cubic meter.
Void spacesshall be evenlydistributedand shall not exceeda maximumof
thirty(30) percent.
The rock shall meet the requirementsof AASHTO M 63 except that the
Sodium SulphateSoundnessLoss shall not exceed nine (g) o/oafterfive (5)
cycres.
507-2
shall be performedin a workmanlikemanneras approvedby the

Installation
Engineer. Beds for gabionsshall be suitablylevel. Gabionsforming
elements of structuresshall be securely connected along the complete
length of top contact edges by means of the above specifiedtying and
connectingwire.
Beforethe rock fill is placedthe gabionsshall be stretchedin such manner

as will permitpropershape.alignment and compaction of fill.
Rock fill for exposedfaces of gabionswalls shall be parefullyselectedfor

uniformityor size, and the piecesshall be hand placed to providea neat
appearanceas approvedby the Engineer.
The verticaljoints of gabionbasketsshall be staggeredas in runningbond

brickwork.
s07.d MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
507.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesshall be measuredfor paymentas below:
i) Wire Mesh
The galvanizedsteelwire mesh furnishedplacedand acceptedshall be the

theoreticalnumberof kilogramscalculatedfrom the weightper squaremeter
of mesh certifiedby the manufacturerand approvedby the Engineer.The
area of meshto be measuredshallbe the net area of the Gabionin position.
ii) Rock Fill
The rock fill shall be the numberof loosecubic metersof rock placedin the
gabionwith an allowanceof maximumthirty(30) % voids and acceptedand
measuredby the width,breadthand lengthof the gabionconstructed.
507.4.2 Payment
The quantitiesdeterminedas provtdedaboveshallbe paid for at the contract

unit price, which shall be full compensationfor all necessaryexcavation,
furnishingand placingof materialsand all other costs relatedto completion
of the work.

No. Measurement
507 a SteelWireMeshfor Gabions Kg
507 b Rock Fillin Gabions CM
507-3
ITEIU 508 BRICK PAVING
s08.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shallconsistof one or more layersof brickslaid over thin layerof
spread sand and ihe joints filled with sand with suitable bonding,over
preparedshoulderor embankment slopes.
508.2 MATERIAL REQUE.EM4NTS
s08.2.1 Bricks
Qualityof bricksshall meet the MaterialRequirementsas specifiedin ltem

410 or as approvedby the Engineer.
508.2.2 Sand
Sand used in thiswork for bed or jointsshallbe mediumto fine sand.
508.3.1 Shoulder
The shouldersshall be properlyleveledas directed by the Engineerbefore

commencementof work on this item.
508.3.2 EmbankmentSlopes
These shall be cut and dressedto dense slopes accordingto specifiedline

and grade as per ltem 108, or as directed by the Engineer before
commencementof this item.
s08.3.3 Stackingof Bricks
The bricks shall be deliveredat site in stacks of ten courses high and two
bricksthick for the convenienceof proper inspection.
508.3.4 Placineof Bricks
A thinlayerof sand,at least1" (25 mm) in thicknegs, shallbe spreadover

dressedshoulderor slopeto facilitate. neat dressingof bricks.The bricks
shall be laid closelypackedin parallelrows transverseto the centerline
and/oras directedby the Engineerat site. The bricksshallbe laidon edge,
in one (1) or two (2) coursesas calledfor in the plans. lf morethanoneit;
courseis to be laidthe jointsin the successivecourseswill be staggered.
Eachcourseshallbe properlyrolledandjointsfilledwith sandor approved
localsoilbeforelayingthenextcourse.
508-1
508.4.1 Measurement
Brick pavingwhen laid and finishedto the requiredthicknessand grade line

shall be measuredby in superficialarea. The unit of measurementwill be
squaremeter.
508.4.2 Payment
Paymentshall be made as measuredabove and shall be full compensation

for preparing and shaping the shoulders and embankment slopes,
replacement.bfunstablematerial,provisionand layingof the sand bed and
bricks,fillingthe voidswith sand or approvedlocal soil,wateringand rolling
the whole width for proper compaction,also including material,labour,
equipment,tools,and incidentals necessaryto completethe work prescribed
in this ltem.
Pay ltem Desbription Unitof

No. Measurement
508 a Brick Paving(SingleCourse) SM
508 b Brick Paving(DoubleCourse) SM
508-2
ITEM 509 RIPRAP AND REINFORCED CONCRETE SLOPE
PROTECTION
509.1 DESCRIPTION
This work consistsof furnishingand placinga protectivecoveringof er.osion

resistantmaterialas riprap or reinforcedconcreteslope protectionon the
locationsshown on the plans for slopesor pier foundationprotection.The
work shallbe done in accordancewith the specifications
and conformitywith
the lines,grades,thicknessand typicalcross-sections
shownon the plans.
The areasto receiveriprapor slope protectionof any kind shall be dressed

smoothto the slopesor shapescalledfor on the plansand shallbe free from
stumps, organic matter, or waste material. A filter blanket should be
providedwhere it is anticipatedthat there may be migrationof fines through
the riprap.Toe trenchand/orfilter blanketis to be constructed,as directed
by the Engineer.
All materials,regardlessof type or kind, shall be placed as per lines and

levelscalledfor on thd Drawings.
s09.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENTS
s09.2.r Stones
stone for riprapshallconsistof field stoneor roughunhewnquarrystone as

nearly rectangularin sectionas is practical,except that riprap of class A
shall consistof round naturalstones. The stones shall be sound, tough,
durable,dense,resistantto the action of air and water, and suitablein all
respectsfor the purposeintended.samplesof the stoneto be used shall be
submittedto and approvedby the Engineerbeforeany stoneis placed. The
minimum apparentspecificgravity shall be two and half (2.5) and water
absorptionshall not exceed six (6) percent for stones to be used in riprap.
The stoneshallnot havean abrasionfossgreaterthan fortyfive (45) percent
when subjectedto five hundred(500)revolutionsin a LossAngelesAbrasion
test.
stones for riprap shall be one of the followingclassesas shown on the

Drawingsor determinedby the Engineer:
class A: stones rangingin weightfrom a minimumof fifteen(15) Kg to a

maximum of twenty five (25) Kg, with at teast 50 percent by weight of the
stonesweighingmorethantwenty(20) kg.
class B: stones rangingin weight from a minimumof thirty (30) kg to a

maximum of seventy(70) kg, with at least fifty (50) per:eentby weight of the
stones weighingmore than fifty (S0) kg.
Class C: Stones ranging in weight from a minimum sixty (60) kg to a

maximumof one hundred(100) kg, with at leastso percentby weightof the
stonesweighingmonethan eighty(80) kg.
509-1
Sound pieces of broken concrete obtained from the removal of bridges
culverts,and otherstructuresmay be substitutedfor stoneupon approvalby
the Engineer.
509.2.2 Filter Material
The gradingof the filtermaterialshall be as specifiedon the drawingsor in

the SpecialProvisions.lf not otherwisespecified,it will be requiredthat D15
of the filter is at least 4 times as large as D15 for the underlying
embankment materials,and not more than 4 times the D85 for the
embankment materia'.
Where: Dl5 and D85 are the particlediameterscorresponding to fifteen

passing
(15) percentand eightyfive (85) percentrespectively, (by weight) in
a grainsize analYsis.
of AASHTOM 85.
Porflandcementshallconformto the requirements
509.2.4 FineAggregates
Fineaggregatesfor mortarshallconformto the requirementsof AASHTOM

45.
Steel reinforcementshall be furnished,bent and fixed where shown on the

drawings. Furnishing,bending and fixing shall be in accordancewith ltem
404.
509.2.6 Concrete
Concrete of specifiedClass shown on the Drawings shall be supplied,

in item401.
placed,finishedand usedas indicated
509.2.7 Water
Water for concreteand mortarof ratio1:3 shallconformto ltem 401.2.7.
509.3.1 Excavation
The bed for the riprap shall be excavatedto the required depths and
compacted,trimmedand shapedto the entiresatisfactionof the Engineeror
as shownon the Plans.
509-2
The riprapshall be set in a toe trenchas shown on the Drawings. The toe
trenchshallbe filledwifh stoneof the same classas the one specifiedfor the
riprap,unlessotherwisespecified.All toe trenchesand excavationsshall be
approvedby the Engineerwith firm sub-gradeor base prior to placementof
stones.Stonesshall be placedso as to provideminimumof voids. Larger
stones shall be placedin the toe trench and on the outsidesurfaceof the
slooe.
509.3.2 Placins
Stones placed below water line shall be distributedso that the minimum
thicknessof the riprapis not less than that specified.
Stonesabovethe waterline shall be placedby hand. They shall be laidwith

close,brokenjointsand shall be firmlybeddedintothe slopeand againstthe
adjoiningstones. The stones shall be laid perpendicularto the slope with
ends in contact. The riprapshall be thoroughlycompactedas construction
progressesand the finishedsurface shall presentan even, tight surface.
Intersticesbetweenstones shall be chinkedwith spallsfirmly rammed into
Place.
Unless otherwise provided, riprap shall have the following minimum

thickness,measuredperpendicularto the slope:
ClassA: 20 cm
Class B : 45 cm
ClassC : 60 cm
The surfaceof riprapplacedabovethe waterline shallnot vary from the

theoretical
surfaceby morethan8 cm at anypoint.
509.3.3 Loose RipraD
The loose riprap shall be placed in layers manuallyor other methods

approvedby the Engineer, all to securea stablemass. Surfaceirregularities
of'theslopeshallnotvarymorethaneight(8) centimeters alongthe intended
slope. After the completionand approvalof the riprap placement,the
surfacevoidsof the riprapin the footingtrenchand on the lowerportionsof
the slope shall be filled with excavatedmaterialand dressedto the
satisfaction
of the Engineer.
509.3.4 GroutedRiprau
Stone for this purpose shall, as for as practicable,be selected of the size
and shape so as to secure fairly large, flat-surfacedstone which will lay up
with a true and even surfaceand a minimumof voids. The stonesshall be
placedfirst and roughlyarrangedin close contact, the larger:stones being
509-3
placednear the base of the slope. The spaces betweenthe largerstones
shall be filled with stones of suitable size, leaving the surface smooth,
reasonablytight, and conformingto the contour required. In general,the
stone shall be laid with a degree of care that will ensurefor plane surfacesa
maximum variationfrom a true plane of not more than three (3) percent.
Warped and curved surfaces shall have the same general degree of
€ccuracy as specifiedabovefor plane surface.
As each of the largerstonesis placed,it shall be surroundedby fresh mortar

and adjacentstonesshall be shoved into contact. After the largerstonesare
in place,all of the spacesor openingsbetweenthem shallbe filledwith grout
consisting of one (1) part of Portland Cement and three (3) parts of fine
aggregptes,and one-fifth(1/5) part of hydratedlime with suffictentwater to
producea plasticmix and the smallerstones then placedby shovingthem
into position,forcingexcess mortarto the surface,and ensuringthat each
stone is carefullyand firmly beddedlaterally. Mortarshall not be placedin
temperaturelower than five (5) degree C. During hot, dry weatherthe work
shall be protectedfrom the sun and kept moist for a minimumof 3 days
after placement.Stonesshallbe kept wet duringplacingof the mortar.
After the work has been completedas above described,all excess mortar
forced up shall be spread uniformlyto completelyfill all surface voids. All
surfacejointsshallthen be roughlypointedup eitherwith flushjointsor with
shallow,smoothrakedjoints.
Weep holes shall be providedthrough the riprap cover as shown on the

plansor as directedby the Engineer.
s09.3.s
The slopes with suitable material shall be prepared with appropriate

compactionto form a sub-grade approved by the Engineerand formwork
shall be completedaccordingly.
After furnishingand fixingthe steel reinforcement,reinforcedconcreteslope

protection'shall be constructedafter light spray of water at the locations
shownon the plansor wheredirectedby the Engineer.Placingand finishing
of concreteshall conformto the requirementsspecifiedin ltem 401.
509.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be measuredfor paymentshall be the number of cubic

meters of completedand acceptedwork placedto the designatedthickness
on slopesineludingthe toe-wallas shownon Drawings.
A filter layer of granular material, when required, shall be measured

separatelyby the cubic-meters,in place and accepted.
509-4
The computationof the quantitieswill be based on the volume within the
theoreticallimitingdimensionsdesignatedon the Drawings.
These items shallincludethe furnishingof all material,placingand grouting

stone riprap, mixing and placing concrete including reinforcement.
Excavation,backfillingand slope preparationshall not be measuredfor
paymentbut will be consideredsubstdiaryto the items of "Riprap"or "Slope
Protection".
509.4.2 Payment
The quantities,measuredas providedaboveshallbe paidfor at the contract

unit price,for each of the pay items listed below and shown in the Bill of
Quantities.Paymentshallbe full compensation for furnishingall materials,
labour,equipment,toolssuppliesand all othercosts relatedto completionof
the work.

No. Measurement
509 a Riprap, ClassA CM

509 b Riprap, ClassB CM
509 c Riprap, ClassC CM
509 d GroutedRiprap,ClassA CM
509 e GroutedRiprap,Class B CM
509 f GroutedRiprap,ClassC CM
509 g ReinforcedConcreteSlope
Protection CM
509 h FilterLayerof granular
Material CM
509-5
ITEM 510 DISMANTLI.NG OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
510.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of dismantling,removal, wholly or in part and

satisfactorydisposalof broken materialfrom buildings,fences, bridges,
culverts,drainagefacilitiesat differentlocationsand any other obstructions
which are not designatedor permittedto remain on those sections of
existinghighwaysexceptfor the obstructionsto be removedand disposedof
under other items in the contract. lt shall also includethe salvagingof
designatedmaterialsand backfillingthe resultingtrenches,holes, pits and
ditches.
General
Engineershall specifythe extent of dismantlingfor each structureand the

contractorshall raze, remove and dispose of all remains of all those
dismantledstructuresand otherobstructionsany portionof whichare on the
right of way, exceptutilitiesand those for which other provisionshave been
made for removal. All designateduseable material shall be removed,
without unnecessarydamage,in sectionsor pieces,which may be readily
transported,and shallbe storedby the contractorat specifiedplaceswith in
the projectlimits. Unusableperishablematerialshall be destroyed. Non-
perishablematerialmay be disposedof outsidethe limitsof view from the
projectwith writtenpermissionsof the propertyowner on whose propertythe
materialis placed. Copiesof all agreementswith propertyownersare to be
furnishedto the Engineer. Basementsor cavitiesleft by structuralremoval
shallbe filledto the levelof the surroundinggroundand, if withinthe prismof
constructionshall be compactedto the required degree of compaction
designatedon the plansfor roadwayembankmentand as specifiedin ltem
108.3.1.
Salvagedpipe culvertsor otherstructuresshall be storedat designatedand

accessiblepointson the projectas approvedby the Engineerand shall be
the propertyof the client. Dismantlingshall'becarriedout eithermanuallyor
with approvedequipments.Structuresto be dismantledmay inclpdeplainor
reinforced concrete, brick, stone masonry or any other such construction
item.
5 10 - 1
510.2.1 Removal of Bridges. Culverts and other Drainage Stnictures
concrete Bridges, culverts and other drainage structures in use by traffic

shall not be removed until satisfactoryarrangementshave been made to
accommodate traffic. Unless otherwise directed, the sub-structuresof
existingstructuresshall be removeddown to the natural stream bottom and
those parts outside of the stream shall be removed thirty (30) centimeters
belowgroundsurface. where such portionsof existingstructuresare wholly
or in part within the limits for a new structure,they shall be removed as
necessary to accommodate the construction of the proposed structure.
Steel bridges and wood bridges as designatedon the plans, shall be
carefullydismantledwithoutunnecessarydamage. steel membersshall be
match marked,unlesssuch match markingis waived by the Engineer. All
'salvagedmaterialshallbe storedas previouslyspecified.
Blastingor other operationsnecessaryfor the removalor dismanflingof an

existingstructureor obstruction,which may damagenew construction,shall
be completedpriorto placingthe new work.
510.2.2 Removalof Pines
Unless otherwise directed all pipes shall be carefully removed and every
precautiontaken to avoid breakingor damagingthe pipe. The contractor
shall be held responsiblefor the satisfactoryremovalof such structuresin a
usable condition. In case these provisionsare violated, due to the
Contractor'snegligence,all materialto be salvagedwhich is damaged in
dismantling/ removal to impair its future use will be charged to the
contractorat sixty (60) percent of the current quoted price, deliveredto the
project,of an equalamountof new material.This amountof moneyshallbe
deductedfrom any moneydue or to becomedue to contractor.
510.2.3 Fences.Boulders.StonePiles
Stones,fences,pilesof stonesor bouldersof size greaterthan one-quarter

(1/4) cubic meter in volumewhich lie withinthe limitsof the work as shown
on the plans, or which fall within the approvedcross sections shall be
removedand disposedof as directed.
when fences enclosingpastureland or farm land are to be removed,the

contractor shall notify the propertyowner sufficienflyin advance to permit
the owner reasonabletime to constructsupplementalfences or make other
arrangements.
510-2
570.2.4 Wells
Existingwells,abandonedor active,whichlie withinthe limitsof the Work as

shown on the plans,or which fall withinthe approvedcross sectionsor as
directed by the Engineershall be dismantled,backfilledand compacted'
The Contractorshallcarefullyremoveall salvageablematerialand store it at
a locationon site designatedby the Engineer. Unlessotherwisenoted or
directed,all salvageablematerialshall become the propertyof the Client.
Wells shall be filledto the level of the surroundinggroundand, if withinthe
Drismof construction, shall be compactedto the type of compactionwithin
the moisturerange designatedon the plans for roadwayembankmentand
as specifiedin ltem 107.No dismantlingor backfillingof a well shallbe done
by the Contractorwithoutthe priorapprovalof the Engineer.
No separatepaymentfor dismantlingor backfillingwells shall be made,the

costs being consideredsubsidiaryto other items listed in the Bill of
Quantities,exceptthat the compactedbackfillrequiredfor wells will be paid
for as per applicableitem of backfillmaterial.
510.3.1 Measurement
The quantityof dismantlingthe structureto be paidfor shall be measuredin

cubic meterof structuredismantled.All such measurements shallbe agreed
by the .Engineer and the Contractor before the dismantling work starts.
Necessary shop drawings will be prepared by the contractor for such
purpose.
510.3.2 Payment
The quantityas measuredabove shall be paid for at the Contractprice per

cubic meter. The paymentshallconstitutefull compensationfor dismantling,
removal and disposalof materialas directedby the Engineerand for all
labour,equipments,toolsand incidentalsnecessaryto completethe work.

No. Measurement
510 of Structures
Dismantling CM
andObstructions.
510-3
ITEM 5II STONE PITCHING
5 r1 " 1 DESCRIPT{ON
where shownon the Drawings,this work shallconsistof furnishinghand-set

pitching laid dry or grouted to stabilizeslopes or as a protectionagainst
water or other erosion to form a flat or cured surface as directed by the
Engineer.All materialsregardlessof type or kind shall be placedas per the
linesand levelscalledfor on the plans.
5r1.2 MATERIAL REOUIR.EMENTS
511.2.1 Stones
The stones shall comprise good, hard and durable broken bouldersor
piecesof rock. These shall be sound,dense,resistantto the actionof air
and water and suitable in all respectsfor the purpose intended. stones of
class I or ll shall be used in pitching,shall conform to the following
specifications.
The depthof the stonesand theirweightshallbe as under:-
ClassI
stones rangingin weightfrom a minimumof fifteen(15) Kg to a maximumof

twenty five (25) Kg with at least fifty (50) percent by weight of the stones
weighingmore than twenty (20) Kg. The depth of the stones shall generally
be from twenty (20) cm to twenty five (25) cm and shall be used for heavy
pitching to culvert or bridge ends and approaches, wadi diversions.
protectionfor structures,revetmentto slopesand where directed.
ClassII
stones rangingin weightfrom a minimumof ten (10) Kg to a maximumof

fifteen (15) Kg with at least fifty (50) percent by weight of the stones
weighingmore than twelve (12) Kg. The depth of the stones shall vary from
fifteen(15) cm to twenty (20) cm and shall be used for lighterpitchingwhere
directedto ditches,beams, dykes etc.
5r1.2.2 PortlandCement
Portlandcement shall conformto the requirementsof AASHTO M g5.
511.2.3 FineAggregates
Fine aggregatesfor mortar shall conform to the requiremdntsof AASHTo

M-45.
511.2.4 Water
Water for cement sand mortar shall be as specifiedin ltem 40,1.
511-1
511.3.1 Drv Pitchins
The bed upon which pitchingshall be laid, shall be firm or compactedof

approvedgranularmaterialof specifiedthicknessand to the requiredgrades
and lines as shown on the plans or as directed and approved by the
Engineer. The stonesshall compriseroughlydressedand shaped,set on
their edgeswith their longestdimensionat rightanglesto the flow of water.
These shall be securelybedded, breakingbond closely packed with any
intersticeslocked and filled by selectedstone spalls hammeredin. The
loose pitchingspecifiedin plans shall be placedby dumpingand spreading
in layersby hand or other methodsapprovedby the Engineerall to securea
stable mass. The ends of pitched areas shall be protected from
underminingby the use of edge stones at least twice the generalsize and
weight set on end. ln large or slope areas of pitching,key stones shall be
providedat the rate of one per square meter, at least one and a half times
the generalsizeand weight,set on end.
The pitchingto the batters of the earth works and diversionsof waterways
shall be carrieddown in trench to such a depth as will ensure a sound
footing for the lowest course. Subsequentto pitchingthe trench shall be
backfilledto normal ground level with approved, well compacted suitable
material.
511.3.2 GroutedPitchins
Specifiedstones shall be arrangedin such a way that the largeststones are

at the base of the slope. The surfaces of the rock shall be cleaned of
adheringdirt and clay and shall be moistened.Stonein the bottomcourses
and to a vertical height and thickness as per plans shall be carefully
arrangedby hand to inter lock and so as to yield true and even surface with
minimum voids and conformingto the contour required. Pitchinglaid in
cement mortarsof 1:3 shall be furnishedin panels with weep holes, the
joints between panels being approximatelytwo (2) cm in thickness and
extendingthe full depth of the pitching the joints shall be filled with sand
bitumen mixture consistingof approximatelyone part by weight of bitumen
heated as necessaryto two parts by weight of a clean sharp sand' The
dimensionsof the panelsshall be approximately two meterssquare but the
precisedimensionsin any instanceand the spacingof the weep holes shall
be as requiredby the Engineer. ln layingthe pitchingthe lines of the panel
joints shall be picked out with a straight fillet laid on the face of the earth
works and the stonesset up carefullyto the edge of the fillet. Subsequentto
layingthe pitchingthe fillet shall be removedand the joint caulkedwith the
sand bitumen mixture as above. The exposed surface of the stones shall
project not less than four (4) centimeters and not more than eight (8)
centimetersof the grout surface. The groutedstone pitchingshall be cured
by an approvedmethod for a minimum period of four (4) days and afier
expirationof the curing period,the exposed surfaces shall be cleared of all
curingmediums.
511-2
5l1.4 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
511.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesshall be measuredby the square meter of completedand

acceptedwork placedto the designatedthicknessof slopesincludingthe toe
walls as shown on Drawing. Toe walls shall be measuredby the height
times the length,and no additionalpaymentwill be made for the additional
thickness of the toe walls when compared to the slope thickness.
Measurementshall be bdsed on the dimensionsshown on the plans or as
otherwise authorised by the Engineer. These items shall include the
furnishingof all material,placingand groutingstone pitching. Excavation,
backfillingand slope preparationshallnot be measuredfor payment,but will
be consideredsubsidiaryto the item of "Stonepitching".
5r1.4.2 Pavment
The amountof completedand acceptedwork as measuredabove shall be

paidfor at the contractunit pricefor each of the pay items listedbelowand
specifiedin the Bill of Quantities,which priceshall be full compensationfor
furnishingall materials,for all labour,equipment,tools, supplies,and all
otheritem necessaryfor the completionof the work.

No. Measurement
5 1 1a Dry StonePitching SM
5 1 1b GroutedStonePitching. SM
5 11 - 3
ITEM 512 DITCH LINING AND WASH CIIECKS
5t2.1 DESCRIPTION
ditch and/or
This work shall consist of the constructionof stone or concrete
with the specificationsand in conformity with
wash checks, in accordance
cross_sections shown on the drawings or as directed
i;;ii";;, ;;"0",
by the Engineer."no
specifiedin the followingitems'

Materialshallconformto the requirements
512.2.1 Concrete
in item 401'
concretefor ditchliningand wash checksshallbe as specified
512.2.2 ReinforcineSteel
steelshallbe as specifiedin ltem 404'

Reinforcing
5r2.2.3 Stoneand Mortar
Stoneandmortarforgroutedstoneditch|iningorgroutedstonewash
concrete
checks,shallbe a" speJifiedin ltem509 for Riprapand reinforced
slopeprotection.
512.3.1 Excavation
excavatedto a
The sub-gradefor the ditch liningor wash checks shall be
and to a depth
smooth surface parallelto the [roposed finishedsurface
as shown on the
sufficientfor the full thicknessof the liningor wash checks
and replacedwith
drawings.Unstablesub-gradematerialshall be removed
suitablematerialsas approvedby the Engineer'
512.3.2 ConcrgteDitch Linins and Wash checks
of class A
concrete ditch lining and wash checks shall be constructed
mixing' and
concrete. The c6mposition, consistency, proportioning'
protectionof the concreteshall conform to the requirementsof item 401'
end of the
Flacementof concretefor ditch lining shall begin at the lower
portionof the ditchto be linedand progress
towardthe upper end'
512-1
lf
.shown on the prans,the concreteshail be reinforcedwith the type of
reinforcementand in the manner indicated. contraction
jointsshallbe spacedand formedas indicated or construction
in the plans.
The surfaceshallbe finishedwith a woodenfloat.Bridges
for workmen shall
be used io avoidwalkingin the freshlylaidconcrete.
lmmediatelyafter the frnishingoperationsare compreted,

the concretesharl
be protectedand curedin a manneras approvedby
the Engineer
s12.3.3 Stone Ditch Linins and Stone Wash Checks
a. StoneDitch Linins
The stonesshall be placedin rowstransversely to the centerlineof the ditch

in the mannerindicatedon the prans. The stones
shalrbe placeowith ends
and sides abuttingand the joints betweenstones in
each row breakingwith
the joints in the precedingrow. The largerspaces
betweenstonesshall be
filledwith spails. The stonesshail be ,lmm"o or
compactedto give them
firm bearingand stability
b. StoneWash Checks
The stones for wash checks'shail be raid to

form a structure of the
dimensionsshown on the plans. The sidesand
ends of the stonesshall be
rn contacts much as the sizes and shapes of the
stones wiil permit. spails
shall be rammed into the larger spaces between
stones to form a soridwall.
Joints between stones in one row shall break with joints
between stones in
the adjacentrows.
stone wash checks may be substituted with

concrete wash checks,
constructedby.crass A concrete, if approved by
the engineli at no extra
cost to the coniractoror client.
c. Grout
After the surface has been inspectedand approved,

the spaces between
stones shalr be compreteryfiiled with a grout
composedof one (1) part of
Portlandcement and three (3) parts ot ri"neaggregate
mixed with sufficient
water to produce a plastic mortar. The grout
shall be brushed or broomed
intothe spacesto ensureproperfilling.
The grout shail be cured in the manneras providbd

for',GroutedRiprap,,in
Item 509, "Riprapand ReinforcedConcrete
Slopeprotection.,,
512-2
512"4.r Measurement
a. Ditch Linine
Ditch lining shall be measured in square meter by multiplying the exposed

face width to the length of ditch and accepted in place as measured along
the finished surface as shown in the plans or authorized by the Engineer.
b. WashChecks
Wash checks shall be measuredaccordingto the linear meter of wash

checks complete and accepted in place. Measurementshall be made
perpendicularto the ditch centerlinealong the top surface and at the
upstreamedge of each wash check.
5t2.4.2 Payment
a. Ditch Linine
The amountof completedand acceptedWork as measured,will be paid for

at the unit price(s)bid per squaremeteras specifiedin the Bill of Quantities
for "ConcreteDitch Lining"or "GroutedStone Ditch Lining"which price(s)
shall be full compensationfor furnishing,transporting,and placing all
materials,includingreinforcement, if required,for all excavation,backfilling
and for all labor, tools, and all other items necessaryfor the proper
completionof the Work.
b. WashChecks
The amountof completedand acceptedWork as measuredwill be paid for

at the unit price(s)bid per linear meter as specifiedin the Bill of Quantities
for "ConcreteWash Checks" and "GroutedStone Wash Checks,"which
price(s)shall be full compensationfor all excavation,backfilling,for all
materials,for all labor,equipment,toolsand all otheritems necessaryfor the
propercompletionof the Work.

No. Measurement
512 a DitchLiningtype-
Concrete SM
512b GroutedStoneDitchLiningtype- SM
512 c ConcreteWashCheckstype- M
512 d GroutedStoneWashCheckstype-- M
512-3
ANCILLARY
WORKS
ANGILLARY WORKS
ITEM 600 GENERAL
This sectionshallconsistof itemsof work whichare ancillaryor incidentalto

the other parts of the General Specifications.Such works shall include
general items, precast concrete posts and markers, traffic control devices,
side walks,guard rails,detours,trafficsigns,pavementmarking,reflectors,
fencingand brickedgingetc., in accordancewith these specifications and in
conformitywith the lines,grades sectionsdimensionsand locationsin the
plansor as requiredby the Engineer.
This section deals with those items of work in which small elementsof
constructionemployconstructionitems such as concrete,brickwork, stone
masonry,steel reinforcementor structuralsteel.These items of work have
been separatelyquantifiedso that contractorcan price them by assessing
size of each elementand extra effort which is essentialin additionto the
requirementof the parentitem.
specification
Metalguard-rails,trafficroad signsand safetydevices,pavementmarkings,

reflectorised pavement studs, and other such fixtures shall meet the
requirementsof ISO - 9,000 for which certificatesof manufacturersand
suppliesshallbe produced.
600-1
ITEM 60I CONCRETE KERBS, GUTTERSAND CHANNELS
601.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof kerb, gutter,channel,or combinationof kerb and

gutteror channel;constructedof the followingmaterialsand in accordance
with the specificationsat the locationand of the form, dimensionsand
designsshown on the Drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.The kerb,
gutter,channelor in combinationmay be constructedby one of the following
methods.
i) Cast in placeconcretekerbing.
ii) Precastconcretekerbing.
iii) Extrudedconcretekerbing.
The concretefor cast in placeconcretekerbs,guttersand channelsshallbe

either class 'A' or class 'c' or as indicatedon the Drawingsand shall
conformto the requirementsof that particularclass prescribedunder item
401.1.1."classes of concrete".An air entrainingagent,if required,shall be
addedduringmixingan amountto producefive (5) to eight (g) percentair by
volumein the mixedconcrete.
Precastconcretekerbingunitsshallconsistof class 'c' concreteconforming

to the requirementof item 401 and to lengths,shape and other details
shown on the Drawings.Kerbingwhich shows surface irregularitiesof more
than five (5) mm when checked with three meter straight edge or surface
pits morethan fifteen(15) mm in diameterwill be rejected.
Formsto hold the concreteshallbe builtand set in placeas describedunder

item 403-Formwork.
Formsfor at least sixty metersof kerb or combinationof kerb and gutteror

channelsshall be in place and checked for alignmentand grade before
concreteis placed.curved sectionsshallhaveforms of eitherwood or metal
and shall be accuratelyshaped to radius of curvature shown on the
Drawings.steel Reinforcementif requiredshall conform to item 404 "steel
Reinforcement".
Expansionjoint filler shall be either the performed type conformingto

requirementof AASHTO-M153 or shallbe precastfiber boardpacking.
Joint filler shall consist of one part cement and two parts of approvedsand
wjth sufficientquantityof water necessaryto obtainthe requiredconsistency.
The mortarshallbe usedwithinthirty(30) minutesafterpreparation.
The Bondingcompoundwhen usedshallconformto AASHTOM_200.
601-1
601.3.1 Cast-in-Place
a) Excavationaud Bqllli4g
Excavationshall be made to the requireddepth and the base upon which the
kerb or combinationof kerb and gutteris to be set shall be compactedto a
minimum density of ninety (90) percent of the maximum dry densityas
determinedby AASHTOT-191 Method.All soft and unsuitablematerialshall
be removedand replacedwith suitablematerialacceptableto the Engineer.
Where directedby the Engineer,a layerof cindersor cleansand and gravel,

or other approvedporousmaterialhavinga minimumcompactedthickness,
of fifteen(15) cm shall be placedto form a bed forthe kerb or combination
of kerb and gutter.
b) PlacingConcrete
Concretemay be placedin the gutterto the full depth required.The top of

the kerb or combinationof kerb and guttershall be floatedsmooth and the
edges roundedto the radii shown on the Drawings.Before finishing,the
surfaceof the gutter shall be tested with a three (3) meter straightedge and
any irregularitiesof more than five (5) mm in three (3) meters shatl be
eliminated.In finishingconcreteonly mortarnormallypresentin the concrete
shall be permittedfor finishing.The use of a separatemortarfinishingcoat
or the practiceof working dry cement into the surface of the concretewill not
be permitted.
c) Joints
The kerb and gutter shall be constructedin uniform sectionsof not more
than twenty five (25) meters in length except where shorter sections are
requiredto coincidewith the locationof weakened planes or contraction
joints of the concretepavementor for closuresbut no sectionshall be less
than two (2) meters long. The sections shall be separated by sheet
templatesset perpendicular to the face and top of the kerb and gutter.The
templatesshall be approximately five (5) mm in thickness,of the same width
as that of the kerb or kerb and gutter and not less than five (5) cm greater
than the depth of the kerb or kerb and gutter. Templates shall be set
carefully and held firmly during the placing of the concrete and shall be
allowedto remain in place untilthe concretehas set sufficientlyto hold its
shape,but shall be removedwhilethe forms are still in place.When pre-cut
fiber-boardpackingis used in the expansionjointsit may be used in placeof
the sheettemplatereferredto above,on the approvalof the Engineer.ln this
event the fiber 6oard shall be pre-cut to the shape of the kerb so that its
outeredgewill be flushwith the abuttingkerb.
Expansionjointsshall be formedin the kerb and gutterat intervalsof six (6)

to ten (10) meters in order to coincidewith the expansionjoints of cement
concretepavementor as shown on the Drawing.
601-2
0-r09
pallulceqaq lleqsslauueqsJo sJalln6 'sqrol lo uotleê3xaeLlJ
'parJrcads
se potncuaoq seq eloJcuospue paôuJajueoq seLl sullol Jauv
;Er.11llr1cuflq
Joourouforl]^q paôidde
pue elaJcuoc '6urrn3-g'g1.97 uotlcos Llt pauotluau se poqlal! leqlo
{ue Iq :o :aded loo.rd:e1emLl}tMlo spunoduoc Ourrurolprnbtl qlrrn ,Ja}eM
qtrn 6url1uudsluanba:;{q pue s}eul uetssoHlo uol}ocalqe}tnsqlnn6uuanoc
r{q 6uftp ernleua:d lsure6e palcelo.rdaq lleqs s:apnb pue slauuBr.lc
'sqro) aql 'olarcuoc
1o burceld6umno1;o1 s:noq (71) om1ftuanas 6ur:n6
BElm5rc
'rllooursa:e {eq1
ltlunaoe;.tns
eq1 0urqqnlpue leog ]o loolq poo^ e Ourgann {q ,,uear6,,
llt}s st alaJouoo
aql otrLlm'paqsru4aq lleqs tapnb pue qlel ar.l]Jo uorlcrulsuocpaqstut;
aqgur pesodxeaq llrn qctqMsocepns lM uotlesuadruoc leuotltppelnoqym
paceldalpue panou.taloq lleqs lepnb .ro qlay palcafeJlle pue :apn6 pue
qral Jo qrol e lo ocel aLll uo peprul:edaq ]ou ;;eqs6ur_re1se16 'ale6er66e
ou4 oql 1o syed o Al pue luauloc pueluod1o yed euo burureguoc JeUouJ
qlnn perredaleq lleqs s]3alop.rouryl edeqs slt plorl o1{lluercrgnsles seq
olaJcuooaql se uoos se penoual aq lleqs regn6 pue qJaI io uotleutquloc
e ur qJaI aLll to oce] aql lsurebe posn uJoJ €rll leLll ldacxa pece;d
seLlelolcuooJoUestnoq (y7) lnol r{1uem1 ulrl}tmpoôutal aq lleqs sulo1 aql
dulqsluldpuBsruJodJo lBôrueug
'qldeppue
qlpm paurcadsio pue leau 'uealc
uel oq l1eqsslurofaql pue paloo]aq llBqs
slutoleq11o sebpa aLlj 'slauueqc]o ocelns all] ut pue sleuueqcpue qla)
ed{ oqllouoru Jo ocelns lauueqceq} ut pue qlol }o acel {ervrpeolpesodxe
aql ur pue sqJal lle 1o do1aq] ul peulol aq lleqs senoolbaql 'apm Luc(9)
entlr{qdeep uc (g) enU'uot}cas-ssolcur te;n6ue}catsq lleqssanooJ6ar.lt
'aoe1.tnsqJaI pue luauubr;e qJa) aLllo1 agbue]q6r:le aJnlcru]sjo acepns
pue ocej aql ur sanoot6 6urru.ro;r(q peprno.rd
oq llpr.lsslurofuollcel]uoc aql
'slalou; (g) rnol
lo unutxeut e o1peceds 6unne:6
aLll uo umoLlssuollecolJoqlo pue lueuaned alalcuoc 6urpnqe ur slurol
uorlcerluoc;1eo1 aysoddo pepno:d aq lleqs slurol uorlceJ]uoc
aslonsueJf
Sturpf uo-itiErtm5re
lurofuorsuedxoaqt o1se16ue]qOl.r pue :agnb eq1

le Agalelncce
lo ace1-tns
do1aq1o1 la11eled{;alelncce }es oq lleqs laMopqce3 's6unne:6
aLl] uo polectpurse aq lleLlssJeq leMop aql 1o burcedspue azts aql
's6unnelqalll uo ul
or.lssuotle3olle untpau la;suell peol e se peprnotd
eq lleqs anaolsdrls qlrm sJeq lo/v\oppelured'{llecrq1louoru }llnq louueqs
puP sqje) jo uotuod lauueqc alll ul pue slauueqcur slurol uorsuedxe}y
slauuBqJ ur slurof uofsuBoxl lB sle^roo (p

with suitableearth or granularmaterialtamped into place in layers of not
morethan fifteen(15) cms each untilfirm and solid.
6{11.3.2 Pre-Cast
a) Excavation and Bedding
Excavationshall be made to the requireddepth as shown on the D.rawings.

All soft and unsuitablematerial shall be removed and replaced with a
suitablematerialacceptableto the Engineer.
Beddingshallconsistof ClassB Concreteconfoimingto the requirementsof

Item401 and shallbe to the sectionand dimensionshownon the Drawings.
b) Placine
The precastconcretekerbs shallbe set in 1:3 of cementsand mortarto the

line, level and grade as shown on the Drawingsor as directed by the
Engineer.
c )J o i n t s
Jointsbetweenconsecutivekerbsshallbe three (3) to five (5) mm wide and

filledwith cementmortarto the full sectionof the kerb.
d) Baclifillins
of ltem601.3.1(h).
shallmeetthe requirements
Backfilling
60r.3.3 EstrudedConcreteKerbingand Channels
and Bedding
a) Excavation
Excavationand bedding shall conform to the requirementsas described

u n d e ri t e m6 0 1 3 . 1 ( a )
b) Placine
Concreteshall be fed to the machineat a uniformrate. The concreteshall

be of such consistencythat after e'xtrusion it will maintainthe shape of the
kerb section without support and shall contain the maximum amount of
water that will permit this result. The machine shali be operated under
sufficientuniform restraintto forward motion to produce a well compacted
mass of concrete which requires no furtherfinishing other than lightbrushing
with a brushfilledwith water only.
T-heformingtube portionof the extrusionmachineshall be readilyadjustable

verticallyduringthe fonrvardmotionof the machine.A grade line gauge or
pointershall be attachedto the machineso that a continualcomparisoncan
be made betweenthe kerb beingplacedand the establishedkerb gradeas
indicatedbv an offsetquideline.
601-4
The top end face of the finishedkerb shall be true and straightand the top
surfaceof the kerbshallbe of uniformwidth,free from bumpsor surfacepits
iarger than fifteen (15) mm in diameter.When a straight-edgethree (3)
meterslong is laidon the top or face of the kerb.or surfaceof the gutter,the
surface shall not be more than five (5) mm from the edge of the straight-
edge exceptat gradechangesor curves.
Where adhesiveis used to bond the kerb to an existingpavement,the

surfaceshall be first thoroughlycleanedof all dust, loose materialand oil,
the cost of whichshallbe includedin otheritemsof work.
c) Joints
Expansionjointsshall be constructedby sawingthroughthe kerb sectionto

its full depth.The widthof the cut shallbe such as to admitthe joint fillerwith
a tight fit. Preformedjoint fillershall conformto the provisionsof ltem 601.2
and shall be insertedand mortaredin place.
lf sawing is performedbefore the concrete has hardened,the adjacent

portionof the kerb shallbe supportedfirmlywith closefittingshieldsand the
operationsof sawingand insertingthe joint filler shall be completedbefore
curingthe concrete.
pre-cutjointfillersshallbe permittedto be placedat the location

Alternatively
of the expansionjoints prior to the placingof the extrudedkerb with the
approvalof the Engineer.The joint fillers shall be set firmly in place in a
verticalpositionto the lineand gradeof the kerb profile.
d) Curins and Backfillins
Curing and backfilling

shall be as describedin item 601.3.1(g)and ltem
6 0 1. 3 . 1( h ) .
601.J MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
601.4.1 Measurement
The unit of measurementfor concretekerb, gutter,or combinationof kerb

and gutter,channel,or extrudedkerbs and channelsshall be measuredby
the linear meter along the front face of the section at the finishedgrade
elevation.Deductionin lengthwill be made for drainagestructureinstailedin
the kerbingssuch as catch basinsand drop inletsetc. Measurementwill not
includeany area in excessof those shown on the Drawingsexceptfor any
area authorisedby the Engineerin writing.
60'1-5
601.-1.2 Pavment
Measuredand acceptedquantitiesshallbe paid for at the contractttnitprrce

per linearmeterfor each of the particularpay item listedbelowand shownin
the Bill of Quantities which prices and payment shall constitute full
compensationfor furnishingand placing all materials for concrete,for
reinforcingsteel if requiredon the Drawingsfor expansionJoints' materlal'
form for drainageopening,excavation,backfillingand dumpingand disposal
of surplus material and for all labour, equipment,tool and incidentals
necessaryto completethe item.
Paymentfor expansionjoint fillermaterialused in transverseexpattsionand

contractionjoints in kerbsand channelshallbe understoodto be includedin
the pricetenderedper linearmeterfor the kerbs and channelsand shallnot
be paidfor seParatelY.
Concreteand mortar requiredfor beddingof precast concrete kerbs as

shownon the Drawingsshall not be paidfor as separateditem, but the cost
shallbe includedin the contractunitpricefor precastconcretekerb'

No. Measurement
60'1a ConcreteKerb,in Place,tYPe-- M
601b Combinationof Kerb and

Gutterin place,tyPe-- M
601c Combinationof kerb and

Channelin place,type-- M
601d PreCast kerb in place,type- M
601e ConcreteChannel,tYPe-- M
601f ExtrudedKerband Channel,

type-- M
601-6
n'E\t 602 ASPHALT CONCRETEAND CEMENT CONCRETE
SIDEWALK
602.I DESCRIPTION
This work shallconsistof the constructionof sidewalkswhichcan be asphalt

concrete, plain portland cement concrete, or precast Portland cement
concreteslabs (450x450)inm or smalleror interlockingconcreteblocksall
in accordancewith these specificationsand to the line, grade, levels and
dimensionsshownon the Drawingsor as requiredby the Engineer.
602.2.1 CementConcrete
The Concrete shall be either Class A or Class C as indlcatedon the

drawingsand in accordancewith ltem4O1.1.1.
6112.2.2 AsphaltCohcrete
Asphalticconcreteshall conformto the requirementsof ltem 305 - Asphalt

ConcretePavement- for ClassB mixture.
602.2.3 Joint Filler

Expansion
Unlessotherwisedirectedthe joint fillershallhave a thicknessof five (5) mm

and conformto the requirementsof ltem 601.2.
602.2.1 Forms
Forms shall be of wood or metal as approvedby the Engineerand shall

extendto the full depthof the concrete.All forms shallbe straight,free from
warp and of adequatestrengthto resistbending.
602.2.5 BedCourseMaterial
Bed course materialshall consist of cinders,sand, slag, gravel,crushed

stone or other approvedmaterialsof such gradationthat all particleswill
passthrougha 112"(12.5m) sieve.
602.2.6 Asphallre Jrunc_egAl
Asphalticprimecoat materialshall conformto the requirements

of ltem 301
for Cut-backAsphalt.
602-1
602.J.1 AsrrhaltConcreteSidewalk
aalExcal'ation
Excavationshall be made to the requireddepth and to a width that will

permit the instattationand bracingof the forms. The foundationshall be
shapedand compactedto minimumninety(90) percentof the maxtmumdry
densityas determined by AASHTOT-191Method.The surfaceshallbe even
conforming to the section shownon the drawings.All soft materialshall be
rernoved and replaced with acceptablematerial.
(b) Placineof BedCourseMaterial
The bed coursematerialshhllbe compactedin layersnot exceedingten (10)

cm, to the depth shown on the drawingsand to the line and grade of the
finishedsidewalksurface.
(c) Priminethe BedCoufseMaterial
The preparedbed coursematerialshallrecetvean applicationof primecoat

in accordancewith the requirementsof. ltem 302 and approved by the
Engineer.
(d) PlacingtheAsnhaltConcrete
The asphaltconcreteshallbe placedon the previouslyprimedpreparedbed

:the Engineerthe bed is sufficientlydry and
only when, in the opinionof
weatherconditionsare suitable.The mixtureshall be placedon one or more
coursesof uniformthicknessas shownon the Drawings.Each courseshall
be smoothedby rakingor screedingand shall be thoroughlycompactedby
to the Engineer.After
rollingwith a handoperatedrolleror a type satisfactory
compaction,the surfacingshallbe of the thicknessand sectionshownon the
Drawings,shallbe smooth,evenand of a denseand uniformtexture.Forms,
if used, shall be removedand the shouldersshapedand compactedto the
requiredsection.
602.3.2 CementConcreteSidewalk
(al Excavation
of ttem 602.3.1(a).
Excavationshallmeetthe requirements
(b) Placinsof BedCourseMaterial
Where indicatedon the drawingsthe bed coursematerialshall be placedin

accordancewith ltem 602.3.1(b).
602-2
(c) Formsand ExnansionJoints
All forms shall be staked securely in position at the correct line and
elevation.
Expansionjoint filler shall be set in the positionshown on the Drawings

beforethe piacingof the concreteis started.The joint fillershallbe placed5
mm belowthe top surfaceof the finishedsidewalk.
(d) Placingthe CementConcreteMaterial
The mixing,placing,finishing,and curing of concreteshall be as provided

under ltem 401-Concrete.
Before the concrete has set, the surface of the concrete shall be trawled
until it is of uniformsmoothnessand is true to the lines, elevations.and
surfacerequired.
The surfaceshall be cut throughto a depth of one (1) cm with a trowel at

intervalsof one (1) meteror where required,in straightlinesperpendicular
to
the edge of the sidewalk.The surfaceshall then be brushed.The edges of
the sidewalkand the transversecuts shall be shapedwith a suitabletool so
formedas to roundthe edgesto a one and half (1.5)centimetersradius.
(e) PrecastElements
Precast concreteslabs or interlockingconcrete blocks shall be set on the

bed course materialwhere indicatedon the drawingsor as directed by the
engineerto providea smoothtop surfacewithoutridgesor lumpsat joints.
Precastconcreteunitsshall be fair faced cast to the sizes and dimensions

as indicatedon the drawings.
The concreteused for pre-castunit shall conformto the specificationslaid

down in item 401-Concrete.The Contractorshall be requiredto submit a
sample of pre-castunit for the approvalof the Engineer.All pre-castunits
shallstrictlyconformto the approvedsample.
A pre-castunit crackedor damagedbefore,duringor aftererectionshall be

removedfrom the works and replacedby the Contractorat his own expense.
All pre-castunits shall be smoothlyfinishedto the requiredlines, grades
anglesetc. Holes,grooves,pockets,hooksshallbe providedas shownor as
The unitsshallbe properlystackedon a platformwithoutcausingany cracks

or damage.Curingof allthe pre-castunitsshallbe done in accordancewith
i t e m4 0 1 .
602-3
602.1.r Measurement
The quantityto be paid for shall be the numberof squaremetersof asphalt

concrete or cement concretesidewalkcomplete in plaCeand accepted,
measuredin the placeof the sidewalksurface.
602.1.2 Pavntent
The quantityas determinedabove,shallbe paid for at the contractunit price

per square meter for the pay items listed below and shown in the Bill of
Quantities,which price and paymentshall constitutefull compensationfor
furnishingand placingall materials,for asphalticconcrete,Portlandcement
concrete, expansionjoint material,for excavatingand compactingthe
foundationbed, for furnishingand placingfor forms, and for all labour,
equipment,toolsand incidentalsnecessaryto completethe item.

No. Measurement
602 a AsphaltConcreteSidewalk SM
602b CementConcreteSidewalk SM
602 c PrecastConcreteSlab
Sidewalk SM
602 d PrecastConcreteInterlocking
BlockSidewalks SM
602-4
t'I't_NI60-l BRICK EDGING
603.r DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of brick installedon vertical edge between the
oavementstructure and shouldersin such a mannerthatthe brickis laidon
compactedshouldersand top of brick is flushed with the slope of road
pavement
6{f3.2 ,MATERIALREOUIREMENTS
603.2.I Bricks
Quality of Bricks shall meet the materialrequirementas specifredunder

i t e m4 ' 1 0 .
603.3 CONSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
A trench of appropriatedimensionsshall be excavatedto accommodate

brick on verticaledge,so that top of the brick becomesflushedwith the top
of road pavementand to ensurethat one face of the brickremainsin contact
with the pavementstructure.The cavitieson the otherface of the brickshall
be refilledwith the excavatedshouldermaterialand properlycompacted.
The brick shall be laid in accordancewith the line and grade of the road
pavement.lt shall be ensuredthat bricksare installedin verticalpositions.
603..1 MEASURE
I\,IENTAND PAYMENT
603.4.r Measurement
Brick edgingwhen laid and finishedto the requiredgrade and line shall be
measuredper linearmeterinstalledand approvedby the Engineer.
603.-1.2 Pavment
The quantity as measured above shall be paid per linear meter for
excavationof trench,installation
of bricks,compactedbackfillof cavitiesand
dressingof bermsincludingmaterial,watering,tamping,labour,equipment,
toolsand incidentals
necessaryto completethe item.

No. Measurement
603 BrickEdging M
603-1
|TIIM 601 METAL BEAM GUARD-RAIL
60{.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consistof metai beam Guard rail constructedin accordance
with these specificattonsat the locations and in conformitywith the
dimensrons.and desrgn shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the
Engrneer
60-t.2 i\'IATERIALREOUIREMENTS
60J.2.1 VletalBearnGuardRail
The rail elementsshall be galvanizedcorrugatedsteel beam conformingto

the requirementsof AASHTOM 180 of the designatedtype and class.
The mechanicalpropertiesof the base metals for beams shall conformtc

YieldPoint 3500kg / sq. cm. (Minimum)
TensileStrength 4900kg i sq. cm. (Minimum)
Elongation not lessthan 12 percentin a 2 inch(5.08cm)

gaugelengthwhen testedin accordancewith
ASTM E 8.
In additionto the above,the rail shallwithstanda cold bendwithoutcracking

of one hundredeighty(180)degreearounda mandrelof a diameterequalto
two and half (2.112)timesthe thicknessof the plate.
601.7.2 End or BufferSections
The end or buffer sectionsshall be formed from open hearth, electric

furnaceor basicoxygensteel.The sectionshall be of the same or superior
classand type usedfor the beamto which it is attached.
6tl{.2.J and Srrlices

Connections
-
All connectionsor splicesshallbe formedwith oval shoulderbutton headed
boltsto minimizeprojectionson the side of the guard. All bolts and nuts for
beams shall conformto or exceed the requirements of ASTM A 307 and
shall be galvanizedas specifiedin ASTM A 153. The bolted connection of
the rail elementto the post shall withstand a two thousand two hundred
seventy(2270)kg pullat rightanglesto the lineof the railing.
604-'1
604.2.1 GuardRail Posts
Postsshall be of eithersteel or concreteas specified.only one type of post

shall be usedfor any one continuousGuardrail,exceptat junctionsbetween
bridgesand approachembankments.
a) steel postsshallbe galvanizedand of the sectionand lengthspecifiedor

as shown on the Drawings.They shall conformto the requirementsof
AASHTOM 183for the gradespecified.
b) Precastreinforcedconcreteposts shall be of a sectionand length as

specifiedor as shownon the Drawings.The concreteshallbe class c as
specified in ltem 401.1.1. Reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTOM 31 or M 53. All barsshallbe of the deformed
type,conformingto AASHTOM 31 or M 42.
604.2.5 WoodenSoacerBlocks
wooden spacerblocksbetweenthe Guard rail and the postsshall conform

to AASHTo M-133and M-168and be constructedto the sectionand lenoth
specifiedor as shownon the Drawings.
604.2.6 PostFoundationBlocks
where requiredor as orderedby the Engineer,post foundationblocksshall

be constructedin class A concreteas specifiedin ltem 401.1.1,to the
sectionand lengthspecifiedor as shownon the Drawings.
In order to facilitatethe removalof posts damagedby vehicleimpact,posts

shall be set in galvanizedtubularsteel socketscast into foundationblocks.
The socketsshall be of internaldimension(s) after galvanizingsuch
that
thereis a clearanceof 3 to 5 mm betweenthe socketano tne guardrail post.
Followingerectionof guardrails,the space betweenposts and socketsshall
be filledwith epoxymortar.
All posts shall be set verticallyin the positionshown on the Drawingsand

whereembeddedin a concretefoundationblockshallremainundisturbed for
a minimumof forty eight (a8) hours. The space around the post or post
foundationblocksshall be backfilledto the groundline,with selectedearth
containingno rocks,in layersof not exceedingten (10) cm and each layer
shall be moistenedand thoroughlycompacted.where steelpostsare driven
intothe groundno buckledpost or deformedhead shallbe acceoted.
604.3.1 Erectionof Rail
All metalwork shallbe fabricatedin the shop and no cuttingor welding

shall
be done in the fieldunlessotherwiseorderedby the Enginelr.Railelements
shall be lappedso that the exposedends will not facJ approachingtraffic.
Terminalsectionsshall be installedin accordancewith the manufacturer's
recommendation.
604-2
60-t..1 VIEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
60,1.4.1 Measurement
The Guard rail shall be measuredby the linearmeter from centerto center
of end posts for each completedsectionfastenedin place and accepted.
Guardrail end piecesshall be measuredby the numbercompletedin place

and accepted.
Post for Guard rail shall be measuredby the numbererectedin place and
accepted.
6(fJ.J.2Pavment
The quantitiesdeterminedas prescribedabove shall be paid for at the

contractprice per unit of measurementfor the pay item listed below and
shown in the Bill of Quantitieswhich price shall be full compensationfor
furnishingplacingall materials,for foundations,for provisionand erectionof
posts for excavationand backfill,for installationand fastening,and for all
costs includinglabour,tools and incidentalsnecessaryto completethe work
orescribedin this item.

No. Measurement
604 a MetalGuardRail M
604 b GuardRailEnd Pieces Each
604 c ConcretePostfor GuardRail Each
604 d SteelPostfor GuardRail Each
604-3
ITEt\I605 CONCRETE BEAM GUARD RAIL
605.r DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of concrete beam Guard rail constructed in

accordancewith these specifications
at the locationsand in conformitywith
the dimensions,
and designshownon the Drawings.
605.2.1 ConcreteBeamGuardRail
The rail shall be of concrete class A as specifiedin item 401.1.1

"structures'1.
Reinforcingsteel shall conformto requirementas specifiedin
item 404. Concretebeam Guard rail shall be of size .125mm x 300 mm,
where as reinforcingsteel shall be provided at the rate of one hundred
twenty(120)Kg. per cubicmeter.
605.2.2 Connections
andSplices
Bolts, nuts, washers,.sleevesand other fittings shall conform to ASTM

Designation A 325 (AASHTOM 614) and shalt be zinc coated in
accordancewith the requirementof ASTM Designation A 153 (AASHTO
M232)
605.2.3 Guard Rail Posts
Post shall be of concreteclass A as specifiedin item 401.1.1of these

Specifications.
Precastreinforcedconcreteposts shall be of a section250 mm x 250 mm.

The concreteshall be class A as specifiedin ltem 401.1.LReinforcement
shall conformto the requirementsof MSHTO M 31 or M 53. All bars shall
be of the deformedtype, conformingto AASHTO M 137. Reinforcingsteel
shallbe providedat the rate of one hundredtwenty(120)kg per cubicmeter.
60s.2.{ PostFoundation
Blocks
where requiredor as orderedby the Engineer,post foundationblocks,shall

be constructedin concretgclass c as specifiedin ltem 401.1.1to the
sectionand lengthspecifiedor as directedby the Engineer.
605.3 CONSTRUCTION
REOUIREMENTS
605.3.1 Formrr'ork
Formwork shall be supplied and fixed in the position required for the
concreteto be cast as shown on the Drawings,or as required by the
Engineer,and shall be supplied,erected and removed as specified'in
Item403.
605-1
605.3.2 SteelReinlbrcement
Steel reinforcementshall be furnished.bent and fixed where shown on the

Drawings,or whererequiredby the Engineer.and its furnlshing,bendingand
ftxtngshallbe in accordancewith ltem 404
60s.3.J Concrete
concrete class D1 as shown on the Drawings or as required by the

Engineer shall be supplied,placed,finishedand curedas specifiedin ltem
401.
605..1.1 Nleasurement
The Guard rail shall be measured by the length in meter of completed

sectionfastenedin placeand accepted.
Guardrai|endpiecessha||bemeasuredbythe|engthtnmetercomp|etedin
placeand accepted.
Posts for guard rail and guard rail end pieces shall be measuredby the
numbererectedin placeand accepted.
60s.4.2 Pavment
The quantities,determinedas prescribedabove shall be paid for at the

contractpnce per unit for measurementfor the pay item listed below and
shown in the Bill of Quantitieswhich price shall be full compensationfor
fabricationof itemsin lengthas directed,includingconcrete,steel,formwork'
transportation, erectionand fasteningof posts and Guard rail, making and
filling of holes, and for all costs includinglabour, tools and incidentals
necessaryto completethe work prescribedin this item.

No. Measurement
605 a ConcreteBearnGuardRail,tYPe-- M
605 b GuardRailEnd Pieces,tYPe-- M
605 c ConcretePostfor GuardRail

and GuardRail End Pieces,tYPe-- Each
605-2
I'I'EM 606 BRIDGE RAILING
606.I DESCRIPTION
Thrswork, consistsof the supplyand erectionof concreterailingfor bridges

and other structuresin accordancewith these specificationsanO to ihe
detailsshownon the Drawings.
Where metalbeam Guardrailsform partof the BridgeRailing,the Guardrail

beam and connectionsshall conformto the requirementsof item 604 and
shallbe paidfor underthat item.
606.2 I\{ATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
606.2.1 Formw,ork
Formworkwherenecessary,shallconformto ltem 403.
Steelreinforcement
shallbe as specifiedin ltem 404.
606.2.3 Concrete
concreteshallbe classD1 as specifiedin item 401.1.1oras shownon the

Drawings.
606.3 CONSTRUCTION
REOUIREMENTS
606.3.l Formwork
Formwork shall be supplied and fixed in the position required for the
concreteto be cast as shown on the Drawings,or as directed by the
Engineer,and shall be supplied,erectedand removedas specifiedin ltem
403.
606.J.2 Steel.
I{cinlirrcement
steei reinforcement shall be furnished,bent and fixed where shown on the

drawingsor wheredirectedby the Engineerand its furnishing, bending,and
fixingshallbe in accordance withthe ltem404.
606-'1
606.3.1 9oncrete
ConcreteclassD'l as shownon the drawingsor as directedby the Engineer

shall be supplied,placed,finishedand cured,as specifiedin ltem 401.
606.4.1 Measurement
Concretein placeand acceptedshallbe measuredas specifiedin ltem 401'
The formworkin place and acceptedshall not be measuredseparatelyas

Steel reinforcementin place and accepted shall be measured for as

606.4.2 Payment
Paymentshall be made for the materialsutilized,or the rates quoted by

contractorand measuredas providedabove,for followingitems.

No. Measurement
606 a StructuralConcrete CM
606 b steelGrade60,
Reinforcing
deformed Ton
606 2
ITEM 607 TRAFFIC ROAD SIGNS AND SAFETY DEVICES
607.I DESCRIPTION
This work shall comprisefurnishingand installingtraffic signs, permanent

safetydevicesand post assembliesin accordancewith these specifications
and to the detailsshown on the Drawings.All sign faces and letteringshall
be in .accordancewith NHA/NTRCsign standardsor as shown on plans.
Priorto manufactureand fabricationof the signsthe contractorshall submit
to the Engineerfor approvaldetaileddrawingsshowingletter sizes, traffic
symbolsand sign layout.The permanentsafetydevicesshallconsistof road
posts and hazard markers and will be provided as per specifications,
drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
607.2 MATERTALREOUIREMENTS
607.2.1 SignPanels
Sign panels for regulator, warning and informatory signs shall be

manufacturedfrom aluminrumalloyconformingto ASTM B 209, alloy6061-
T6 or 5052 - H38 plates of three (3) mm thickness as shown on the
drawings.
blisters,open searns,pits, holes,

The blanksshall be free from laminations,
or otherdefects'thatmay affecttheir appearanceor use. The thicknesssliall
be uniformand the blank commerciallyflat. Perforinshearing,cuttingand
punchingbeforepreparingthe blanksfor application of reflectivematerial.
properly
The blanksshallbe cleaned,degreased,and chromateor othenrvise
prepared according to methods recommended by the sheeting
manufacturer.
601.2.2 ReflectiveSheeting
Reflectivesheetingused on road sign madeof flexiblewhiteor colored,wide

angle retroreflectivesheeting (herein after called sheeting),and related
processingmaterialsdesignedto enhancenighttimevisibility.The sheeting
shall consist of optical elements adhered to a synthetic resin and
encapsulatedby a flexible transparentplastic that has a smooth outer
surface.
The sheetingshall have eithera precoatedpressuresensitiveadhesiveor a

tack-freeadhesiveactivatedby heat appliedin a heatvacuumapplicatorin a
mannerrecommendedby the sheetingmanufacturer. Both adhesiveclasses
shallbe protectedby an easilyremovableliner.
607-1
The manufacturerof the sheeting being offered shall furnish the process
inks, clears and thinners produced by the sheeting manufacturer
recommendec! for and compatiblewith the sheetingto meet the performance
requirements of thls specification and shall further be responsible for
technicalassistaneein the use of these inks or alternativelysheetingcan be
used on sheeting.
The sheeting rnanufacturermust provide documented evidence to the

satisfactionof the Engineerthat representativeproductionmaterialsof the
type to be suppliedhas been used successfullyin a substantialtrafficsigning
programin similarclimaticconditionsfor at leastthreeyears.
a) Color Requirements. Color shall be specifled and conform to the

of Table 1.
requirements
Table I
AND NNFENtrNCE STANDANNS

COLOR SPECMICATION LITVTITS*
Reflectance
Limit (Y) Munsell
**
Color X Min. Max. Paper
White .303 .287 .368 .353 .340 .380 .274 .316 27.O 'PB711
Yellow.498 . 4 1 2 .557 .442 .479 .520 .438 .472 15.0 40.0 1.25Y6t12
Red .613 .297 .708 .292 .636 .364 .558 .352 2.5 11.0 7.5R3t12
Blue .144 .030 .244 .202 .190 .247 .066 .2p8 1.0 1 0 . 0 5 . 8 P B1 . 3 2 1 6 . 8
Orange.550 .360 .630 .370 .581 .418 .516 .394 14.0 30.0 2.5YR5.5/14
Brown .430 .340 .430 .390 .550 .450 .610 .390 3.0 9.0 s Y R3 . 6
Green .30 .380 .166 .346 .286 .4288 .201 .776 3.0 8.0 10G3/8
* Thefourpairsof chromaticity determine

coordinates theacceptable
color
systemmeasured
in termsof the CIE 1931standardcolormeteric with
standard SourceC
illumination
** Avaifablefrom MunsellColorCompany,2441 CalvertStreet,Baltimore,
Maryland 21218.CatalogNo.MCP-90040.
607-2
b) Coefficient of Retroreflection.The coefficientsof retroreflection
shall
conformto the minimumrequirements
of Tablell.
Table ll
MINTMUM COEFFICIENT OF RETROREFLECTION

(CANDELAS PER FOOTCANDLE PER SOUATTEFOOT)
Observation Entrance
Angle(') Angle(') White Red Yellow Green Blue Brown Oranqe
0.2 A
250 45 170 45 20.0 12.0 100.0
02 +30 '150
25 100 25 11 . 0 8.5 60.0
05 -4 qLr
tc cz 15 7.5 5.0 30.0
u.c +30 65 10 45 10 5.0 3.5 25.0
For screen printed transparent colored areas on white sheeting, the

coefficientsof retroreflection
shall not be less than 70% of the values for
corresponding colorin the abovetable.
The sheetingmanufacturer shall providea test reporlfrom Britishstandards

(BSl) or any internationally
Institution recognised laboratorystatingthat the
sheetingmeets the requirementsaccordingto BSI 873 part 6. or Fp g2 of
FHWA.
The brightnessof the reflectivesheetingtotallywet by rain, shall be at least

ninety(90)% of the abovevalues
The reflectivesheetingshall be sufficientlyflexibleas to permit applicatron

over and adhesionto a moderatelyembossedsurface. lt shall not show
damage when bent ninety (90) degree over a frfty (50) mm diameter
mandrill.
The sheetingshall show no crackingor reductionin reflectionafter being

subjecte!to the droppingof a twentyfive (25) mm diametersteel ballfrom a
heightof two (2) metersonto its surface.
For heat activatedmaterialthe adhesiveshall permitthe reflectivesheeting

to adheresecurelyfortyeight(48) hoursafterapplication,at temperaturesof
up to nrnety(90)degreeCentigrade.
The reflectivematerialshall be weather-resistantand followingcleaning,

shallshow no definitefading,darkening.cracking,blisteringor peelingand
not less than seventyfive (75) % of the specifiedwet or dry minimum
brightnessvalueswhen exposedto weatheringfor five (5) years.
607-3
v-109
ssauo^rIsaJJo
leur6uoslt ol ace!ns u6tsor..l]
ololsel oi paltnbal6uryeeqs
aq1ecelda:lpnn
ralnlcelnueur OurlaeqspuelainlceJnueut u6rseq1siea,iuaâseltluaaql (e
'6urLnpfuo1ce1sr1esun
aq o] u^ oqs sburlaaqsloJsMollo;se slsocuollelolsal
ranoclleqsJalnloelnueul6urlaaqsaLl]anoqesiuauetrnbalacueLulof ed atl]
laur lou aneLlsuotlepuauiulocols;a:nlcelnueLu6urlaaqsaLll o] burptocce
posn pue pellddnssu6rscriletl ontlcol;aro.tlar
ieq] umoLlsaq ueo ]t ajaqM
'urlaaqs
o;burp,occe
Duruea;c
u'rsra11e
#ru"ffi.""riJ"tJ"j:']5:T:il
olqe]oôqeaql ut lolocOurpuodsalloc
aql roj sanleâLlljo %09 ueq] ssal aq lou lleLlsuotical]elojlal
jo sluatctjlaoc
aq] '6ur1aaqsaltqA uo seale peloloc lueredsuellpalulld uaalcs lol
o 0t uAorB
qt enlB
LL
9t 8t peu
qc
8t u33JC
ocl vvl Molls
002 ztz a]!qM
(srea^ 0 L) (srea12) roloJ

uorlcauaiolloulo uorlcallalollaulo 6uriaaqg
]uarsuiaoc ]uarcuJaoc
uJnururlA unurulr!
ilt atqel
'lll alqel ut pelstlpouad

1eq16uunp6urlaaqs]eLllrol parlrcads
urnurutLuoql ueq] ssal sl uollcaualollalJo luotcureocaql (z) lo :suotltpu03
Outnuplq6ru pue Aep leulou lopun alctqanOurnoule uoJl paMatnuoqm
esod:ndpepualutsUJoJa^tlcoJlaut st uOrseq1(l) .ter.lllualxa oLl]ol sesneo
lernleuol enp paleloualapsell l jl {.lo1ce1sr1esun palaptsuocoq ll$ burlaaqs
anrlcagarorlar aql 'uorlecrlrceds slrj] lo lll olqel ut pelels sleel 1o taqulnu
aLl]roJ [lenrlcageulog:ed lleqs 'uol]epueLuutooot s,JoJn]ceJnueu Ourlaeqs
qlm ecuepJocoe ut sleualeul>1ue;q u6rso1parpdde pue passacoLd sburleeqg
'utaloqpolstl
slueua:rnbeJlle slaaut su6rs anrlcapaJotlolpor..lstuu
loj pasn Ourlaaqs
aql leql burlelsJernlcelnueuOurleeqsaLl]r.uollalecgr1.ra3
e ltulqnslleqs
JaJnlcelnueuu6rs aq1 'uol1e6;1qgpuv sluourellnbegacueuloya6 (c
b) ln addition,duringthe first five years sign manufacturerand sheeting
manufacturer will cover the cost of restoringthe sign surfaceto its
originaleffectivenessat no costto the NHAfor materialsand labor.
samplesof the reflective

sheetingshallbe approvedby the Engineerpriorto
placinghis order.
the Contractor
607.2.3 MetalPosts
wide flangeof 10 x 10 centimetersmetal posts shall be fabricatedfrom

structural
steelconforming
to the specifications
of ASTMA 293GradeD.
In lieuof wideflangesteelpoststhe contractormay usetubularsteelposts

of minimuminternaland externaldiametersof sixty three (63) mm and
seventyflve (75) mm respectivelyconformingto the specifications
of ASTM
A 501.
All postsshallbe thoroughly

cleaned,freefrom grease,scaleand rust,and
shallbe givenone coatof rustinhibitive
primingpaintandtwo coatsof grey
paint.Lengthof the postsshallbe suchthattheirtop flusheswiththetop ot
the signpenal,wfiereas bottomof signpanelis at leasthundredandeighty
(180)centimeters aboveshoulderlevel.
60'7.2.4 Plates
a) Platesshall be non-porous,
smooth,flat, rigid,weatherproofand shall
notrustor deteriorate
otherwise.
It shall be so cut that thereare no sharpedgesand that the cornersare

roundedoff4oa radiusof thirtysevenandhalf(37.5)mm.Anytrademarkor
otherprintingshallbe carefullyremovedwithliquidthinner.
b) The High IntensityGradesheetingfor the background

shouldcoverthe
wholeareaof the signplate.
c) Priorto application
of the High IntensityGrade reflectivesheeting,the
sign plate shall be cleanedand shall be wax-free.They shall be
degreasedby vapouror by alkalineimmersionand etchedby scrubbing
withabrasivecleaner.The plateshallbe rinsedthoroughly anddriedwith
hotair beforeapplyingthe sheets.
d) The sheetingafterapplicationto the sign base shallnot comeoff the

edges,whichshallbe sealed,nor shallit peeloff nor warp.The surface
shall be smoothand free from any bubbles,pimples,edge chippingor
edgeshattering.
lt shallbewashableandweather-proof.
607-5
ffi7.2.5 NutsandBolts
All Nutsand boltsand metalwashersshallbe of heavilygalvanizedquality

ten (10)mm dia (G.1.)or aluminium alloy.The boltheadSto be suchthat
theydo not protrudeout too muchnor showvery muchon the frontface of
the plate.The headsshouldbe flushwith the plateface and coveredwith
sheetinggalvanisedaccording to ASTMA 153.
607.2.6 RubberWasher
All rubberwashersshall have thick wallsand shall not get dry and brittle
whenexposedto weatherat the site aftertheyare in positionduringthe life
of thesign.
607.2.7 eaBspyerlbcrpcs
Thesecan be of heavyplasticor of aluminium

wellfittedso thattheycannot
be removed;anygoodadhesivecan be used.
ffi7.2.8 General
a) Verylargesignsneednot be madeof one piece;in that caseextended

Aluminiumpanelsshallbe usedor the variouspiecesof sheetshallbe
joined by angle-ironsh anticorodalmaterials,and, if necessary,with
connectingcrosspiecesin orderto ensurethe solidityof the joint and
with slantingstruts embeddedin the concreteas directed by the
Engineer.
b) All the nutsand bolts'andmetalwashersmustbe heavilygalvanized,

or
maybe of stainlesssteelof highquality.
c) Relevantholesto receiveten (10)mm boltsshallbe drilledintothe pipes

and the platesand not punched.Theseto be drilledthroughthe plates
beforetheapplication
of scotchlite.
d) Afier the platesare fixed with nuts and bolts,the nuts shall be TACK
WELDEDto the boltsagainstpilferage.
607.2.9 Concrete Foundation Blocks
Theconcretefor thefoundation blocksshallbe in situClassA in accordance

withltem 401.1.1andshallof the size 450x 450x 650 mm for category1 &
2 and600x 600x 750mm for category3.
607.2.10 Road Posts and Hazard Markers
The roadpostsand hazardmarkersusedas permanentsafetydevieesshall

conformfully.withthe requirementsof the statutoryinstruments,cunent
Britishstandards
andchapterfour(4) of theTrafficsignsmanual.The safety
devicesshallconsistof delineatorsand detoursof vergemaster,flex
607€
master,edge master,passingplace post, and chevroflexetc. and will be
manufacturedfrom highly durable tough plastic material with standing
vehicularimpact.These shall be of High IntensityGrade reflectivesheeting
for maximumvisibilityby bothday and nightand consequenfly be resistantto
impact,damageand vandalism.
607.3.1 Excavatior and BackJillinq
Holesshall be excavatedto the requireddepthof the bottomof the concrete

foundation
as shownon the Drawing.
Backfillingshall be carriedout by using the surplus excavatedmaterialif

approvedby the Engineerand shall be compactedin layersnot exceeding
fifteen(15)cm in depth.
surplus excavated materiafshall be disposed of by the contractor as

607.3.2 Erectionof Posts
The posts shall be erectedverticallyin positioninsidethe formworkof the

foundationblockpriorto the placingof the concreteand shall be adequately
supportedby bracingto the preventmovementof the post duringthe setting
processof the concrete.The posts shall be locatedat the positionsshown
on the Drawings.
607.3.3 SignPanelInstallation
sign panels shall be installedby the contractor in accordancewith the

detailsshown on the Drawings.Any chippingor bendingof the sign panels
shall be consideredas sufficientcauseto requirereplacementof the panels
at the Contractor's
expense.
The exposedportionof the fasteninghardwareon the face of the sign shall

be paintedwithenamelsmatchingthe background colour.
All newly erectedtraffic road signs shall be covered with burlap or other
materialuntiltheiruncovering is orderedby the Engineer.
607.3.{ Categories
of Signs
Traffic road signs shall be of three categories according to type of

construction
4IY+r
constructedwithsinglepostand signof equilateral
triangleshape,as shown
rn drawingscategory'1
607-7
b) Regulatory
Signs
Constructedwith single post and sign of circularshape, as shown in the

drawings.category2.
c) Informator-v
Signs
These signsshall be rectangularin shapeand constructedwith one, two or

three numbersof postsor as shownon the drawings.Dimensionsmay vary
.accordingto the requirements,
howevertotalarea of sign shallbe as under:-
Category3 a = One Sq. meter

Category3 b = Two Sq meter
Category3 c = As shownon drawings
d) Additionalpanel
lf any panelis required it shallbe of the sizes60x30cm or

to be installed,
90x30cm.
607.3.5 Installationof SafetvDevices
Safetydevicescomprisingof road posts,delineatorsof varioustypes,fixed/

portablesafetybarriersand hazardmarkerse.g. verge-master,flex-master
chevroflex,bigmax,edgemasterand passingplacepost and otheretc., shall
be installedin accordancewith the techniquesand methodslaid down in the
manufacturer's manualor guide and in conformityto the line and level and
locationsshown on the drawingsor as directedby the Engineerto ensure
maximumvisibilityand safety,even in adverseweatherconditions.These
shall be constructedstrictlywith the specifications
and full assistanceby the
manufacturerfor installationwith precision.These safety devicesshall be
usedas delineators at sharpcurvesof highwaysverges,highembankments,
culverts,bridges,as a visual and physicaldeterrentfor a prohibitingcar
parkingon grassvergesand protectingkerb-sideareason publicand private
roads.
607.3.6 Sign faces
a ) Desiqn
A l l s i g n f a c e s s h a l l b e o f t h e t y p e , c o l o u r ,d e s i g n a n d s i z e a s s h o w n i n t h e
p l a n s .S i z e a n d s p a c i n go f l e t t e r ss h a l l b e a s u n d e r : -
607-8
1. The Urduwritingshallbe in "Persian"character.
2. The Urduand Englishwritingshallbe aboutthe samein length,

widthandspacing.
3. Englishlettersare to be in italicsexceptthe first letter of the

word,whichis to be in capital.
4. Heightof Capitalletters 21 cm
5. Heightof italicsletters 1 7c m
6. StrokeWidthandWidthof border 3.5cm
7. Spacebetweenwordsandborder(at least) 5cm
B. SpacebetweenWords 5cm
9. Spaceonelinewilloccupy 4cm
10. Spacebetweendigitsof numerals 4cm
11. Heightof numeralssameas capitallefters 23 crn
12. Spacebetweenlines(at least) 5 crn
13. Sizeof letterfor km.Height K-23cm

m€ cm
14. Widthof lettersfor km includingspacing K4 cm
rn-9.6cnr
15. Widthof dividingline 2.0cm
16. The sizeandspacingfor Urduletterand

Wordswiltgenerally
conformto the dimensions
shownabovefor Englishletters.
17. Thespellingof placenamesin Urduandin

Englishshallbe as writtenin the Surveyof Pakistan,
maps.
b) Shopnratues
The contractorshallsubmitto the Engineerfor approval,three(3) copiesof

drawingsfor all specialsign faces and all sign faces bearingmessages,
showingihe designand/orarraRgemeRt and spaeingof boththe Urduand
Englishsignmessages. officialtownnamesand theirspellingshallbe as
prrovided
by the Engineer.Sizeandstyleof letteringshallbe as shownon the
plansor as othenrvise
approvedby theEngineer
607-9
607.3.7 $toraseof Sisns
Signsdeliveredfor use on a projectshall be storedoff groundand under

cover in a manner approvedby the Engineer.Any signs damaged,
discoloredor defacedduringtransportation, storageor erectionshall be
rejected
507.4 MEAS{JREMENTA}ID PAYMENT
ffi7.4.1 Measurement
The quantitiesof traffic road signs and safety devicesto be paid for shall be
measuredin number of each categoryof sign suppliedand installedat site
607.4.2 Pevlqe4
The quantities measured as determined above shall be paid for at the

contract unit price for the pay items listed below, and as shown in the Bill of
Quantitieswhich price and paymentshall be full compensationfor furnishing
all labour, materials, tools, equipment, and for excavation, concreting,
backfillingand erectionof posts, installationof sign panels and all incidental
costs including sheeting/paintingnecessary to complete the work as
prescribedin this item.

No. Measurement
607a TrafficRoadSignsCategory1, size-- Each
2, size-'
607b TrafficRoadSignsCategory Each
3 (a)
607c TratficRoadSignsCategory Each
3 (b)
607d TrafficRoadSignsCategory Each
3 (c)
607e TrafficRoadSignsCategory SM
607f panelsize60 x 30 cms

Additional Each
panelsize90 x 30 cms
6079 Additional Each
607h RoadPostsand HazardMarkers Each
607-10
tT[\t 608 PAVEMENT MARKING
6(lft.I DESCITIPTION
This work shall consistof furnishingnon reflectiveor reflectivechlorinated

rubber based or thermoplasticpaint materialor retroreflective preformed
pavementmarking(tape)whicheveris calledfor in the specialProvisions
and shown in the Bill of Quantities,for samplingand packing,for the
preparationof the surface and for the applicationof the paint to the
pavementsurfaceall in accordance withtheseSpecifications.
The paintshallbe appliedin conformance

to the size.shapeand locationof
the markingsas shownin the Drawings.
60n.2 CHLORINATEDRUBBERPAINT
608.2.l i\'lateriaIRequirements
A standardand acceptable qualityof chlorinatedRubberbasedpaintshall

be used rhe paintshallbe readyfor application and shallbe of a smooth
quality.The paint shall be homogeneous,well dispersedto a smooth
consistencyand shall not cake, liver,thicken,curdle,gel, setflebadly or
show any objectionablepropertres after periodof storagenot to exceedsix
(6) months.
Comuosition
a) WhiteTraffic Paint
r) Pigment TrtaniumDioxideRutileand extenders 10oo/o
i i ) Vehicle ModifiedChlorinated
Rubber
Plasticized
and ResinBlend 52+4%
Solvents 45+40h
Additivesi.e.Flowleveling,
adhesion
improving agents,anti-oxidants,
siccativesetc. 1- 3%
iii) PaintComposition:Pigments 55+4%by Weight
Vehicle,Solventand
Additives 45+5%by Weight
608-1
tr) White Traffic Paint
i) Pigment : ChromeYellowand
Extenders 1OO%
by Weight
ii) Vehicle : Same as for whitetrafficpaint
iii) PaintComposition:Pigments 55+4%by Weight
Vehicle,Solventand Additives 45+5ohby Weight
c) Blacli Traffic Paint
i) Pigment ChromeBlackand
Extenders 100%by Weight
it) Velrrcie . Sameas for whitetrafficpaint
i i i ) PaintComposition:Pigments 55!4% by Weight
Vehicle 45+5%by Weight
The volatilematerialshall be of such characterthat has a minimumsolvent

actionof asphalt,and such that the resinsand non-volatilecomponentswill
be entirelydissolvedin the volatilemateriaf,and will not precipitatefrom the
solutionon standing.The non-volatile materialshallbe of suchqualitythat it
will not darken or become vellow when a thin section is exoosedto the
sunlight.
Other pavementmarkingpaint may be submittedby the Contractoras an

alternative
to the above,for the approvalof the Engineer.
608.2.1.1 Ballotinifor Reflective

RoadPaint
The gradingof ballotinidispersedin the paintshallbe as follows:
SieveSizes PercentaqeRetained
No.12 C
N o .2 0 30
N o .3 0 50
N o .5 0 BO
No 80 100
GlassbeaosshallconformwithAASHTODesignationM-247.At leastninety
(90)percentglassbeadsshallbe transparent,
reasonable
sphericaland free
from flaws.
The proportion to paintshallbe not lessthan five hundred(500)

of ballotini
gramsper litreof paint.
608-2
608.2.2 Photometric Requirements for Reflective Road Paint
Other reflectiveroad paintsmay be consideredfor use by the Engineer

provic.ied
theyhaveminimumbrightness valuesat two tenth(0.2)degreeand
half (0.5) degreedivergenceexpressedas candle powerper meter per
squaremeterof surfacecoating,as follows:
Golour.
White Yellow
DivergenceAngle (Degree) 0.2 0.5 0.2 0.5

IncidenceAngles 4(Degree) 237 118 129 75
IncidenceAngles 40(Degree) 75 43 43 32
608.2.3 CONSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
Traffic markingsshall be appliedwith approvedequipmentcapableof

applyingthe paint at the specifiedwidth and at the specifiedrate of
ln no caseshallthe contractorproceedwith the work untilthe
application.
equipment, methodof application
andrateof application
as establishedby a
testsectionhavebeenapprovedbythe Engineer
The paintingof lanemarkersand trafficstripsshallincludethe cleaningof

the pavementsurfaces,the application, protectionand dryingof the paint
coatings,the protectionof pedestrians, vehicularor other traffic on the
pavements,the protectionof all parts of the road, structuresor
appurtenances againstdisfigurement by spatters,splashesor smirchesof
paintor of paintmaterials,and the supplyingof all tools,labourand traffic
paintnecessary for theentirework.
The paintshallnot be appliedduringrain,wetweather,whentheair is misty,

or when, in the opinion of the Engineer,conditionsare othenruise
unfavodrable for the work.Paintshallnot be appliedupondamppavement
surfaces,or uponpavements whichhaveabsorbedheatsufficientto cause
the paintto blisterandproducea porouspaintfilm.
The applicationof paintshallpreferablybe carriedout by a purpose-made

machinebut where brushesare used only round or oval brushesnot
exceeding 10 cm. in widthwill be permitted.
The paint,whenapplied,shall
be so appliedas to producea uniform,evencoatingin closecontactwiththe
surfacebeingpainted.
Trafficpaintshallbe appliedto the pavementat a rateof one (1) litreto two

and half (2.5) squaremetersor less. Contractorshall provideadequate
arrangements that appliedpaintis not disfiguredby movingtraffic,till its
completedryingandstickingto roadsurface.
608-3
608.3 HOT-APPLIED TIIERMOPLASTIC ROAD PAINTS
608.3.1 Material Requirements
608.3.1.1 Assresate
The aggregate shall consist of light coloured silica sand, calcite, quartz,
calcinedflint, or other materialapprovedby the Engineer.
608.3.1.2 Pisment and ext€nder
a) White material.
The pigmentshall be titaniumdioxidecomplyingwith the requirements

of
TypeA (anatase)
or TypeR (rutile)
of BS 1851.
b) Yellow materials.
for all or part of the

Sufficientsuitableyellowpigmentshallbe substituted
titaniumdioxideto complywiththeotherrequirementsof thisspecification.
c) AII materials.
ihe extendershallnormallybewhiting(i.e.calciumcarbonatepreparedfrom
natural chalk) complyingwith the requirementsof BS 1795. The
manufacturermaysubstitute complying
lithopone of BS
withthe requirement
296for anyor all of thewhiting.
d) Binder.
resin,or, withthe approval

The bindershallconsistof synthetichydrocarbon
gunorwoodresin,plasticized
of the Engineer, withmineraloil.
e) Composition of mixture.
The proportionsof the constituents

of the mixed materialas found on
shallcomplywiththerequirements
analysis of table1.
608-4
TABLE 1. PROPORTIONS OF CONSTITUENTS OI.-MXTURE
Constituent
Percentageby massof total mixture
Minimum Maximum
Binder(resinand oil) 18 22
Pigment 6*
Pigmentand extender 18 22
Ballotinr 20
Aggregate
Pigment 7B 82
Extenderand ballotini
* Fortitaniumdioxideonly.No minimumis specified

for yellowmaterial.
Where specified,10% in the case of materialto which surfaceballotiniis to

be appliedby pressureapplication
The grading of the combinedaggregate,pigment,extenderand ballotini

(wherespecified)as foundon analysisshallcomplywith the requirements
of
lable 2.
TABLE 2, GRADING OF COMBINED AGGREGATE.PIGMENT.

EXTENDERAND BALLOTINI
Sieve Percentageby mass passing Sprayed
2 . 8 0m m 100
600um 75-95
60tt.1.2 Sampling
andTesting
6()tt.3.2.1 SarnDling
For the purposeof carryingout the testing,it is essentialthat adequateand

representativesamplesbe takenin the mannerprescribedrn specification
BS 3262at followingstages.
plant.
a) At the manufacturer's
b) After it has beenre-meltedby the road applicationcontractor.
oud-c
608.J.3.2 Tesfing
The samples shall be preparedand tested in accordancewith B.S.

Specification3262 (1976)appendixA to H. The test resultsshallconform
the followingproperties.
Softening point.
withappendixC shallbe not

The softeningpointmeasuredin accordance
l e s st n a n0 5 ' u .
C o l o u r a n c ll u n r i n a n c e
it) \\'hite nraterial.
l-he luminancefactor of white materialas deliveredby the manufacturer

shallbe measuredin accordance withappendixD and shallnot be lessthan
70 whereasthe luminance or
factorof materialobtainedfrom an applicator
melteron site after re-meltingmeasuredin accordancewith appendixD
shallnot be lessthan65
b; Ycllot rnaterial.
The Colour of yellowmaterialshallbe approximately BS 381CColourNo.

355, Lemon.The luminancefactorof yellowmaterial as deliveredby the
manufacturershall be not less than 60 whereas the luminancefactor of
material obtained from an applicatoror melter on site after re-melting
measuredin accordance withappendixD shallnot be lessthan55.
r HeatStability
a) WhiteMaterial.
When testedin accordance with appendixE, the luminancefactorof white

materialas measuredin accordance withappendixD shallbe not lessthan
65
b) Yellorvmaterial.
When testedin accordancewith appendixE. the luminancefactorof yellow

materialas measuredin accordancewith appendixD shallbe not lessthat
55.
Flolv resistance.
ln testingthe flow resistance,a cone made and tested in accordancewith

appendixF, shallnot slumpby moreIhan25%.
608-6
Skid resistance.
When tested in accordancewith appendixG, the skid resistanceof a newly

laid markingpreparedunderthe statedconditionsshall be not less than 45.
608.3.3 Manufacturins. Packineand Storins of Paint
608.3.3.1 Manqfapluriug
The paint shall be produced in a plant owned and operated by the

manufacturerfollowinga processwhich has been used by the manufacturer
for at least five (5) years to produce paint. The equipmentfor mixing and
grindingshallbe clean,modern,and in good condition.
608.3.3.2 Packins
. The material shall be supplied in sealed containers which do not

contaminatethe contentsand which protectthem frorn contamination.
. Each container shall be clearly and iridelibly marked with the
manufacturer's name, Batch number, date of manufacture,
reflectorisation(if applicable), colour, chemical type of binder and
maximumsafe heatingtemperature.
608.3.3.3 Storing
The material shall be stored in accordance with the manufacture/s

instructionsand any materialthat is in darnagedcontainersof which the seal
has been broken,shall not be used.
608.3.4 Certification
The Contractorshall furnisha certificatefrom manufacturerthat the material

he proposesto use has the required properties,stating the maximum and
minimum proportionsand grading of the constituents,the acid value of the
binder, the sefting time, the maximum safe heating temperature, the
temperaturerangeof the apparatusand the proposedmethodof laying.
608.3.5 Application of Material to the Roail
a) Prenarationofsite.
The thermoplasticpaintshall only be appliedto surfaces,which are clean

and dry. lmmediatelybefore the applicationof paint, the surface shall be
cleaned with mechanicalbroom, compressedair or other approved means
to remove surplus asphalt,oils, mud, dust and other loose or adhered
material. The material shall not be applied if the road surface is at a
temperatureof less than 5o C.
608-7
b) Prtinarationof materialon site.
The material shall be melted in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructionsin a heatherfittedwith a mechanicalstirrerto give a smooth
consistency to the thermoplastic material and such that local
overheatingwill be avoided.The ternperature of the mass shallbe within
the range specifiedby the manufacturer,and shall on no accountbe
allowed to exceed the maximum temperature stated by the
manufacturer.The molten materialshall be used as expeditiously as
possible,and for thermoplastic material,which has naturalresinbinders
or is othenryisesensitiveto prolongedheating,the materialshall not be
maintainedin a moltenconditionfor more than 4 hours.
After transferto the layingapparatus,the materialshall be maintained

withinthe temperaturerange specifiedby the manufacturerand stirred
to maintainthe rightconsistency
for laying.
On concrete carriageway,a tack coat compatiblewith the marking

material shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's
priorto the application
instructions of thermoplasticmaterial.
c) Layins.
Carriagewaycentrelines,lane linesand.edgelines shall be laidto a regular

alignmentby self propelledmachine.Other mafkingsmay be laid by hand,
hand propelledmachine or self propelledmachine as approved by the
Engineer.The surfaceproducedshall be uniformin textureand thickness
and appreciably
free from blistersand streaks.
d) Reflectorization
by surfaceapnlication.
When surface applicationof ballotiniis required,additionalballotini(400

g/m' to 500 g/m' from the machine) shall be applied by pressure
concurrentlywith the laying of the line with sufficient'velocityto ensure
retentionin the surface of the line. The ballotiniso sprayed shall give
uniform cover and immediatdreflectivitvover the whole surface of the
marking.
Ballotinidispensedon the surface of the markings shall conform to the

followinggrading.
Sieve Percentaqeby mass
1 . 7m m 100
600 pr 8 0- 1 0 0
425 yt 45- 100
300 u 1 0- 4 5
ztzp. 0 -25
0-5
608-8
Not less than 90%. by mass of the ballotini,shall be of transparentglass,
sphericalin shape and not more then ten (10) percentshall be ovate in
shapeor haveotherflaws.The ballotinishallbe made of soda glass.
e) Thickness
Unlessotherwiseapprovedby the Engineer,the materialshall be laid to the

followingthicknesses.
a) Sprayedlinesotherthan yellow.Not lessthan 1.5 mm.

b) Sprayedyellowedge linesnot lessthan 0.8 mm.
The minimum thicknesses specified are.exclusive of surface applied

ballotini.The methodof thicknessmeasurementshall be in accordancewith
appendixH of BS 3262 (1976).
608.3.6 Trial Section
In no case shall the contractorproceedwith the work until the equipment,

method of applicationand rate of applicationconformingthe required
thickness(as establishedby a test section)have been approved by the
Engineer.
608.4 RETOROREFLECTIVEPREFORMEDPAVEMI NT MARKINGS.
608.4.1 Materials- Requirements
The performedmarkingsshall consistof whiteor yellowfilms with pigments

selectedto conform to standardhighwaycolours.Ceramic and glass beads
shall be incorporatedto provide immediateand continuingretroreflection.
Ceramicskid particlesshall be bondedto a top urethanelayerto providea
skid resistantsurface.
The preformedmarkings shall be capable of being adhered to asphalt

cementconcrete(ACC)or PortlandCementConcrete(PCC)by a precoated
pfessure sensitive adhesive. A primer may be used to preconditionthe
pavementsurface,The preformedmarkingfilm shallmold itselfto pavement
contoursby the actionof traffic.The pavementmarkingfilm wearingcourses
during the paving operation in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions,approvedby the Engineer.Followingproper applicationand
tamping,the markingsshall be immediatelyready for traffic. The bidder,
when bidding, shall identify proper solvents and/or primers (where
necessary)for properapplication,and recommendation for applicationthat
will assureeffectiveproductperformance. The preformedmarkingsshall be
suitablefor use for one year after the date of receipt when stored in
accordancewittrthe manufacturer's recommendations.
The markingfilm shall be durableretroreflective

plisot polymerpavement
markingfilm for performedlongitudinalmarkingssubjectto low to medium
trafficvolumesand moderatewear conditionssuch as repeatedshearaction
from crossoveror encroachmenton channelizationlines.
608-9
The retroreflectivepavementmarking film shall consist of mixture of high-
quality pigmentedpolymericmaterials,with a reflectivelayer of ceramic and
glass beads,and a layerof skid resistantceramic particlesbondedto the top
urethanewear surface.The film shall have a pre-coatedpressuresensitive
adhesive.The edgesof the preformedtape shallbe clearcut and true.
608.4.2 Colour:
The daytime colour of the white film shall provide a minimum initial
Luminancefactor, Y, of 80, and shall conform to the followingchromaticity
X = 0.290,Y = 0.315;X = $491, Y = 0.435;X = 0.512,Y =
requirements:
=
0.486;X 0536,Y = 0.463.
Measurements shallbe made in accordancewith ASTM E 1349,using

illuminent"C" and Ol45(4510)geometry.Calculations
shall.bein accordance
with ASTM E 308 for the 2o standardobserver.
608.4.3 Reflectance.
The white and yellow films shall have the following initial minimum
rpflectancevalues as measuredin accordancewith the testing procedures
bf ASTM D 4061.The photometricquantityto be measuredshallbe specific
luminance(SL),and shallbe expressedas millicandalsper squarefoot per
-').The
foot-candle(mcd.ft'). fc metric.equivalent shall be expressedas
-').
per squaremeterper lux (mcd. m
millicandals lx-')
White Yellow
EntranceAngle86.00" 96.50 96.50
Observation Angle 1.00 1.00
SpecificLuminance 300 175
SL [(mcd.ft-2).fc-1.|
608.4.4 Skid Resistance
films shall providean initialminimumskid

The surfaceof the retoreflective
resistancevalues of 55 BPN as measured bv the British PortableSkid
Tester in accordancewith,ASTME 303.
608.J.s Patchabilitv
The pavementmarkingfilm shall be capableof use for patchingworn areas

of the same typeof film in accordancewith the manufacturer's
instructions.
608.J.6 Reflectance
Retention.
To have a good, effectiveperformancelife, the ceramicand glass beads

must be stronglybondedand not be easily removedby trafficwear. The
followingtest shallbe employedto measurereflectivity
retention.
608-'t0
608.4.6.t TaberAbraserSimulationTest
Usinga TaberAbraserwith an H-18wheel and a 125 gram load,the sample

shall be inspectedat 200 cycles,undera microscope,to observedthe extent
and type of bead failure.No more than 15% of the beads shall be lost due to
popoutand the predominantmode of failure shall be "wear down" on the
beads.
608.4.7 Beads
The size, quality and refractiveindex of the ceramic and glass beads shall
be such that the performancerequirementsfor the markingshall be met.
The bead adhesionshall be such that beads are not easilyremovedwhen
the materialsurfaceis scratched.
608.4.8 BeadRetention
The film shall be ceramicand glass bead retentionqualitiessuch that when

a 2 i n x 6 i n . ( 5 . 0 8c m x 1 5 . 2 4 c m )s a m p l ei s b e n to v e r a 1 l 2 i n . ( 1 . 2 7c m )
diameter-mandrel, with the 2 ih. dimensionperpendicularto the mandrel
axis, microscopic. examinationof the area on the mandrelshall show no
more than 1Oo/o of the beads with entrapmentby the binder of less than
40%.
608.4.9 Thickness
The film without adhesive,shall have a minimumthicknessof 0.030 in

(0.76mm).
608.4.10 EffectivePerformanceLife.
The film, when applied according to the recommendationsof the

manufacturer, shall provideneat,durablemarkingthat will not flow or distort
due to temperatureif the pavementsurfaceremainsstable.The film shallbe
weather resistantand through normal traffic wear shall show no fading,
impairthe intendedusage of the
liftingor shrinkagewhich will significantly
markingthroughoutits useful life and shall show no significanttearing,roll
backor othersignsof poor adhesion.
608.4.11 Installation
The markings shall be applied in accordancewith the manufacturer's

instructions.
608.s CEMENTITIOUSMARIilNG COMPOUND
Cementitiousmarking compound shall be used for Concrete, Surface

Dressingand Bitumento provideenhancednightand wet, weathervisibility.
This compoundwill be appliedat followinglocations:
. Kerbs- Pavementsand car parkareas.

. Roundabout- verticaland slopingfaces.
608-11
. Traffic lslands- verticaledges and bull noses,etc'
. Traffic Dividers- black and ivhite chevrons.
. Concrete wall and faces - on high speed intersectionsand traffic
merging.
608.s MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
608.5.1 tVleasurement
The quantityof non-reflectiveor reflectivechlorinatedrubber based or

thermoplasticpavementmarkingpaint,shall be the no. of linearmeters of
painted traffic line for the specified width as indicated in BOQ. The
retroreflectivepreformed pavement markings (tape) shall be measured in
squaremeters.The arrowsshallbe measuredin number'
The measurementshallbe made of paintedareas,completedand accepted.

No measurementshallbe made of unauthorized areas.Paintthat is applied
in un-authorizedareas shall be completelyremovedfrom the surface of the
road to the satisfactionof the Engineerand at Contractor'sexpense.
608.s.2 Payment
The quantitiesmeasuredas determinedabove shall be paid for at the

Contract unit price respectivelyfor the pay items listed below, which price
and paymentshallconstitutefull compensation for furnishingand placingall
materialsincludingsampling,packing and testing at approvedlaboratory.
The cost shall also includethe preparationof the surface,and for all other
costs necessaryto completethe work as prescribedin this item.

No. Measurement
608 a Markingin non-reflective

Pavement
CR/TPPaintfor Linesof 12cm width. M
608 b Markingin non-reflective
Pavement
CR/TPPaintfor Linesof i5 cm width. M
608 c Markingin non-reflective
Pavement
CR/TPPaintfor Linesof 20 cm width. M
608 d Markingin non-reflective
Pavement
CR/TPPaintfor4.0M'arrows. Each
608 e Markingin non-reflective
Pavement
CR/TPPaintupto6.0 M arrows. Each
608 f Markingin non-reflective
Pavement
CR/TPPaintfor varioussigns. SM
608 g Markingin reflective
Pavement
CR/TPPaintfor Lineof 12 cm width. M
608 h Markingin reflective
Pavement
CR/TPPaintfor Lineof 15cm width. M
608-12
608 i PavementMarkingin reflective
CR/TP Paintof 20 cm width.
608 j PavementMarkingin reflective
CR/TP Paintfor 4 M arrows.
608 k PavementMarkingin reflective
CR/TP Paintfor varioussigns.
608 | PavementMarkingin reflective
CR/TPPaintfor varioussigns..
608 m PavementMarkingby retro reflective
preformedpavementmarkings(Tape).
608-13
ITEM 609 REFLECTORIZEDPAVEMENT STUDS
609.1 DESCRIPTION
This item shall consist of furnishingand installingreflectorizedpavement

studs set into the traveled way of the type in accordance with the
and at the locationsshown on the Drawingsor as directedby
specifications
the Engineer.
609.2.r Studs
Reflectorized
'Flush Surface'type of
ReflectorzedStuds shall be "cat-eyes"either the
RaisedProfile'type havingthe followingcharacteristics.
(a) 'FlushSurface'Type
The'FlushSurface'reflectorshallbe the shortbasetypehavinga maximum

basearea of 18 cm x 14 cm or as shownon the Drawings.
The base shall be formed in cast-ironwith adequatewebbingto ensure a

firm key to the roadwhen installed.
The pad shall be highlyresilientand durablerubberreinforcedwith canvas

and shall have an anticipatedlife of at leastfive (5) years.The pad shall be
so designedas to produce a self whippingaction of the reflectorwhen
depressed.
The reflectorsshall be made of impact and abrasionresistingglass and

shallbe hermeticallysealedinto a coppersocket.
(b)'RaisedProfile'Type
The'Raised Profile'reflectorsshall consistof an acrylicplasticshell filled

with an adherentepoxycompoundmolded.frommethylmethacylateintothe
shape of a shallow frustum of a pyratnid having base dimension of
approximately'10cm x 10 cm and thicknessnot morethan two (2) cm or as
shownon the drawings.
The shell shall containone or two prismaticreflectoreach inclinedat an

angleof thirty(30) degreeto the horizontaland havingan area not less than
twenty(20)squarecm or as indicatedon the plans.
The reflectorsshall attainthe followingstandardsfor their photometricand

physicalqualities:
609-1
i) PhotometricRequirements
The reflectorsshall have the followingminimum specific Intensityvalues

(s.l) expressed as candle power per foot candle of illuminationat the
reflectoron a planeperpendicularto the incidentlight.
COLOUR
Crystal Yellow Red
DivergenceAngle 0.20 0.20 0.20
(in Degree) s.t. s.t. s.t.
IncidenceAngle
0 3.00 1.80 4.75
20 1.20 0.72 0.30
The reflectorfor testingshall be locatedwith the center of the reflectingface

at a distanceof one and half (1.5) m from a uniformlybrightlight source
havingan effectivediameterof half (0.5)centimeter.
The widthof the photocellshallbe 1.22cms and shall be shieldedfrom stray

light.The distancefrom the centersof the lightsourceand photocellshallbe
0.53cms.
Faifure of more than four () % of the reflectingfaces shall be cause for

rejectionof the lot.
ii) StrensthRequirement
The reflectorsshall supporta verticalload of 1000 kg when tested in the

followingmanner.
A reflectorshall be centeredhorizontallyover the open end of a vertically

positionedhollow metal cylinderseventyfive (7s) mm internaldiameter,
twentyfive (25) mm b,ighand wattthicknessof six (6) mm. The toadshail be
appliedto the top of'the reflectorthrougha six (6) mm diameterby six (6)
mm high metalplugcenteredon top of the reflector.
Failure shall constituteeither breakageor significantdeformationof the

markerat any loadlessthanone thousand(1000)kg.
609-2
609.2.2 Adhesive
When'RaisedProfile'typeof reflectorsare used,a two-partadhesivehaving

the followingingredientsshall be appliedto the stud for bonding to the
pavementsurface.
PackageA Ks/Litre
EpoxyResin 0.94
TitaniumDioxide 0.07
nnA
Silica
Colloidal
Talc 0.345
PackageB Ke/Litre
ModifiedAsphalticAmine
Hardener(Reinchold2611) 0.24
ModifiedAsphalticAmine
Hardener(Reinchold 2613) 0.472
CarbonBlack 0.0022
Silica
Colloidal 0.04
Talc 0.650
Equalvolumesof PackageA &'B shouldbe mixed togetheruntil a uniform

coiouris obtained.'Nomore than one quartof adhesiveshall be preparedat
one time.
60e:2.3 CementMortar
Cement mortar shall consist of one (1) part Portlandcement to three (3)
partsof fine aggregates.
603.3.1 FlushSurfaceTvpe
The stud shall be installed into the pavement in acCordancewith the

manufacturer'sinstructions but shall also comply with the following
requirements:
Cavities in the pavement shall be clearly cut to the dimension of the

pavementstud and shall allow a clearanceof one (1) cm around the stud
base.The longitudinalcenterlineaxis of the cavityshallbe the same as that
requiredfor the pavementstud when laidto correctlineand direction'
The walls of the cavityshall be splayedback at an angle of approximately

joint afterthe mortar
thirty(30) degreeto the verticalto facilitatea "dove-tail"
has set.
609-3
The bottom of the cavrtyshall be leveledwith asphalt concreteprior to
placingthe stud base. which shall be poundedinto positionwith pounder
Foot attachedto a pneumaticdrill
The depth of the cavityshallbe such that when the stud base and reflectors
have been installedthe elevationof the floor of the lens socketshallnot be
greater than two (2) mm or less than one (1) mm above the pavement
surface.
The stud shall be groutedinto positionwith asphaltconcretecontainingfine

aggregateonly or with a cementmortaras describedin ltem 609.2.3above
when the studsare installedintoa cementconcretepavement.
609.3.2 RaisedProfileTyne
The pavementstudsshallbe installedin accordancewith the manufacturer,s

instructions
or to the requirements
of the Engineer.
609.{ MEASUREMENT
AND PAYMENT
609.4.1 Measurement
The quantityof reflectorizedpavementstuds to be paid for shall be the

'Flushed
numberof surface'or'Raisedprofile'typeprovidedand installed
as mentionedabove.
609.1.2 Payment
The quantitiesmeasured as describedabove shall be paid for at the

contractunit price respectivelyfor the pay items listed belowand shown in
the Bill of Quantities,which paymentshall constitutefull compensationfor
furnishingand placing all materials,excavatingcavities, preparationof
surfaces,applyingadhesiveand mortar,for all labour,equipment,tools and
incidentalsnecessaryto completethe item.

No. Measurement
609a Reflectorised
PavementStud
(FlushSurfaceType - Singte) Each
609b Reflectorised
PavementStud
(FlushSurfaceType - Double) Each
609c Reflectorised
PavementStud
RaisedProfileType - Single) Each
609d Reflectorised
PavementStud
(RaisedProfileType - Doubte) Each
609-4
ITEM 610 PRECASTCONCRETEPOSTSAND MARKERS
610.r DESCRIPTIQN
The work shall'consistof furnishingand placingprecastconcreteKilometer,

Ten Kilometer,Guide Posts and Right of Way Markers, complete including
or
paintingand letteringin accordancewith the Drawingsand specifications
610.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMENT
6t0.2.1 Concrete
Precast concrete post and markers shall consist of Class A Concrete

conformingto the requirementsof ltem 401 and to the lengths,shapesand
other detailsshown on the Drawings.
Reinforcingsteel shall conformto ltem 404.
(a) Excavationand Beddins
Excavationshall be made to the requireddepth as shown on the Drawings.

All soft and unsuitablematerialshall be removedand replacedwith suitable
materialacceptableto the Engineer.
Beddingshall be to sectionand dimensionshown on the'Drawingsor as

(b) Placine
The precast concrete posts and markers shall be set in two (2) cm of
cement mortar to the level and grade as shown on the Drawingsor as
(c) Back-fillins
After the placing of precast concrete posts and markers in the excavated
areas and subsequentsetting in with cement mortar, the same will be
refilledto the requ.iredelevationwith suitabieearth or'granular material,
which shall be tamped in layersof not more than fifteen (15) centimeters
eachuntilfirmand solid.
610-1
610.-l NIEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
610.-r.1 Vleasurement
The quantityof each elementto be paid for shall be the numberof post and
markerfurnishedand installedin placeas per drawingor as directedby the
Engineer.
610.+.2 Payment
The accepted quantitiesof posts and markers shall be paid for at the
contractunit price per unit of measurementfor the pay items listedbelow
and shown in Bill of Quantitieswhich price shall be compensationfor
furnishing,excavation,placing,erection,painting,letteringand for all costs
includinglabour, tools, and incidentalsnecessaryto completethe work
prescribedin theseitems:

No. Measurement
610a GuidePost. Each
6 10 b Rightof WayMarker. Each
6 10 c Kilometer
Post. Each
610d TenKilometer
Post. Each
610-2
ITEM 611 FENCING
611.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof constructingpost and barbedwire fence or chain

link fence in accordancewith the detailsand at the locationsshown on the
Drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
6t1.2 MATERIAL REOUIREMEN'I'S
6rl.2.r BarbedWire
Barbedwire shall conformto the requirements of ASTM A 121' Class l. The

barbedwire shall consistof two (2) strandsof twelveand half (12.5)gauge
wire, twistedwith two (2) points,fourteen(14) gauge barbs spaced 10 cm
apart.
61r.2.2 Chain Link Fabric
Chain link fabric shall be fabricatedfrom ten (10) gauge galvanizedwire

conformingto AASHTO M 181 and shall be of the type shown in the
Drawings.Beforeorderingthe chainlink fabricthe Contractorshallsubmita
sampleof the materialto the Engineerfor his approval.
611.2.3 ConcretePosts
Concreteposts shall be made from Class D1 concretein accordancewith

Item 401.1.1.The postsshallbe cast to the lengthshownon the detailgd
drawingsand shallhavea smoothsurfacefinish.
611.2.4 SteelPosts
Steel posts shall be of the sectionlengthas specifiedor as shown on the

Drawings.The posts shall be of copperbearingsteel and shall conformto
'183for the gradespecified.
the requirements of AASHTOM
Sfeel reinforcententfor the concrete posts shall be deformedsteel bars

conformingto the provisionsof ltem404.
6 11 - ' l
6t 1.2.6 Hardware
Nuts, bolts, washers and other associatedhardwareshall be galvanized

afterfabricationas specifiedin ASTM 153.
6l1.3.1 Erectionof Posts
The posts shall be erected verticallyin position,insidethe formwork of the

foundationblock prior to the placingof the concreteand shall be adequately
supportedby bracingto preventmovementof the post during,thesetting
process of the concrete.The posts shall be erected to the height and
locationshownon the Drawingsor as directedby the Engineer.
6l 1.3.2 Installationof Chain Link Fabric
The chain link fabric shall be set to line and elevationand pulled tight
between each post before spot welding or other method of fixing is carried
out.
where splicingof the fabricis necessaryor at jointsthe lappingof the chain

link fabric shall be a minimumof ten (10) cm and shall occur only at the
concretepost.No horizontalsplicingwill be permitted.
The fabricshallbe fixedto the concretepost as shownon the Drawings.
6 l l.-r MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT
I
6 I 1."1. Measurement
The quantityto be paid for shall be the numberof linearmetersof fencing

e.rectedin place and accepted,measuredbetweenthe centresof the end
posts.
6tl.J.2 Pavment
The quantitiesmeasuredas determinedabove shall be paid for at the

contractunit price for the pay items listed below and shown in the Bill of
Quantities which price and payment shall be full compensationfor
furnishing,placing,excavating,backfillingand erectingall posts for the
installation,
fixing and weldingof the fabric and wire, and for all materials,
labour,equipment,toolsand incidentalsnecessaryto completethe item.
Pay ltem Description U n i to f

No. Measurement
6 1' t a ChainLinkFabricFencing M
6 ' l1 b BarbedWire Fencing. M
611-2
ITEM 612 FURNISHING AND PLANTING TREES, SHRUBSANT)
GROUND COVER
6r2.1 DESCRIPTION
Underthis work. the contractorshall furnishand planttrees,shrubs,vines,

groundcoversand otherplantsrn additionto preparingand finishingplanting
beds and shall perform maintenance and planting operations in a
workmanlikemanneraccordingto the provisionsof these specifications and
practice
to acceptedhorticultural
Trees,Shrubs,Vines,groundcoversand other plantswill hereinbe referred

as "Plants"or "PlantMaterial"
to collectively
The kinds,sizesand quantitiesof plantsto be furnishedand plantedand the

locationsat which they are to be planted shall be as called for on the
Drawingsor as designatedby the Engineer.
612.2.1 General
All plant materialshallcomplywith the local laws with respectto inspection

for plant diseasesand infestation,and such inspectioncertificatesas are
requiredby law shall be filed with the Engineer'srepresentative. All plants
shall be first-classrepresentattveof their normal speciesor varietiesand
shall have average or normal well-developedbranch or cane systems
togetherwith vigorousrootsystems.Plantcut backfrom largersizesto meet
specifiedsizes will not be acceptable.Plantsshall be free from disfiguring
knots, sun sealed, abrasionsof bark, wind or freezing iniury or other
disfigurements. Plantsshall show the appearanceof normai healthand
vigour and shall bear evidenceof proper top and -root pruning. Unless
otherwiseindicatedon the Drawingsall plantsshallbe nurserygrown.
612.2.2 Trees
Trees shall have straighttrunks, well-branchedwith symmetricaltop and

intact leader.They shall have no cuts of limbs over two (2) centimeterin
diameterwhich have not completelyhealedover. Each tree shall possess
for its variety and grgwth typical of such trees in the
the characteristics
region.
612.2.3 Shrubs
Each shrub shall possessthe characteristicsof the variety and growth

typicalof such shrubsin the region.
612-1
612.2.4 Vines.Ground Coverand Other Plants
Vines, ground cover and other plants, such as perennials,which are

furnishedin pots or other containersand which have been acclimatisedto
outsideconditionswill be providedthey are equalto fieldgrownstock.
612.2.5 CollectedPlants
Collectedwood grown or natural seeding plants if permittedfor use by

indicationon the Drawings,shall conformin quality,size and grade with the
respectiverequirementshereingiven for nurserygrown stock. ln all cases
such collectedwood grown or naturalseedingplantsshall be of recognised
first quality,clean sound stock free from decayedor decayingstumps and
free from fire injury.
612.3 Handling& TransDortine
All plantsshall be dug, handled,preparedand packedfor transportation to

site with care and skill in accordancewith recogrrized
standardpracticefor
the kind of plantconcernedand in compliancewith the followingprovisions
from612.3.1 to 612.3.4.
612.3.r General
The root systemsof all plantsshall not be permittedto dry out any time and
they shall not be exposed to artificialheat or to freezingtemperatures.
During transportation,all plants shall be packed adequatelyto insure
protectionfrom the sun, wind and climaticor seasonalinjuries.Tarpaulinsor
othercoversshallbe placedover plantswhen they are transportedby trucks
or in open freightcars for considerabledistances.All bare-rootplantsshall
havetheirroot systemsprotectedby wet shingle,tow, moss or othersuitable
material.All earthballsshall be firm and intactand none shall be "made"
balls.All balledand hessiancoveredplantsshallat all times be handledby
the ball,and not by the plant.
612.3.2 Trees
All evergreentrees shall be balledand hessiancovered,except that small

treeswill be acceptablein suitablecontainers.The ballshall be firm and the
hessianshall be soundat the time of deliveringand placingthe tree on the
project.
Deciduoustrees suppliedin bare-rootcondition,shall have had their root

systemspuddledin a .claysolutionof sufficientdensityas to adhereto all
partsof the root system.Deciduoustrees may be suppliedearth placedand
hessiancoveredor in containersif the contractorso desires.
The headof eachtree shallbe carefullytied to preventfractureof branches.
612-2
612.3.3 Shrubs
All evergreenshrubsshallbe earthballedand hessiancoveredor in suitable

containersas aboveprovidedfor evergreentrees.Deciduousshrubsmay be
supplied bare root, earth balled and hessian covered or in suitable
containersas providedabovefor deciduoustrees.
When collectedwood grown natural seeding stock or other non-nursery

grown shrubsare permittedor calledfor on the Drawingor as directedby
the Engineer,they will be specifiedas "Clumps"of variousclassifications.
Collectedplantsshall be taken from soil,which has produceda fibrousroot
systemtypicalof the natureof the plant.The clumpsshall be dpg with earth
and incidentalvegetationadheringto the roots of the soil or habitof the root
groMh in such that the roots are not adequatelyprotected,the root system
shall be unwrappedin hessianor othersuitablematerial.
612.3.4 Vines.Ground Covers,PerennialsEtc.
Vines, groundcoversperennialsand other similarplantmaterialsuppliedin

as pot
pots,tins and othersuitablecontainerswill be referredto collectively
grown plants. The root systems must be well protected and the plant
suppliedin accordancewith the specification of qualityand protection set
forth above.Pot grownplantsshall be well developedand sufficient roots to
hold the earthtogetherintactafter removalfrom the containers and at the
same time not be root bound.
612.4 LABELLING OF PLANT MATERIAL
Legiblelabelsshall be attachedto each plant,which is deliveredto the site

as a separateunit, and to each box, bundle,bale or containercontaining
one or more plants.The labelsshall give the approvedhorticultural name,
size, age or otherdetaileddata requiredto identifythe plant as conforming
to specificationand, when not attachedto separateplants,the label shall
show the quantitiesof each specifiedplant containedin the box, bundle,
baleor container.
612.5 INSPECTIONAND REJECTION
All plantsintendedfor use on the projectshallbe subjectto inspectionby the

Engineer'sRepresentative at any place and at any time. The Contractor
shallinfoim the Engineerat the earliestpracticabledate as to the sourcesof
plant materialsto be furnishedon the project,and shallgive the Engineerat
least 48 hours notice prior to deliveryof plant materialat the site of the
plantingoperation.
After arrivalat the site of the work and prior to the time of planting,each
plantwill be inspectedby the Engineer'sRepresentative for conformanceto
the Specification and Drawings,and such plantsas do not conformthereto
will be marked or othenvise identifiedas "rejected".All rejected plant
materialshall be removedfrom the projectand shall be replacedby the
Contractorwith plantmaterialconformingto all specifiedrequirements, all at
the Contractor's expense.
612-3
612.6 SUBSTITUTION
OF PLAIITS
No substitutionsof plantsmaterialwillbe permitted

unlessit is provedto the
satisfaction
of the Engineerthat specifiedplantsare not availableduringthe
normalplantingseasonoccurringwithinthe Contractperiod.lf substitution of
plantmaterialsis thuspermitted,it shallbe madeonlywith priorapprovalof
the Engineer and shallbe subjectto adjustment, eitherfor or againstthe
Contractor,in suchamountas the Engineermay considerto be fair and
equitable.
612.7 TEMPORARYSTORAGE
Afterbeingdugandpriorto planting on the project,

all plantmaterial
shallbe
properlyprotectedagainstinjuryat alltimes.Plantswhicharenot plantedor
whichare not to be plantedwithinone day afterarrivalon the projectshall
be givenspecialprotectionas follows:
Bare-root plantsshallbe "heeled-in"in trencheswiththe bundlesopened,

the plantsspacedseparately,andall rootcoveredand keptmoist.
Earth-balled
and hessian-covered plantsshallhavetheir ballsprotectedby
earth,strawor eithersuitablematerialwhichshallbe kept dampor wet to
preventdryingout of rootsystems.
All plantsshallbe protected

fromexcessiveheator coldand shallbe stored
andshadedplace,protected
in a wellventilated fromwindandsun.
612.8 CONSTRU,CTION
REOUIREMENTS
612.8.1 Layout of Planting Areas
Plantlocationsand outlinesof plantingareasshall be markedout and

stakedby the Contractor.The plantinglayoutswillbe subjectto the approval
of theEngineerpriorto commencement of the planting
operations.
612.8.2 Preparation of Areas for Planting
Areason whichplantingis to be doneshallbe broughtto pleasingcontour

and to the linesand gradesdirectedby the Engineer,afterwhichtheyshall
be cultivatedto a depthof fifteen(15)cm. All weedsand othervegetation
growth,largeclods,rocks and otherdebrisencountered in the cultivating
work, and any excessshall be removedand disposedof in a manner
approved bythe Engineer.
Excavation or pits for individualplantsshall be made in accordancewith

provision
(i)to (iv)whichfollow:
612-4
i) General
Topsoilshallbe keptseparatefromsubsoiland shallbe renderedlooseand

friable.Alkalinesoil,gravel,stonesor othermaterialsor matterencountered
in the excavationsand which are detrimentalto plant growth shall be
separatedfrom the soil and disposedof at locationsapprovedby the
Engineer.
ii) Trees
thanthe
Pitsfor treesshallbe at leastfortyfive (45)cm greaterin dimension
diameterof earthball,or the spreadroot systemof bare-roottrees.Depths
of pits for treesshallbe not less than eighty(80) cm deep and as much
deeperas maybe necessary to providea depth of at leasttwenty(20)cm
belowthe bottomof earthballor rootsystemof the treewhenplacedat the
properlevel.
iii) Shrubs
Pitsfor shrubsshallbe at leastthirty(30) cm greaterin dimensionthanthe

diameterof earthballor the spreadrootsystemof bare-root shrubs.Depths
of pitsfor shrubsshallbe not lessthanthirty(30)cm and as muchdeeper
as maybe necessary to providea depthof at leastfifteen(15)cm belowthe
bottomof the earth ball or root systemof the shrubwhen placedat the
properlevel.
ivl Vines. Ground Covers and Other Plants
Pits,pocketsor trenchesfor vines,groundcoversand similartypesof plant

materialsshallbe of suchdimensionsas will providespacefor the spread
rootsystemsof the plants.ln general,the pits,pocketsor trenchesshallbe
wider and deeperthan the actualspace required,as aboveprovided,by
suchamountas the Engineermaydetermineas beingnecessary to provide
a space of not less than fifteen (15) cm aroundand beneaththe root
systems,in whichspacegood qualitytopsoiland plantnutrientshallbe in
placeat thetimeof planting.
612.8.3 Planting
All plantingwork, includingbackfilling,shall be performedby experienced

workmenand in accordance with the recognised practice.
besthorticultural
Plants shall be set plumb and at such a level of elevationthat after
settlementtheywill bearthe same relationto the levelof the surrounding
groundas theyboreto the groundfromwhichtheyweredug.All plantsshall
be plantedon and in good qualitytopsoil to which fertilizersand soil
conditioners shallbe addedand uniformlymixed.The preparedtopsoilused
in fillingunderandaroundthe plantandin backfilling holes,pits
the planting
or trenchesshall be thoroughlyand properlyconditionedand settledby
carefultampingandwatering. Forspringplanting, a slrallowsaucercapable
of holdingwater shall be formedabouteach planton the surfaceof the
completedbackfill.
612-5
Earth-balledand hessian-coveredplants shall have all cloth, ropes, etc.
removedfrom the top of the earthballs,but no clothshall be pulledout form
underthe balls.Preparedtopsoilshallbe carefullytampedaroundand under
the baseof each ballto fill all voids.
Bare-rootplantsshall have their roots spreadout in a naturalpositionand

the preparedtop soil shall be carefullyplacedunder and among them to fill
all voids. Any roots,which are broken or frayed shall be cleanlycut off from
the plant.
In removingplantsfrom containers,especiallythose of metal,care shall be

takento preventdisturbanceof the rootsystemsor ballof earththerein.
lf topsoilof suitablequalityis not obtainablefor plantingarea preparationin

sufficientquantityfor the plantingwork, the Contractorshall make up any
deficiency.Insofaras such is availableand can be taken withoutdetriment
to the highwaydevelopment,the Contractorwill be permittedto obtain
suitabletopsoilfrom areaswithinthe jurisdictionof the Employer,subjectto
the directionsof the Engineeras to the location,depth, line and grade to
which excavationthereof shall be made. The right to take materialsfrom
sourcesnot under the jurisdictionof the Employershall be acquiredby the
Contractorat his own expense.
Subsoil, and topsoil in excess of the amounts required for filling and
backfillingwork on the plantingareasshall be disposedof by the contractor
in a mannersatisfactory to the Engineer.
612.8..t Pruninq.Guyinsand Staking
After beingplanted,all plantmaterialsshallbe prunedin conformanceto the

practiceappropriateto the type of plant.Pruningshall be
best horticultural
such as will remove injuredtwigs and branchesand as will compensatefor
loss of roots during plantingoperations.Pruningshall produceclean cuts
withoutbruisingor tearingthe bark. shall be in livingwood and where the
wound can heal over properly.Cuts over2 cm in diametershall be painted.
with an approvedtree-woundpaint.
All deciduoustrees over two (2) meter in heightshall be stakedor guyedat

time of planting.The stake shallbe placedin the plantexcavationand driven
securelyinto the ground prior to plantingoperations.The tree shall be
placednot to exceedten (10) cm from the stake and fastenedtightlyto the
stake at a pointapproximately two thirdsthe heightof the tree by meansof
two and half (2.5) mm wire. At the point of contactwith the tree, the wire
shall be coveredwith a lengthof rubberhose adequateto protectthe bark
from chafingand injury.The tie wire shallcross betweenthe tree and stake
and be securelyfixedat the specifiedheight.
Deciduoustrees over two and half (2.112)M high, but less than 4 M high,
shall be stakedin a similarmanner.In all cases,the stakesshall be cut off
to presenta uniformlypleasingappearanceas directedby the Engineer.
olz-o
Treesoffour(4)Morgreaterheightshallbeguyedwithguycables'each
or heavier wire
consistingof iwo'(2) Jtrands of two and half (2'5) mm
extendingfrom approximately two thirdsthe heightof the tree to a stake or
the trunk of
deadmananchoredsecurelyin the ground at a distancefrom
the heightof faitenin$.The tree shall be protectedby
aboutthree-quarters
covered
rubber hose or similar means. Evergreentrees or other hessian
(1t2)M in heightshallalso be guyed with three (3) cablesin
shrubsover half
a similarmanner.
6r2.8.5 "Cultivationof PlantingAreas
Anareahavingadiameter'.ofnot|essthanNinety(9O)cmandlyingaround
not less than
each plantedtree and shrub and an area havinga diameterof
planted vine or ground cover.shall'beloosened
30 cm and lyingaroundeach
for a depth of not less than 8 cm' Where
and broughitJ triabtecondition
plant maGrialsare planted in groups in which the plants are so closely
spaceoastojustifytreatmentoftheareaaSaunit,theentireareaSo
branchesor
occupiedand extending60 cm beyondthe outer ends of the
canesshallbe cultivatedas above provided'
prior to any plantingoperations,the plantingareas shall be broughtto the

lines,gradesand cross-sections indicatedon the Drawingsor as directedby
placedthereon,as
the Erigineer.lf the areas are to have mulchirrgmaterial
indicatJdon the Drawings, grades shall be adjusted and establishedto
prouiO"spaceforthemutcfr.Attheedgesofwalks'pavementsand
triveways'thefinishedsurfaceshallbe approximately thiee (3)cm belowthe
surfacesthereof.At edges of lawn areas, the finished surface shall be
normal height of grass. The edges of
approximatelyfive (5) crir above the
adjoininglawhshaltbe neaflytrimmed with a sharp edging tool.
up or
The cultivatingwork shall includethe removalof weeks,the breaking
stones,litterand debris,as
removingof ciods,the removalof objectionable
soil. Disposalof these materials
well as the removaland disposalof excess
shallbe in a mannersatisfactory to the Engineer'
plantingareas may
lf mulchingis required,as indicatedon the Drawingsthe
and with in surface
irregularities
be left in a reasonablysmooth condition
gradeand cross-section not exceedingthree (3) cm'
612.8.6 Mulching
of the
Planting areas shall be mulched after cultivationwith materials
qualityand placedto the depthsindicatedon the Drawings.Mulch
shall
materialsshall be spreaduniformlyover the areas to be mulchedand
"pprou6d
surface'
be finishedto a smoothand r.tniform
612-7
612.8.7 Fertilizers and Soil Conditioners
Fertilizersand soil conditioners

shall be mixed with topsoilused in the
plantingoperations and usedelsewhere as directedby the Engineer.
Mixing
of these.
materialswithsoil,mulchandothermaterials shallbe thoroughand
complete.They shall be incorporatedin the work as directedby the
Engineer.
Fertilizer
shallconsistof an approved
compoundcontaining
notlessthen:
10 percentNitrogen
15 percentPhosphoric
Add
10percentPotash
or similarapproved
composition
The contractormay add with the approvalof the Engineerany additional

plantnutrients,
whichhe considerstheconstitution
of the soilto warrant.
612.8.8 Maintenance and Protection
until suchtime as all workto be donein the contractis completedby the

contractorand has beenfinallyacceptedby the Engineer,the contractor
shall maintain all plant materialsand all planting areas efficienfly.
Maintenance shallconsistof keepingplantsin a healthy,growingcondition
by watering,pruning,sprayingandothernecessaryoperations. Maintenance
shallalsoincludethe keepingof plantingareasfreefromweeds,grass,litter
anddebris,as wellas keepingthe areasmooth,neatandattractive.
In the eventof an infestation

from insectsor disease,the plantsshall be
treatedby preventiveor remedialmeasuresapprovedfor goodhorticultural
practice.
lf "heeled-in"plant materialshave to be held over until a later planting

season,suchplant materialsshallbe liftedand replantedin nurseryrows.
such emergency storageand maintenance of held-overstockshallbe at the
soleriskandexpenseof the Contractor.
All plant and materialshall be protectedfrom stray animalsor theft or

damageby any elementduringthe specifiedperiodof maintenance at the
expenseof the contractor.
612.8.9 Guarantee and Replacement
Untilsuchtime as all workto be doneunderthe contractis comptetedby

the contractorand duringa specifiedmaintenance periodafteracceptance
of the planting,the life and satisfactory
conditionof all plantsfurnishedby
the Contractorshallbe guaranteed bytheContractor.
Duringthisperiod,all plants,which,in the opinionof the Engineer

arein an
unhealthyor badlyimpairedcondition,shall be replacedwith satisfactory
material.After the conclusionof the plantingoperationandpriorto the
612-8
completionof all normalwork to determine the conditionof the plantings'
a|lp|antsthennotinahealthygrowingconditionwi|lbenotedfor
replacement and ihall be promptlyremovedby the contractor..Assoonas
seasonalconditions permit,all plantsto be replacedshallbe replacedby the
as
contractorwith the same kinds and sizes and in the same manner
specifiedandat no extra
originally cost to the Employer'
6t2.9 AI\iDPAYMENT
MEASUREMENT
612.9.1 Measurement
The quantityto be paidfor at the applicablepricetenderedfor a giventype

of ptantmaierialshallbe the number of of thattypefurnishedin place
plants
andfinallyaccepted
as specified by the Engineer'
mulching
No separatepaymentwill be madefor the furnishingof fertilizers,
andsoilconditioners.
materials
612.9.2 Paruqp4
paymentfor thefurnishing and plantingof trees,shrubs,vines,groundcover
for
and other plantmaterialJwill be madeat the pricetenderedfor each
"furnishingand planting"the various types of plants,as set forth in this
andon the Drawings'
specification
The pricetendeledfor eachfor the specifiedand listedpay itemstendered

shallbe understood to coverand includepaymentfor all labour,materials,
planting,maintenance,replacementwork, transportation and placingof
and
mulchingmaterialsand soilconditioners,
iertilizers, the performanceof
all otheritemsof work necessaryto complete the work in accordance with
the specification,and for whiih separatepaymentis not specifically
provided.
Payltem DescriPtion Unitof

No. Measurement
612a Furnishing andPlanting

of treesincluding maintenance
periodof ........
Years. Each
612b Furnishing andPlanting

Shrubsincluding maintenance
periodof ........
Years.. Each
612 c Furnishing andPlanting

Vines,groundcoverand
otherPlantsincludingmaintenance
periodof ........
Years.
612 d Furnishing andPlanting
collectedPlantsincludingmaintenance
periodof ........
Years.. Each
612-9
ITEM 613 SPRIGGING AND SODDING
613.1 DESCRIPTION
These works shall consistof furnishingtop soil and plantingsprigsor laying

grass sods in accordancewith the specifications, at the locationshown on
the drawings,or as requiredby the Engineer.
613.2.1 Ton Soil
Top soil furnishedby the Contractorshall consistof a naturalfriablesurface,

soil withoutadmixtureof undesirablesubsoil,refuse,or foreignmaterials.lt
shall be reasonablyfree frorn roots,hard clay, coarse gravel,stoneslarger
than 5 cm in diameter,noxiouswoods, tall grass, bush sticks,stubble,or
other litter,and shall have been cultivatedfrom a healthygrowthof crops,
grasses,trees or othervegetationthat is free drainingand non-toxic.
613.2.2 Spriss
sprigs shallbe healthylivingstems(stolonsor rhizomes)with attachedroots

of perennialturf-forminggrassesharvestedwith adheringsoil,and obtained
from approvedsourcesin the localityof the work where the sod is dense
and well rooted.The presenceof detrimentalmaterialswill be cause for
rejection.
613.2.3 Grass."Sod
The sod shall consistof a healthy,densg and well rooted growthof living
grass.
The grass sod shall be cut into uniformsquaresapproximately

30 cm by 30
cm or in rolls of uniformwidth of approximately39 cm and shall have a
minimumthicknessof 5 cm (excluding grassblades).
613.3.1 Top Soil
a) Sourceof Material
The contractorshall notifythe Engineerat least5 days beforehe intendsto

start top soil strippingoperations.After inspectionancl approvalby the
Engineerand prior to strippingany top soil, the contractor shall remove
noxiousweeds and tall grass, bush roots and stones largerthan 5 cm in
diameter.
613-1
b) Placine.TonSoil
The top soil shall be evenlyspreadon the designatedareas to the ltneand
slope if shown on the drawingsand compactedto a depth of not less than
10 cm. Spreadingshall not be done when the groundtopsoilis excessively
wet, or otherwisein a conditiondetrimentalto the work. The roadway
surfacesshallbe kept cleanduringhaulingand spreadingoperations.
After spreadinghas been completed,largeclods,stones,roots,stumpsand

other loose lying materialshall be raked up and removed.Any erosion,
of grade or other incidentaldamageto the surfaceof top soil
irregularities
prioito the plantingof springsor layingof grasssods shallbe requiredto the
Engineer'ssatisfaction.
613.3.2 SgieCl4g
a) HarvestingSPrigs
The Contractorshallobtainthe Engineer'sapprovalof his sourceof springs

and shall notify the Engineerat least 5 days before the sprigs are to be
harvested.
Sprigsthat have dried out or are otherwisedamagedduring harvestingor

deliveryshallbe rejected'
b) PlantineSpries
Spriggingsshall not be done duringwindy weather,or when the groundis

wet, or othenryise
dry, excessively untillable.lf the soil is not moistwhen the
sprigsare being set, water shall be applieduntil the soil is moist and in a
workablecondition.One or more of the followingmethodsshall be used,
whicheveris shownon the drawings:
i) Row spriggingFurrowsshall be openedalongthe approximatecontour

of slopes at the spacingand depth indicatedon the drawings.Sprigs
shallbe placedat intervalsnot exceeding15 cm in a continuousrow in
the open furrow,& shallbe coveredimmediately.
ii) Spot spriggingspot spriggingshall be performedas specifiedunder

row spriggingexcept that, instead of planting in continuousrows,
groupsof four sprigsor more shallbe spaced50 cm apartin the rows.
c) of Spr
Maintenance
The Contractorshall regularlywater and maintain sprigged areas in a

satisfactorycondition for the duration of the contract and until final
acceptanceof the work by the Engineer.
613.3.3 9sddils
The Surfaceof the top soil on the area to be soddedshall be loosenedand

broughtto a reasonablyfine textureto a depthof approximately 2-5 cm.
613-2
b) Placine the Sod
The earth bed upon which the sod is to be placed shall be moistenedto the
looseneddepth, if not naturallysufficientlymoist, and the sod shall be placed
thereonwithin 24 hoursafter havirrgbeen cut.
Unless otherwise required, the sod on slopes shall be laid horizontally,

beginningat the bottom of the slopes and working upwards.When placing
sod scourchecksor similarconstruction, the lengthof the stripsshallbe laid
at right angles to the directionof flow of the water.
As the sod is being laid, it shatt be lighflytamped with suitablewooden

tampers,sufficientlyto set or pressthe sod into the underlyingsoil.
As the sod is being laid, it shalt be lighflytamped with suitabtewooden

tampers,sufficientlyto set or pressthe sod into the underlyingsoil.
At pointswhere it is anticipatedthat water may flow over a sodded area, the

upperedgesof the sod strips(e.9.,top of embankment)shallbe turnedinto
the soil to be below the adjacentarea, and a layer of earth shall be placed
over thisjuncture,and thoroughlycompacted.
At the limitsof sods areas,the end stripsshall be turned in and treatedas

describedabove.
c) Stakins the Sod
on all;slopessteeperthan one meter verticalto four meters horizontalthe

sod shall be peggedwith stakes,20-30 cm in length,spacedas neededby
the natureof the soil and steepnessof slope. stakes shall be driven into the
sod at right anglesto the slope untilflush with bottomof the grass blades.
d) Top Dressins
After the staking has been completed,the surface shall be clearedof loose
sod, excess soil, or other foreign material,whereupona thin layerof top soil
shall be scatteredover the sod as a top dressingand the areas shall then be
thoroughlymoistenedby sprinklingwithwater.
e) Maintenanceof SoddedAreas
The Contractorshall regularlywater and maintainsoddedareas In a

satisfactoryconditionfor the durationof the Contractand until final
acceptance of theworkbythe Engineer.
613.4 MEASUREMENT
ANDPAYMENT
613.4.1 Measurement
The workof sprigging,

soddingandtop soilingshalleachbe measuredby
the squaremeter,which has been plantedor placedin accordancewith
thesespecifications
andaccepted.
The top soil to be measuredfor paymentshall be that quantitywhich
exceedstheamountin ltem103for "Stripping".
613-3
613.4.2 Pavment
The quantitymeasuredas prescribed aboveshallbe paidfor at the contract

unitpricetor tne payitems,Listedbelowandshownin the Billof Quantities'
*nrch faymentsfraitOefuli compensation water,
for furnishingall materials,
auor, bqiripment, tools,transport and all costs necessary to completethe
workas prescribed in the aboveitems.

No. Measurement
6 1 3a Sprigging sq.m.
6 1 3b Sodding sq.m.
6 1 3c TopSoil sq.m.
613-4
SNOflT{YTTflCSIW
TTEM701 PROVISION OF SURVEY TEAMS AND INSTRUMENTS
701.1 DESCRIPTION
The contractor shall provide necessary surveying staff and surveying

equipment to the Engineer for conducting necessary survey work in
connectionwith checkingor establishing
line,level,controland quantification
of differentitems of work.
70t.2 EXTENT OF PROVISION AND GENERAL REOUIREMENT
Engineershall specifythe quality,type and numberof surveyequipment,in

SpecialProvision.Engineershallalso specifythe numberand designation
of
surveystaff to be providedunderthis item.
701.3 MEASUR.EMENTAND PAYMENT
701.3.1 Measurement
The quantitiesto be paidfor underthis item of work shall be at the contract

unit price.
701.3.2 Pavment
Paymentshall constitutefull compensationfor all costs of furnishingsurvey

teams and necessarylabour,materials,equipmentand its maintenanceand
incidentals,for the propercompletionof the work as directedby the Engineer
in the Special Provision.lf the survey instrumentsare providedagainsta
normalB.O.Q.item then these will remainthe propertyof contractorat the
end of the project. however if survey instruments are supplied against
ProvisionalSum item,then thesewill becomeclient'spropertyat the end of
the projects.

No. Measurement
701a Providesurvevandallied
instruments. L.S.
701b MaintainSurveyInstruments
& provideteamsfor Survey Month
701-1
ITEM 702 PROVIDE, EQUTP AND MAINTAIN OFFICE FACILITY
AND RESIDENCE FOR THE ENGINEER (BASE CAMP
FACILITN AND CLIENTS REPRESENTATIVE.
702.1 DESCRIPTION
The contractorshall provideand properlymaintain,for the durationof the

work, officeand residentialfacilitiesfor the Engineer,his staff and Client's
representative.The site shall be located as shown on the plans or as
directedby the Engineer.Preferably,locationof this officefacilityshall be at
a centrallocationof the projectsite near to contractor'soffice and laboratory
and shall remainat the exclusiveuse of Engineerand his staff and Clients
-fhe
representative. office facility shall be constructed,equipped and
furnishedas shownin the SpecialProvisionand drawings.
702.2 N1AINTENANCEREQUIREMENTS
The ContractorshallprovidenecessaryJanitorialServicesand supplyfor the

above officialaccommodationsuch as cleaning,windowwashingetc. Air-
conditioning,heatingand ventilationshall also be providedas per special
provisions.Contractorshall providesecurityservicesfor base camp round
of the Engineer.Maintenance
the clockto the satisfaction or replacements
of
worn out or brokenequipmentor furnitureshall be done by the contractor
againstitem of maintenance.
All chargesfor installationand maintenanceof utilitiessuch as water, gas

shallbe borneby the contractor.
and electricity
lf the operationsof the Contractorare such that additionsto the Engineer's

staff are required,the contractorshall provide additionalfacilities and
equipmentas directedby the Engineer. The cost of the same shall be the
responsibilityof the Contractorand shall be consideredsubsidiary to all
otherpay itemslistedin the Billof Quantities,and paidon proportional
basis.
702.3 BUILDINGSITE ACQUISITIONAND OWNER-SHTP
The Clientwill secureand obtainthe land requiredfor the Engineer'soffice

and will make said land availableto the Contractorfor
and his representative
constructionpurposesaftersigningof the contract.
The above describedaccommodationshall be constructedwithin three

months after the availability of land, however temporary office
accommodation of equalarea shall be provided by the contractorelsewhere,
during the construction of Engineer's offices and residenceswithout..any
extracharge, however maintenance of such temporary accommodation shall
be paid at the quoted rate.
After completionof the contract,buildings,fixturesand furnitureshall be the

propertyof the Employer.
for project
In order to caterfor the officesand residentialaccommodations,
of small duration,contractorshall providetemporaryofficeaccommodation
as providedin the SpecialProvisions.
702-1
702.4.1 Measurement
Work underthis item shallbe measuredin two portions:
i) Provideand equipEngineer'sand clientsofficeand Residenceto

be- measured for payment as Lump sum soon after its
completion.
ii) FurnishEngineer's& Clientsoffice& residence.
iii) MaintainEngineer'sofficeand Residenceto be measuredfor the

durationof the contract.
702.4.2 Payment
The quantityto be paid for underthis item of work shall be at the contract
pricequotedin the Billof Quantitieswhich priceand paymentshallconstitute
full compensationfor all costsof furnishinglabour,materials,equipmentand
incidentalsfor the proper completion of the work prescribed in the
specifications,
drawingsand Special Provisions.In case if furnishingare
providedagainsta normal B.O.Q.item then it will becomethe propertyof
contractorat the end of the project.However if furnishingsare supplied
againsta ProvisionalSum item,then rhesewill becomethe propertyof the
Client.
Pay item Description Unit of

No. Measurement
702a ProvideEngineer's
& Client's
Office& Residence Lump-sum
702b Furnish& EquipEngineer's &

Clientsoffice& Residence Lump-sum
702c MaintainEngineer'sOffice Month

& Residence
702-2
ITEM 703 PROVIDE, EQUIP AND MAINTAIN LABORATORY FOR
THE PROJECT
703.I DESCRIPTION
This work shall includethe constructionof Laboratorycompleteand ready

for use,with all necessaryfurnishingof equipments,utilities,installations
and
access/service of the Engineeras shownon the
roads,all to the satisfaction
drawingsand SpecialProvision.
103.2 GENERALREQUIREMENTS
The furnishingof equipmentshall ensureconductionof all tests relatedto

constructionitemsdescribedunder relativematerialrequirementclause. In
case if any test requiredfor testingof materialcan not be performedin the
projectlaboratory, the Engineermay authorizesuch a test to be carriedout
at the cost of contractor,at any other laboratory. The Contractorshall
provideat no cost to the Engineer,technicians and helpersin the number
deemed necessaryby the Engineer,to assist in the operation of the
laboratoriesas requiredby the Contractor'sproposedprogrammeof work.
Techniciansand helpersonce assignedto the laboratories may be removed
by the Contractoronlywith the approvalof the Engineer.
The Contractorshall maintain the laboratoryequipment,apparatusand

suppliesnecessaryto permitexecutionof all standardtests requiredby the
specifications.Lists of specificlaboratoryequipmentnoted in the special
provisionsare intendedas an aid to the contractorand should not be
construedas a bindinglist nor as a recommendation to purchasefrom a
specificmanufacturer.The Contractorshall submitto the Engineerfor his
approvalat his earliest,a completelistingof the equipment,apparatusand
supplieshe proposesto furnishfor the laboratory.The list shall includethe
manufacturer'sname and descriptiveliterature.
Lab. Equipment,fixtures & furniture shall remain the property of the

contractoraftercompletionof the project, howeverlaboratorybuilding,shall
be handedover to the client which shall be conslructedof the land made
by the clientas per item702.3.
available
703.3 FACII-ITY OF THE MATERIAL TESTING
facilities(Laboratory)
Materialtesting as ddscribedaboveshall be completed
withinthe mobilizationperiod.In case of delayin providingsuch a facility,as
an interim arrangement,temporaryfacilitiesof testing material shall be
provided as agreed by the Engineer. Contractor may be paid for
maintenance of temporarylaboratory,providedsuch facilitiesare acceptable
to the Engineer.Contractorshall also be responsiblefor extra expensesof
the Engineerfor conductionof test in temporaryarrangement.
703-1
703..1 W EATHERRECORDINGEOUIPMENT
The contractorshall furnish and maintain in good working order for the
durationof the contract,instrumentsand their necessaryappurtenances to
be used by the Engineerin recordingweatherdata. Theseinstrumentsshall
be installedat a placeas directedby the Engineer.The instrumentswill be
of the latestmodel subjectto approvalof the Engineerincluding:
i) O n e ( 1 )r a i ng a u g e
ii) One (1)thermometer
iii) One (1) recording barometer.
iv) One (1) maximum- minimumthermometer
70J.4.1 lVleasuremenl
Work underthis itemshallbe measuredin three (3) portions:
i) Provide MaterialTesting Laboratory,to be measuredfor paymentas

Lump-sumsoon afterits completion.
ii) Equip& FurnishProjectLaboratory

to be measuredas Lump-sumitem.
iii) MaintainLaboratory,
to be measuredfor the durationof the contract.
703.1.2 Payment
The quantitiesunder this item of work shall be paid at the contractprice

indicatedin the Billof Quantitieswhichpriceand paymentshallconstitutefull
compensationfor all costs of furnishinglabour, materials,equipmentand
incidentalsfor the proper completion of the work indicated in these
specificationsand specifiedon the drawingsand Specialprovision.

No. Measurement
703a Providematerialstesting
laboratory. Lump-sum
703b Equipand FurnishProject
Laboratory. Lump-sum
'7n.1^
MaintainLaboratory. Month
703-2
n'ENt 704 MAINTENANCEOF WORKS FOR ONE YEAR AFTER
COMPLETION,DEFECT LI{BILITY PERIOD(PERIODOF
MAINTENANCE
?04.I DESCRIPTION
This work shall consistof executionof all such work of repair,amendment.

reconstruction,rectificationand making good defects, imperfections,
shrinkageor other faults as may be requiredof the contractorin writingby
the Engineerduringthe Periodof Maintenance,or withinfourteen(1a)dayi
after its expiration,as a resultof an inspectionmade by or on behalfof the
Employer Periodof Maintenanceas definedhereinis one year beginning
the day following the receipt by the contractor of the certificate o1
Completionissuedby the Employer
7(l-l.l N{ATIRIALS
All materialsto be used for maintenanceof works shall conform to the

requirements of applicablesectionsof this specification
in the particularitem
of work involved,
70{.1 CONSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
All repair/remedial
work shall be carriedout by the contractorat his own
expenseif the necessitythereofshall,in the opinionof the Engineer,be due
to the use of materialsor workmanshipnot in accordancewith the contract,
or the neglector failure on the part of the contractorto comply with any
obligation,expressedor implied,on the contractor'spartunderthe contract
70-t.J MEASUR[MIiNTAND PAYMENl'
70t.{. I Measurement
Any nraintenance work which becomenecessarydue to use of bad qiralrlv

materialor bad workmanshipor whrchis reouireclto repairnormalw€ar rr.rr,1
tearshallnot be measuredfor payment
Howeverany specialvrrorkduring maintenanceperiodif carriedout at the

rnrrrtten
instructionof the Engineerthe same shall be measuredand oaid
underapplicablertemof work of the BOe
?(t-l.J : Pavnrent
The paynrentfor this item for the first year shall be deemed to h:rr.,eLreen
rncludedin rates for differentitems of work and no paymenti;rr accor.intof
rnaintenance shallbe made underthis item.
However,in case the Employerrequiresthe maintenance

of prolectfor more
than one year,B o.Q shallshow a separateitem 704 and contractorshall
quotethe ratefor such provision
704-1
tT[vI705 TEMPORARY ROAD WORKS FOR TR{FFIC DIVERSION
705.I DESCRIPTION
The Contractoris allowedto carry out rehabilitation work on half carriage

way and directthe trafficon the other half. Howeverif he opts to divertthe
trafficon temporaryroad for ease in construction,he shall provide,maintain
and remove on completionof the works for which they are required,all
Temporary Road Works such as, detours, sleeper tracks over unstable
groundand bridgesover streamsand shall make them safe and suitablein
every respect for maintainingtwo way diverted traffic. Such temporary
diversionstructuresshallbe constructedto the satisfaction
of the Engineer.
705.2 MATERIALS
Materialsused in the constructionof TemporaryRoad Works shall provide

reasonablysmooth and strongsurfaceto carry the traffic,as approvedby
the Enoineer
705.3 CONSTRUCTIONA
Before constructingTemporaryRoad works, the Contractorshall make all

necessaryarrangements,including payment if required,with the public
authoritiesor land ownersconcerned,for the use of the land and he shall
also obtainthe approvalof the Engineer Such approvalwill not, however,
relievethe Contractorof his contractualobligations.Upon completionof the
Works, the Contractorshallclean up and restorethe land to the satisfaction
of the Engineeror the landownerconcerned,which shall be very near to
originalcondition,unlessotherwiseallowedin writing.
705.3.1 Construction
requirements
for TemnoraryRoad
Works shall be carriedout by the contractoras per requirementof items

used in construction
or as directedby the Engineer.Lengthof diversionshall
not exceed more then 20 percent of project length unless otherwise
authorisedby Engineer
705.3.2 Maintenance
of TemporarvlLoad
Works shall be performedperiodicallyand to such an extentas to cause no

delaysor interruption
to the normalflow of traffic.
Such work shall include,but not limitedto, immediatereparrof potholes,
regular gradingto maintainsmoothnessof the road sudace, cleaningof
culvertsto ensure properdrainage,repair of damagedportionswhich may
affecttrafficflow.
705-1
705..t
705.4.1 Measurement
No measurementshall be made for providing,maintaining,removal and

disposalof temporaryroad for diversionof trafficin case, if it is required,to
divertthe trafficfor ease in road or culvertconstruction, as half lane road
construction is allowedon the project.
Howeverin case of bridgeconstruction,the provisionand maintenanceof

temporaryroad shall be measuredas under,whereas removaland disposal
of temporaryroad shallnot be measuredfor payment.
of tgmDorarvroad
a) Construction
Contractorshall submit the proposal of constructionto the Engineer.

Engineermay amend or approvethe proposalof the contractor,which will
on rate alreadyquotedby the contractor
then be authorisedfor construction
of temDoraryroad
b) Maintenance
Contractorshall maintainthe temporaryroad as directedby the Engineer,

measurementshall be made proportionate to the road completed& opened
for traffic approvedfor maintenanceperiod.
705.1.2 Pavrnent
Paymentfor provisionof temporaryroad diversionfor bridgesshall be made

under applicableitems of works of the B.O.Q., whereas payment for
maintenanceof temporaryroad diversionfor bridgesshall be made under
thisitemas measuredunderitem705.4.1(b).

No. Measurement
705a or Diversion
Construction
road. Lumo-sum
705b Maintenanceof
temporaryroad Lump-sum
705-2
ITENT 706 CONTROL AND PROTECTION OF TRAFFIC
706.1 DESCRIPTION
706.1.1 General
The Cohtractorshall keep open to traffichalf a portionof any existingroad

duringthe performanceof the rehabilitationwork on the other half provided
that when such a maintenanceof trafficis not possiblefor any reasonthe
contractorwill constructa temporaryroad as providedunderitem 705.
The Contractorshall take necessary care at all times to ensure the

convenienceand safetyof residentsalongand adjacentto the Highway.
Any failureof the Contractorin the performanceof these works will entitle
the Engineerto carry out such work as he deems to be necessaryand to
chargethe Contractorwith the full cost thereof,which sum will be deducted
from any moneydue or which may becomedue to the Contractorunderthe
Contract.
706.r.2 TemporaryTraffic Control
In order to facilitatetraffic movement through or around the works, or

whereverorderedby the Engineer,the Contractorshallerectand maintainat
prescribedpointson the works and at the approachesto the work, traffic
signs,signals,illumination, flares,barricades as required
and otherfacilities
by the Engineerfor the directionand controlof traffic.
Where required,or where directedby the Engineer,the Contractot'shall

furnish and station competentflagmen,whose sole duty shall consist of
directingthe movementof trafficthroughor aroundthe work.
706.1.3 Traffic Control

Single-Lane
In all cases where single-lanetraffic becomesnecessaryover a particular

length of the works or over the approachesthereto, the contractor, in
maintainingthroughtraffic,shall providea singlelane at least three and a
half(3.s)meterswide on the roadwayor embankmentto be kept open to
trafftc.
The Contractorshallso conducthis operationsas to offerthe least possible

and delayto trafficand shall be responsiblefor
obstruction,in-convenience
the adequatecontrol of the traffic using the width, of single lane above
specified.
At placeswheresuch single-lanetrafficis in operation,and when orderedby

the Engineer,the movementof the Contractor'sequipmentfrom one portion
of the work to anothershall be subjectto such single-lanetraffic control.
Spillageresultingfrom ha'ulageoperationsalongor acrossthe roadwayshall
be removedimmediately at the Contractorexpense.
706-1
706.r.4 ProiectInformationSisns
The contractorshall withinthe mobilization

period,erect projectinformation
signs at all main roads crossingthe projectarea and at the beginningand
end of the contract. The size of the project informationsigns and the
messagethereonshallbe determinedby the Engineer.
706.2 MATERIALS
Materialsof which road posts,hazardmarkers,warningtapes,trafficsigns,

flashing amber lights, signals, barricades,diversion cones, big cones,
bollards,detours (chevron) etc; shall conform to current BS or AsrM
standardsor as approvedby the Engineer.
706.3 CONSTRUCTION
REOUIREMENTS
Trafficsigns, signals,barricades,warningtapes road posts and hazard

markers,cones,bollardsetc. shall be so placedas to be easilyand
opportunelyvisible to oncoming traffic to ensure drivers will know
immediatelywhatinstructionstheyareto follow.
706.4 MEASUREMENT
AND PAYMENT
706.4.1 Measurement
Thisitemshallbe measured in numberof monthsduringwhichthe trafficis

properlymaintainedby the contractorby providingall signs, signals,
elimination,
barricades
etc. roundthe clock and necessarymanpower/
flagmenas perrequirement
of theEngineer.
706-4.2 Pavment
Paymentfor the maintenanceof Trafficas measuredabove shall be made

under the applicableitem of the work of BOQ for the number of months
duringwhichsatisfactoryperformanceis verifiedby the Engineer.
Pay item Descriptlon Unit of

No. Measurement
706 Controland protection

of Traffic Months
706.2
ITEM 707 REMOVAL / RELOCATION OF UTILITIES
707.1 DESCRIPTIOT:
This work shallconsistof carryingout relocationof varioustypesof services

fallingwithinthe Rightof Way. The quantumof work shall be establishedby
the designconsultantand elaboratedin the SpecialProvisionsor as directed
by the Engineer.
All materials,if requiredfor the relocationof servicesshall conformto the

Specifications of the relativedepartmentwhoseutilitiesare beingshifted.
701.3 CONSTRUCTIONREQUIRI,MENTS
The constructionrequirementsuch as alignment, level and general

workmanshipshall conformto the applicable requirements of relative
deoartments.

707.4.1 Measurement
The qualityof each item for which utilitieshave been relocatedshall be

measuredin the unit as approvedby the Engineeror as designatedin the
SpecialProvisions.
707.4.2 Payment
The acceptedquantitymeasuredas applicableto each item shall be paid on

the unit rate as quoted/ agreedwith the contractorfor each item.
This payment shall constitutefull compensationfor any design work,

coordination with relativedepartment,furnishingof materialsand installingor
relocationas per requirementof the relativedepartment,which shall also
includeall labour,equipment,tool and incidentalnecessaryto completethe
item

No. Measurement
707a Relocationof Electric

lines L.M
707b Relocationof Telephone
lines L.M
7A7c Relocationof Water Supplyi L.M
Seweragelines
7Q7d Raisingof Manholes No
7Q7e Relocationof Suigaslines LM
707f Relocationof Water
Courses L.M
707-1
RE.COMMENDEI)
MAJOR
CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPME,NT
RECOMMENDEDMAJOR CONSTRUCTIONEQUIPMENT
CONSTRI CTION MACHINER Y F'OR

ITEM DESCRIPTION MAJOR PROJECTS REHABILITATIO MAINTENANCE
\o. N/MEDIUM SIZE PROJECTS.
PROJECTS.
101 Clearingand (160H P)
Bulldozer
Grubbrng. or
Grader(140H. P)
D u m p e (r 1 0T )
102 Removalof Trees Excavator(0.3 CM)
103 Stripping G r a d e r ( 1 4 0 HP )
104 Compactionof Natural StaticTandemRoller

Ground. ( 8 - 1 2r )
WaterTanker(Tow
Type)
105 RoadwayExcavation BullDozer 'l
BullOo.",
(160-200 H.P) ( 1 6 0H . P . )
FrontEndLoader 2 Tractor/Trolley
(2-3CM) (50HP)
DumpTruck
(10-18T)
107 (0.3CM)
StructuralExcavation 1 Excavator PlateCompactor PlateCompactor.
and Backfill z PlateCompactor
108 Formationof 1 Grader(140-165 HP) Grader(140HP) HeavyDuty

Embankment. z Combination / sheep- Combination/ Tractorwith Blade
footor pneumatic sheepfootor ( 8 0 H . P)
Roller(8-'l2T) pneumaticRoller StaticRoller
WaterTanker (8-12r) (8-12r)
(Bowser
Type) WaterTanker WaterTanker
(BowserType) (Tow-Type).
109. Sub-grade Grader(140-165 HP)
11 0 , Preparation. withscarifier.
1 1 1& WaterTanker
112 (Tow-Type)
Combination Roller
(10-12T)
1. 1 3 BitumenStabilrzed G r a d e(r1 4 0 - 1 6H5P )

Sub-grade withscarifier
z Asphalt Distributor
TandemRoller
(10-12T)
RECOMMENDED MAJOR CONSTRUCTION EQUTPMENT
CONSTRUCTIONMACHINERY FOR
ITEM DESCRIPTION MAJOR PROJECTS REHABILITATIO MAINTENANCE
NO. N/MEDIUM SIZE PROJECTS.
PROJECTS.
114 Dressingand Tractorwith Tractorwith
Comoactionof Berms. Blade Blade(50 H.P.)
(50-80HP) WaterTanker
WaterTanker (Tow Type)
(Tow Type) StaticRoller
StaticRoller (10-12T)
(10-12T)
201 GranularSub-Base. PoweqBroom /Air HeavyDuty Tractor/ Trolley

Compressor Tractorwith with Blade(50
GraderWith Scarifier Blade. HP)
( 1 4 0H P . ) Water Tanker Watertanker
a Water Bowser. (Tow type) (Tow Type)
4 CombinationRoller StaticRoller StaticRoller
(10-12T) (10-12T) (10-12T)
202 & BaseCourse PowerBroom/ Air Grader HeavyDuty
211 compressor. (140H.P.)with Tractor/ Trolley
FrontEnd Loader Articulated with Blade
(2-3cM) Blade. ( 8 0H . P . )
Pugmill(50-100T/ WaterTanker WaterTanker
Hour) (Tow type) (Tow Type)
4 D u m p e (r 1 0 - 1 5 T ) Combination StaticRoller
5 BasePaver(4Mwide) Roller (10-12r)
Combinationroller (10-12T)
(10-12T)
204 SoilCementStabilized ConcreteBatching SameEquipment
Sub-base/ base. and forcedmixing as for major
plant(30 CM/Hour). project.
z D u m p e (r 1 0 - 1 5 T )
Base Paver
(4M wide)
TandemRoller
(10-12T)
212 BitumenStabilized Graderwith scarifier HeavyDuty

i) Sub-base. ( 1 4 0H . P . ) Tractorwith
BitumenStabilized 2 AsphaltDistributor Blade.
ii) Base. Combinationroller Combination
(10-12T) Roller(10-i2T)
(a) ColdMix Graderwith Scarifier SameEquip-
(140-16H 5 .P.) ment as for
BitumenDistributor major projects.
(Auto/TowType)
TandemStaticRoller
(10-12r)
(b) HotMix Equipment mentioned Equipment
as per ltem203. mentioned
as
perltem203.
M-2
RECOMMENDEDMAJOR CONSTRUCTIONEQUIPMENT
CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY FOR
ITEM DESCRIPTION MAJOR PROJECTS REHABILITATION/ MAINTENANCE
NO. MEDIUM SIZE PROJECTS.
PROJECTS.
213 Recyclingof Road ColdMix
PavementStructure/ Recycler.
Soil Stabilization. Grader(140HP)
WaterTanker
(Tow Type)
Vib.Combination
Roller
(10-12T)
203 & AsphalticBaseCourse PowerBroom/ Air- FrontEnd loader Bitumen
305 / WearingCourse Compressor. ( 1 . 5 0 - 2 . 5C0M ) Aggregate
PlantMix. FrontEnd Loader AsphaltPlant(20- Mixer(1 CM)
'Wheel
(2-3 CM) 40T) Barrow
AsphaltPlant Dumper(10T) (0.5cM)
(80-120T) Paver Tandem
4 Paver(4 M wide) 4 (4M wide) Vibratory
D u m p e r( 1 0 - 1 8 T ) P.T.R. Roller(8-10T)
A P.T.R(9 Wheeler (9 Wheeled)18-T. Tractor /
21 T) TandemVibratory Trolley
Tandem Vibratory Roller.(8-10T) ( 5 0H . P . )
Roller(10-12r) 6
308 Re-cyclingof Asphalt 1 Recycling
Concrete Machine.
BitumenBowser
plusall
equipmentfor
Asphaltic
Concreteunder
Item305
1 1 5& ShoulderTreatment. 1 G r a d e(r1 4 0H . P . ) HeavyDuty Tractor /
306 2 Dumpers (10T) Tractor/ Trolley Trolleywith
WaterTanker with Blade. Blade
(Towtype) WaterTanker ( 5 0H . P . )
CombinationRoller (Two type) Water Tanker
(10-12T) StaticRoller (Tow type)
(10-12T) StaticRoller
(8-10r)
309 ColdMilling Cold Milling Cold Milling
Machine Machine(1 M
(1 M wide) wide)
2 Dumpers(10T) 2 Dumpers
J WaterTanker J (1or)
(Tow type) WaterTanker
(Towtype)
302& BituminousPrime PowerBroom/ Air- ManualOperated Manually
303 Coat/ TackCoat. Compressor. Bitumenpressure Operated
Engine Operated distributor Bitumen
Bitumenpressure (Tow Type) pressure
(Auto-Type)
distributor distributor
fl-owTvpe)
M-3
RECOMMENDED MAJOR CONSTRUCTIONEQUIPMENT
CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY FOR

ITEM DESCRIPTION MAJOR PRO.IECTS REHABILITATIO MAINTENANCE
NO. N/MEDIUM SIZE PROJECTS.
PROJECTS.
304 Bituminous
Surface Power Broom/Air- Aggregate Tractor/Trolley
Treatment. Compressor. Spreader ( 5 0H . P . )
2 AggregateSpreader. (3-4M wide) BitumenSprayer
3 EngineOperated Bitumen (manual)static
Bitumenpressure Distributor TandemRoller
distributor(Auto- Autoor Tow- (18T)
Tvpe) Type.
l^ DumpTruck(1OT)
l 5 RubberMounted
DumpTruck
(10r).
TandemRolleror StaticTandem
P.T.R(9 Wheeled- Roller(8-10T)
18T)
310 ConcretePavements. ConcreteBatching
Plant(30 CM/H).
ConcretePaving
Machine(4 M wide)
FrontEnd Loader
(2-3 CM)
ConcreteTransit
mixer(6 CM)
401 Concrete ConcreteBatchirrg Concrete ConcreteStatic
Plant(30 CM/H) StaticMixer(1 Mixer(1/2-1CM)
FrontEnd Loader cM) Tractorffrolley
(2-3CM) TractorTrolley (50HP)
ConcreteTransit (50HP) Vibrator.
Mixer(6 CM) 3 Crane(20T) 4 Wheel Borrows.
4 Crane (20-45r). 4 WaterTanker
Vibrator(40mm- (Towrype)
50mm) Vibrator
ConcreteFinisher (40mm-50mm)
405 PrestressedConcrete Prestressing

Structures Equipment plusall
equipment contained
i n l t e mN o .4 0 1 .
HeavyDutyCranecr
Beamlaunching
Truss.
407 Piling PilingEquipment plus
all thoseequipment
mentionedin ltenr
4 0 1 ,f o r m a j o r
projects.
608 PavementMarking RoadMarkrng Manual Manual

Machine
M-4
PATRONAGE,( Client)
Client's Senior Executives, Whose patronage contributed towards successful

accomplishmentof the assignment.
Nafional Highlvay Authority
Mr. Javed KhizarHyatt

N ' l c r r t b e rI ) l : r n n i n g
M r .A h s a nR a s h i d
l)ircclor (('!tS)
M r . M u s h t a qM a h m o o d
l)r'o.jccl )il'cclor ( l-lll))
M r .HaiderRaza
I)r . l)ircctor((l&S)
A s s i s t a n c eF r o t n O u t s i 4 e A g e n c i e s
M/S 3 M Pakistan(Pvt)Ltd.
M/S Buxly PaintsLimited
M / S N a t i o n aE
l ngineers
SERVICES (SeniorExecutives)
Sampak Senior Executives,Whose dedicated services contributed towards successful

accomplishmentof the assignment.
Engr. Shafiq Ahmed

P r i n c i p a lE n g i n e e r
E n g r .A b d u l A z i zM u g h a l
Engineer
SeniorHighwa"v
Mr. Syed NuzhatHussainZaidi

SeniorMaterialsEngineer
Mr. Mir Ashraf Khan

Asstt.(iornputerProgratnurer
CoRRTGENpUM
TO GENERAI_ Nt{A-199S
SPECIF|CATIONS
4
I
106-2 lPayltemNo.106d/Unil
of Measurement lnsertunit"CM"infrontof Pay ltem 106d(iii)
a
108-6 Payment/ Formaticln
from structuraiExcaval.ron 108.42 U lDeleieword"excavaticn"fromcostof excavatlon
.> I
J 114-4 Measurement 1 1 0 . 41 4 "Cubicmeter"for "Squaremeter"
lSubstiiute
4 206-1 SreveDesignation
of LastTabie lJCt.z z Change4.'.t5vrilh4.75
6 3A4-4 Spreading
of Aggregates 304.3.4 I
Insert'ruord"Lindulations"
after"bindershows"
6 305-6 Payment/ FriceAdjustment JU3.4.Z 2(Table-1) 2 Repiac;e"S.Omm"
insteacj"50.Omm"
7 310-25 Measurement 310.4.i a
L 1 iSuctitule"Cubrcmeters"for "Squaremeiers"
I
B Jtt-o P a yl t e mN o .( 3 11 a & 3 11 b ). rU n i to f M e a s u r e m e n l 3 1 1. 7. 2 lCtL jReplar:e"Sl'/"by ' Cll for Payltern311a & "SM"by "
j X g ' f a , yl t e m3 11 - b .
I
q
406-4 ElastomericBearingPads 406.2.5 lReplar;e"Table"on page406-4as per attachedannexure-A
t
1n 409-6 Pay ltem No.409e/ Unitof Measurement 449.5.2 2nd last Unitof measurement "LM"for "CM"
iSubstirute
'
14
tl 413-11 Heading/ Title + rJ.J.O jRead i;s "Fittingof Stif-fener"s"
insteacof "Frtof stiffeners"
I
5 1 0 - 3 Measurement A a n e {I a
lAdd "c,rKg" aftercubic meter
tz. wrv.w. 1 a
I
13 51.0-3 Payment 510.3.2 1 I "c'rKg"aftercubicmeter
lAdd
14 5 1 0 - 3 Pay ltem No. / Unii of l'4easurernent 510.3.2 lnset "iKg" afterCM to read as "CM/Kg"
15 608-2 Heading/ Title 608.2.1(b) Substitute'!Vhite"with "Yeliou/'toreadas 'YellowTraffic
Paint"
1A 608-5 Table 1 & 2 underCompositionof Mixiure 608.3.1.2(e) RepiaceTable 1&2 with descripiion/ nctes as per
attachedannexure-B
I
rl
'ir'
ii
1,.
i.. AnneX r i.:' h.
!
I
; ; i , . 1t , :
.i. :, ' r"'J,1"'''" ',i:.i
i .l ,''if' .
raeLe t. pnoponrt9Ng or MlxrunE

or CqNsrirqeNTs
Gonstituent
1B 22
Binder(resinandoil)
6"
Pigment
Pigmentand extender 1B i,
Ballotini 20+
,
Aggregate
7B 82
Pigment
Extenderand ballotini
fo1 yeliov'i
(* For Tiianium Di-oxideonly, no minimumis specified
material.
as Drop-on)
+,GlassBead 10% Pre-mixedand 10% to be appliedon th.esurface
Wherespecified,10o/o in the case of materialto whichsurfaceballotini

is to be appliedby pressureapplication'
The gradingof the combinedaggregate,

- - pigmenJ,extenderand ba||otini
: analysis shall comply with the
t*f,"i" spicifiedJ as found on
requirementsof table2.
Percentage bY masq Pgggln
2.80mm 100 100

1. 1 8m m tu:nu
75-95
600 p m (micron)
Annex- .'.
Requirements
Tensilestrength,kgsper cm2 D412 160[\4in.

Elongationat break,percent D 412 350Min.
Compression set,22 hrs.at D 395
67oCpercent
(MethodB) 25 Max.
Tear Strength,Kgsper cm2 D 624 (DieC) 1 3M i n .
Hardness(ShoreA) D 2240 6015
Ozoneresistance20o/ostrain.
100hrs.at 3BoC+ 1 oC
D 1149(except No Cracks
100+20partsper
100,000,000)
Low temperature stiffness,
Young'sModulusat 35oC,kgs
per cm' D 797 35OMax.
Low temperature brittleness,
5 hoursat -40oC D 736 Passed

General Specification NHA Search Easy PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

General Specification NHA Search Easy PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

v

NATIONAL HIGHWAY AUTHORITY

Review and updating of General Specificationsof National Highway Authority (1991)

In order to assess the new requirementsof General Specifications we arranged series of

For SAMPAK International(Pvt) Ltd.,

Item No. Description Page

General G-1- G-39

Item-100 General 100-1- 100-4

Item -200 General 200-1- 200-3

208 Reinstatementof Road Surface 208-1- 2Og-2

702 Provide,Equipand MaintainOfficeFacilityand Residence

704 Maintenanceof Works for one year after Completion

GeneralSpecifications have been producedfor NationalHighwayAuthority,

of Motorways,new Highways,Bridgesand alliedworks.

and lmprovementof existingroad network.

All the abovethree aspectsof construction,rehabilitation and maintenance

These Specifications describe the requirements and procedures for

Contractorshall also provideskilled manpowerin adequatenumber,who

Nunrberand kind of Equipmentrequiredfor differentitems of work shall be

while few of these specifications

The contractormay request,in writing,permissionfrom the Engineerto use

The Engineer,beforeconsideringor grantingsuch request,may requirethe

lf such permissionis grantedby the Engineer,it shall be understoodthat

Neitherthe Employernor the contractorshall have any claim againstthe

Nothingin this clause shall relievethe contractor of his responsibility

1.6 Storageof Materials

Articles or materialsto be incorporatedin the work shall be stored in such a

All materialswhich the Engineerhas determinedas not conformingto the

1.8 Ouarry Materials

Quarrymaterialts rock, sand gravel,earth,or other mineralmaterial,other

QuarryMaterialsshall be furnishedby the Contractorfrom any source he

The furnishing of quarry materialsfrom any source is subject to the

Unlessapprovedin writing by the Engineer,materialSourcesshall not be

The Contractorshall,at his expense,make any arrangementsnecessaryfor

Full compensationfor furnishingall labour,materials,tools,equipment,and

1.9 TradeNamesand Alternatives

For conveniencein designationon the plansor in the specifications, certain

of proofas to qualityand suitabilityof alternativesshallbe

Frequency of tests for the items of constructionhas been given in

Unlessotheruvisespecified,all tests shall be performedin accordancewith

whenever the specificationsprovidean option between two or more tests,

whenever a reference is made in the specificationsto a specification

when desiredby the Engineer,the contractorshall furnish,withoutcharge,

lf, in the opinion of the Engineer,modificationof the line or grade is

The profilesand cross sectionson the plansindicatethe elevationof the top

The Contractorshall be responsiblefor the accuracyof all lines, slopes,

1.13 As-Built Drawinss/ShonDrawinss

During construction,the Contractorshall keep an accurate record of all

drawingsshall be prepared by the Contractor

L.t4 Utilitv Lines

The Contractorshallconducthis operations,make necessaryarrangements,

The contractorshalladequatelyprovidefor the safety,healthand welfareof

The inspectionof the work or materialsshall not relievethe Contractorof

All works, which have been rejected,shall be remedied,or removedand

Upon orderof the Engineer,unauthorizedwork shall be remedied,removed.

Upon failure of the contractorto comply prompflywith any order of the

l.l8 AlternativeMethodsof Construction

wheneverthe plansor specifications providethat more than one specified

that everysuch methodof construction or type of equipmentcan be used

Work and materialsshall conform to the lines, grades, cross sections,

r.20 Trial Section

The Stand.ardSpecificationsis a part of contractdocumentswhich shall be

Wherever in these specificationsor in other contract documents the